10-K


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.  20549
   
FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015
Commission File Number 0-16211

DENTSPLY International Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
39-1434669
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
 
221 West Philadelphia Street, York, PA
17405-2558
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (717) 845-7511

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 

Yes   x     No   o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. 

Yes   o     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes   x     No   o
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes   x     No   o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company.  See definitions of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one):
Large accelerated filer x
Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer o
Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act) Yes   o     No   x

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant computed by reference to the closing price as of the last business day of the registrants most recently completed second quarter June 30, 2015, was $7,207,044,561.

The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of the close of business on February 2, 2016 was 140,122,034.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Certain portions of the definitive Proxy Statement of DENTSPLY International Inc. (the “Proxy Statement”) to be used in connection with the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K to the extent provided herein.  Except as specifically incorporated by reference herein the Proxy Statement is not deemed to be filed as part of this Form 10-K.





DENTSPLY International Inc.
  Table of Contents
 
 
 
 
 
PART I
 
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1
 
Business
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1A
 
Risk Factors
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1B
 
Unresolved Staff Comments
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 2
 
Properties
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 3
 
Legal Proceedings
 
 
 
Executive Officers of the Registrant
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 4
 
Mine Safety Disclosure
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II
 
 
 
 
 
Item 5
 
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder
 
 
 
 
Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6
 
Selected Financial Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
 
 
 
 
Results of Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7A
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8
 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9
 
Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting
 
 
 
 
and Financial Disclosure
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9A
 
Controls and Procedures
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9B
 
Other Information
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III
 
 
 
 
 
Item 10
 
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 11
 
Executive Compensation
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 12
 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
 
 
 
 
and Related Stock Matters
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 13
 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director
 
 
 
 
Independence
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 14
 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15
 
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 

2



PART I

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains information that may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Generally, the use of terms such as “may,” “could,” “expect,” “intend,” “believe,” “plan,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “project,” “anticipate,” “assumes” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. All statements that address operating performance, events or developments that DENTSPLY International Inc. (“DENTSPLY” or the “Company”) expects or anticipates will occur in the future are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and beliefs, and are inherently susceptible to uncertainty, risks, and changes in circumstances that could cause actual results to differ materially from the Company’s historical experience and our present expectations or projections. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A (“Risk Factors”) and elsewhere in this report and those described from time to time in our future reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company undertakes no duty and has no obligation to update forward-looking statements as a result of future events or developments.

PART I

Item 1. Business

History and Overview

DENTSPLY, a Delaware corporation which dates its history to 1899, believes it is the world’s largest designer, developer, manufacturer and marketer of a broad range of consumable dental products for the professional dental market. The Company also manufactures and markets other consumable medical device products. The Company’s principal product categories are dental consumable products, dental laboratory products, dental specialty products and consumable medical device products. The Company’s worldwide headquarters and executive offices are located in York, Pennsylvania.

Dental products accounted for approximately 88% of DENTSPLY’s consolidated net sales, excluding precious metal content, for the year ended December 31, 2015. The remaining consolidated net sales, excluding precious metal content, is primarily related to consumable medical device products, materials sold to the investment casting industry, and the refining of certain precious metals. The presentation of net sales, excluding precious metal content, is considered a measure not calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”), and is therefore considered a non-US GAAP measure. This non-US GAAP measure is discussed further in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and a reconciliation of net sales to net sales, excluding precious metal content, is provided.

During the first quarter of 2015, the Company realigned reporting responsibilities for multiple locations as a result of changes to the management structure. The Company conducts its business through three operating segments. Prior period segment information has been recast to conform to the 2015 presentation. All of the Company’s segments are primarily engaged in the design, manufacture and distribution of dental and medical products in four principal product categories: 1) dental consumable products 2) dental laboratory products 3) dental specialty products and 4) consumable medical device products.

The Company conducts its business in the United States of America (“U.S.”), as well as in over 120 foreign countries, principally through its foreign subsidiaries. DENTSPLY has a long-established presence in the European market, particularly in Germany, Sweden, France, the United Kingdom (“UK”), Switzerland and Italy, as well as in Canada. The Company also has a significant market presence in the countries of the Commonwealth of Independent States (“CIS”), Central and South America, the Middle-East region and the Pacific Rim.

Geographic Information

For 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s net sales, excluding precious metal content, to customers outside the U.S., including export sales, accounted for approximately 63%, 66% and 67%, respectively, of consolidated net sales, excluding precious metal content. Reference is made to the information about the Company’s U.S. and foreign sales by shipment origin set forth in Note 5, Segment and Geographic Information, to the consolidated financial statements in this Form 10-K.

Segment Information

Information regarding the Company’s operating segments for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 can be found in Note 5, Segment and Geographic Information, to the consolidated financial statements in this Form 10-K.

3




Principal Products

The worldwide professional dental industry encompasses the diagnosis, treatment and prevention of disease and ailments of the teeth, gums and supporting bone. DENTSPLY’s principal dental product categories are dental consumable products, dental laboratory products and dental specialty products. Additionally, the Company’s consumable medical device products provide for urological and surgical applications. These products are produced by the Company in the U.S. and internationally and are distributed throughout the world under some of the most well-established brand names and trademarks in these industries, including ANKYLOS, AQUASIL ULTRA, ARTICADENT, ASTRA TECH, ATLANTIS, CALIBRA, CAULK, CAVITRON, CELTRA, CERAMCO, CITANEST, DELTON, DENTSPLY, DETREY, DYRACT, ESTHET.X, IN-OVATION, LOFRIC, MAILLEFER, MIDWEST, NUPRO, ORAQIX, ORIGO, OSSEOSPEED, PALODENT PLUS, PEPGEN P-15, PORTRAIT, PRIME & BOND, PROFILE, PROTAPER, RECIPROC, RINN, SANI-TIP, SENSE, STYLUS, SULTAN, SUREFIL, THERMAFIL, TRIODENT MATRIX SYSTEMS, TRUBYTE, VIPI, WAVEONE, WELLSPECT, XENO, XIVE, XYLOCAINE and ZHERMACK.

Dental Consumable Products

Dental consumable products consist of value added dental supplies and devices and small equipment used in dental offices for the treatment of patients. Net sales of dental consumable products, excluding precious metal content, accounted for approximately 29%, 28% and 28% of the Company’s consolidated net sales, excluding precious metal content, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

DENTSPLY’s dental supplies and devices in the dental consumable products category include dental anesthetics, prophylaxis paste, dental sealants, impression materials, restorative materials, tooth whiteners and topical fluoride. The Company manufactures thousands of different dental consumable products marketed under more than one hundred brand names.

Small equipment products in the dental consumable products category consist of various durable goods used in dental offices for the treatment of patients. DENTSPLY’s small equipment products include dental handpieces, intraoral curing light systems, dental diagnostic systems and ultrasonic scalers and polishers.

Dental Laboratory Products

Dental laboratory products are used in the preparation of dental appliances by dental laboratories. Net sales of dental laboratory products, excluding precious metal content, accounted for approximately 9%, 10% and 10% of the Company’s consolidated net sales, excluding precious metal content, for each of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

DENTSPLY’s products in the dental laboratory products category include dental prosthetics, including artificial teeth, precious metal dental alloys, dental ceramics and crown and bridge materials. Equipment in this category includes computer aided design and machining (CAD/CAM) ceramic systems and porcelain furnaces.

Dental Specialty Products

Dental specialty products are specialized treatment products used within the dental office and laboratory settings. Net sales of dental specialty products, excluding precious metal content, accounted for approximately 50%, 49% and 49% of the Company’s consolidated net sales, excluding precious metal content, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. DENTSPLY’s products in this category include endodontic (root canal) instruments and materials, implants and related products, 3D digital scanning and treatment planning software, dental and orthodontic appliances and accessories.

Consumable Medical Device Products

Consumable medical device products consist mainly of urology catheters, certain surgical products, medical drills and other products. Net sales of consumable medical device products, excluding precious metal content, accounted for approximately 12%, 13% and 13% of the Company’s consolidated net sales, excluding precious metal content, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Markets, Sales and Distribution

The Company believes that the market for its products will grow over the long-term based on the following factors:


4



Increasing worldwide population.

Aging mix of population in developed countries - The U.S., Europe, Japan and other regions have aging population with significant needs for dental care and healthcare, the elderly in these regions are well positioned to pay for the required procedures since they control sizable amounts of discretionary income.

Natural teeth are being retained longer - Individuals with natural teeth are much more likely to visit a dentist in a given year than those without any natural teeth remaining.

The changing dental practice in North America and Western Europe - Dentistry in these regions has been transformed from a profession primarily dealing with pain, infections and tooth decay to one with increased emphasis on preventive care and cosmetic dentistry.

The demands for patient comfort and ease of product use and handling.

Per capita and discretionary incomes are increasing in emerging markets - As personal incomes continue to rise in the emerging nations of the Pacific Rim, CIS and Latin America, obtaining healthcare, including dental services, is a growing priority. Many surveys indicate the middle class population will expand significantly within these emerging markets.

The Company’s business is less susceptible than many other industries to general downturns in the economies in which it operates. Many of the products the Company offers relate to dental procedures and health conditions that are considered necessary by patients regardless of the economic environment. Dental specialty products and products that support discretionary dental procedures are the most susceptible to changes in economic conditions.

DENTSPLY believes that demand in a given geographic market for its dental and medical products vary according to the stage of social, economic and technical development of the particular market. Geographic markets for DENTSPLY’s dental and medical products can be categorized into the following two stages of development:

Developed Markets

The U.S., Canada, Western Europe, Japan, Australia and certain other countries are highly developed markets that demand the most advanced dental and health products and have the highest level of expenditures for dental and medical care. These markets account for approximately 80% to 85% of the Company’s net sales. In these markets, dental care is increasingly focused upon preventive care and specialized dentistry, in addition to basic procedures, such as excavation of teeth and filling of cavities, tooth extraction and denture replacement. These markets require varied and complex dental products, utilize sophisticated diagnostic and imaging equipment and demand high levels of attention to protect against infection and patient cross-contamination. A broader segment of the population in these markets can afford higher end treatments in both dental and medical care.

Emerging Markets

In certain countries in Central America, South America, Eastern Europe, Pacific Rim, Middle East and Africa, most dental care is often limited to excavation of teeth and filling of cavities and other restorative techniques, reflecting more modest per capita expenditures for dental and medical care. These markets account for approximately 15% to 20% of the Company’s net sales. The Company markets products with a diverse price range including dual-brand alternatives to address patient and professional needs. However, there is also a portion of the population in these markets that receive a level of dental and medical care similar to that received in developed countries. As such, many of our premium products are actively sold into these regions.

The Company offers products and equipment for use in markets at both of these stages of development. The Company believes that demand for more technically advanced products will increase as each of these markets develop. The Company also believes that its recognized brand names, high quality innovative products, clinical education, technical support services and strong international distribution capabilities position it well to benefit from opportunities in virtually any market.

DENTSPLY employs approximately 3,600 highly trained, product-specific sales and technical staff to provide comprehensive marketing and service tailored to the particular sales and technical support requirements of its distributors, dealers and the end-users.

5




Dental

DENTSPLY distributes approximately half of its dental products through third-party distributors. Certain highly technical products such as precious metal dental alloys, dental ceramics, crown and bridge porcelain products, endodontic instruments and materials, orthodontic appliances, implants, and bone substitute and grafting materials are often sold directly to the dental laboratory or dental professionals in some markets. In 2015, one customer, Henry Schein Incorporated, a dental distributor, accounted for 11% of DENTSPLY’s consolidated net sales. No other single customer represented ten percent or more of DENTSPLY’S consolidated net sales during 2015. During 2014 and 2013, the Company did not have a single customer that represented ten percent or more of DENTSPLY’S consolidated net sales.

Although many of its dental sales are made to distributors, dealers and importers, DENTSPLY focuses its marketing efforts on the dentists, dental hygienists, dental assistants, dental laboratories and dental schools which are the end-users of its products. As part of this end-user “pull through” marketing approach, the Company conducts extensive distributor, dealer and end-user marketing programs. Additionally, the Company trains laboratory technicians, dental hygienists, dental assistants and dentists in the proper use of its products and introduces them to the latest technological developments at its educational courses conducted throughout the world. The Company also maintains ongoing consulting and educational relationships with various dental associations and recognized worldwide opinion leaders in the dental field.

Medical

The Company’s urology products are sold directly in approximately 15 countries throughout Europe and North America, and through distributors in approximately 20 additional markets. The Company’s largest markets include the UK, Germany and France. Key customers include urologists, urology nurses, general practitioners and direct-to-patients.

Historical reimbursement levels within Europe have been higher for intermittent catheters which explain a greater penetration of single-use catheter products in that market. In the U.S., which the Company considers an important growth market, the reimbursement environment has improved since 2008 as the infection control cost benefits of disposable catheters gain acceptance among payers.

The Company’s surgery products are sold directly in approximately 13 countries and through distributors in approximately 20 additional markets. The Company’s largest markets include Australia, Norway and the UK. Key customers include surgeons, hospital nurses, physiotherapists, hospital purchasing departments and medical supply distributors.

The Company also maintains ongoing consulting and educational relationships with various medical associations and recognized worldwide opinion leaders in this field.

Product Development

Innovation and successful product development are critical to keeping market leadership position in key product categories and growing market share in other products categories while strengthening the Company’s prominence in the dental and medical markets that it serves. While many of DENTSPLY’s existing products undergo brand extensions, the Company also continues to focus efforts on successfully launching innovative products that represent fundamental change.

New advances in technology are also anticipated to have a significant influence on future products in dentistry and in select areas of healthcare.  As a result, the Company pursues research and development initiatives to support this technological development, including collaborations with external research institutions, dental and medical schools.  Through its own internal research centers as well as through its collaborations with external research institutions, dental and medical schools, the Company directly invested $74.9 million, $80.8 million and $85.1 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, in connection with the development of new products, improvement of existing products and advances in technology.  The year-over-year investment for all years was reduced by foreign currency translation, which increased reported expense variations. The continued development of these areas is a critical step in meeting the Company’s strategic goal as a leader in defining the future of dentistry and in select areas in health care.

In addition to the direct investment in product development and improvement, the Company also invests in these activities through acquisitions, by entering into licensing agreements with third parties, and by purchasing technologies developed by third parties.



6





Merger and Acquisition Activities

On September 15, 2015, the Company and Sirona Dental Systems, Inc. (“Sirona”) announced that the Board of Directors of both companies had unanimously approved a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) under which the companies will combine in an all-stock merger of equals. Sirona develops, manufactures and markets several lines of dental products including CAD/CAM restoration systems, digital intra-oral, panoramic and 3D imaging systems, dental treatment centers and instruments. The Merger Agreement provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”) will merge with and into Sirona, with Sirona surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Merger”). Upon completion of the Merger, the Company's name will be changed to Dentsply Sirona Inc. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, if the merger is completed, each outstanding share of Sirona common stock will be converted into the right to receive 1.8142 shares of common stock of the Company, with cash paid in lieu of any fractional shares of common stock of the Company that a Sirona stockholder would otherwise have been entitled to receive.

On January 11, 2016, the respective stockholders of the Company and Sirona approved the proposed transaction. The transaction, which is expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2016, remains subject to the receipt of certain regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions. For additional information related to the Merger refer to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-207669) filed with the SEC.

DENTSPLY believes that the dental products industry continues to experience consolidation with respect to both product manufacturing and distribution, although it remains fragmented thereby creating a number of acquisition opportunities. DENTSPLY also seeks to expand its position in consumable medical device products through acquisitions.

The Company views acquisitions as a key part of its growth strategy. These acquisition activities are intended to supplement the Company’s core growth and assure ongoing expansion of its business, including new technologies, additional products, organizational strength and geographic breadth.

Operating and Technical Expertise

DENTSPLY believes that its manufacturing capabilities are important to its success. The manufacturing processes of the Company’s products require substantial and varied technical expertise. Complex materials technology and processes are necessary to manufacture the Company’s products. The Company endeavors to automate its global manufacturing operations in order to improve quality and customer service and lower costs.

Financing

Information about DENTSPLY’s working capital, liquidity and capital resources is provided in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this Form 10-K.

Competition

The Company conducts its operations, both domestic and foreign, under highly competitive market conditions. Competition in the dental and medical products industries is based primarily upon product performance, quality, safety and ease of use, as well as price, customer service, innovation and acceptance by clinicians, technicians and patients. DENTSPLY believes that its principal strengths include its well-established brand names, its reputation for high quality and innovative products, its leadership in product development and manufacturing, its global sales force, the breadth of its product line and distribution network, its commitment to customer satisfaction and support of the Company’s products by dental and medical professionals.

The size and number of the Company’s competitors vary by product line and from region to region. There are many companies that produce some, but not all, of the same types of products as those produced by the Company.

Regulation

The development, manufacture, sale and distribution of the Company’s products are subject to comprehensive governmental regulation both within and outside the United States. The following sections describe certain, but not all, of the significant regulations that apply to the Company. For a description of the risks related to the regulations that the Company is subject to, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

7




Certain of the Company’s products are classified as medical devices under the United States Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”). The FDCA requires these products, when sold in the United States, to be safe and effective for their intended use and to comply with the regulations administered by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). Certain medical device products are also regulated by comparable agencies in non-U.S. countries in which they are produced or sold.

Dental and medical devices of the types sold by DENTSPLY are generally classified by the FDA into a category that renders them subject only to general controls that apply to all medical devices, including regulations regarding alteration, misbranding, notification, record-keeping and good manufacturing practices. In the European Union, DENTSPLY’s products are subject to the medical devices laws of the various member states, which are based on a Directive of the European Commission. Such laws generally regulate the safety of the products in a similar way to the FDA regulations. DENTSPLY products in Europe bear the CE mark showing that such products adhere to European regulations.

All dental amalgam filling materials, including those manufactured and sold by DENTSPLY, contain mercury.  Various groups have alleged that dental amalgam containing mercury is harmful to human health and have actively lobbied state and federal lawmakers and regulators to pass laws or adopt regulatory changes restricting the use, or requiring a warning against alleged potential risks, of dental amalgams.  The FDA, the National Institutes of Health and the U.S. Public Health Service have each indicated that there are no demonstrated direct adverse health effects due to exposure to dental amalgam.  In response to concerns raised by certain consumer groups regarding dental amalgam, the FDA formed an advisory committee in 2006 to review peer-reviewed scientific literature on the safety of dental amalgam.  In July 2009, the FDA concluded its review of dental amalgam, confirming its use as a safe and effective restorative material.  Also, as a result of this review, the FDA classified amalgam and its component parts, elemental mercury and powder alloy, as a Class II medical device.  Previously there was no classification for encapsulated amalgam, and dental mercury (Class I) and alloy (Class II) were classified separately.  This new regulation places encapsulated amalgam in the same class of devices as most other restorative materials, including composite and gold fillings, and makes amalgam subject to special controls by FDA.  In that respect, the FDA recommended that certain information about dental amalgam be provided, which includes information indicating that dental amalgam releases low levels of mercury vapor, and that studies on people ages six and over as well as FDA estimated exposures of children under six, have not indicated any adverse health risk associated with the use of dental amalgam.   After the FDA issued this regulation, several petitions were filed asking the FDA to reconsider its position.  Another advisory panel was established by the FDA to consider these petitions.  Hearings of the advisory panel were held in December 2010.  The FDA has taken no action as of the filing date of this Form 10-K from the 2010 advisory panel meeting.

In Europe, particularly in Scandinavia and Germany, the contents of mercury in amalgam filling materials have been the subject of public discussion. As a consequence, in 1994 the German health authorities required suppliers of dental amalgam to amend the instructions for use of amalgam filling materials to include a precaution against the use of amalgam for children less than eighteen years of age and to women of childbearing age. Additionally, some groups have asserted that the use of dental amalgam should be prohibited because of concerns about environmental impact from the disposition of mercury within dental amalgam, which has resulted in the sale of mercury containing products being banned in Sweden and severely curtailed in Norway. In the United States, the Environmental Protection Agency proposed in September 2014 certain effluent limitation guidelines and standards under the Clean Water Act to help cut discharges of mercury-containing dental amalgam to the environment. The rule would require affected dentists to use best available technology (amalgam separators) and other best management practices to control mercury discharges to publicly-owned treatment works. The Company strongly recommends adherence to the American Dental Association’s Best Management Practices for Amalgam Waste and includes this in every package of dental amalgam. DENTSPLY also manufactures and sells non-amalgam dental filling materials that do not contain mercury.

The Company is also subject to the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar anti-bribery laws applicable in non-United States jurisdictions that generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from improperly offering or paying anything of value to non-United States government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Some of our customer relationships outside of the United States are with governmental entities and therefore may be subject to such anti-bribery laws. In the sale, delivery and servicing of our products outside of the United States, we must also comply with various export control and trade embargo laws and regulations, including those administered by the Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) and the Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security (“BIS”) which may require licenses or other authorizations for transactions relating to certain countries and/or with certain individuals identified by the United States government. Despite our internal compliance program, our policies and procedures may not always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents. Violations of these requirements are punishable by criminal or civil sanctions, including substantial fines and imprisonment.

The Company is subject to laws and regulations governing data privacy, including in the United States, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and

8



Clinical Health Act of 2009, which restricts the use and disclosure of personal health information, mandates the adoption of standards relating to the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information and requires us to report certain breaches of unsecured, individually identifiable health information.

The U. S. Federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal health care program, such as Medicare or Medicaid.

The Physician Payments Sunshine Provisions of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act require the Company to record all transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals and to report this data to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services for public disclosure. Similar reporting requirements have also been enacted in several states, and an increasing number of countries worldwide either have adopted or are considering similar laws requiring transparency of interactions with health care professionals.

The Company believes it is in substantial compliance with the laws and regulations that regulate its business.

Sources and Supply of Raw Materials and Finished Goods

The Company manufactures the majority of the products sold by the Company. Most of the raw materials used by the Company in the manufacture of its products are purchased from various suppliers and are typically available from numerous sources. No single supplier accounts for more than 10% of DENTSPLY’s supply requirements.

Intellectual Property

Products manufactured by DENTSPLY are sold primarily under its own trademarks and trade names. DENTSPLY also owns and maintains more than 2,500 patents throughout the world and is licensed under a number of patents owned by others.

DENTSPLY’s policy is to protect its products and technology through patents and trademark registrations both in the U.S. and in significant international markets. The Company carefully monitors trademark use worldwide and promotes enforcement of its patents and trademarks in a manner that is designed to balance the cost of such protection against obtaining the greatest value for the Company. DENTSPLY believes its patents and trademark properties are important and contribute to the Company’s marketing position but it does not consider its overall business to be materially dependent upon any individual patent or trademark.

Employees

At December 31, 2015, the Company and its subsidiaries employed approximately 11,400 employees. Of these employees, approximately 3,300 were employed in the United States and 8,100 in countries outside of the United States. Less than 5% of employees in the United States are covered by collective bargaining agreements. Some employees outside of the United States are covered by collective bargaining, union contract or other similar type program. The Company believes that it generally has a positive relationship with its employees.

Environmental Matters

DENTSPLY believes that its operations comply in all material respects with applicable environmental laws and regulations. Maintaining this level of compliance has not had, and is not expected to have, a material effect on the Company’s capital expenditures or on its business.

Other Factors Affecting the Business

Approximately two-thirds of the Company’s sales are located in regions outside the U.S., and the Company’s consolidated net sales can be impacted negatively by the strengthening or positively by the weakening of the U.S. dollar. Additionally, movements in certain foreign exchange rates may unfavorably or favorably impact the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity as a number of the Company’s manufacturing and distribution operations are located outside of the U.S.

The Company’s business is subject to quarterly fluctuations of consolidated net sales and net income. The Company typically implements most of its price changes in the beginning of the first or fourth quarter. Price changes, other marketing and promotional programs as well as the management of inventory levels by distributors and the implementation of strategic initiatives, may impact sales levels in a given period. Sales for the industry and the Company are generally strongest in the second and fourth calendar

9



quarters and weaker in the first and third calendar quarters, due to the effects of the items noted above and due to the impact of holidays and vacations, particularly throughout Europe.

The Company tries to maintain short lead times within its manufacturing, as such, the backlog on products is generally not material to the financial statements.

Securities and Exchange Act Reports

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, including the Company, that file electronically with the SEC. The public can obtain any documents that the Company files with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. The Company files annual reports, quarterly reports, proxy statements and other documents with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”). The public may read and copy any materials the Company files with the SEC at its Public Reference Room at the following address:

The Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F Street, NE
Washington, D.C. 20549

The public may obtain information on the operation of this Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

DENTSPLY also makes available free of charge through its website at www.DENTSPLY.com its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are filed with or furnished to the SEC.



10



Item 1A. Risk Factors

The following are the significant risk factors that could materially impact DENTSPLY’s business, financial condition or future results. The order in which these factors appear should not be construed to indicate their relative importance or priority.

The proposed business combination transaction between the Company and Sirona Dental Systems, Inc. may present certain risks to the Company's business and operations.

On September 15, 2015, the Company and Sirona Dental Systems, Inc. (“Sirona”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) providing for a “merger of equals” business combination transaction. Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, which was approved by the boards of directors of the Company and Sirona, at the closing of the transaction each outstanding share of Sirona common stock will be converted into the right to receive 1.8142 shares of Company common stock.  On January 11, 2016, the respective stockholders of the Company and Sirona approved the proposed transaction. The Company expects the transaction, which remains subject to certain regulatory clearances and the satisfaction or waiver of closing conditions contained in the Merger Agreement, to close in the first quarter of 2016.
Risks Related to the Merger
The Merger is subject to the receipt of consents and clearances from foreign regulatory authorities that may impose conditions that could have an adverse effect on DENTSPLY or the combined company or, if not obtained, could prevent completion of the Merger.

Before the Merger may be completed, applicable waiting periods must expire or terminate under antitrust and competition laws. In deciding whether to grant regulatory clearances, the relevant governmental entities will consider the effect of the Merger on competition within their relevant jurisdiction. The terms and conditions of the approvals that are granted may impose requirements, limitations or costs or place restrictions on the conduct of the combined company’s business. The Merger agreement may require the Company and/or Sirona to comply with conditions imposed by regulatory entities and, in certain circumstances, either company may refuse to close the Merger on the basis of those regulatory conditions. There can be no assurance that regulators will not impose conditions, terms, obligations or restrictions and that such conditions, terms, obligations or restrictions will not have the effect of delaying completion of the Merger or imposing additional material costs on or materially limiting the revenues of the combined company following the Merger. In addition, neither DENTSPLY nor Sirona can provide assurance that any such conditions, terms, obligations or restrictions will not result in the delay or abandonment of the Merger.

Any delay in completing the merger may reduce or eliminate the benefits expected to be achieved thereunder.

In addition to the required regulatory clearances, the Merger is subject to a number of other conditions beyond the Company’s and Sirona’s control that may prevent, delay or otherwise materially adversely affect its completion. DENTSPLY cannot predict whether and when these other conditions will be satisfied. Furthermore, the requirements for obtaining the required clearances and approvals could delay the completion of the Merger for a significant period of time or prevent it from occurring. Any delay in completing the merger could cause the combined company not to realize, or to be delayed in realizing, some or all of the synergies that the Company expects to achieve if the Merger is successfully completed within its expected time frame.

Uncertainties associated with the merger may cause a loss of management personnel and other key employees which could adversely affect the future business and operations of the combined company.

The Company and Sirona are dependent on the experience and industry knowledge of their respective officers and other key employees to execute their business plans. DENTSPLY and Sirona’s current and prospective employees may experience uncertainty about their roles within the combined company following the Merger, which may have an adverse effect on the ability of each of the Company and Sirona to attract or retain key management and other key personnel. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the combined company will be able to attract or retain key management personnel and other key employees of the Company and Sirona to the same extent that the Company and Sirona have previously been able to attract or retain employees. A failure by the Company, Sirona, or, following the completion of the Merger, the combined company to attract, retain and motivate executives and other key employees during the period prior to or after the completion of the Merger could have a negative impact on their respective businesses.

Lawsuits have been filed against each of the Company and Sirona’s board of directors challenging the Merger and an adverse ruling may prevent the merger from being completed.

The Company, Merger Sub and the members of Sirona’s board of directors were named as defendants in lawsuits brought by Sirona stockholders challenging the merger and seeking, among other things, injunctive relief to enjoin the defendants from

11



completing the merger on the agreed-upon terms. Additional lawsuits may be filed against the Company, Merger Sub, Sirona and/or their respective directors or officers in connection with the Merger.

One of the conditions to the closing of the merger is the absence of any order, injunction, decree, statute, rule or regulation by a court or other governmental entity that makes illegal or prohibits the consummation of the merger or the other transactions contemplated by the merger agreement. Consequently, if a settlement or other resolution is not reached in the lawsuits referenced above and the plaintiffs secure injunctive or other relief prohibiting, delaying or otherwise adversely affecting the parties’ ability to complete the merger, then such injunctive or other relief may prevent the merger from becoming effective within the expected time frame or at all.

Failure to complete the Merger could negatively impact the stock prices and the future business and financial results of DENTSPLY and Sirona.

Completion of the Merger is not assured and is subject to risks, including the risks that approval by governmental entities will not be obtained or that certain other closing conditions will not be satisfied. If the Merger is not completed, the ongoing businesses and financial results of the Company and/or Sirona may be adversely affected and DENTSPLY and/or Sirona will be subject to several risks, including the following:

having to pay certain significant costs relating to the merger without receiving the benefits of the merger, including, in certain circumstances, a termination fee of $280 million, in the case of DENTSPLY, and a termination fee of $205 million, in the case of Sirona;
the potential loss of key personnel during the pendency of the merger as employees may experience uncertainty about their future roles with the combined company;
DENTSPLY and Sirona will have been subject to certain restrictions on the conduct of their businesses which may have prevented the respective companies from making certain acquisitions or dispositions or pursuing certain business opportunities while the merger was pending; and
having had the focus of each companies’ management on the merger instead of on pursuing other opportunities that could have been beneficial to the companies.

If the merger is not completed, DENTSPLY and Sirona cannot assure their respective stockholders that these risks will not materialize and will not materially adversely affect the business, financial results and stock prices of DENTSPLY or Sirona.

The Merger agreement contains provisions that could discourage a potential competing acquirer of either the Company or Sirona.

The Merger Agreement contains “no shop” provisions that, subject to limited exceptions, restrict each of DENTSPLY and Sirona’s ability to solicit, initiate or knowingly encourage and induce, or take any other action designed to facilitate competing third-party proposals relating to a merger, reorganization or consolidation of the company or an acquisition of the company’s stock or assets.

These provisions could discourage a potential third-party acquirer that might have an interest in acquiring all or a significant portion of the Company or Sirona from considering or proposing that acquisition, even if it were prepared to pay consideration with a higher per share cash or market value than the market value proposed to be received or realized in the Merger or might result in a potential third-party acquirer proposing to pay a lower price to the stockholders than it might otherwise have proposed to pay because of the added expense of the $280 million or $205 million termination fee, as applicable, that may become payable in certain circumstances.

If the Merger Agreement is terminated and either the Company or Sirona determines to seek another business combination, it may not be able to negotiate a transaction with another party on terms comparable to, or better than, the terms of the Merger.

The Company and Sirona’s executive officers and directors have certain interests in the Merger that may be different from, or in addition to, the interests of DENTSPLY and Sirona stockholders generally.

DENTSPLY’s and Sirona’s executive officers and directors have certain interests in the merger that may be different from, or in addition to, the interests of DENTSPLY stockholders and Sirona stockholders generally. DENTSPLY’s executive officers and Sirona’s executive officers negotiated the terms of the merger agreement. The executive officers of DENTSPLY and Sirona have arrangements with DENTSPLY or Sirona, as applicable, that provide for severance benefits if their employment is terminated under certain circumstances following the completion of the Merger. In addition, certain of Sirona’s compensation and benefit plans and arrangements provide for payment or accelerated vesting or distribution of certain rights or benefits upon completion

12



of the Merger. Under the Merger Agreement, DENTSPLY and Sirona may act before completion of the Merger to accelerate the vesting of equity awards (restricted stock units and, in the case of DENTSPLY, also stock options) held by some or all of its non-employee directors who will not continue as directors of the combined company after the Merger. Executive officers and directors also have rights to indemnification and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that will survive completion of the merger.

Upon completion of the Merger, the board of directors of the combined company will be comprised of eleven members, consisting of six of DENTSPLY’s current directors and five of Sirona’s current directors. Mr. Jeffery T. Slovin, currently a Director and the President and Chief Executive Officer of Sirona, will serve as a Director and as Chief Executive Officer of the combined company, and Mr. Wise, DENTSPLY’s current Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, will serve as Executive Chairman of the board of directors of the combined company. Additionally, the combined company’s management team will include executives from each of DENTSPLY and Sirona. From DENTSPLY, Christopher T. Clark (the current President and Chief Financial Officer of DENTSPLY) will serve as President and Chief Operating Officer, Technologies of the combined company, and James G. Mosch (the current Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of DENTSPLY) will serve as President and Chief Operating Officer, Dental and Healthcare Consumables of the combined company. From Sirona, Ulrich Michel (the current Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Sirona) will serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the combined company.

Each of DENTSPLY’s and Sirona’s boards of directors were aware of these interests at the time each approved the Merger and the transactions contemplated by the Merger agreement. These interests, including the continued employment of certain of DENTSPLY’s and Sirona’s executive officers by the combined company, the continued positions of certain of DENTSPLY’S and Sirona’s directors as directors of the combined company and the indemnification of former directors and officers by the combined company, may cause DENTSPLY’S and Sirona’s directors and executive officers to view the Merger proposal differently and more favorably than stockholders generally.

Current holders of DENTSPLY’s and Sirona’s common stock will have a reduced ownership and voting interest after the Merger and will exercise less influence over management.

Current holders of DENTSPLY and Sirona common stock have the right to vote in the election of the board of directors and on other matters affecting DENTSPLY and Sirona, respectively. Upon the completion of the Merger, each of Sirona’s stockholders who receives shares of DENTSPLY common stock will become a stockholder of the combined company with a percentage ownership of the combined company that is smaller than such stockholder’s percentage ownership of Sirona. Similarly, after completion of the Merger, the shares of combined company common stock retained by each DENTSPLY stockholder will represent a smaller percentage ownership of the combined company. It is currently expected that Sirona’s stockholders immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger as a group will receive shares in the Merger constituting approximately 42% of the shares of combined company common stock on a fully diluted basis immediately after the Merger. As a result, stockholders of DENTSPLY immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger as a group will own approximately 58% of the shares of combined company common stock on a fully diluted basis immediately after the Merger. Because of this, DENTSPLY and Sirona stockholders will have less influence on the management and policies of the combined company than they now have on the management and policies of DENTSPLY and Sirona, respectively.

Risks Related to the Combined Company Following the Merger
The combined company may be unable to integrate successfully DENTSPLY’s and Sirona’s businesses and realize the anticipated benefits of the Merger.

The success of the Merger will depend, in large part, on the ability of the combined company to realize the anticipated benefits, including cost savings, from combining DENTSPLY and Sirona’s businesses. To realize these anticipated benefits, DENTSPLY and Sirona’s businesses must be successfully integrated. This integration will be complex and time consuming. The failure to integrate successfully and to manage successfully the challenges presented by the integration process may result in the combined company not fully achieving the anticipated benefits of the Merger. Potential difficulties the combined company may encounter as part of the integration process include, but are not limited to, the following:

the inability to successfully combine DENTSPLY and Sirona’s businesses in a manner that permits the combined company to achieve the full revenue and cost synergies anticipated to result from the Merger;
complexities associated with managing the combined businesses, including the challenge of integrating complex systems, technology, networks and other assets of each of the companies in a seamless manner that minimizes any adverse impact on customers, suppliers, employees and other constituencies;
coordinating geographically separated organizations, systems and facilities;
addressing possible differences in business backgrounds, corporate cultures and management philosophies;

13



integrating the workforces of the two companies while maintaining focus on providing consistent, high quality customer service; and
potential unknown liabilities and unforeseen increased or new expenses, delays or regulatory conditions associated with the Merger.

In addition, DENTSPLY and Sirona have operated and, until the completion of the Merger, will continue to operate independently. It is possible that the integration process could result in:

diversion of the attention of each company’s management;
disruption of existing relationships with distributors, suppliers and other manufacturers in the industry that drive a substantial amount of revenues to each company; and
the disruption of, or the loss of momentum in, each company’s ongoing businesses or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies, any of which could adversely affect each company’s ability to maintain relationships with customers, suppliers, employees and other constituencies, DENTSPLY or Sirona’s ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the Merger, or which could reduce each company’s earnings or otherwise adversely affect the business and financial results of the combined company.

The Merger may not be accretive and may cause dilution to the combined company’s adjusted earnings per share, which may negatively affect the market price of the combined company’s common stock.

DENTSPLY and Sirona currently anticipate that the Merger will be accretive to stockholders on an adjusted earnings per share basis within the first full year following the completion of the Merger. This expectation is based on preliminary estimates, which may materially change. The combined company could also encounter additional transaction and integration-related costs or other factors such as the failure to realize all of the benefits anticipated in the Merger. All of these factors could cause dilution to the combined company’s adjusted earnings per share or decrease or delay the expected accretive effect of the Merger and cause a decrease in the market value of the combined company’s common stock.

The future results of the combined company will suffer if the combined company does not effectively manage its expanded operations following the Merger.

Following the Merger, the size of the business of the combined company will increase significantly beyond the current size of either DENTSPLY or Sirona’s business. The combined company’s future success depends, in part, upon its ability to manage this expanded business, which will pose substantial challenges for management, including challenges related to the management and monitoring of new operations and associated increased costs and complexity. There can be no assurances that the combined company will be successful or that it will realize the expected operating efficiencies, cost savings, revenue enhancements and other benefits currently anticipated from the Merger.

The combined company is expected to incur substantial expenses related to the Merger and the integration of DENTSPLY and Sirona.

The combined company is expected to incur substantial expenses in connection with the Merger and the integration of DENTSPLY and Sirona. There are a large number of processes, policies, procedures, operations, technologies and systems that must be integrated, including purchasing, accounting and finance, sales, payroll, pricing, revenue management, manufacturing, research and development, marketing and benefits. While DENTSPLY and Sirona have assumed that a certain level of expenses would be incurred, there are many factors beyond each company’s control that could affect the total amount or the timing of the integration expenses. Moreover, many of the expenses that will be incurred are, by their nature, difficult to estimate accurately. These expenses could, particularly in the near term, exceed the savings that the combined company expects to achieve from the elimination of duplicative expenses and the realization of economies of scale and cost savings. These integration expenses likely will result in the combined company taking significant charges against earnings following the completion of the Merger, and the amount and timing of such charges are uncertain at present.

These risks, as they relate to the Company as part of the combined company and additional risks associated with the merger, are described in more detail under the heading “Risk Factors” in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-207669) filed with the SEC.

Negative changes could occur in the dental or medical device markets, the general economic environments, or government reimbursement or regulatory programs of the regions in which the Company operates.


14



The success of the Company is largely dependent upon the continued strength of dental and medical device markets and is also somewhat dependent upon the general economic environments of the regions in which DENTSPLY operates. Negative changes to these markets and economies could materially impact the Company’s results of operations and financial condition. In many markets, dental reimbursement is largely out of pocket for the consumer and thus utilization rates can vary significantly depending on economic growth. For instance, data suggests that the utilization of dental services by working age adults in the U.S. may have declined over the last several years. Additionally, there is also uncertainty as to what impact the Affordable Care Act may have on dental utilization in the U.S. In certain markets, particularly in the European Union, government and regulatory programs have a more significant impact than in other markets. Changes to these programs could have a positive or negative impact on the Company’s results.

Prolonged negative economic conditions in domestic and global markets may adversely affect the Company’s suppliers and customers and consumers, which could harm the Company’s financial position.

Prolonged negative changes in domestic and global economic conditions or disruptions of either or both of the financial and credit markets may affect the Company’s supply chain and the customers and consumers of the Company’s products and may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Due to the Company’s international operations, the Company is exposed to the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates.

Due to the international nature of DENTSPLY’s business, movements in foreign exchange rates may impact the consolidated statements of operations. With approximately two-thirds of the Company’s sales located in regions outside the U.S., the Company’s consolidated net sales are impacted negatively by the strengthening or positively by the weakening of the U.S. dollar. Additionally, movements in certain foreign exchange rates may unfavorably or favorably impact the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity as a number of the Company’s manufacturing and distribution operations are located outside of the U.S. Changes in exchange rates may have a negative effect on the Company’s customers’ access to credit as well as on the underlying strength of particular economies and dental markets. Although the Company may use certain financial instruments to attempt to mitigate market fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, there can be no assurance that such measures will be effective or that they will not create additional financial obligations on the Company.

Volatility in the capital markets or investment vehicles could limit the Company’s ability to access capital or could raise the cost of capital.

Although the Company continues to have positive operating cash flow, a disruption in the credit markets may reduce sources of liquidity available to the Company. The Company relies on multiple financial institutions to provide funding pursuant to existing and/or future credit agreements, and those institutions may not be able to provide funding in a timely manner, or at all, when required by the Company. The cost of or lack of available credit could impact the Company’s ability to develop sufficient liquidity to maintain or grow the Company, which in turn may adversely affect the Company’s businesses and results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

The Company also manages cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments through various institutions. There may be a risk of loss on investments based on the volatility of the underlying instruments that would not allow the Company to recover the full principal of its investments.

The Company may not be able to access or renew its precious metal consignment facilities resulting in a liquidity constraint equal to the fair market value of the precious metal value of inventory and would subject the Company to inventory valuation risk as the value of the precious metal inventory fluctuates resulting in greater volatility to reported earnings.

The Company’s quarterly operating results and market price for the Company’s common stock may be volatile.

DENTSPLY experiences fluctuations in quarterly sales and earnings due to a number of factors, many of which are substantially outside of the Company’s control, including but not limited to:

The timing of new product introductions by DENTSPLY and its competitors;
Timing of industry trade shows;
Changes in customer inventory levels;
Developments in government reimbursement policies;
Changes in customer preferences and product mix;
The Company’s ability to supply products to meet customer demand;
Fluctuations in manufacturing costs;

15



Changes in income tax laws and incentives which could create adverse tax consequences;
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates; and
General economic conditions, as well as those specific to the healthcare and related industries.

As a result, the Company may fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts and investors, which could cause its stock price to decline. Quarterly fluctuations generally result in net sales and operating profits historically being higher in the second and fourth quarters. The Company typically implements most of its price changes early in the fourth quarter or beginning of the year. These price changes, other marketing and promotional programs, which are offered to customers from time to time in the ordinary course of business, the management of inventory levels by distributors and the implementation of strategic initiatives, may impact sales levels in a given period. Net sales and operating profits generally have been lower in the first and third quarters, primarily due not only to increased sales in the quarters preceding these quarters, but also due to the impact of holidays and vacations, particularly throughout Europe.

In addition to fluctuations in quarterly earnings, a variety of other factors may have a significant impact on the market price of DENTSPLY’s common stock causing volatility. These factors include, but are not limited to, the publication of earnings estimates or other research reports and speculation in the press or investment community; changes in the Company’s industry and competitors; the Company’s financial condition and cash flows; any future issuances of DENTSPLY’s common stock, which may include primary offerings for cash, stock splits, issuances in connection with business acquisitions, restricted stock and the grant or exercise of stock options from time to time; general market and economic conditions; and any outbreak or escalation of hostilities in geographical areas in which the Company does business.

Also, the NASDAQ National Market (“NASDAQ”) can experience extreme price and volume fluctuations that can be unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the companies listed on the NASDAQ. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of the Company’s common stock, regardless of actual operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies. This type of litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm the Company’s business.

The dental and medical device supplies markets are highly competitive and there is no guarantee that the Company can compete successfully.

The worldwide markets for dental and medical products are highly competitive. There can be no assurance that the Company will successfully identify new product opportunities and develop and market new products successfully, or that new products and technologies introduced by competitors will not render the Company’s products obsolete or noncompetitive. Additionally, the size and number of the Company’s competitors vary by product line and from region to region. There are many companies that produce some, but not all, of the same types of products as those produced by the Company. Certain of DENTSPLY’s competitors may have greater resources than the Company. In addition, the Company is exposed to the risk that its competitors or its customers may introduce private label, generic, or low cost products that compete with the Company’s products at lower price points. If these competitors’ products capture significant market share or result in a decrease in market prices overall, this could have a negative impact on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

The Company may be unable to develop innovative products or obtain regulatory approval for new products.

The market for DENTSPLY’s products is characterized by rapid and significant technological change, new intellectual property associated with that technological change, evolving industry standards, and new product introductions. Additionally, DENTSPLY’s patent portfolio continues to change with patents expiring through the normal course of their life. There can be no assurance that DENTSPLY’s products will not lose their competitive advantage or become noncompetitive or obsolete as a result of such factors, or that we will be able to generate any economic return on the Company’s investment in product development. If the Company’s products or technologies lose their competitive advantage or become noncompetitive or obsolete, DENTSPLY’s business could be negatively affected.

DENTSPLY has identified new products as an important part of its growth opportunities. There can be no assurance that DENTSPLY will be able to continue to develop innovative products and that regulatory approval of any new products will be obtained from applicable U.S. or international government or regulatory authorities, or that if such approvals are obtained, such products will be favorably accepted in the marketplace. Additionally, there is no assurance that entirely new technology or approaches to dental treatment or competitors’ new products will not be introduced that could render the Company’s products obsolete.



16




DENTSPLY’s business is subject to extensive, complex and changing laws, regulations and orders that failure to comply with could subject us to civil or criminal penalties or other liabilities.

DENTSPLY is subject to extensive laws, regulations and orders which are administered by various international, federal and state governmental authorities, including, among others, the FDA, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”), the Bureau of Industry and Security of the United States Department of Commerce (“BIS”), the United States Federal Trade Commission, the United States Department of Justice and other similar domestic and foreign authorities. These regulations include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar international anti-bribery laws, the U.S. Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, regulations concerning the supply of conflict minerals, various environmental regulations and regulations relating to trade, import and export controls and economic sanctions.  Such laws, regulations and orders may be complex and are subject to change.

Compliance with the numerous applicable existing and new laws, regulations and orders could require us to incur substantial regulatory compliance costs.  Although the Company has implemented policies and procedures to comply with applicable laws, regulations and orders, there can be no assurance that governmental authorities will not raise compliance concerns or perform audits to confirm compliance with such laws, regulations and orders. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations or orders could result in a range of governmental enforcement actions, including fines or penalties, injunctions and/or criminal or other civil proceedings. Any such actions could result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated revenue and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

In 2012, the Company received subpoenas from the United States Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of Indiana (the “USAO”) and from OFAC requesting documents and information related to compliance with export controls and economic sanctions regulations by certain of its subsidiaries. The Company also voluntarily contacted OFAC and BIS regarding compliance with export controls and economic sanctions regulations by certain other business units of the Company identified in an ongoing internal review by the Company. The Company is cooperating with the USAO, OFAC and BIS with respect to these matters.

The Company may fail to realize the expected benefits of its cost reduction and restructuring efforts.

In order to operate more efficiently and control costs, the Company may announce from time to time restructuring plans, including workforce reductions, global facility consolidations and other cost reduction initiatives that are intended to generate operating expense or cost of goods sold savings through direct and indirect overhead expense reductions as well as other savings. The Company has targeted adjusted operating income margins of at least 20% as the benefits of these initiatives, net of related investments, are realized over time. Due to the complexities inherent in implementing these types of cost reduction and restructuring activities, and the quarterly phasing of related investments, the Company may fail to realize expected efficiencies and benefits, or may experience a delay in realizing such efficiencies and benefits, and its operations and business could be disrupted. Company management may be required to divert their focus to managing these disruptions, and implementation may require the agreement of the Company’s labor unions. Risks associated with these actions and other workforce management issues include delays in implementation of anticipated workforce reductions, additional unexpected costs, changes in restructuring plans that increase or decrease the number of employees affected, negative impact on the Company’s relationship with labor unions, adverse effects on employee morale, and the failure to meet operational targets due to the loss of employees, any of which may impair the Company’s ability to achieve anticipated cost reductions or may otherwise harm its business, and could have a material adverse effect on its competitive position, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition.

The Company may be unable to obtain a supply for certain finished goods purchased from third parties.

A significant portion of the Company’s injectable anesthetic products, orthodontic products, certain dental cutting instruments, catheters, nickel titanium products and certain other products and raw materials are purchased from a limited number of suppliers and in certain cases single source suppliers, some of which may also compete with the Company. As there are a limited number of suppliers for these products, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain an adequate supply of these products and raw materials in the future. Any delays in delivery of or shortages in these products could interrupt and delay manufacturing of the Company’s products and result in the cancellation of orders for these products. In addition, these suppliers could discontinue the manufacture or supply of these products to the Company at any time or supply products to competitors. DENTSPLY may not be able to identify and integrate alternative sources of supply in a timely fashion or at all. Any transition to alternate suppliers may result in delays in shipment and increased expenses and may limit the Company’s ability to deliver products to customers. If the Company is unable to develop reasonably priced alternative sources in a timely manner, or if the Company encounters delays or other difficulties in the supply or manufacturing of such products and other materials internally or from third parties, the Company’s business and results of operations may be harmed.


17



DENTSPLY may be unable to obtain necessary product approvals and marketing clearances.

DENTSPLY must obtain certain approvals and marketing clearances from governmental authorities, including the FDA and similar health authorities in foreign countries to manufacture, market and sell its products. These regulatory agencies regulate the marketing, manufacturing, labeling, packaging, advertising, sale and distribution of medical devices, including the export of medical devices to foreign countries.

The regulatory review process which must be completed prior to marketing a new medical device may delay or hinder a product’s timely entry into the marketplace. There can be no assurance that the review or approval process for these products by the FDA or any other applicable governmental authority will occur in a timely fashion, if at all, or that additional regulations will not be adopted or current regulations amended in such a manner as will adversely affect the Company. The FDA also oversees the content of advertising and marketing materials relating to medical devices which have received FDA clearance. Delays or failure to receive the necessary product approvals from governmental authorities could negatively impact DENTSPLY’s operations.

There also can be no assurance that regulatory agencies may not disallow the use of certain raw material components, which could have a negative impact on the Company’s ability to manufacture, market and sell particular products or product lines.

Inventories maintained by the Company’s customers may fluctuate from time to time.

The Company relies in part on its predictions of dealer and customer inventory levels in projecting future demand levels and financial results. These inventory levels may fluctuate, and may differ from the Company’s predictions, resulting in the Company’s projections of future results being different than expected. There can be no assurance that the Company’s dealers and customers will maintain levels of inventory in accordance with the Company’s predictions or past history, or that the timing of customers’ inventory build or liquidation will be in accordance with the Company’s predictions or past history.

Changes in or interpretations of, tax rules, operating structures, country profitability mix and regulations may adversely affect the Company’s effective tax rates.

The Company is a U.S. based multinational company subject to tax in multiple U.S. and foreign tax jurisdictions. Unanticipated changes in the Company’s tax rates could affect its future results of operations. The Company’s future effective tax rates could be unfavorably affected by factors such as changes in, or interpretation of, tax rules and regulations in the jurisdictions in which the Company does business, by structural changes in the Company’s businesses, by unanticipated decreases in the amount of revenue or earnings in countries with low statutory tax rates, or by changes in the valuation of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities.

The Company’s expansion through acquisition involves risks and may not result in the expected benefits.

The Company continues to view acquisitions as a key part of its growth strategy. The Company continues to be active in evaluating potential acquisitions although there is no assurance that these efforts will result in completed transactions as there are many factors that affect the success of such activities. If the Company does succeed in acquiring a business or product, there can be no assurance that the Company will achieve any of the benefits that it might anticipate from such an acquisition and the attention and effort devoted to the integration of an acquired business could divert management’s attention from normal business operations. If the Company makes acquisitions, it may incur debt, assume contingent liabilities and/or additional risks, or create additional expenses, any of which might adversely affect its financial results. Any financing that the Company might need for acquisitions may only be available on terms that restrict its business or that impose additional costs that reduce its operating results.

Challenges may be asserted against the Company’s products due to real or perceived quality or health issues.

The Company manufactures and sells a wide portfolio of dental and medical device products. While the Company endeavors to ensure that its products are safe and effective, there can be no assurance that there may not be challenges from time to time regarding the real or perceived quality or health impact of the Company’s products or certain raw material components of the Company’s products. All dental amalgam filling materials, including those manufactured and sold by DENTSPLY, contain mercury. Some groups have asserted that amalgam should be discontinued because of its mercury content and/or that disposal of mercury containing products may be harmful to the environment. If governmental authorities elect to place restrictions or significant regulations on the sale and/or disposal of dental amalgam, that could have an adverse impact on the Company’s sales of dental amalgam. DENTSPLY also manufactures and sells non-amalgam dental filling materials that do not contain mercury but that may contain bisphenol-A, commonly called BPA. BPA is found in many everyday items, such as plastic bottles, foods, detergents and toys, and may be found in certain dental composite materials or sealants either as a by-product of other ingredients that have degraded, or as a trace material left over from the manufacture of other ingredients used in such composites or sealants. The FDA

18



currently allows the use of BPA in dental materials, medical devices, and food packaging. Nevertheless, public reports and concerns regarding the potential hazards of dental amalgam or of BPA could contribute to a perceived safety risk for the Company’s products that contain mercury or BPA. Adverse publicity about the quality or safety of our products, whether or not ultimately based on fact, may have an adverse effect on our brand, reputation and operating results.

Issues related to the quality and safety of the Company’s products, ingredients or packaging could cause a product recall or discontinuation resulting in harm to the Company’s reputation and negatively impacting the Company’s operating results.

The Company’s products generally maintain a good reputation with customers and end-users. Issues related to quality and safety of products, ingredients or packaging, could jeopardize the Company’s image and reputation. Negative publicity related to these types of concerns, whether valid or not, might negatively impact demand for the Company’s products or cause production and delivery disruptions. The Company may need to recall or discontinue products if they become unfit for use. In addition, the Company could potentially be subject to litigation or government action, which could result in payment of fines or damages. Cost associated with these potential actions could negatively affect the Company’s operating results, financial condition and liquidity.

The Company’s Orthodontics business is subject to risk.

The Company sources a substantial portion of its orthodontic products from a Japanese supplier under an agreement that is subject to periodic renewal. The Company also has established alternative sources of supply. The market for orthodontic products is highly competitive and subject to significant negative price pressure.

Changes in or interpretations of, accounting principles could result in unfavorable charges to operations.

The Company prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with US GAAP. These principles are subject to interpretation by the SEC and various bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting principles. Market conditions have prompted accounting standard setters to issue new guidance which further interprets or seeks to revise accounting pronouncements related to financial instruments, structures or transactions as well as to issue new standards expanding disclosures. It is possible that future accounting standards the Company would be required to adopt could change the current accounting treatment applied to the Company’s consolidated financial statements and such changes could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

If the Company’s goodwill or intangible assets become impaired, the Company may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.

Under US GAAP, the Company reviews its goodwill and intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Additionally, goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually. The valuations used to determine the fair values used to test goodwill or intangible assets are dependent upon various assumptions and reflect management’s best estimates. Net sales growth, discount rates, earnings multiples and future cash flows are critical assumptions used to determine these fair values. Slower net sales growth rates in the dental or medical device industries, an increase in discount rates, unfavorable changes in earnings multiples or a decline in future cash flows, among other factors, may cause a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of the Company’s goodwill or intangible assets may not be recoverable. The Company may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in the financial statements during the period in which any impairment of the Company’s goodwill or intangible assets is determined.

The Company faces the inherent risk of litigation and claims.

The Company’s business involves a risk of product liability and other types of legal actions or claims, including possible recall actions affecting the Company’s products. The primary risks to which the Company is exposed are related to those products manufactured by the Company. The Company has insurance policies, including product liability insurance, covering these risks in amounts that are considered adequate; however, the Company cannot provide assurance that the maintained coverage is sufficient to cover future claims or that the coverage will be available in adequate amounts or at a reasonable cost. Also, other types of claims asserted against the Company may not be covered by insurance. A successful claim brought against the Company in excess of available insurance, or another type of claim which is uninsured or that results in significant adverse publicity against the Company, could harm its business and overall cash flows of the Company.

Various parties, including the Company, own and maintain patents and other intellectual property rights applicable to the dental and medical device fields. Although the Company believes it operates in a manner that does not infringe upon any third

19



party intellectual property rights, it is possible that a party could assert that one or more of the Company’s products infringe upon such party’s intellectual property and force the Company to pay damages and/or discontinue the sale of certain products.

Increasing exposure to markets outside of the U.S. and Europe.

We anticipate that sales outside of the U.S. and Europe will continue to expand and account for a significant portion of DENTSPLY’s revenue. Operating in such locations is subject to a number of uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the following:

Economic and political instability;
Import or export licensing requirements;
Additional compliance-related risks;
Trade restrictions;
Product registration requirements;
Longer payment cycles;
Changes in regulatory requirements and tariffs;
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
Potentially adverse tax consequences; and
Potentially weak protection of intellectual property rights.

The Company’s success is dependent upon its management and employees.

The Company’s success is dependent upon its management and employees. The loss of senior management employees or failure to recruit and train needed managerial, sales and technical personnel, could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

The Company may be unable to sustain the operational and technical expertise that is key to its success.

DENTSPLY believes that its manufacturing capabilities are important to its success. The manufacture of the Company’s products requires substantial and varied technical expertise. Complex materials technology and processes are necessary to manufacture the Company’s products. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain the necessary operational and technical expertise that is key to its success.

A large number of the Company’s products are manufactured in single manufacturing facilities.

Although the Company maintains multiple manufacturing facilities, a large number of the products manufactured by the Company are manufactured in facilities that are the sole source of such products. As there are a limited number of alternative suppliers for these products, any disruption at a particular Company manufacturing facility could lead to delays, increased expenses, and may damage the Company’s business and results of operations.

The Company relies heavily on information and technology to operate its business networks, and any disruption to its technology infrastructure or the Internet could harm the Company’s operations.

DENTSPLY operates many aspects of its business including financial reporting and customer relationship management through server- and web-based technologies, and stores various types of data on such servers or with third-parties who may in turn store it on servers or in the “cloud”. Any disruption to the Internet or to the Company’s or its service providers’ global technology infrastructure, including malware, insecure coding, “Acts of God,” attempts to penetrate networks, data leakage and human error, could pose a threat to the Company’s operations. While DENTSPLY has invested and continues to invest in information technology risk management and disaster recovery plans, these measures cannot fully insulate the Company from technology disruptions or data loss and the resulting adverse effect on the Company’s operations and financial results.

The Company may not generate sufficient cash flow to service its debt, pay its contractual obligations and operate the business.

DENTSPLY’s ability to make payments on its indebtedness and contractual obligations, and to fund its operations depends on its future performance and financial results, which, to a certain extent, are subject to general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory and other factors and the interest rate environment that are beyond its control. Although senior management believes that the Company has and will continue to have sufficient liquidity, there can be no assurance that DENTSPLY’s business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future to service its debt, pay its contractual obligations and operate its business.


20



The Company may not be able to repay its outstanding debt in the event that cross default provisions are triggered due to a breach of loan covenants.

DENTSPLY’s existing borrowing documentation contains a number of covenants and financial ratios, which it is required to satisfy. Any breach of any such covenants or restrictions, the most restrictive of which pertain to asset dispositions, maintenance of certain levels of net worth, and prescribed ratios of indebtedness to total capital and operating income excluding depreciation and amortization of interest expense, would result in a default under the existing borrowing documentation that would permit the lenders to declare all borrowings under such documentation to be immediately due and payable and, through cross default provisions, would entitle DENTSPLY’s other lenders to accelerate their loans. DENTSPLY may not be able to meet its obligations under its outstanding indebtedness in the event that any cross default provisions are triggered.

DENTSPLY has a significant amount of indebtedness. A breach of the covenants under DENTSPLY’s debt instruments outstanding from time to time could result in an event of default under the applicable agreement.

The Company has debt securities outstanding of approximately $1.2 billion. DENTSPLY also has the ability to incur up to $500 million of indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and may incur significantly more indebtedness in the future.

DENTSPLY’s level of indebtedness and related debt service obligations could have negative consequences including:

making it more difficult for the Company to satisfy its obligations with respect to its indebtedness;
requiring DENTSPLY to dedicate significant cash flow from operations to the payment of principal and interest on its indebtedness, which would reduce the funds the Company has available for other purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions; and
reducing DENTSPLY’s flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in its business and market conditions.

DENTSPLY’s current debt agreements contain a number of covenants and financial ratios, which the Company is required to satisfy. Under the Note Purchase Agreement dated December 11, 2015, the Company will be required to maintain ratios of debt outstanding to total capital not to exceed the ratio of 0.6 to 1.0, and operating income less depreciation and amortization to interest expense of not less than 3.0 times. All of the Company’s outstanding debt agreements have been amended to reflect these covenants. The Company may need to reduce the amount of its indebtedness outstanding from time to time in order to comply with such ratios, though no assurance can be given that DENTSPLY will be able to do so. DENTSPLY’s failure to maintain such ratios or a breach of the other covenants under its debt agreements outstanding from time to time could result in an event of default under the applicable agreement. Such a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related indebtedness and may result in the acceleration of any other indebtedness to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies.

Changes in our credit ratings or macroeconomic impacts on credit markets may increase our cost of capital and limit financing options.

We utilize the short and long-term debt markets to obtain capital from time to time. Adverse changes in our credit ratings may result in increased borrowing costs for future long-term debt or short-term borrowing facilities which may in turn limit financing options, including our access to the unsecured borrowing market. We may also be subject to additional restrictive covenants that would reduce our flexibility. In addition, macroeconomic conditions, such as continued or increased volatility or disruption in the credit markets, would adversely affect our ability to refinance existing debt or obtain additional financing to support operations or to fund new acquisitions or capital-intensive internal initiatives.

Certain provisions in the Company’s governing documents, and of Delaware law, may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire DENTSPLY.

Certain provisions of DENTSPLY’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws and of Delaware law could have the effect of making it difficult for a third party to acquire control of DENTSPLY. Such provisions include, among others, a provision allowing the Board of Directors to issue preferred stock having rights senior to those of the common stock and certain procedural requirements which make it difficult for stockholders to amend DENTSPLY’s By-laws and call special meetings of stockholders. In addition, members of DENTSPLY’s management and participants in its Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) collectively own approximately 4% of the outstanding common stock of DENTSPLY. Delaware law imposes some restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between the Company and any holder of 15% or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock.





21



The Company’s results could be negatively impacted by a natural disaster or similar event.

The Company operates in more than 120 countries and its and its suppliers’ manufacturing facilities are located in multiple locations around the world.  Any natural or other disaster in such a location could result in serious harm to the Company’s business and consolidated results of operations.  Any insurance maintained by the Company may not be adequate to cover our losses resulting from such disasters or other business interruptions, and our emergency response plans may not be effective in preventing or minimizing losses in the future.

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.  Properties

The following is a listing of DENTSPLY’s principal manufacturing and distribution locations at December 31, 2015:

Location
 
Function
 
Leased
or Owned
 
 
 
 
 
United States:
 
 
 
 
Milford, Delaware (1)
 
Manufacture of dental consumable products
 
Owned
 
 
 
 
 
Sarasota, Florida (2)
 
Manufacture of orthodontic accessory products
 
Owned
 
 
 
 
 
Des Plaines, Illinois (1)
 
Manufacture and assembly of dental handpieces
 
Leased
 
 
 
 
 
Waltham, Massachusetts (2)
 
Manufacture and distribution of dental implant products
 
Leased
 
 
 
 
 
Maumee, Ohio (1)
 
Manufacture and distribution of investment casting products
 
Owned
 
 
 
 
 
Lancaster, Pennsylvania (1)
 
Distribution of dental products
 
Leased
 
 
 
 
 
York, Pennsylvania (1)
 
Manufacture and distribution of artificial teeth
 
Owned
 
 
and other dental laboratory products
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
York, Pennsylvania (1)
 
Manufacture of small dental equipment, bone grafting
 
Owned
 
 
products, and preventive dental products
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Johnson City, Tennessee (1)
 
Manufacture and distribution of endodontic
 
Leased
 
 
instruments and materials
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign:
 
 
 
 
Hasselt, Belgium (2)
 
Manufacture and distribution of dental products
 
Owned
 
 
 
 
 
Catanduva, Brazil (3)
 
Manufacture and distribution of dental anesthetic products
 
Owned
 
 
 
 
 
Petropolis, Brazil (3)
 
Manufacture and distribution of artificial teeth,
 
Owned
 
 
dental consumable products and endodontic material
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tianjin, China (3)
 
Manufacture and distribution of dental products
 
Leased
 
 
 
 
 
Ivry Sur-Seine, France (3)
 
Manufacture and distribution of investment casting products
 
Leased
 
 
 
 
 
Hanau, Germany (1) (2)
 
Manufacture and distribution of precious metal dental
 
Owned
 
 
alloys, dental ceramics and dental implant products
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Konstanz, Germany (1)
 
Manufacture and distribution of dental consumable products
 
Owned
 
 
 
 
 
Mannheim, Germany (2)
 
Manufacture and distribution of dental implant products
 
Owned/Leased
 
 
 
 
 

22



Munich, Germany (1)
 
Manufacture and distribution of endodontic
 
Owned
 
 
instruments and materials
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Radolfzell, Germany (4)
 
Distribution of dental products
 
Leased
 
 
 
 
 
Rosbach, Germany (1)
 
Manufacture and distribution of dental ceramics
 
Owned
 
 
 
 
 
Badia Polesine, Italy (1)
 
Manufacture and distribution of dental consumable products
 
Owned/Leased
 
 
 
 
 
Otawara, Japan (3)
 
Manufacture and distribution of precious metal dental
 
Owned
 
 
alloys, dental consumable products and orthodontic products
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mexicali, Mexico (2)
 
Manufacture and distribution of orthodontic
 
Leased
 
 
products and materials
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hoorn, Netherlands (1)
 
Distribution of precious metal dental alloys and dental ceramics and refinery of precious metals
 
Owned
 
 
 
 
 
Katikati, New Zealand (1)
 
Manufacture of dental consumable products
 
Leased
 
 
 
 
 
Warsaw, Poland (1)
 
Manufacture and distribution of dental consumable products
 
Owned
 
 
 
 
 
Las Piedras, Puerto Rico (1)
 
Manufacture of crown and bridge materials
 
Owned
 
 
 
 
 
Mölndal, Sweden (2)
 
Manufacture and distribution of dental implant products and
 
Owned
 
 
consumable medical devices
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ballaigues, Switzerland (1)
 
Manufacture and distribution of endodontic
 
Owned
 
 
instruments, plastic components and packaging  material
 
 

(1)
These properties are included in the Dental Consumables, Endodontic and Dental Laboratory Businesses segment.
(2)
These properties are included in the Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses segment.
(3)
These properties are included in the Select Developed and Emerging Markets Businesses segment.
(4)
This property is a distribution warehouse not managed by named segments.

In addition, the Company maintains sales and distribution offices at certain of its foreign and domestic manufacturing facilities, as well as at various other U.S. and international locations.  The Company maintains offices in Toronto, Mexico City, Paris, Rome, Weybridge, Mölndal, Hong Kong and Melbourne and other international locations.  Most of these sites around the world that are used exclusively for sales and distribution are leased.

The Company also owns its corporate headquarters located in York, Pennsylvania.

DENTSPLY believes that its properties and facilities are well maintained and are generally suitable and adequate for the purposes for which they are used.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

Incorporated by reference to Part II, Item 8, Note 19, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.












23



Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the executive officers of the Company as of February 12, 2016.

Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
 
 
 
 
Bret W. Wise
 
55
 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Christopher T. Clark
 
54
 
President and Chief Financial Officer  
James G. Mosch
 
58
 
Executive Vice President  and Chief Operating Officer
Robert J. Size
 
57
 
Senior Vice President  
Albert J. Sterkenburg
 
52
 
Senior Vice President
Justin H. McCarthy
 
54
 
Interim General Counsel and Secretary

Bret W. Wise has served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since January 1, 2007 and also served as President in 2007 and 2008.  Prior to that time, Mr. Wise served as President and Chief Operating Officer in 2006, as Executive Vice President in 2005 and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from December 2002 through December 2004.  Prior to that time, Mr. Wise was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer with Ferro Corporation of Cleveland, OH (1999 - 2002),  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at WCI Steel, Inc., of Warren, OH,  (1994 - 1999) and prior to that he was a partner with KPMG LLP.

Christopher T. Clark has served as President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company since April 8, 2013. He also served as President and Chief Operating Officer from 2009 through April 2013 and as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer in 2007 and 2008.  Prior to that time, Mr. Clark served as Senior Vice President (2003 - 2006), as Vice President and General Manager of DENTSPLY’s global imaging business (1999 - 2002), as Vice President and General Manager of the Prosthetics Division (1996 - 1999), and as Director of Marketing of DENTSPLY’S Prosthetics Division (1992 - 1996).  Prior to September 1992, Mr. Clark held various brand management positions with Proctor & Gamble.

James G. Mosch has served as Chief Operating Officer since April 8, 2013 and as Executive Vice President since January 1, 2009. Prior to that time, he served as Senior Vice President (2003-2009) and as Vice President and General Manager of DENTSPLY’s Professional division, beginning in July 1994 when he started with the Company.  Prior to 1994, Mr. Mosch served in general management and marketing positions with Baxter International and American Hospital Supply Corporation.

Robert J. Size has served as Senior Vice President since January 1, 2007.  Prior to that, Mr. Size served as a Vice President (2006) and as Vice President and General Manager of DENTSPLY’s Caulk division beginning June 2003 through December 31, 2005.  Prior to that time, he was the Chief Executive Officer and President of Superior MicroPowders and held various cross-functional and international leadership positions with The Cookson Group.

Albert J. Sterkenburg, D.D.S. has served as Senior Vice President since January 1, 2009.  Prior to that, Dr. Sterkenburg served as Vice President (2006 - 2009), Vice President and General Manager of the DeguDent division (2003 - 2006) and Vice President and General Manager of the VDW division beginning in 2000.  Prior to that time, he served in marketing and general management roles at Johnson & Johnson.

Justin H. McCarthy II has served as interim General Counsel and Secretary of the Company since December 31, 2015. Prior to that, Mr. McCarthy served as Assistant General Counsel, Group Counsel Preventive, Restorative, and Lab Products from May 2013 to December 2015. Between July 2011 and July 2013, he served as Assistant General Counsel & Chief Compliance Officer, and prior to that, he served as Senior Counsel (2005 - 2011) and Corporate Counsel (1998 - 2005). Prior to that time, he served as General Counsel & Secretary with the Vartan Group, and was an associate attorney with Drinker, Biddle & Reath, and with Barley Snyder.

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosure

Not Applicable



24



PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Quarterly Stock Market and Dividend Information

The Company’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “XRAY.” The following table shows, for the periods indicated, the high, low, closing sale prices and cash dividends declared of the Company’s common stock as reported on the NASDAQ National Market:
 
Market Range of Common Stock
 
Period-end
Closing
Price
 
Cash
Dividend
Declared
 
High
 
Low
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Quarter
$
53.85

 
$
49.42

 
$
50.89

 
$
0.07250

Second Quarter
53.72

 
49.81

 
51.55

 
0.07250

Third Quarter
57.61

 
50.09

 
50.57

 
0.07250

Fourth Quarter
63.45

 
49.48

 
60.85

 
0.07250

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

First Quarter
$
49.13

 
$
42.99

 
$
46.04

 
$
0.06625

Second Quarter
48.38

 
43.85

 
47.35

 
0.06625

Third Quarter
48.54

 
45.12

 
45.60

 
0.06625

Fourth Quarter
56.25

 
43.83

 
53.27

 
0.06625


Approximately 52,932 holders of the Company’s common stock are “street name” or beneficial holders, whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions. In addition, the Company estimates, based on information supplied by its transfer agent, that there are 293 holders of record of the Company’s common stock.

Stock Repurchase Program

The Board of Directors has authorized the Company to repurchase shares under its stock repurchase program in an amount up to 34.0 million shares of common stock.  For the quarter ended December 31, 2015, the Company had no repurchases of shares under the stock repurchase program. At December 31, 2015, the Company had 11.3 million shares that may yet be repurchased under this program.

Stock Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides information about the Company’s common stock that may be issued under equity compensation plans at December 31, 2015:

(in millions, except share price)
 
 
 
 
 
Plan Category
Securities to Be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share
 
Securities Available for Future Issuance
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
8.4
 
$
39.77

 
7.3
Total
8.4
 
$
39.77

 
7.3

25




Performance Graph

The graph below compares DENTSPLY International Inc.'s cumulative 5-Year total shareholder return on common stock with the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Composite index, the S&P 500 index, and the S&P Health Care index. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in DENTSPLY’S common stock and in each index (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from 12/31/2010 to 12/31/2015.


 
12/10
 
12/11
 
12/12
 
12/13
 
12/14
 
12/15
DENTSPLY International Inc.
100.00

 
103.00

 
117.27

 
144.36

 
159.50

 
183.18

NASDAQ Composite
100.00

 
100.53

 
116.92

 
166.19

 
188.78

 
199.95

S&P 500
100.00

 
102.11

 
118.45

 
156.82

 
178.29

 
180.75

S&P Health Care
100.00

 
112.73

 
132.90

 
188.00

 
235.63

 
251.87


26



Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
(in millions, except per share amounts, days and percentages)

The following selected financial data is qualified by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements, including the notes thereto, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of Operations Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
$
2,674.3

 
$
2,922.6

 
$
2,950.8

 
$
2,928.4

 
$
2,537.7

Net sales, excluding precious metal content (b)
2,581.5

 
2,792.7

 
2,771.7

 
2,714.7

 
2,332.6

Gross profit
1,517.2

 
1,599.8

 
1,577.4

 
1,556.4

 
1,273.4

Restructuring and other costs
64.7

 
11.1

 
13.4

 
25.7

 
35.9

Operating income
375.2

 
445.6

 
419.2

 
381.9

 
300.7

Income before income taxes
329.7

 
404.4

 
369.3

 
330.7

 
256.1

Net income
251.1

 
322.9

 
318.2

 
318.5

 
247.4

Net income attributable to DENTSPLY International
$
251.2

 
$
322.9

 
$
313.2

 
$
314.2

 
$
244.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per common share:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Basic
1.79

 
2.28

 
2.20

 
2.22

 
1.73

Diluted
1.76

 
2.24

 
2.16

 
2.18

 
1.70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash dividends declared per common share
0.290

 
0.265

 
0.250

 
0.220

 
0.205

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Basic
140.0

 
141.7

 
142.7

 
141.9

 
141.4

Diluted
142.5

 
144.2

 
145.0

 
143.9

 
143.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet Data:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Cash and cash equivalents
284.6

 
151.6

 
75.0

 
80.1

 
77.1

Property, plant and equipment, net
558.8

 
588.8

 
637.2

 
614.7

 
591.4

Goodwill and other intangibles, net
2,588.3

 
2,760.1

 
3,076.9

 
3,041.6

 
2,981.2

Total assets
4,402.9

 
4,646.5

 
5,073.6

 
4,966.8

 
4,746.5

Total debt, current and long-term portions (c)
1,153.1

 
1,261.9

 
1,471.6

 
1,515.5

 
1,757.8

Equity
2,339.4

 
2,322.2

 
2,578.0

 
2,249.4

 
1,884.2

Return on average equity
10.8
%
 
13.2
%
 
13.0
%
 
15.2
%
 
12.9
%
Total net debt to total capitalization (d)
27.1
%
 
32.3
%
 
35.1
%
 
39.0
%
 
47.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Data:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Depreciation and amortization
$
122.9

 
$
129.1

 
$
127.9

 
$
129.2

 
$
85.0

Cash flows from operating activities
497.4

 
560.4

 
417.8

 
369.7

 
393.5

Capital expenditures
72.0

 
99.6

 
100.3

 
92.1

 
71.2

Interest expense (income), net
53.7

 
41.3

 
41.5

 
48.1

 
35.6

Inventory days
110

 
113

 
114

 
106

 
100

Receivable days
54

 
55

 
56

 
53

 
54

Effective tax rate
23.4
%
 
20.1
%
 
14.1
%
 
2.7
%
 
4.3
%
(a) Includes the results of the Astra Tech acquisition from September 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011.
(b) The presentation of net sales, excluding precious metal content, is considered a measure not calculated in accordance with US GAAP, and is therefore considered a non-US GAAP measure.
(c) Total debt amounts shown are net of deferred financing costs.
(d) The Company defines net debt as total debt, including current and long-term portions less deferred financing costs, less cash and cash equivalents and total capitalization as the sum of net debt plus equity.

27




Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is intended to help the reader understand the Company’s operations and business environment.  MD&A is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.  The following discussion includes forward-looking statements that involve certain risks and uncertainties.  See “Forward-Looking Statements” in the beginning of this Form 10-K.  The MD&A includes the following sections:

Business - a general description of DENTSPLY’s business and how performance is measured;
Results of Operations - an analysis of the Company’s consolidated results of operations for the three years presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements;
Critical Accounting Estimates - a discussion of accounting policies that require critical judgments and estimates; and
Liquidity and Capital Resources - an analysis of cash flows; debt and other obligations; and aggregate contractual obligations.

2015 Operational Highlights

For the year ended December 31, 2015, total sales declined 8.5% while sales, excluding precious metal content, decreased 7.6% compared to prior year. The decline in sales primarily reflects the impact of foreign currency exchange rates which had a negative impact of approximately 9.5% during the year. Internal growth, excluding precious metal content, was 2.0% as growth in the U.S. and Rest of World regions was offset by slightly reduced sales in Europe. The negative impact of discontinued products on internal growth, excluding precious metal content, was approximately 0.6% on a global basis.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, earnings per diluted share of $1.76 declined by 21% from $2.24 in the prior year. On an adjusted basis (a non-US GAAP measure), full year 2015 earnings per diluted share grew 5% to $2.62 from $2.50 in the prior year. The Company’s results reflect a significant earnings headwind from currency rate changes compared to the prior year of approximately 7%, or $0.16 per diluted share.

Operating margin as measured on sales, excluding precious metal content was 14.5% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 16.0% for the year ended December 31, 2014. Adjusted operating margin (a non-US GAAP measure) for the year ended December 31, 2015 was 20.2%, an improvement of 180 basis points over the prior year reflecting operating improvements, net of reinvestment, associated with the Company’s global efficiency initiative.

On September 15, 2015, the Company announced a merger with Sirona Dental Systems, Inc. Sirona develops, manufactures and markets several lines of dental technology and equipment products including CAD/CAM restoration systems, digital intra-oral, panoramic and 3D imaging systems, dental treatment centers and instruments. Shareholders for both DENTSPLY and Sirona approved the merger in January 2016. The transaction is expected to be finalized during the first quarter of 2016. Please see Note 4, Business Combinations, in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, for additional information.

BUSINESS

DENTSPLY International Inc. is a leading manufacturer and distributor of dental and other consumable medical device products. The Company believes it is the world’s largest manufacturer of consumable dental products for the professional dental market.  For over a century, DENTSPLY’s commitment to innovation and professional collaboration has enhanced its portfolio of branded consumables and small equipment. Headquartered in the United States, the Company has global operations with sales in more than 120 countries.

Principal Measurements

The principal measurements used by the Company in evaluating its business are: (1) internal sales growth by geographic region; (2) constant currency sales growth by geographic region; (3) adjusted operating margins of each reportable segment, which

28



excludes the impact of certain one time items to enhance the comparability of results period to period; (4) the development, introduction and contribution of innovative new products; and (5) sales growth through acquisition. The first three principal measurements are not calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States; therefore, these items represent non-US GAAP (“non-US GAAP”) measures. These non-US GAAP measures may differ from other companies and should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with US GAAP.

The Company defines “internal sales growth” as the increase or decrease in net sales from period to period, excluding (1) precious metal content; (2) the impact of changes in currency exchange rates; and (3) net acquisition sales growth. The Company also tracks internal sales growth of continuing product lines as this is more reflective of the ongoing strength of the Company’s performance. The Company defines “net acquisition sales growth” as the net sales, excluding precious metal content, for a period of twelve months following the transaction date of businesses that have been acquired, less the net sales, excluding precious metal content, for a period of twelve months prior to the transaction date of businesses that have been divested. The Company defines “constant currency sales growth” as internal sales growth plus net acquisition sales growth.

The primary drivers of internal growth includes macroeconomic factors, global dental market growth, innovation and new products launched by the Company, and continued investments in sales and marketing resources, including clinical education. Management believes that the Company’s ability to execute its strategies allows it over time to grow at a modest premium to the growth rate of the underlying dental market. Management further believes that the global dental market has generally in the past and should over time in the future grow at a premium to underlying economic growth rates. Considering all of these factors, the Company assumes that the long-term growth rate for the dental market will range from 3% to 6% on average and that the Company targets a slight premium to market growth. Over the past several years, growth in the global dental and other healthcare markets have been restrained by lower economic growth in Western Europe and certain other markets compared to historical averages and, accordingly, market growth rates, and the Company’s internal growth rate remains uncertain in the near term.

The Company’s business is subject to quarterly fluctuations of consolidated net sales and net income. The Company typically implements most of its price changes at the beginning of the first or fourth quarters. Price changes, other marketing and promotional programs as well as the management of inventory levels by distributors and the implementation of strategic initiatives, may impact sales levels in a given period.

The Company has a focus on maximizing operational efficiencies on a global basis. The Company has expanded the use of technology as well as process improvement initiatives to enhance global efficiency. In addition, management continues to evaluate the consolidation of operations or functions to reduce costs. The Company believes that the benefits from these global efficiency initiatives will improve the cost structure and help offset areas of rising costs such as energy, employee benefits and regulatory oversight and compliance. During 2014, in connection with these efforts, the Company targeted adjusted operating income margins to expand to at least 20%, net of reinvestments to support the global efficiency effort and to accelerate growth. At December 31, 2015, the Company achieved this target. While going forward the Company expects to continue operating at or above this target level as the benefits of current initiatives are realized over time and new initiatives are implemented, operating margin in any period may be impacted by a number of factors including macroeconomic trends, business performance, currency rates, and the rate of reinvestment. In addition, efforts associated with the global efficiency initiative may be impacted by the proposed merger with Sirona, as management shifts focus to the integration process.

The Company expects that it will record restructuring charges, from time to time, associated with such initiatives. These restructuring charges could be material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements and there can be no assurance that the target adjusted operating income margins will continue to be achieved. During 2015, consistent with these efforts, the Company reorganized portions of its laboratory business and associated manufacturing capabilities within the Dental Consumables, Endodontics and Dental Laboratory Businesses segment. The realignment of the laboratory business is designed to increase emphasis on innovative prosthetics materials while exiting portions of the laboratory equipment and fabrication businesses.

Product innovation is a key component of the Company’s overall growth strategy. New advances in technology are anticipated to have a significant influence on future products in the dentistry and consumable medical device markets in which the Company operates. As a result, the Company continues to pursue research and development initiatives to support technological development, including collaborations with various research institutions and dental schools. In addition, the Company licenses and purchases technologies developed by third parties. Although the Company believes these activities will lead to new innovative dental and consumable medical device products, they involve new technologies and there can be no assurance that commercialized products will be developed.

The Company will continue to pursue opportunities to expand the Company’s product offerings through acquisitions. Although the professional dental and the consumable medical device markets in which the Company operates have experienced consolidation,

29



they remain fragmented. Management believes that there will continue to be adequate opportunities to participate as a consolidator in the industry for the foreseeable future.

Impact of Foreign Currencies and Interest Rates

Due to the international nature of DENTSPLY’s business, movements in foreign exchange and interest rates may impact the Consolidated Statements of Operations. With approximately two thirds of the Company’s net sales located in regions outside the U.S., the Company’s consolidated net sales are impacted negatively by the strengthening or positively impacted by the weakening of the U.S. dollar. This impact was significant in 2015 compared to 2014 due in part to a dramatic weakening of the euro in the latter half of 2014 and throughout 2015. Additionally, movements in certain foreign exchange and interest rates may unfavorably or favorably impact the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Reclassification of Prior Year Amounts

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year’s data in order to conform to current year presentation. Specifically, during the first quarter of 2015, the Company realigned reporting responsibilities for multiple locations as a result of changes to the management reporting structure.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2015 Compared to 2014

Net Sales

The discussion below summarizes the Company’s sales growth, excluding precious metal content, into the following components: (1) constant currency sales growth, which includes internal sales growth and net acquisition sales growth, and (2) foreign currency translation.  These disclosures of net sales growth provide the reader with sales results on a comparable basis between periods.

Management believes that the presentation of net sales, excluding precious metal content, provides useful information to investors because a significant portion of DENTSPLY’s net sales is comprised of sales of precious metals generated through sales of the Company’s precious metal dental alloy products, which are used by third parties to construct crown and bridge materials.  Due to the fluctuations of precious metal prices and because the cost of the precious metal content of the Company’s sales is largely passed through to customers and has minimal effect on earnings, DENTSPLY reports net sales both with and without precious metal content to show the Company’s performance independent of precious metal price volatility and to enhance comparability of performance between periods.  The Company uses its cost of precious metal purchased as a proxy for the precious metal content of sales, as the precious metal content of sales is not separately tracked and invoiced to customers.  The Company believes that it is reasonable to use the cost of precious metal content purchased in this manner since precious metal dental alloy sale prices are typically adjusted when the prices of underlying precious metals change.

The presentation of net sales, excluding precious metal content, is considered a non-US GAAP measure.  The Company provides the following reconciliation of net sales to net sales, excluding precious metal content.  The Company’s definitions and calculations of net sales, excluding precious metal content, and other operating measures derived using net sales, excluding precious metal content, may not necessarily be the same as those used by other companies.

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(in millions, except percentage amounts)
2015
 
2014
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
$
2,674.3

 
$
2,922.6

 
$
(248.3
)
 
(8.5
%)
Less: Precious metal content of sales
92.8

 
129.9

 
(37.1
)
 
(28.6
%)
Net sales, excluding precious metal content
$
2,581.5

 
$
2,792.7

 
$
(211.2
)
 
(7.6
%)

For the year ended December 31, 2015, net sales, excluding precious metal content decreased $211.2 million or 7.6% from the year end December 31, 2014. The change in net sales excluding precious metals content reflects 9.5% unfavorable foreign currency translation. Excluding the impact of unfavorable foreign currency translation and excluding precious metal content, net sales grew 1.9%. Sales related to precious metal content declined 28.6% from the prior year period which was primarily due to the continuing reduction in refinery volumes and the declining use of precious metal alloys in dentistry.

30




Constant Currency Sales Growth

The following table includes growth rates for net sales, excluding precious metal content.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
United 
States
 
Europe
 
Rest of World
 
Worldwide
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internal sales growth
3.1
%
 
(0.3
%)
 
4.9
%
 
2.0
%
Net acquisition (divestiture) sales growth
(0.5
%)
 
%
 
0.4
%
 
(0.1
%)
Constant currency sales growth
2.6
 %
 
(0.3
)%
 
5.3
%
 
1.9
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

United States

During 2015, net sales, excluding precious metal content, increased by 2.6% on a constant currency basis compared to 2014. Internal sales growth of 3.1% was led by increased sales in the dental consumables and dental specialty product categories. Internal growth for the year ended December 31, 2015 was negatively impacted by approximately 0.8% as a result of product line discontinuations associated with the Company’s global efficiency initiative.

Europe

During 2015, net sales, excluding precious metal content, decreased by 0.3% on a constant currency basis compared to 2014. Internal sales growth was negative 0.3% mostly as a result of a decrease in sales of dental laboratory products and continued contraction in the CIS region, partially offset by positive sales growth in dental consumable and dental specialty products categories. Internal growth for the year ended December 31, 2015 was negatively impacted by approximately 0.5% as a result of product line discontinuations associated with the Company’s global efficiency initiative.

Rest of World

During 2015, net sales, excluding precious metal content, increased 5.3% on a constant currency basis compared to 2014. The internal sales growth of 4.9% was led by the dental specialty product category. Internal growth for the year ended December 31, 2015 was negatively impacted by approximately 0.3% as a result of product line discontinuations associated with the Company’s global efficiency initiative.

Gross Profit
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(in millions, except percentage amounts)
2015
 
2014
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit
$
1,517.2

 
$
1,599.8

 
$
(82.6
)
 
(5.2
%)
Gross profit as a percentage of net sales, including precious metal content
56.7
%
 
54.7
%
 
 

 
 

Gross profit as a percentage of net sales, excluding precious metal content
58.8
%
 
57.3
%
 
 

 
 


Gross profit as a percentage of net sales, excluding precious metal content, increased 150 basis points during 2015 compared to 2014.  The increase in the gross profit rate was due to the favorable impact of foreign currency, benefits from the Company’s global efficiency initiative, favorable pricing and product mix when compared to the year ended December 31, 2014.










31



Expenses

Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(in millions, except percentages)
2015
 
2014
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SG&A expenses
$
1,077.3

 
$
1,143.1

 
$
(65.8
)
 
(5.8
%)
SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales, including precious metal content
40.3
%
 
39.1
%
 
 

 
 

SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales, excluding precious metal content
41.7
%
 
40.9
%
 
 

 
 


SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales, excluding precious metal content, increased 80 basis points as compared to 2014 primarily as a result of the increase in professional fees mostly related to the Company’s global efficiency initiative, merger and acquisition related expenses and higher pension costs.

Restructuring and Other Costs
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(in millions, except percentages)
2015
 
2014
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restructuring and other costs
$
64.7

 
$
11.1

 
$
53.6

 
NM
NM - Not meaningful

The Company recorded net restructuring and other costs of $64.7 million in 2015 compared to $11.1 million in 2014. On May 22, 2015, the Company announced that it reorganized portions of its laboratory business and associated manufacturing capabilities within the Dental Consumables, Endodontics and Dental Laboratory Businesses segment. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded $37.3 million of costs that consist primarily of employee severance benefits related to these actions. Also during the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded restructuring costs of $16.3 million within the Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses segment that consists primarily of employee severance benefits related to the global efficiency initiative. Additional future costs expected to be incurred during 2016 associated with these enacted plans are estimated to range between $4 million to $6 million. The Company estimates the future annual savings related to the 2015 restructuring plans will be in the range of $25 million and $32 million to be realized over the next three to five years. There is no assurance that future savings will be fully achieved. During 2016, the Company expects to develop and implement new restructuring plans primarily related to its global efficiency initiatives.

In 2014, restructuring costs of $9.9 million related to the closure and consolidation of facilities in an effort to streamline the Company’s operations and better leverage the Company’s resources. Restructuring and other costs also includes expense of $1.2 million related to net legal settlements.

Other Income and Expenses
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(in millions, except percentages)  
2015
 
2014
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest expense
$
53.7

 
$
41.3

 
$
12.4

 
30.0
%
Other expense (income), net
(8.2
)
 
(0.1
)
 
(8.1
)
 
NM

Net interest and other expense
$
45.5

 
$
41.2

 
$
4.3

 


NM - Not meaningful

Net Interest Expense

Net interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $12.4 million higher as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase is a result of $15.5 million of costs incurred related to the December 11, 2015 bond tender which was comprised of a bond premium and tender fees paid of $8.5 million and the acceleration of the discount on tendered bonds and other fees of $7.0 million. Excluding the bond tender expense, net interest expense was $3.1 million lower in 2015 as compared to 2014 due to lower average debt levels during 2015 partially offset by lower investment income compared to the prior year.


32



Other Expense (Income), Net
Other expense (income), net for the year ended December 31, 2015 improved $8.1 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. Other expense (income), net for the year ended December 31, 2015 includes foreign exchange gain of $5.1 million on the sale of convertible bonds and $3.0 million of other non-operating income. Other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $0.1 million, comprised primarily of $1.1 million of interest and non-cash income relating to fair value adjustments on cross currency basis swaps not designated as hedges that offset currency risk on intercompany loans, $2.5 million of currency transaction losses, and $1.4 million of other non-operating income.

Income Taxes and Net Income
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
(in millions, except per share amounts)
2015
 
2014
 
$ Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effective income tax rate
23.4
%
 
20.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in net loss of unconsolidated affiliated company
$
(1.6
)
 
$
(0.4
)
 
$
(1.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to DENTSPLY International
$
251.2

 
$
322.9

 
$
(71.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings per common share
$
1.76

 
$
2.24

 
 


Provision for Income Taxes

The Company’s effective tax rate for 2015 and 2014 was 23.4% and 20.1%, respectively. During 2015, the Company recorded tax expense of $5.6 million related to prior year tax matters. During 2014 the Company recorded a tax benefit from the release of valuation allowances on previously unrecognized tax loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets of approximately $8.3 million, a tax benefit of $1.4 million related to statutory tax rate changes and $4.5 million of unfavorable tax effects related to prior year tax matters. Further information regarding the details of income taxes is presented in Note 14, Income Taxes, in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

The Company’s effective income tax rate for 2015 includes the impact of restructuring, restructuring program related costs and other costs, amortization on purchased intangible assets, business combination related costs, credit risk and fair value adjustments as well as various income tax adjustments which impacted income before income taxes and the provision for income taxes by $153.0 million and $33.5 million, respectively.

The Company’s effective income tax rate for 2014 includes the impact of amortization on purchased intangible assets, restructuring, restructuring program related costs and other costs, business combination related costs, credit risk and fair value adjustments as well as various income tax adjustments which impacted income before income taxes and the provision for income taxes by $63.2 million and $23.9 million, respectively.

Equity in net loss of unconsolidated affiliated company

The Company’s 17% ownership investment of DIO Corporation (“DIO”) resulted in a net loss of $1.6 million and $0.3 million on an after-tax basis for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The equity earnings of DIO include the result of mark-to-market changes related to the derivative accounting for the convertible bonds issued by DIO to DENTSPLY.  The Company’s portion of the mark-to-market loss recorded through DIO’s net income was approximately $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.  For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company’s portion of the mark-to-market gain recorded through DIO’s net income was approximately $1.2 million. During the quarter ended September 30, 2015, the Company sold the DIO convertible bonds. As part of the disposition of the convertible bonds, the Company requested to relinquish its two board seats on the DIO Board of Directors. At December 31, 2015, the Company no longer has representation on the DIO Board of Directors and as a result the Company no longer has significant influence on the operations of DIO. The Company uses the cost-basis method of accounting for the remaining direct investment.

Net income attributable to DENTSPLY International

In addition to the results reported in accordance with US GAAP, the Company provides adjusted net income attributable to DENTSPLY International and adjusted earnings per diluted common share (“adjusted EPS”). The Company discloses adjusted

33



net income attributable to DENTSPLY International to allow investors to evaluate the performance of the Company’s operations exclusive of certain items that impact the comparability of results from period to period and may not be indicative of past or future performance of the normal operations of the Company and certain large non-cash charges related to purchased intangible assets. The Company believes that this information is helpful in understanding underlying operating trends and cash flow generation.

Adjusted net income and adjusted EPS are important internal measures for the Company. Senior management receives a monthly analysis of operating results that includes adjusted net income and adjusted EPS and the performance of the Company is measured on this basis along with other performance metrics.

The adjusted net income attributable to DENTSPLY International consists of net income attributable to DENTSPLY International adjusted to exclude the net of tax impact of the following:

(1) Business combination related costs. These adjustments include costs related to integrating and consummating recently acquired businesses and costs, gains and losses related to the disposal of businesses or product lines. These items are irregular in timing and as such may not be indicative of past and future performance of the Company and are therefore excluded to allow investors to better understand underlying operating trends.
(2) Restructuring, restructuring program related costs and other costs. These adjustments include costs related to the implementation of restructuring initiatives as well as certain other costs. These costs can include, but are not limited to, severance costs, facility closure costs, lease and contract terminations costs, related professional service costs, duplicate facility and labor costs associated with specific restructuring initiatives, as well as, legal settlements and impairments of assets. These items are irregular in timing, amount and impact to the Company’s financial performance. As such, these items may not be indicative of past and future performance of the Company and are therefore excluded for the purpose of understanding underlying operating trends.
(3) Amortization of purchased intangible assets. This adjustment excludes the periodic amortization expense related to purchased intangible assets. Beginning in 2011, the Company began recording large non-cash charges related to the values attributed to purchased intangible assets. As such, amortization expense has been excluded from adjusted net income attributed to DENTSPLY International to allow investors to evaluate and understand operating trends excluding these large non-cash charges.
(4) Credit risk and fair value adjustments. These adjustments include both the cost and income impacts of adjustments in certain assets and liabilities including the Company’s pension obligations, that are recorded through net income which are due solely to the changes in fair value and credit risk. These items can be variable and driven more by market conditions than the Company’s operating performance. As such, these items may not be indicative of past and future performance of the Company and therefore are excluded for comparability purposes.
(5) Certain fair value adjustments related to an unconsolidated affiliated company. This adjustment represents the fair value adjustment of the unconsolidated affiliated company’s convertible debt instrument held by the Company. The affiliate is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The fair value adjustment is driven by open market pricing of the affiliate’s equity instruments, which has a high degree of variability and may not be indicative of the operating performance of the affiliate or the Company. During the quarter ended September 30, 2015, the Company sold the convertible bonds. The Company now uses the cost-basis method of accounting for the remaining direct investment.
(6) Income tax related adjustments. These adjustments include both income tax expenses and income tax benefits that are representative of income tax adjustments mostly related to prior periods, as well as the final settlement of income tax audits, and discrete tax items resulting from the implementation of restructuring initiatives. These adjustments are irregular in timing and amount and may significantly impact the Company’s operating performance. As such, these items may not be indicative of past and future performance of the Company and therefore are excluded for comparability purposes.
Adjusted earnings per diluted common share is calculated by dividing adjusted net income attributable to DENTSPLY International by diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding. Adjusted net income attributable to DENTSPLY International and adjusted earnings per diluted common share are considered measures not calculated in accordance with US GAAP, and therefore are non-US GAAP measures. These non-US GAAP measures may differ from other companies. Income tax related adjustments may include the impact to adjust the interim effective income tax rate to the expected annual effective tax rate. The non-US GAAP financial information should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with US GAAP.


34



 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Net Income
 
Per Diluted
Common Share
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to DENTSPLY International
$
251.2

 
$
1.76

Restructuring, restructuring program related costs and other costs, net of tax  
68.6

 
0.48

Amortization of purchased intangible assets, net of tax
30.5

 
0.22

Business combination related costs, net of tax
12.3

 
0.09

Income tax related adjustments
6.3

 
0.04

Credit risk and fair value adjustments, net of tax
5.9

 
0.04

Certain fair value adjustments related to an unconsolidated affiliated company, net of tax
(1.7
)
 
(0.01
)
Adjusted non-US GAAP earnings
$
373.1

 
$
2.62


 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Net Income
 
Per Diluted
Common Share
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to DENTSPLY International
$
322.9

 
$
2.24

Amortization of purchased intangible assets, net of tax
33.6

 
0.23

Restructuring, restructuring program related costs and other costs, net of tax  
8.5

 
0.06

Business combination related costs, net of tax
2.0

 
0.01

Credit risk and fair value adjustments, net of tax
(0.5
)
 

Certain fair value adjustments related to an unconsolidated affiliated company, net of tax
(1.2
)
 
(0.01
)
Income tax related adjustments
(4.3
)
 
(0.03
)
Adjusted non-US GAAP earnings
$
361.0

 
$
2.50


Adjusted Operating Income and Margin

Adjusted operating income and margin is another important internal measure for the Company. Operating income in accordance with US GAAP is adjusted for the items noted above which are excluded on a pre-tax basis to arrive at adjusted operating income, a non-US GAAP measure. The adjusted operating margin is calculated by dividing adjusted operating income by net sales, excluding precious metal content.

Senior management receives a monthly analysis of operating results that includes adjusted operating income. The performance of the Company is measured on this basis along with the adjusted non-US GAAP earnings noted above as well as other performance metrics.

 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
(in millions, except percentage of net sales amount)
 
Operating Income (Loss)
 
Percentage of Net Sales, Excluding Precious Metal Content
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income attributable to DENTSPLY International
 
$
375.2

 
14.5
%
Restructuring, restructuring program related costs and other costs
 
81.1

 
3.2
%
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
 
43.7

 
1.7
%
Business combination related costs
 
13.1

 
0.5
%
Credit risk and fair value adjustments
 
8.0

 
0.3
%
Adjusted non-US GAAP Operating Income
 
$
521.1

 
20.2
%


35



 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
(in millions, except percentage of net sales amounts)
 
Operating Income (Loss)
 
Percentage of Net Sales, Excluding Precious Metal Content
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income attributable to DENTSPLY International
 
$
445.6

 
16.0
%
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
 
47.9

 
1.7
%
Restructuring, restructuring program related costs and other costs
 
12.5

 
0.5
%
Business combination related costs
 
6.8

 
0.2
%
Adjusted non-US GAAP Operating Income
 
$
512.8

 
18.4
%

Operating Segment Results

The Company’s operating businesses are combined into operating groups, which have overlapping product offerings, geographic presence, customer bases, distribution channels and regulatory oversight.  These operating groups are considered the Company’s reportable segments as the Company’s chief operating decision-maker regularly reviews financial results at the operating group level and uses this information to manage the Company’s operations.  Each of these operating groups covers a wide range of product categories and geographic regions.  The product categories and geographic regions often overlap across the groups.  Further information regarding the details of each group is presented in Note 5, Segment and Geographic Information, in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.  The management of each group is evaluated for performance and incentive compensation purposes on net third party sales, excluding precious metal content, and segment operating income.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Sales, Excluding Precious Metal Content
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(in millions, except percentages)
2015
 
2014
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dental Consumables, Endodontic and Dental Laboratory Businesses
$
1,155.6

 
$
1,208.1

 
$
(52.5
)
 
(4.3
%)
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses
$
968.5

 
$
1,066.7

 
$
(98.2
)
 
(9.2
%)
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
Select Developed and Emerging Markets Businesses
$
457.4

 
$
517.9

 
$
(60.5
)
 
(11.7
%)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segment Operating Income (Loss)
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(in millions, except percentages)
2015
 
2014
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dental Consumables, Endodontic and Dental Laboratory Businesses
$
411.3

 
$
405.0

 
$
6.3

 
1.6
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses
$
121.7

 
$
126.6

 
$
(4.9
)
 
(3.9
%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Select Developed and Emerging Markets Businesses
$
(9.4
)
 
$
(1.4
)
 
$
(8.0
)
 
NM

NM - Not meaningful

Dental Consumables, Endodontic and Dental Laboratory Businesses

Net sales, excluding precious metal content, decreased $52.5 million, or 4.3%, during 2015 as compared to 2014. On a constant currency basis, net sales, excluding precious metal content, increased 1.7% primarily due sales growth in the Dental Consumable businesses partially offset by softer sales in the Dental Laboratory businesses. Internal growth for the year ended December 31, 2015 was negatively impacted by approximately 1.1% as a result of product line discontinuations associated with the Company’s global efficiency initiative.

Operating income improved $6.3 million during 2015 compared to 2014. The improvement in operating income was primarily the result of improved gross margins within these businesses in aggregate.

36




Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses

Net sales, excluding precious metal content, decreased $98.2 million, or 9.2%, during 2015 compared to 2014. Sales increased on a constant currency basis by 1.5%, led by increased sales in the Healthcare businesses.

Operating income decreased $4.9 million or 3.9% during 2015 compared to 2014 as negative foreign currency translation offset operating improvements and income associated with internal sales growth.

Select Developed and Emerging Markets Businesses

Net sales, excluding precious metal content, decreased $60.5 million, or 11.7%, during 2015 compared to 2014. Sales increased by 2.9% on a constant currency basis. The favorable constant currency growth was the result of improved market demand in the Emerging Markets businesses. Internal growth for the year ended December 31, 2015 was negatively impacted by approximately 0.5% as a result of product line discontinuations associated with the Company’s global efficiency initiative.

Operating income decreased by $8.0 million in 2015 compared to 2014. The decrease in operating income was primarily the result of higher operating expenses, excluding foreign currency impact, across the Emerging Markets businesses.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2014 Compared to 2013

Net Sales

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(in millions, except percentage amounts)
2014
 
2013
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
$
2,922.6

 
$
2,950.8

 
$
(28.2
)
 
(1.0
%)
Less: Precious metal content of sales
129.9

 
179.1

 
(49.2
)
 
(27.5
%)
Net sales, excluding precious metal content
$
2,792.7

 
$
2,771.7

 
$
21.0

 
0.8
 %

During 2014, net sales, excluding precious metal content increased $21.0 million from 2013. The 0.8% increase in net sales, excluding precious metal content, included constant currency sales growth of 1.8%.  The constant currency sales growth was comprised of internal sales growth of 1.2% and acquisition sales growth of 0.6%. The decline of precious metal content of sales from the year ago period was primarily due to the continuing reduction in the use of precious metal alloys in dentistry.

Constant Currency Sales Growth

The following table includes growth rates for net sales, excluding precious metal content.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
United 
States
 
Europe
 
Rest of World
 
Worldwide
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internal sales growth
0.7
%
 
0.1
%
 
4.2
%
 
1.2
%
Net acquisition sales growth
0.3
%
 
0.1
%
 
2.4
%
 
0.6
%
Constant currency sales growth
1.0
%
 
0.2
%
 
6.6
%
 
1.8
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

United States

During 2014, net sales, excluding precious metal content, increased by 1.0% on a constant currency basis. Internal sales growth was led by increased sales in the dental consumables product category, partially offset by lower sales in the dental laboratory product category, as well as lower sales of a consumable medical device product that was in-sourced by a customer and was discontinued late in the year as the product line was sold to this customer.



37



Europe

During 2014, net sales, excluding precious metal content, increased by 0.2% on a constant currency basis compared to 2013. Internal sales growth in Europe was muted as the result of a substantial and continuing decline in sales within the CIS countries, due to economic and political instability in those markets. Excluding sales in the CIS region, constant currency sales growth would have been 1.8% led by increased sales in the dental specialty, dental consumables and consumable medical device product categories partially offset by the dental laboratory product category.

Rest of World

During 2014, net sales, excluding precious metal content, increased 6.6% on a constant currency basis. The internal sales and acquisition sales growth was led by the dental specialty and consumable medical device product categories and was strongest in Pacific Rim and Middle East regions.

Gross Profit
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(in millions, except percentage amounts)
2014
 
2013
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit
$
1,599.8

 
$
1,577.4

 
$
22.4

 
1.4
%
Gross profit as a percentage of net sales, including precious metal content
54.7
%
 
53.5
%
 
 

 
 

Gross profit as a percentage of net sales, excluding precious metal content
57.3
%
 
56.9
%
 
 

 
 


Gross profit as a percentage of net sales, excluding precious metal content, increased 40 basis points during 2014 compared to 2013.  The increase in the gross profit rate was primarily the result of net favorable pricing compared to the prior year.

Expenses

Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(in millions, except percentage amounts)
2014
 
2013
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SG&A expenses
$
1,143.1

 
$
1,144.9

 
$
(1.8
)
 
(0.2
%)
SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales, including precious metal content
39.1
%
 
38.8
%
 
 

 
 

SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales, excluding precious metal content
40.9
%
 
41.3
%
 
 

 
 


SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales, excluding precious metal content, improved 40 basis points as compared to 2013. The rate decline is primarily due to cost reduction initiatives and expense controls in a number of businesses, as well as higher expenses recorded in the first three months of 2013 relating to trade shows.

Restructuring and Other Costs
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(in millions, except percentage amount)
2014
 
2013
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restructuring and other costs
$
11.1

 
$
13.4

 
$
(2.3
)
 
(17.2
%)

The Company recorded net restructuring and other costs of $11.1 million in 2014 compared to $13.4 million in 2013. In 2014, restructuring costs of $9.9 million related to the closure and consolidation of facilities in an effort to streamline the Company’s operations and better leverage the Company’s resources. Restructuring and other costs also includes expense of $1.2 million related to net legal settlements.


38



In 2013, restructuring costs of $12.0 million related to the closure and consolidation of facilities in an effort to streamline the Company’s operations and better leverage the Company’s resources. Restructuring and other costs also includes net expense of $1.4 million related to an impairment of previously acquired technology partially offset by a net gain on legal settlements.

Other Income and Expenses
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(in millions, except percentage amounts)  
2014
 
2013
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest expense   
$
41.3

 
$
41.5

 
$
(0.2
)
 
(0.5
%)
Other expense, net  
(0.1
)
 
8.3

 
(8.4
)
 
(101.2
%)
Net interest and other expense
$
41.2

 
$
49.8

 
$
(8.6
)
 
 
NM - Not meaningful

Net Interest Expense

Net interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $0.2 million lower in comparison to the year ended December 31, 2013. The net decrease is a result of a $4.4 million decrease in interest expense due to lower average debt levels in 2014 and higher miscellaneous investment income of $0.4 million compared to the prior year, largely offset by $4.6 million decrease in investment income recorded on net investment hedges due to lower average hedge amounts and interest rates on hedge contracts compared to 2013.

Other Expense (Income), Net
Other expense (income), net for the year ended December 31, 2014 improved $8.4 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. Other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $0.1 million, comprised primarily of $1.1 million of interest and non-cash income relating to fair value adjustments on cross currency basis swaps not designated as hedges that offset currency risk on intercompany loans, $2.5 million of currency transaction losses, and $1.4 million of other non-operating income. Other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $8.3 million, comprised primarily of $6.9 million of interest and non-cash charges relating to fair value adjustments on cross currency basis swaps not designated as hedges that offset currency risk on intercompany loans, $2.1 million of currency transaction losses, and $0.7 million of other non-operating income.

Income Taxes and Net Income
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
(in millions, except per share and percentage amounts)
2014
 
2013
 
$ Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effective income tax rate
20.1
%
 
14.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in net income (loss) of unconsolidated affiliated company
$
(0.3
)
 
$
1.0

 
$
(1.3
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
$

 
$
5.0

 
$
(5.0
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to DENTSPLY International
$
322.9

 
$
313.2

 
$
9.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings per common share
$
2.24

 
$
2.16

 
 


Provision for Income Taxes

The Company’s effective tax rate for 2014 and 2013 was 20.1% and 14.1%, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate for 2014 was unfavorably impacted by the Company’s change in the mix of consolidated earnings. Additionally, during 2014 the Company recorded a tax benefit from the release of valuation allowances on previously unrecognized tax loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets of approximately $8.3 million, a tax benefit of $1.4 million related to statutory tax rate changes and $4.5 million of unfavorable tax effects related to prior year tax matters. The Company’s effective tax rate for 2013 was favorably impacted by the Company’s post-acquisition restructuring activities, the recording of tax benefits of $9.4 million related to U.S. federal legislative changes enacted in January 2013 relating to 2012, a tax benefit of $2.2 million for the release of a valuation allowance and $10.3 million of benefits related to prior year tax matters. Further information regarding the details of income taxes is presented in Note 14, Income Taxes, in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.


39



The Company’s effective income tax rate for 2014 includes the impact of amortization on purchased intangibles assets, acquisition related activities, restructuring and other costs, income related to credit risk adjustments on outstanding derivatives as well as various income tax adjustments which impacted income before income taxes and the provision for income taxes by $63.2 million and $23.9 million, respectively. In 2013, the Company’s effective tax rate included the impact of amortization of purchased intangible assets, integration and restructuring and other costs as well as various income tax adjustments which impacted income before taxes and the provision for income taxes by $72.9 million and $43.7 million, respectively.

Equity in net (loss) income of unconsolidated affiliated company

The Company’s 17% ownership investment of DIO Corporation (“DIO”) resulted in a net loss of $0.3 million on an after-tax basis for the year ended December 31, 2014 and net earnings of $1.0 million on an after-tax basis for the year ended December 31, 2013. The equity earnings of DIO include the result of mark-to-market changes related to the derivative accounting for the convertible bonds issued by DIO to DENTSPLY.  The Company’s portion of the mark-to-market gains recorded through DIO’s net income was approximately $1.2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

The portion of consolidated net income attributable to noncontrolling interests decreased $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013 as a result of the contractual purchase of the remaining shares of a noncontrolling interest effective January 1, 2014. The cash outflow for this purchase was in the first quarter of 2015.

Net income attributable to DENTSPLY International

In addition to the results reported in accordance with US GAAP, the Company provides adjusted net income attributable to DENTSPLY International and adjusted earnings per diluted common share (“adjusted EPS”) which are non-US GAAP measures. The Company discloses adjusted net income attributable to DENTSPLY International to allow investors to evaluate the performance of the Company’s operations exclusive of certain items that impact the comparability of results from period to period and may not be indicative of past or future performance of the normal operations of the Company and certain large non-cash charges related to purchased intangible assets. The Company believes that this information is helpful in understanding underlying operating trends and cash flow generation.
Adjusted net income and adjusted EPS are important internal measures for the Company. Senior management receives a monthly analysis of operating results that includes adjusted net income and adjusted EPS and the performance of the Company is measured on this basis along with other performance metrics.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Net Income
 
Per Diluted
Common Share
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to DENTSPLY International
$
322.9

 
$
2.24

Amortization of purchased intangible assets, net of tax
33.6

 
0.23

Restructuring, restructuring program related costs and other costs, net of tax  
8.5

 
0.06

Business combination related costs, net of tax
2.0

 
0.01

Credit risk and fair value adjustments, net of tax
(0.5
)
 

Certain fair value adjustments related to an unconsolidated affiliated company, net of tax
(1.2
)
 
(0.01
)
Income tax related adjustments
(4.3
)
 
(0.03
)
Adjusted non-US GAAP earnings
$
361.0

 
$
2.50



40



 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Net Income
 
Per Diluted
Common Share
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to DENTSPLY International
$
313.2

 
$
2.16

Amortization of purchased intangible assets, net of tax
32.3

 
0.22

Restructuring, restructuring program related costs and other costs, net of tax  
9.7

 
0.07

Business combination related costs, net of tax
5.9

 
0.04

Credit risk and fair value adjustments, net of tax
2.3

 
0.02

Certain fair value adjustments related to an unconsolidated affiliated company, net of tax
(1.2
)
 
(0.01
)
Income tax related adjustments
(21.0
)
 
(0.15
)
Adjusted non-US GAAP earnings
$
341.2

 
$
2.35


Adjusted Operating Income and Margin

Adjusted operating income and margin is another important internal measure for the Company. Operating income in accordance with US GAAP is adjusted for the items noted above which are excluded on a pre-tax basis to arrive at adjusted operating income, a non-US GAAP measure. The adjusted operating margin is calculated by dividing adjusted operating income by net sales, excluding precious metal content.

Senior management receives a monthly analysis of operating results that includes adjusted operating income. The performance of the Company is measured on this basis along with the adjusted non-US GAAP earnings noted above as well as other performance metrics.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
(in millions, except percentage of net sales amounts)
Operating Income (Loss)
 
Percentage of Net Sales, Excluding Precious Metal Content
 
 
 
 
Operating income attributable to DENTSPLY International
$
445.6

 
16.0
%
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
47.9

 
1.7
%
Restructuring, restructuring program related costs and other costs
12.5

 
0.5
%
Business combination related costs
6.8

 
0.2
%
Adjusted non-US GAAP Operating Income
$
512.8

 
18.4
%
 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
(in millions, except percentage of net sales amounts)
Operating Income (Loss)
 
Percentage of Net Sales, Excluding Precious Metal Content
 
 
 
 
Operating income attributable to DENTSPLY International
$
419.2

 
15.1
%
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
46.2

 
1.7
%
Restructuring, restructuring program related costs and other costs
14.6

 
0.5
%
Business combination related costs
8.8

 
0.3
%
Adjusted non-US GAAP Operating Income
$
488.8

 
17.6
%

Operating Segment Results

The Company’s operating businesses are combined into operating groups, which have overlapping product offerings, geographic presence, customer bases, distribution channels and regulatory oversight.  These operating groups are considered the Company’s reportable segments as the Company’s chief operating decision-maker regularly reviews financial results at the

41



operating group level and uses this information to manage the Company’s operations.  Each of these operating groups covers a wide range of product categories and geographic regions.  The product categories and geographic regions often overlap across the groups.  Further information regarding the details of each group is presented in Note 5, Segment and Geographic Information, in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.  The management of each group is evaluated for performance and incentive compensation purposes on net third party sales, excluding precious metal content, and segment operating income.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Sales, Excluding Precious Metal Content
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(in millions, except percentage amounts)
2014
 
2013
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dental Consumables, Endodontic and Dental Laboratory Businesses
$
1,208.1

 
$
1,197.1

 
$
11.0

 
0.9
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses
$
1,066.7

 
$
1,059.0

 
$
7.7

 
0.7
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Select Developed and Emerging Markets Businesses
$
517.9

 
$
515.6

 
$
2.3

 
0.4
%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segment Operating Income (Loss)
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(in millions, except percentage amounts)
2014
 
2013
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dental Consumables, Endodontic and Dental Laboratory Businesses
$
405.0

 
$
401.0

 
$
4.0

 
1.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses
$
126.6

 
$
105.9

 
$
20.7

 
19.5
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Select Developed and Emerging Markets Businesses
$
(1.4
)
 
$
(4.3
)
 
$
2.9

 
NM

NM - Not meaningful

Dental Consumables, Endodontic and Dental Laboratory Businesses

Net sales, excluding precious metal content, increased $11.0 million during 2014 as compared to 2013. On a constant currency basis, net sales, excluding precious metals, increased 1.0% primarily due to growth in the Dental Consumables businesses.

Operating income improved $4.0 million or 1.0% during 2014 compared to 2013. The improvement in operating income was primarily the result of sales growth and improved gross margins in the Dental Consumables businesses.

Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses

Net sales, excluding precious metal content, increased $7.7 million during 2014 compared to 2013. Sales increased on a constant currency basis by 1.7%. The increase was primarily due to increased sales in the Healthcare businesses partially offset by lower sales in the Orthodontic businesses.

Operating income increased $20.7 million or 19.5% during 2014 compared to 2013. Operating income increase primarily due to lower operating expenses in the Healthcare and Implant businesses.

Select Developed and Emerging Markets Businesses

Net sales, excluding precious metal content, increased $2.3 million during 2014 compared to 2013. Sales increased by 3.8% on a constant currency basis. The favorable constant currency growth was the result of improved market demand in the Emerging Markets businesses.

Operating income improved by $2.9 million in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase in operating income was primarily the result of improved gross profit rate in the Emerging Markets businesses.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS AND POLICIES

The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and

42



accompanying notes. Future events and their effects cannot be determined with absolute certainty. Therefore, the determination of estimates requires the exercise of judgment. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements. The process of determining significant estimates is fact specific and takes into account factors such as historical experience, current and expected economic conditions, product mix and in some cases, actuarial techniques. The Company evaluates these significant factors as facts and circumstances dictate. Some events as described below could cause results to differ significantly from those determined using estimates. The Company has identified the following accounting estimates as those which are critical to its business and results of operations.

Business Acquisitions

The Company acquires businesses as well as partial interests in businesses. Acquired businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting which requires the Company to record assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their respective fair values with the excess of the purchase price over estimated fair values recorded as goodwill. The assumptions made in determining the fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities as well as asset lives can materially impact the results of operations.

The Company obtains information during due diligence and through other sources to get respective fair values. Examples of factors and information that the Company uses to determine the fair values include: tangible and intangible asset evaluations and appraisals; evaluations of existing contingencies and liabilities and product line integration information. If the initial valuation for an acquisition is incomplete by the end of the quarter in which the acquisition occurred, the Company will record a provisional estimate in the financial statements. The provisional estimate will be finalized as soon as information becomes available but will only occur up to one year from the acquisition date.

Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Assets

The Company follows the accounting standards for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles, which require an annual test for impairment to goodwill using a fair value approach. In addition to minimum annual impairment tests, the Company also requires that impairment assessments be made more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the goodwill or indefinite-lived assets might be impaired. If impairment related to goodwill is identified, the resulting charge is determined by recalculating goodwill through a hypothetical purchase price allocation of the fair value and reducing the current carrying value to the extent it exceeds the recalculated goodwill. If the carrying amount of an indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized.

Other Long-Lived Assets

Other long-lived assets, such as definite-lived intangible assets and fixed assets, are amortized or depreciated over their estimated useful lives. In accordance with US GAAP, these assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances provide evidence that suggest that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable based upon an evaluation of the identifiable undiscounted cash flows. If impaired based on the identifiable undiscounted cash flows, the asset’s fair value is determined using the discounted cash flow and market participant assumptions. The resulting charge reflects the excess of the asset’s carrying cost over its fair value.

Impairment Assessment

Assessment of the potential impairment of goodwill and other long-lived assets is an integral part of the Company’s normal ongoing review of operations. Testing for potential impairment of these assets is significantly dependent on numerous assumptions and reflects management’s best estimates at a particular point in time. The dynamic economic environments in which the Company’s businesses operate and key economic and business assumptions with respect to projected selling prices, increased competition and introductions of new technologies can significantly affect the outcome of impairment tests. Estimates based on these assumptions may differ significantly from actual results. Changes in factors and assumptions used in assessing potential impairments can have a significant impact on the existence and magnitude of impairments, as well as the time at which such impairments are recognized. If there are unfavorable changes in these assumptions, particularly changes in the Company’s discount rates, earnings multiples and future cash flows, the Company may be required to recognize impairment charges. Information with respect to the Company’s significant accounting policies on goodwill and other long-lived assets are included in Note 1, Significant Accounting Policies, to the consolidated financial statements in this Form 10-K.


43



Annual Goodwill Impairment Testing

Goodwill is not amortized; instead, it is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist or if a decision is made to sell a business. The valuation date for annual impairment testing is April 30. Judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include a decline in expected cash flows, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, unanticipated competition or slower growth rates, among others. It is important to note that fair values that could be realized in an actual transaction may differ from those used to evaluate the impairment of goodwill.

Goodwill is allocated among and evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. The Company has several reporting units contained within each operating segment.

The evaluation of impairment involves comparing the current fair value of each reporting unit to its net book value, including goodwill. The Company uses a discounted cash flow model (“DCF model”) to estimate the current fair value of its reporting units when testing for impairment, as management believes forecasted operating cash flows are the best indicator of such fair value. A number of significant assumptions and estimates are involved in the application of the DCF model to forecast operating cash flows, including future sales growth, operating margin growth, benefits from restructuring initiatives, tax rates, capital spending, business initiatives, and working capital changes. These assumptions may vary significantly among the reporting units. Operating cash flow forecasts are based on approved business-unit operating plans for the early years and historical relationships and projections in later years. The weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) rate is estimated for geographic regions and applied to the reporting units located within the regions. The Company has not materially changed its methodology for goodwill impairment testing for the years presented. Due to the many variables inherent in the estimation of a reporting unit’s fair value and the relative size of the Company’s recorded goodwill, differences in assumptions may have a material effect on the results of the Company’s impairment analysis.

The performance of the Company’s 2015 annual impairment test did not result in any impairment of the Company’s goodwill. The WACC rates utilized in the 2015 analysis ranged from 7.6% to 12.5%. Had the WACC rate of each of the Company’s reporting units been hypothetically increased by 100 basis points at April 30, 2015, the fair value of those reporting units would still exceed net book value. If the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units had been hypothetically reduced by 5% at April 30, 2015, the fair value of those reporting units would still exceed net book value. If the fair value of each of the Company's reporting units had been hypothetically reduced by 10% at April 30, 2015, three reporting units, one reporting unit within each of the Company’s three segments, would have a fair value that would approximate net book value. Goodwill for the reporting unit within the Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses segment totaled $66.0 million at April 30, 2015. Goodwill for the reporting unit within the Dental Consumables, Endodontic and Dental Laboratory Businesses segment totaled $120.0 million at April 30, 2015. Goodwill for the reporting unit within the Select Developed and Emerging Markets Businesses segment totaled $16.0 million at April 30, 2015. To the extent that future operating results of the reporting units do not meet the forecasted cash flows the Company can provide no assurance that a future goodwill impairment charge would not be incurred.

At December 31, 2015, the Company updated its goodwill impairment testing for the three reporting units noted above based on current year financial performance. The review did not result in any impairment of the three reporting units’ respective goodwill balances. Assumptions used in the calculations of fair value were substantially consistent with those at April 30, 2015. If the WACC rate of these three reporting units had been hypothetically increased by 100 basis points at December 31, 2015, the fair value of these three reporting units would still exceed net book value. If the fair value of these reporting units had been hypothetically reduced by 5%, the fair value of those reporting units would still exceed book value. If the fair value of these reporting units had been hypothetically reduced by 10% at December 31, 2015, the three reporting units fair value would approximate net book value. At December 31, 2015, the goodwill balances for the three reporting units were approximately the same as at April 30, 2015.

Should the Company’s analysis in the future indicate an increase in discount rates or a degradation in the overall markets served by these reporting units, it could result in impairment of the carrying value of goodwill to its implied fair value. There can be no assurance that the Company’s future goodwill impairment testing will not result in a charge to earnings.

Annual Indefinite-Lived Intangible Asset Impairment Testing

Indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of tradenames and are not subject to amortization; instead, they are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist or if a decision is made to sell a business. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include a decline in expected cash flows, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, unanticipated competition or slower growth rates, among others. It is important to note that fair values that could be realized in an actual transaction may differ from those used to evaluate the impairment of indefinite-lived assets.

44




The fair value of acquired tradenames is estimated by the use of a relief from royalty method, which values an indefinite-lived intangible asset by estimating the royalties saved through the ownership of an asset. Under this method, an owner of an indefinite-lived intangible asset determines the arm’s length royalty that likely would have been charged if the owner had to license the asset from a third party. The royalty, which is based on the estimated rate applied against forecasted sales, is tax-effected and discounted at present value using a discount rate commensurate with the relative risk of achieving the cash flow attributable to the asset. Management judgment is necessary to determine key assumptions, including projected revenue, royalty rates and appropriate discount rates. Royalty rates used are consistent with those assumed for the original purchase accounting valuation. Other assumptions are consistent with those applied to goodwill impairment testing.

The performance of the Company’s 2015 annual impairment test did not result in any impairment of the Company’s indefinite-lived assets. If the fair value of each of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets had been hypothetically reduced by 10% or the discount rate had been hypothetically increased by 50 basis points, at December 31, 2015, the fair value of these assets would still exceed their book value.

Should the Company’s analysis in the future indicate an increase in discount rates or a degradation in the use of the tradenames, it could result in impairment of the carrying value of the indefinite-lived assets to its implied fair value. There can be no assurance that the Company’s future indefinite-lived asset impairment testing will not result in a charge to earnings.

Litigation

The Company and its subsidiaries are from time to time parties to lawsuits arising out of their respective operations. The Company records liabilities when a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. These estimates are typically in the form of ranges, and the Company records the liabilities at the low point of the ranges, when no other point within the ranges are a better estimate of the probable loss. The ranges established by management are based on analysis made by internal and external legal counsel based on information known at the time. If the Company determines a liability to be only reasonably possible, it considers the same information to estimate the possible exposure and discloses any material potential liability. These loss contingencies are monitored regularly for a change in fact or circumstance that would require an accrual adjustment. The Company believes it has appropriately estimated liabilities for probable losses in the past; however, the unpredictability of litigation and court decisions could cause a liability to be incurred in excess of estimates. Legal costs related to these lawsuits are expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are determined using the liability method of accounting for income taxes. The Company’s tax expense includes the U.S. and international income taxes plus the provision for U.S. taxes on undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries not deemed to be permanently invested.

The Company applies a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company recognizes in the financial statements, the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position.

Certain items of income and expense are not reported in tax returns and financial statements in the same year. The tax effect of such temporary differences is reported as deferred income taxes. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not that the assets will be realized in future years. The Company establishes a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets for which realization is not likely. At December 31, 2015, the Company has a valuation allowance of $274.3 million against the benefit of certain deferred tax assets of foreign and domestic subsidiaries.

The Company operates within multiple taxing jurisdictions and in the normal course of business is examined in various jurisdictions. The reversal of accruals is recorded when examinations are completed, statutes of limitation are closed or tax laws are changed.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Cash flows from operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2015 were $497.4 million compared to $560.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. Net income was lower by $71.8 million in the period ended December 31, 2015 compared to the prior year. Working capital sources generated $65.6 million, an increase of $1.6 million compared to sources of $64.0 million in 2014. Primary working capital (defined as inventories plus accounts receivable less accounts payable, a non-US GAAP measure) generated $40.0 million of operating cash flow in 2015 compared to $38.3 million in 2014. The improvement

45



of $1.7 million during the 2015 calendar year came from improved inventory of $11.1 million, partially offset by higher accounts receivable of $8.1 million and a lower accounts payable of $1.2 million versus the prior year. The improvement in total working capital of $65.6 million in 2015 was largely offset by higher tax payments of $22.7 million, restructuring payments of $21.0 million, prepayment fees on bond tender of $8.5 million, and merger fees of $8.0 million. The Company's cash and cash equivalents increased by $133.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 to $284.6 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, on a constant currency basis, the number of days for sales outstanding in accounts receivable decreased by one day to 54 days as compared to 55 days in 2014. On a constant currency basis, the number of days of sales in inventory decreased by three days to 110 days at December 31, 2015 as compared to 113 days at December 31, 2014.

Investing activities during 2015 include capital expenditures of $72.0 million and acquisitions of businesses of $54.0 million, reduced by proceeds from the redemption of corporate convertible bonds of $47.7 million.

At December 31, 2015, the Company had authorization to maintain up to 34.0 million shares of treasury stock under its stock repurchase program as approved by the Board of Directors. Under this program, the Company purchased approximately 2.1 million shares, or approximately 1.5% of average diluted shares outstanding, during 2015 at an average price of $52.50. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company held 22.7 million and 21.9 million shares of treasury stock, respectively. The Company also received proceeds of $35.5 million primarily as a result of 1.1 million stock options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Total debt decreased by $108.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. DENTSPLY's long-term debt, including the current portion, at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $1,150.2 million and $1,258.9 million, respectively. The Company's long-term debt, including the current portion decreased by a net of $108.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2015. This net change included a net decrease in borrowings of $108.0 million, and a decrease of $0.7 million due to exchange rate fluctuations on debt denominated in foreign currencies. The decrease in long term borrowings reflects the payment of $100.0 million of Private Placement notes and the second annual term loan payment of $8.8 million. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no outstanding borrowings under the commercial paper facility. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company's ratio of net debt to total capitalization decreased to 27.1% compared to 32.3% at December 31, 2014. DENTSPLY defines net debt as total debt, including current and long-term portions, less cash and cash equivalents and total capitalization as the sum of net debt plus total equity.

In February 2015, the Company paid the second required payment of $100.0 million under the Private Placement Notes by issuing commercial paper. The final required payment of $75.0 million is due in February 2016 and has been classified as current on the balance sheet. The Company intends to use the second delayed draw funding of its new Private Placement Notes to be issued February 19, 2016 to pay the final required payment.

In August 2015, the Company paid the second of six annual principal payments of $8.8 million representing a 5% mandatory principal amortization due in each of the first six years under the terms of the Term Loan with a final maturity of August 26, 2020. The third annual installment in the amount of $8.8 million will be due in August 2016 and has been classified as current on the balance sheet.

Effective July 1, 2015, the Company amended the multi-currency revolving credit facility to extend the maturity date by one year until July 23, 2020. The Company is able to borrow up to $500.0 million through July 23, 2019 and up to $452.0 million through July 23, 2020. At December 31, 2015, there were no outstanding borrowings in the form of issued commercial paper, under the multi-currency revolving facility.

The Company successfully tendered for $153.9 million of its $450.0 million fixed rate senior notes due August 2021 with settlement on December 11, 2015. The total amount paid in excess of par, excluding accrued interest, was $8.0 million.

Effective December 11, 2015 the Company executed a new Note Purchase Agreement in a private placement with institutional investors, on a delayed draw basis, to sell 295.5 million Swiss francs and 289.0 million euros aggregate principal amount of senior notes (collectively, the “Private Placement Notes”) at a weighted average interest rate of 1.69%. The Private Placement Notes will be issued on three closing dates. The first closing occurred on December 11, 2015 and involved the issuance of 32.5 million Swiss francs and 112.0 million euros of senior notes. The second closing date is expected to occur on February 19, 2016 and will involve the issuance 71.0 million euros of senior notes. The third closing date is expected to occur on August 15, 2016 and will involve the issuance of senior notes of 263.0 million Swiss francs and 106.0 million euros. The Private Placement Notes are being issued to finance the tender for $153.9 million of the 2021 bonds on December 11, 2015, the final payment of $75.0 million on the $250.0 million Private Placement Notes due February 19, 2016, the $300.0 million fixed rate senior notes due August 2016 and the Swiss franc 65.0 million term loan maturing September 1, 2016. Accordingly, these maturities have been classified as

46



long term reflecting the Company’s intent and ability to refinance the debt on a long term basis. See Note 12, Financing Arrangements, in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, for details related to the new Note Purchase Agreement.

Effective November 30, 2015 the Company amended the multi-currency revolving credit facility, the U.S. dollar term loan, the Swiss franc term loan and effective December 18, 2015 the Company amended the Japanese yen Samurai loan agreement to conform key terms of these facilities to each other and with those in the new Note Purchase Agreement. These credit agreements contain a number of covenants and two financial ratios, which the Company is required to satisfy. The most restrictive of these covenants pertain to asset dispositions and prescribed ratios of total debt outstanding to total capital not to exceed the ratio of 0.6 to 1.0, and operating income less depreciation and amortization to interest expense of not less than 3.0 times. Any breach of any such covenants or ratios would result in a default under the existing debt agreements that would permit the lenders to declare all borrowings under such debt agreements to be immediately due and payable and, through cross default provisions, would entitle the Company's other lenders to accelerate their loans. At December 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

The Company also has access to $51.8 million in uncommitted short-term financing under lines of credit from various financial institutions. The lines of credit have no major restrictions and are provided under demand notes between the Company and the lending institutions. At December 31, 2015, $2.9 million was outstanding under these short-term lines of credit.  At December 31, 2015, the Company had total unused lines of credit related to the revolving credit agreement and the uncommitted short-term lines of credit of $548.9 million.

At December 31, 2015, the Company held $35.5 million of precious metals on consignment from several financial institutions. These consignment agreements allow the Company to acquire the precious metal at market rates at a point in time, which is approximately the same time, and for the same price as alloys are sold to the Company's customers. In the event that the financial institutions would discontinue offering these consignment arrangements, and if the Company could not obtain other comparable arrangements, the Company may be required to obtain third party financing to fund an ownership position to maintain precious metal inventory at operational levels.

The following table presents the Company's scheduled contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2015:

Contractual Obligations
Within
1 Year
 
2-3
Years
 
4-5
Years
 
Greater
Than
5 Years
 
 Total
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term borrowings
$
449.1

 
$
18.0

 
$
236.0

 
$
450.4

 
$
1,153.5

Operating leases
32.2

 
44.1

 
19.6

 
8.7

 
104.6

Interest on long-term borrowings, net
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
of interest rate swap agreements
28.2

 
37.2

 
34.7

 
19.6

 
119.7

Postemployment obligations
9.5

 
22.4

 
25.6

 
77.2

 
134.7

Precious metal consignment agreements
35.5

 

 

 

 
35.5

 
$
554.5

 
$
121.7

 
$
315.9

 
$
555.9

 
$
1,548.0


Due to the uncertainty with respect to the timing of future cash flows associated with the Company's unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2015, the Company is unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement with the respective taxing authority; therefore, $18.5 million of the unrecognized tax benefit has been excluded from the contractual obligations table above (See Note 14, Income Taxes, in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K).

The Company expects on an ongoing basis to be able to finance cash requirements, including capital expenditures in a range of $80.0 million to $100.0 million excluding the impact of the potential merger, stock repurchases, debt service, operating leases and potential future acquisitions, from the current cash, cash equivalents and short-term investment balances, funds generated from operations and amounts available under its existing credit facilities, which is further discussed in Note 12, Financing Arrangements, to the consolidated financial statements. The Company intends to pay or refinance the current portion of long term debt due in 2016 utilizing proceeds from the Private Placement Notes arranged in December 2015 with delayed draw funding. As noted in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in this Form 10-K, the Company continues to generate strong cash flows from operations, which is used to finance the Company's activities.

At December 31, 2015, the majority of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were held inside of the United States. The majority of the Company’s excess free cash flow is generated outside of the United States. Most of the foreign excess free cash

47



flow could be repatriated to the United States, however, under current law, potentially may be subject to U.S. federal income tax, less applicable foreign tax credits. The Company expects to repatriate its foreign excess free cash flow (the amount in excess of capital investment and acquisition needs), subject to current regulations, to fund ongoing operations and capital needs. Historically, the Company has generated more than sufficient operating cash flows in the United States to fund domestic operations. Further, the Company expects on an ongoing basis, to be able to finance domestic and international cash requirements, including capital expenditures, stock repurchases, debt service, operating leases and potential future acquisitions, from the funds generated from operations and amounts available under its existing credit facilities.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Refer to Note 1, Significant Accounting Policies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for a discussion of recent accounting guidance and pronouncements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

The Company’s major market risk exposures are changing interest rates, movements in foreign currency exchange rates and potential price volatility of commodities used by the Company in its manufacturing processes. The Company’s policy is to manage interest rates through the use of floating rate debt and interest rate swaps to adjust interest rate exposures when appropriate, based upon market conditions. The Company employs foreign currency denominated debt and currency swaps which serve to partially offset the Company’s exposure on its net investments in subsidiaries denominated in foreign currencies. The Company’s policy generally is to hedge major foreign currency transaction exposures through foreign exchange forward contracts. These contracts are entered into with major financial institutions thereby minimizing the risk of credit loss. In order to limit the unanticipated earnings fluctuations from volatility in commodity prices, the Company selectively enters into commodity swaps to convert variable raw material costs to fixed costs. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. The Company is subject to other foreign exchange market risk exposure in addition to the risks on its financial instruments, such as possible impacts on its pricing and production costs, which are difficult to reasonably predict, and have therefore not been included below.

Foreign Exchange Risk Management

The Company enters into derivative financial instruments to hedge the foreign exchange revaluation risk associated with recorded assets and liabilities that are denominated in a non-functional currency. The gains and losses on these derivative transactions offset the gains and losses generated by the revaluation of the underlying non-functional currency balances. The Company primarily uses forward foreign exchange contracts and cross currency basis swaps to hedge these risks.
The Company uses a layered hedging program to hedge select anticipated foreign currency cash flows to reduce volatility in both cash flows and reported earnings of the consolidated Company. These cash flow hedges have maturities of six to 18 months and do not change the underlying long term foreign currency exchange risk. The Company accounts for the forward foreign exchange contracts as cash flow hedges.

The Company has numerous investments in foreign subsidiaries. The net assets of these subsidiaries are exposed to volatility in currency exchange rates. Currently, the Company uses both non-derivative financial instruments, including foreign currency denominated debt held at the parent company level and foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge some of this exposure. Translation gains and losses related to the net assets of the foreign subsidiaries are offset by gains and losses in the non-derivative and derivative financial instruments designated as hedges of net investment.

At December 31, 2015, a 10% strengthening of the U.S. dollar against all other currencies would improve the net fair value associated with the forward foreign exchange contracts by approximately $77.1 million.

Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company uses interest rate swaps to convert a portion of its variable interest rate debt to fixed interest rate debt and to convert fixed rate debt to variable rate debt. At December 31, 2015, the Company has three groups of significant interest rate swaps. One of the groups of swaps has notional amounts totaling 12.6 billion Japanese yen, and effectively converts the underlying variable interest rates to an average fixed interest rate of 0.9% for a term of five years, ending in September 2019. Another swap has a notional amount of 65.0 million Swiss francs, and effectively converts the underlying variable interest rates to a fixed interest rate of 1.8% for a term of five years, ending in September 2016. Another swap has a notional amount of $45.0 million to effectively

48



convert the underlying fixed interest rate of 4.1% on a portion of the Company’s $250.0 million Private Placement Notes to variable rate for a term of five years, ending February 2016. The interest rates on variable rate term loan debt and commercial paper are consistent with current market conditions, therefore the fair value of these instruments approximates their carrying values.

At December 31, 2015, an increase of 1.0% in the interest rates on the variable interest rate instruments would increase the Company’s annual interest expense by approximately $2.1 million.

Commodity Risk Management

The Company selectively enters into commodity swaps to effectively fix certain variable raw material costs. These swaps are used purely to stabilize the cost of components used in the production of certain of the Company’s products. The Company generally accounts for the commodity swaps as cash flow hedges. At December 31, 2015, the Company had swaps in place to purchase 498 troy ounces of platinum bullion for use in production at an average fixed rate of $1,084 per troy ounce.  In addition, the Company had swaps in place to purchase 18,285 troy ounces of silver bullion for use in production at an average fixed rate of $16 per troy ounce.

At December 31, 2015, a 10% increase in commodity prices would reduce the fair value liability associated with the commodity swaps by approximately $0.1 million.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

Consignment Arrangements

The Company consigns the precious metals used in the production of precious metal dental alloy products from various financial institutions. Under these consignment arrangements, the banks own the precious metal, and, accordingly, the Company does not report this consigned inventory as part of its inventory on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. These agreements are cancelable by either party at the end of each consignment period, which typically run for a period of one to nine months; however, because the Company typically has access to numerous financial institutions with excess capacity, consignment needs created by cancellations can be shifted among the other institutions. The consignment agreements allow the Company to take ownership of the metal at approximately the same time customer orders are received and to closely match the price of the metal acquired to the price charged to the customer (i.e., the price charged to the customer is largely a pass through).

As precious metal prices fluctuate, the Company evaluates the impact of the precious metal price fluctuation on its target gross margins for precious metal dental alloy products and revises the prices customers are charged for precious metal dental alloy products accordingly, depending upon the magnitude of the fluctuation. While the Company does not separately invoice customers for the precious metal content of precious metal dental alloy products, the underlying precious metal content is the primary component of the cost and sales price of the precious metal dental alloy products. For practical purposes, if the precious metal prices go up or down by a small amount, the Company will not immediately modify prices, as long as the cost of precious metals embedded in the Company’s precious metal dental alloy price closely approximates the market price of the precious metal. If there is a significant change in the price of precious metals, the Company adjusts the price for the precious metal dental alloys, maintaining its margin on the products.

At December 31, 2015, the Company had approximately 51,300 troy ounces of precious metal, primarily gold, platinum, palladium and silver on consignment for periods of less than one year with a market value of $35.5 million. Under the terms of the consignment agreements, the Company also makes compensatory payments to the consignor banks based on a percentage of the value of the consigned precious metals inventory. At December 31, 2015, the average annual rate charged by the consignor banks was 0.6%. These compensatory payments are considered to be a cost of the metals purchased and are recorded as part of the cost of products sold.


49



Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The information set forth under the captions “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting,” “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,” “Consolidated Statements of Operations,” “Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income,” “Consolidated Balance Sheets,” “Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity,” “Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows,” and “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” is filed, in Item 15 in this Form 10-K. Other information required by Item 8 is included in “Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges” filed as Exhibit 12.1 to this Form 10-K.

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

(a) Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report.  Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of the end of the period covered by this report were effective to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that it is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management’s report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is included under Item 15(a)(1) of this Form 10-K.

(c) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during quarter ended December 31, 2015 that have materially affected, or are likely to materially affect, its internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.  Other Information

Not applicable.



50



PART III

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information (i) set forth under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part I of this Form 10-K and (ii) set forth under the captions “Election of Directors” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the 2016 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Code of Ethics

The Company has a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the Board of Directors and substantially all of the Company’s management level employees.  A copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available in the Investor Relations section of the Company’s website at www.DENTSPLY.com. The Company intends to disclose any amendment to its Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that relates to any element enumerated in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K, and any waiver from a provision of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics granted to any director, principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, or any of the Company’s other executive officers, in the Investor Relations section of the Company’s website at www.DENTSPLY.com, within four business days following the date of such amendment or waiver.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation  

The information set forth under the caption “Report on Executive Compensation” in the 2016 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information set forth under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans” in the 2016 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

The information required under this item is presented in the 2016 Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information set forth under the caption “Relationship with Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the 2016 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.


51



PART IV

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule  

(a)
Documents filed as part of this Report

1.
Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements of the Company are filed as part of this Form 10-K:

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statements of Operations - Years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income - Years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 2015 and 2014
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity - Years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

2.
Financial Statement Schedule

The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this Form 10-K and is covered by the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm:

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required to be included herein under the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.

3.
Exhibits

The Exhibits listed below are filed or incorporated by reference as part of the Company’s Form 10-K.

Exhibit
Number
 
Description
2.1
 
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 15, 2015, by and among DENTSPLY International Inc., Sirona Dental Systems, Inc. and Dawkins Merger Sub Inc. (18)
3.1
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (16)
3.2
 
By-Laws, as amended and restated (Filed herewith)
4.1
(a)
United States Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement dated as of March 28, 2002 between the Company and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (formerly known as Salomon Smith Barney Inc.)(formerly Exhibit 4.1(b)) (6)
 
(b)
First Amendment to the United States Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement dated as of March 28, 2002 between the Company and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (formerly known as Salomon Smith Barney Inc.) (17)
4.2
(a)
United States Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement dated as of August 18, 2011 between the Company and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (17)
 
(b)
First Amendment to the United States Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement dated as of August 18, 2011 between the Company and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (17)
4.3
 
$500.0 Million Credit Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2014 final maturity in July 23, 2019, by and among the Company, the subsidiary borrowers party thereto, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent, Citibank N.A. as Syndication Agent, Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, LTD and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Commerzbank AG, and HSBC Bank USA N.A. as co-documentation agents, and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citibank Global Markets Inc., as Joint Bookrunners and Joint Lead Arrangers (17)
 
(a)
First Amendment to the $500.0 Million Credit Agreement dated as of July 1, 2015 between the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers party (Filed herewith)

52



 
(b)
Second Amendment to the $500.0 Million Credit Agreement dated November 30, 2015 between the Company and Subsidiary Borrowers party (Filed herewith)
4.4
 
$250.0 Million Private Placement Note Purchase Agreement, due February 19, 2016 dated as of October 16, 2009 (10)
4.5
(a)
65.0 Million Swiss Franc Term Loan Agreement, due March 1, 2012 dated as of February 24, 2010 (11)
 
(b)
First Amendment to the 65.0 Million Swiss Franc Term Loan Agreement dated May 21, 2010 between the Company, the Lenders, and PNC Bank National Association, as Agent (Filed herewith)
 
(c)
Second Amendment to the 65.0 Million Swiss Franc Term Loan Agreement dated August 31, 2011 due September 1, 2016, between the Company, the Lenders, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Agent(formerly Exhibit 4.8) (12)
 
(d)
Third Amendment to the 65.0 Million Swiss Franc Term Loan Agreement dated November 30, 2015 (Filed herewith)
4.10
 
$175.0 Million Credit Agreement dated August 26, 2013 among DENTSPLY International Inc., PNC Bank, National Association as Administrative Agent and the Lenders Party thereto (16)
 
(a)
First Amendment to the $175.0 Million Credit Agreement dated November 30, 2015 between the Company and PNC Bank, National Association as Administrative Agent and the Lenders Party thereto (Filed herewith)
4.11
 
Form of Indenture (13)
4.12
 
Supplemental Indenture, dated August 23, 2011 between DENTSPLY International Inc., as Issuer and Wells Fargo, National Association, as Trustee (14)
4.14
 
12.55 Billion Japanese Yen Term Loan Agreement between the Company and Bank of Tokyo dated September 22, 2014 due September 28, 2019, between the Company, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, LTD as Sole Lead Arranger, Development Bank of Japan, Inc. as Co-Arranger, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, LTD, as Administrative Agent (17)
 
(a)
First Amendment to 12.55 Billion Japanese Yen Term Loan Agreement dated December 18, 2015 between the Company and Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, LTD (Filed herewith)
4.15
 
United States Commercial Paper issuing and paying Agency Agreement dated as of November 4, 2014, between the Company and U.S. Bank N.A. (17)
4.16
 
Note Purchase Agreement, dated December 11, 2015, by and among the Company and the purchasers listed in Schedule A thereto (Filed herewith)
10.2
 
2002 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan (8)
10.3
 
Restricted Stock Unit Deferral Plan (Filed herewith)
10.4
(a)
Trust Agreement for the Company’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan between the Company and T. Rowe Price Trust Company dated as of November 1, 2000 (3)
 
(b)
Plan Recordkeeping Agreement for the Company’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan between the Company and T. Rowe Price Trust Company dated as of November 1, 2000 (3)
10.5
 
DENTSPLY Supplemental Saving Plan Agreement dated as of December 10, 2007 (8)
10.6
 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered February 19, 2008 between the Company and Bret W. Wise* (8)
10.7
 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered February 19, 2008 between the Company and Christopher T. Clark* (8)
10.10
 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered February 19, 2008 between the Company and James G. Mosch* (8)
10.11
 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered February 19, 2008 between the Company and Robert J. Size* (8)
10.12
 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered January 1, 2009 between the Company’s subsidiary, DeguDent GMBH and Albert Sterkenburg* (9)
10.13
 
DENTSPLY International Inc. Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan effective January 1, 2007, as amended* (9)
10.14
 
Board Compensation Arrangement* (Filed herewith)
10.15
 
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan effective January 1, 1999, as amended January 1, 2008* (9)
10.16
 
Incentive Compensation Plan, amended and restated* (12)
10.17
 
AZ Trade Marks License Agreement, dated January 18, 2001 between AstraZeneca AB and Maillefer Instruments Holdings, S.A. (3)

53



10.18
(a)
Precious metal inventory Purchase and Sale Agreement dated November 30, 2001, as amended October 10, 2006 between Bank of Nova Scotia and the Company (7)
 
(b)
Precious metal inventory Purchase and Sale Agreement dated December 20, 2001 between JPMorgan Chase Bank and the Company (4)
 
(c)
Precious metal inventory Purchase and Sale Agreement dated December 20, 2001 between Mitsui & Co., Precious Metals Inc. and the Company (4)
 
(e)
Precious metal inventory Purchase and Sale Agreement dated January 30, 2002 between CommerzbankAG, Frankfurt, and the Company (8)
 
(f)
Precious metal inventory Purchase and Sale Agreement dated December 6, 2010, as amended February 8, 2013 between HSBC Bank USA, National Association and the Company (16)
 
(g)
Precious metal inventory Purchase and Sale Agreement dated April 29, 2013 between The Toronto-Dominion Bank and the Company (16)
10.19
 
Executive Change in Control Plan for foreign executives, as amended December 31, 2008* (10)
10.20
 
2010 Equity Incentive Plan, amended and restated (Filed herewith)
10.21
 
Employment Agreement between the Company and Deborah M. Rasin* (12)
10.22
 
Employment Agreement, dated December 11, 2015, between DENTSPLY International Inc. and Bret W. Wise* (Filed herewith)
12.1
 
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (Filed herewith)
21.1
 
Subsidiaries of the Company (Filed herewith)
23.1
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
31.1
 
Section 302 Certification Statement Chief Executive Officer
31.2
 
Section 302 Certification Statements Chief Financial Officer
32
 
Section 906 Certification Statement
101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB
 
XBRL Extension Labels Linkbase Document
101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

*Management contract or compensatory plan.

54



(1)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated June 4, 1998 (No. 333-56093).
 
 
(2)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999, File No. 0-16211.
 
 
(3)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, File No. 0-16211.
 
 
(4)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, File No. 0-16211.
 
 
(5)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated November 27, 2002 (No. 333-101548).
 
 
(6)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 0-16211.
 
 
(7)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, File no. 0-16211.
 
 
(8)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 0-16211.
 
 
(9)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, File No. 0-16211.
 
 
(10)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, File no. 0-16211.
 
 
(11)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, File no. 0-16211.
 
 
(12)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, File no. 0-16211.
 
 
(13)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 dated August 15, 2011 (No. 333-176307).
 
 
(14)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company’s Form 8-K dated August 29, 2011, File no. 0-16211.
 
 
(15)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, File no. 0-16211.
 
 
(16)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, File no. 0-16211.
 
 
(17)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, File no. 0-16211.
 
 
(18)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company’s Form 8-K dated September 16, 2015, File no. 0-16211


55



SCHEDULE II

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

 
 
 
 
Additions
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
 
Balance at
Beginning
of Period
 
Charged
(Credited)
To Costs
And Expenses
 
Charged to
Other
Accounts
 
Write-offs
Net of
Recoveries
 
Translation
Adjustment
 
Balance
at End
of Period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Description
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013
 
$
13.6

 
$
2.9

 
$
(0.2
)
 
$
(2.5
)
 
$
0.4

 
$
14.2

2014
 
14.2

 
(1.7
)
 
0.5

 
(2.4
)
 
(1.8
)
 
8.8

2015
 
8.8

 
4.3

 
1.4

 
(2.2
)
 
(1.6
)
 
10.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For Year Ended December 31,
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

2013
 
$
179.7

 
$
49.3

 
$

 
$

 
$
(0.1
)
 
$
228.9

2014
 
228.9

 
28.7

 

 

 
(4.3
)
 
253.3

2015
 
253.3

 
26.7

 

 

 
(5.7
)
 
274.3



56



Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  A Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management of the Company has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015.  In making its assessment, management used the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”).  Based on its assessment management concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which appears herein.



/s/
Bret W. Wise
 
/s/
Christopher T. Clark
 
Bret W. Wise
 
 
Christopher T. Clark
 
Chairman of the Board and
 
 
President and
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
February 12, 2016
 
 
February 12, 2016


57



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of DENTSPLY International Inc.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of DENTSPLY International Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2), presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, appearing under Item 15(a)(1). Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedules, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.



/s/
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
Harrisburg, Pennsylvania
 
February 12, 2016


58



DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in millions, except per share amounts)

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
$
2,674.3

 
$
2,922.6

 
$
2,950.8

Cost of products sold
1,157.1

 
1,322.8

 
1,373.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit
1,517.2

 
1,599.8

 
1,577.4

Selling, general and administrative expenses
1,077.3

 
1,143.1

 
1,144.8

Restructuring and other costs
64.7

 
11.1

 
13.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income
375.2

 
445.6

 
419.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
Other income and expenses:
 

 
 

 
 

Interest expense
55.9

 
46.9

 
49.6

Interest income
(2.2
)
 
(5.6
)
 
(8.1
)
Other expense (income), net
(8.2
)
 
(0.1
)
 
8.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Income before income taxes
329.7

 
404.4

 
369.3

Provision for income taxes
77.0

 
81.1

 
52.2

Equity in net (loss) income of
unconsolidated affiliated company
(1.6
)
 
(0.4
)
 
1.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
251.1

 
322.9

 
318.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
Less: Net (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interests
(0.1
)
 

 
5.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to DENTSPLY International
$
251.2

 
$
322.9

 
$
313.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per common share:
 

 
 

 
 

Basic
$
1.79

 
$
2.28

 
$
2.20

Diluted
$
1.76

 
$
2.24

 
$
2.16

 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
 

 
 

 
 

Basic
140.0

 
141.7

 
142.7

Diluted
142.5

 
144.2

 
145.0


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


59



DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in millions)


 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Income
$
251.1

 
$
322.9

 
$
318.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
(188.1
)
 
(354.1
)
 
88.9

Net gain (loss) on derivative financial instruments
12.1

 
49.3

 
(29.7
)
Net unrealized holding loss on available-for-sale securities
(8.5
)
 
(4.2
)
 
(5.1
)
Pension liability adjustments
32.2

 
(63.7
)
 
23.2

Total other comprehensive (loss) income
(152.3
)
 
(372.7
)
 
77.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total comprehensive income (loss)
98.8

 
(49.8
)
 
395.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
0.5

 
(0.7
)
 
7.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to DENTSPLY International
$
98.3

 
$
(49.1
)
 
$
388.3

 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


60




DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions)
 
December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
Current Assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
284.6

 
$
151.6

Accounts and notes receivable-trade, net
399.9

 
426.6

Inventories, net
340.4

 
387.1

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
171.8

 
241.7

Total Current Assets
1,196.7

 
1,207.0

 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
558.8

 
588.8

Identifiable intangible assets, net
600.7

 
670.8

Goodwill, net
1,987.6

 
2,089.3

Other noncurrent assets, net
59.1

 
90.6

Total Assets
$
4,402.9

 
$
4,646.5

 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Equity
 

 
 

Current Liabilities:
 

 
 

Accounts payable
$
133.6

 
$
132.6

Accrued liabilities
310.1

 
379.2

Income taxes payable
20.2

 
29.0

Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt
12.1

 
111.8

Total Current Liabilities
476.0

 
652.6

 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
1,141.0

 
1,150.1

Deferred income taxes
160.3

 
165.6

Other noncurrent liabilities
286.2

 
356.0

Total Liabilities
2,063.5

 
2,324.3

 
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies


 


 
 
 
 
Equity:
 

 
 

Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; .25 million shares authorized; no shares issued

 

Common stock, $.01 par value; 200.0 million shares authorized; 162.8 million shares issued; 140.1 million and 140.9 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
1.6

 
1.6

Capital in excess of par value
237.8

 
221.7

Retained earnings
3,591.0

 
3,380.7

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(594.0
)
 
(441.1
)
Treasury stock, at cost, 22.7 million and 21.9 million shares at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
(898.4
)
 
(841.6
)
Total DENTSPLY International Equity
2,338.0

 
2,321.3

Noncontrolling Interests
1.4

 
0.9

Total Equity
2,339.4

 
2,322.2

Total Liabilities and Equity
$
4,402.9

 
$
4,646.5


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

61



DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common
Stock
 
Capital in
Excess of
Par Value
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Treasury
Stock
 
Total
DENTSPLY
International
Equity
 
Noncontrolling
Interests
 
Total
Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2012
$
1.6

 
$
246.5

 
$
2,818.5

 
$
(144.2
)
 
$
(713.7
)
 
$
2,208.7

 
$
40.7

 
$
2,249.4

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Net income

 

 
313.2

 

 

 
313.2

 
5.0

 
318.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income

 

 

 
75.1

 

 
75.1

 
2.2

 
77.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest

 
(3.9
)
 

 

 

 
(3.9
)
 
(5.0
)
 
(8.9
)
Exercise of stock options

 
(7.3
)
 

 

 
74.2

 
66.9

 

 
66.9

Tax benefit from stock options exercised

 
2.4

 

 

 

 
2.4

 

 
2.4

Share based compensation expense

 
25.1

 

 

 

 
25.1

 

 
25.1

Funding of Employee Stock Ownership Plan

 
1.0

 

 

 
3.7

 
4.7

 

 
4.7

Treasury shares purchased

 

 

 

 
(118.0
)
 
(118.0
)
 

 
(118.0
)
RSU distributions

 
(8.8
)
 

 

 
5.3

 
(3.5
)
 

 
(3.5
)
RSU dividends

 
0.3

 
(0.3
)
 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends ($0.250 per share)

 

 
(35.7
)
 

 

 
(35.7
)
 

 
(35.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
 
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
1.6

 
$
255.3

 
$
3,095.7

 
$
(69.1
)
 
$
(748.5
)
 
$
2,535.0

 
$
42.9

 
$
2,577.9

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Net income

 

 
322.9

 

 

 
322.9

 

 
322.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 
(366.5
)
 

 
(366.5
)
 
(0.7
)
 
(367.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest

 
(42.0
)
 

 
(5.5
)
 

 
(47.5
)
 
(41.3
)
 
(88.8
)
Exercise of stock options

 
(9.7
)
 

 

 
58.7

 
49.0

 

 
49.0

Tax benefit from stock options exercised

 
2.1

 

 

 

 
2.1

 

 
2.1

Share based compensation expense

 
25.4

 

 

 

 
25.4

 

 
25.4

Funding of Employee Stock Ownership Plan

 
1.5

 

 

 
4.4

 
5.9

 

 
5.9

Treasury shares purchased

 

 

 

 
(163.2
)
 
(163.2
)
 

 
(163.2
)
RSU distributions

 
(11.2
)
 

 

 
7.0

 
(4.2
)
 

 
(4.2
)
RSU dividends

 
0.3

 
(0.3
)
 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends ($0.265 per share)

 

 
(37.6
)
 

 

 
(37.6
)
 

 
(37.6
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
1.6

 
$
221.7

 
$
3,380.7

 
$
(441.1
)
 
$
(841.6
)
 
$
2,321.3

 
$
0.9

 
$
2,322.2

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Net income

 

 
251.2

 

 

 
251.2

 
(0.1
)
 
251.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 
(152.9
)
 

 
(152.9
)
 
0.6

 
(152.3
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercise of stock options

 
(8.2
)
 

 

 
43.4

 
35.2

 

 
35.2

Tax benefit from stock options exercised

 
11.6

 

 

 

 
11.6

 

 
11.6

Share based compensation expense

 
25.6

 

 

 

 
25.6

 

 
25.6

Funding of Employee Stock Ownership Plan

 
1.1

 

 

 
3.6

 
4.7

 

 
4.7

Treasury shares purchased

 

 

 

 
(112.7
)
 
(112.7
)
 

 
(112.7
)
RSU distributions

 
(14.3
)
 

 

 
8.9

 
(5.4
)
 

 
(5.4
)
RSU dividends

 
0.3

 
(0.3
)
 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends ($0.290 per share)

 

 
(40.6
)
 

 

 
(40.6
)
 

 
(40.6
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2015
$
1.6

 
$
237.8

 
$
3,591.0

 
$
(594.0
)
 
$
(898.4
)
 
$
2,338.0

 
$
1.4

 
$
2,339.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

62



DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
251.1

 
$
322.9

 
$
318.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 

 
 

 
 

Depreciation
79.1

 
81.2

 
81.6

Amortization of intangible assets
43.8

 
47.9

 
46.3

Amortization of deferred financing costs
11.3

 
4.6

 
5.0

Deferred income taxes
27.4

 
17.5

 
(29.2
)
Share based compensation expense
25.6

 
25.4

 
25.1

Restructuring and other costs - non-cash
43.3

 
5.8

 
14.0

Stock option income tax benefit
(11.6
)
 
(2.1
)
 
(2.4
)
Equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates
1.6

 
0.4

 
(1.1
)
Other non-cash (income) expense
(13.1
)
 
10.0

 
19.8

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
0.8

 
0.4

 
0.8

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
 

 
 

 
 

Accounts and notes receivable-trade, net
(0.9
)
 
7.2

 
(32.5
)
Inventories, net
32.1

 
21.0

 
(25.4
)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
(9.5
)
 
(16.1
)
 
26.9

Other noncurrent assets
3.3

 
4.9

 
(1.1
)
Accounts payable
8.8

 
10.0

 
(36.7
)
Accrued liabilities
(4.7
)
 
(12.2
)
 
(4.2
)
Income taxes
(8.1
)
 
22.4

 
(0.5
)
Other noncurrent liabilities
17.1

 
9.2

 
13.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
497.4

 
560.4

 
417.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid for acquisitions of businesses and equity investments
(54.0
)
 
(8.6
)
 
(66.2
)
Proceeds from the sale of businesses

 
6.5

 

Purchases of short term time deposits

 
(2.3
)
 

Liquidation of short term time deposits

 
1.1

 

Proceeds from redemption of long-term corporate bonds
47.7

 

 

Capital expenditures
(72.0
)
 
(99.6
)
 
(100.3
)
Purchase of company owned life insurance policies
(1.4
)
 
(0.9
)
 
(1.5
)
Cash received on derivative contracts
30.7

 
67.2

 
10.8

Cash paid on derivative contracts
(6.3
)
 
(96.5
)
 
(104.9
)
Expenditures for identifiable intangible assets

 
(6.2
)
 
(1.1
)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
0.4

 
0.6

 
3.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities
(54.9
)
 
(138.7
)
 
(260.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from long-term borrowings, net of deferred financing costs
152.9

 
114.3

 
174.6

Payments on long-term borrowings
(267.5
)
 
(199.2
)
 
(251.4
)
(Decrease) increase in short-term borrowings
(2.2
)
 
(101.9
)
 
57.3

Proceeds from exercise of stock options
35.5

 
49.0

 
66.9

Excess tax benefits from share based compensation
11.6

 
2.1

 
2.4

Cash paid for acquisition of noncontrolling interests of consolidated subsidiaries
(80.5
)
 

 
(9.0
)
Cash paid for treasury stock
(112.7
)
 
(163.2
)
 
(118.0
)
Cash dividends paid
(40.0
)
 
(37.3
)
 
(34.8
)
Cash paid on derivative contracts

 

 
(49.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in financing activities
(302.9
)
 
(336.2
)
 
(161.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(6.6
)
 
(8.9
)
 
(1.0
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
133.0

 
76.6

 
(5.1
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
151.6

 
75.0

 
80.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
284.6

 
$
151.6

 
$
75.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
 

 
 

 
 

Interest paid, net of amounts capitalized
$
54.9

 
$
47.8

 
$
50.5

Income taxes paid
$
71.4

 
$
48.7

 
$
49.8


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

63



DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Business

DENTSPLY International Inc. (“DENTSPLY” or the “Company”), designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of consumable dental products for the professional dental market. The Company also manufactures and markets consumable medical device products consisting mainly of urological catheters and certain surgical products. The Company’s principal product categories are dental consumable products, dental laboratory products, dental specialty products and consumable medical device products. The Company distributes its products in over 120 countries under some of the most well established brand names in the industry.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company. The Company also consolidates all variable interest entities (“VIE”) where the Company has determined that it has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and shares in either the significant risks or rewards of the VIE. The Company continually reassesses its VIE to determine if consolidation is appropriate. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

Investments in non-consolidated affiliates (20-50 percent owned companies, joint ventures and partnerships as well as less than 20 percent ownership positions where the Company maintains significant influence over the subsidiary) are accounted for using the equity method.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include deposits with banks as well as highly liquid time deposits with maturities at the date of purchase of ninety days or less.

Short-term Investments

Short-term investments are highly liquid time deposits with original maturities at the date of purchase greater than ninety days and with remaining maturities of one year or less.

Accounts and Notes Receivable-Trade

The Company sells dental and certain medical products through a worldwide network of distributors and directly to end users.  For customers on credit terms, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluation of those customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral from them.  The Company establishes allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments.  The Company records a provision for doubtful accounts, which is included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Accounts receivable – trade is stated net of these allowances that were $10.7 million and $8.8 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company wrote-off $2.2 million and $2.4 million, respectively, of accounts receivable that were previously reserved.  The Company increased the provision for doubtful accounts by $4.3 million and reduced the provision by $1.7 million during 2015 and 2014, respectively. The remaining change in the allowance is related to foreign currency translation.


64



Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.  At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the cost of $8.1 million and $6.3 million, respectively, of inventories was determined by the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method.  The cost of other inventories was determined by the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) or average cost methods.  

If the FIFO method had been used to determine the cost of LIFO inventories, the amounts at which net inventories are stated would be higher than reported at December 31, 2015 and 2014 by $6.6 million and $6.1 million, respectively.

The Company establishes reserves for inventory estimated to be obsolete or unmarketable equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Valuation of Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets

Assessment of the potential impairment of goodwill and other long-lived assets is an integral part of the Company’s normal ongoing review of operations. Testing for potential impairment of these assets is significantly dependent on assumptions and reflects management’s best estimates at a particular point in time. The dynamic economic environments in which the Company’s businesses operate and key economic and business assumptions with respect to projected selling prices, increased competition and introductions of new technologies can significantly affect the outcome of impairment tests. Estimates based on these assumptions may differ significantly from actual results. Changes in factors and assumptions used in assessing potential impairments can have a significant impact on the existence and magnitude of impairments, as well as the time at which such impairments are recognized. If there are unfavorable changes in these assumptions, future cash flows, a key variable in assessing the impairment of these assets, may decrease and as a result the Company may be required to recognize impairment charges. Future changes in the environment and the economic outlook for the assets being evaluated could also result in additional impairment charges being recognized. The following information outlines the Company’s significant accounting policies on long-lived assets by type.

Goodwill

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually, during the Company’s second quarter, or when indications of potential impairment exist. The Company monitors for the existence of potential impairment throughout the year.  This impairment assessment includes an evaluation of various reporting units, which is an operating segment or one reporting level below the operating segment. The Company performs impairment tests using a fair value approach. The Company compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount to determine if there is potential goodwill impairment. If impairment is identified on goodwill, the resulting charge is determined by recalculating goodwill through a hypothetical purchase price allocation of the fair value and reducing the current carrying value to the extent it exceeds the recalculated goodwill.

The Company’s fair value approach involves using a discounted cash flow model with market-based support as its valuation technique to measure the fair value for its reporting units. The discounted cash flow model uses five-year forecasted cash flows plus a terminal value based on a multiple of earnings. In addition, the Company applies gross profit and operating expense assumptions consistent with its historical trends. The total cash flows were discounted based on market participant data, which included the Company’s weighted-average cost of capital. The Company considered the current market conditions when determining its assumptions. Lastly, the Company reconciled the aggregate fair values of its reporting units to its market capitalization, which included a reasonable control premium based on market conditions. Additional information related to the testing for goodwill impairment is provided in Note 9, Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of tradenames and are not subject to amortization. Valuations of identifiable intangibles assets acquired are based on information and assumptions available at the time of acquisition, using income and market model approaches to determine fair value. In-process research and development assets are not subject to amortization until the product associated with the research and development is substantially complete and is a viable product. At that time, the useful life to amortize the intangible asset is determined by identifying the period in which substantially all the cash flows are expected to be generated and the asset is moved to definite-lived.

These assets are reviewed for impairment annually or whenever events or circumstances suggest that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The Company uses an income approach, more specifically a relief from royalty method. Significant management judgment is necessary to determine key assumptions, including projected revenue, royalty rates and

65



appropriate discount rates. Royalty rates used are consistent with those assumed for the original purchase accounting valuation. Other assumptions are consistent with those applied to goodwill impairment testing. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss in the amount equal to the excess is recognized.

Identifiable Definite-Lived Intangible Assets

Identifiable definite-lived intangible assets, which primarily consist of patents, trademarks, brand names, non-compete agreements and licensing agreements, are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Valuations of identifiable intangibles assets acquired are based on information and assumptions available at the time of acquisition, using income and market model approaches to determine fair value.

These assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances suggest that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable.  The Company closely monitors certain intangible assets related to new and existing technologies for indicators of impairment as these assets have more risk of becoming impaired.  Impairment is based upon an initial evaluation of the identifiable undiscounted cash flows.  If the initial evaluation identifies a potential impairment, a fair value is determined by using a discounted cash flows valuation.  If impaired, the resulting charge reflects the excess of the asset’s carrying cost over its fair value.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation.  Except for leasehold improvements, depreciation for financial reporting purposes is computed by the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives: buildings - generally 40 years and machinery and equipment - 4 to 15 years.  The cost of leasehold improvements is amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the term of the lease.  Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred to the statement of operations; replacements and major improvements are capitalized.  These asset groups are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances suggest that the carrying amount of the asset group may not be recoverable.  Impairment is based upon an evaluation of the identifiable undiscounted cash flows.  If impaired, the resulting charge reflects the excess of the asset group’s carrying cost over its fair value.

Marketable Securities

The Company’s marketable securities consist of debt instruments that are classified as available-for-sale in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” or “other noncurrent assets, net” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets based on instrument maturity. The Company determined the appropriate classification at the time of purchase and will re-evaluate such designation as of each balance sheet date. In addition, the Company reviews the securities each quarter for indications of possible impairment. Once identified, the determination of whether the impairment is temporary or other-than-temporary requires significant judgment. The primary factors that the Company considers in classifying the impairment include the extent and time the fair value of each investment has been below cost and the existence of a credit loss. If a decline in fair value is judged other-than-temporary, the basis of the securities is written down to fair value and the amount of the write-down is included as a realized loss.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company records all derivative instruments on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value and changes in fair value are recorded each period in the consolidated statements of operations or accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”). The Company classifies derivative assets and liabilities as current when the remaining term of the derivative contract is one year or less. The Company has elected to classify the cash flow from derivative instruments in the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged. Should the Company enter into a derivative instrument that included an other-than-insignificant financing element then all cash flows will be classified as financing activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as required by US GAAP.

The Company employs derivative financial instruments to hedge certain anticipated transactions, firm commitments, and assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies.  Additionally, the Company utilizes interest rate swaps to convert floating rate debt to fixed rate, fixed rate debt to floating rate, cross currency basis swaps to convert debt denominated in one currency to another currency, and commodity swaps to fix its variable raw materials costs.

Pension and Other Postemployment Benefits

Some of the employees of the Company and its subsidiaries are covered by government or Company-sponsored defined benefit plans. Many of the employees have available to them defined contribution plans.  Additionally, certain union and salaried employee

66



groups in the United States are covered by postemployment healthcare plans.  Costs for Company-sponsored defined benefit and postemployment benefit plans are based on expected return on plan assets, discount rates, employee compensation increase rates and health care cost trends.  Expected return on plan assets, discount rates and health care cost trend assumptions are particularly important when determining the Company’s benefit obligations and net periodic benefit costs associated with postemployment benefits.  Changes in these assumptions can impact the Company’s earnings before income taxes.  In determining the cost of postemployment benefits, certain assumptions are established annually to reflect market conditions and plan experience to appropriately reflect the expected costs as actuarially determined.  These assumptions include medical inflation trend rates, discount rates, employee turnover and mortality rates.  The Company predominantly uses liability durations in establishing its discount rates, which are observed from indices of high-grade corporate bond yields in the respective economic regions of the plans.  The expected return on plan assets is the weighted average long-term expected return based upon asset allocations and historic average returns for the markets where the assets are invested, principally in foreign locations.  The Company reports the funded status of its defined benefit pension and other postemployment benefit plans on its consolidated balance sheets as a net liability or asset.  Additional information related to the impact of changes in these assumptions is provided in Note 15, Benefit Plans.

Accruals for Self-Insured Losses

The Company maintains insurance for certain risks, including workers’ compensation, general liability, product liability and vehicle liability, and is self-insured for employee related healthcare benefits.  The Company accrues for the expected costs associated with these risks by considering historical claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other relevant information.  Costs are recognized in the period the claim is incurred, and the financial statement accruals include an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported.  The Company has stop-loss coverage to limit its exposure to any significant exposure on a per claim basis.

Litigation

The Company and its subsidiaries are from time to time parties to lawsuits arising out of their respective operations. The Company records liabilities when a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. These estimates are typically in the form of ranges, and the Company records the liabilities at the low point of the ranges, when no other point within the ranges are a better estimate of the probable loss. The ranges established by management are based on analysis made by internal and external legal counsel who considers information known at the time. If the Company determines a liability to be only reasonably possible, it considers the same information to estimate the possible exposure and discloses any material potential liability. These loss contingencies are monitored regularly for a change in fact or circumstance that would require an accrual adjustment. The Company believes it has estimated liabilities for probable losses appropriately in the past; however, the unpredictability of litigation and court decisions could cause a liability to be incurred in excess of estimates. Legal costs related to these lawsuits are expensed as incurred.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency for foreign operations, except for those in highly inflationary economies, generally has been determined to be the local currency.

Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated at foreign exchange rates on the balance sheet date; revenue and expenses are translated at the average year-to-date foreign exchange rates. The effects of these translation adjustments are reported in Equity within AOCI of the consolidated balance sheets. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company had gains of $1.7 million on its loans designated as hedges of net investments and translation losses of $187.2 million. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company had gains of $13.5 million on its loans designated as hedges of net investments and translation losses of $366.9 million.

Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the entity involved and remeasurement adjustments in countries with highly inflationary economies are included in income. Net foreign exchange transaction gains of $5.2 million and net foreign exchange transaction losses of $1.3 million and $9.0 million in 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively, are included in “Other expense (income), net” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue, net of related discounts and allowances, is recognized when the earnings process is complete. This occurs when products are shipped to or received by the customer in accordance with the terms of the agreement, title and risk of loss have been transferred, collectability is reasonably assured and pricing is fixed or determinable. Net sales include shipping and handling costs collected from customers in connection with the sale. Sales taxes, value added taxes and other similar types of taxes collected

67



from customers in connection with the sale are recorded by the Company on a net basis and are not included in the consolidated statement of operations.

Certain of the Company’s customers are offered cash rebates based on targeted sales increases. Estimates of rebates are based on the forecasted performance of the customer and their expected level of achievement within the rebate programs. In accounting for these rebate programs, the Company records an accrual as a reduction of net sales as sales take place over the period the rebate is earned. The Company updates the accruals for these rebate programs as actual results and updated forecasts impact the estimated achievement for customers within the rebate programs.

A portion of the Company’s net sales is comprised of sales of precious metals generated through its precious metal dental alloy product offerings. As the precious metal content of the Company’s sales is largely a pass-through to customers, the Company uses its cost of precious metal purchased as a proxy for the precious metal content of sales, as the precious metal content of sales is not separately tracked and invoiced to customers. The Company believes that it is reasonable to use the cost of precious metal content purchased in this manner since precious metal alloy sale prices are typically adjusted when the prices of underlying precious metals change. The precious metals content of sales was $92.8 million, $129.9 million and $179.1 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Cost of Products Sold

Cost of products sold represents costs directly related to the manufacture and distribution of the Company’s products. Primary costs include raw materials, packaging, direct labor, overhead, shipping and handling, warehousing and the depreciation of manufacturing, warehousing and distribution facilities. Overhead and related expenses include salaries, wages, employee benefits, utilities, lease costs, maintenance and property taxes.

Warranties

The Company provides warranties on certain equipment products. Estimated warranty costs are accrued when sales are made to customers. Estimates for warranty costs are based primarily on historical warranty claim experience. Warranty costs are included in “Cost of products sold” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses represent costs incurred in generating revenues and in managing the business of the Company. Such costs include advertising and other marketing expenses, salaries, employee benefits, incentive compensation, research and development, travel, office expenses, lease costs, amortization of capitalized software and depreciation of administrative facilities.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development (“R&D”) costs relate primarily to internal costs for salaries and direct overhead expenses. In addition, the Company contracts with outside vendors to conduct R&D activities. All such R&D costs are charged to expense when incurred. The Company capitalizes the costs of equipment that have general R&D uses and expenses such equipment that is solely for specific R&D projects. The depreciation expense related to this capitalized equipment is included in the Company’s R&D costs. R&D costs are included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and amounted to $74.9 million, $80.8 million and $85.1 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Stock Compensation

The Company recognizes the compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions in the financial statements. The cost of share-based payment transactions is measured at the grant date, based on the calculated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense over the employee’s requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity awards). The compensation cost is only recognized for the portion of the awards that are expected to vest.

Income Taxes

The Company’s tax expense includes U.S. and international income taxes plus the provision for U.S. taxes on undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries not deemed to be permanently invested. Tax credits and other incentives reduce tax expense in the year the credits are claimed. Certain items of income and expense are not reported in tax returns and financial statements in the same year. The tax effect of such temporary differences is reported as deferred income taxes. Deferred tax assets are

68



recognized if it is more likely than not that the assets will be realized in future years. The Company establishes a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets for which realization is not likely.

The Company applies a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company recognizes in the financial statements, the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing net earnings by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period, adjusted for the effect of an assumed exercise of all dilutive options outstanding at the end of the period.

Business Acquisitions

The Company acquires businesses as well as partial interests in businesses. Acquired businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting which requires the Company to record assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their respective fair values with the excess of the purchase price over estimated fair values recorded as goodwill. The assumptions made in determining the fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities as well as asset lives can materially impact the results of operations.

The Company obtains information during due diligence and through other sources to establish respective fair values. Examples of factors and information that the Company uses to determine the fair values include: tangible and intangible asset evaluations and appraisals; evaluations of existing contingencies and liabilities and product line information. If the initial valuation for an acquisition is incomplete by the end of the quarter in which the acquisition occurred, the Company will record a provisional estimate in the financial statements. The provisional estimate will be finalized as soon as information becomes available but will only occur up to one year from the acquisition date.

Equity Method Investments

Investments in partnerships, joint ventures and less-than-majority-owned subsidiaries in which the Company has significant influence are accounted for under the equity method.

Equity investments are carried at original cost adjusted for the proportionate share of the investees’ income, losses and distributions. The Company assesses the carrying value of its equity investments when an indicator of a loss in value is present and records a loss in value of the investment when the assessment indicates that an other-than-temporary decline in the investment exists.

The Company classifies its equity in net earnings of unconsolidated affiliates in the Consolidated Statements of Operations under the title of “Equity in net (loss) income of unconsolidated affiliated company.”

Noncontrolling Interests

The Company reports noncontrolling interest (“NCI”) in a subsidiary as a separate component of Equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Additionally, the Company reports the portion of net income and comprehensive income (loss) attributed to the Company and NCI separately in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company also includes a separate column for NCI in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity.

Variable Interest Entities

The Company consolidates all VIE where the Company has determined that it has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and shares in either the significant risks or rewards of the VIE. The Company continually reassesses VIE to determine if consolidation is appropriate.

Segment Reporting

The Company has numerous operating businesses covering a wide range of products and geographic regions, primarily serving the professional dental market and to a lesser extent the consumable medical device market. Professional dental products

69



represented approximately 88% of sales for each of the years ended 2015, 2014 and 2013. The Company has three reportable segments and a description of the activities within these segments is included in Note 5, Segment and Geographic Information.

Fair Value Measurement

Recurring Basis

The Company records certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with the accounting guidance, which defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The accounting guidance establishes a hierarchal disclosure framework associated with the level of pricing observability utilized in measuring financial instruments at fair value. The three broad levels defined by the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1 - Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reported date.

Level 2 - Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable reported date. The nature of these financial instruments include, derivative instruments whose fair value have been derived using a model where inputs to the model are directly observable in the market, or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 - Instruments that have little to no pricing observability as of the reported date. These financial instruments do not have two-way markets and are measured using management’s best estimate of fair value, where the inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation.

The degree of judgment utilized in measuring the fair value of certain financial assets and liabilities generally correlates to the level of pricing observability. Pricing observability is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of financial instrument. Financial assets and liabilities with readily available active quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices generally will have a higher degree of pricing observability and a lesser degree of judgment utilized in measuring fair value. Conversely, financial assets and liabilities rarely traded or not quoted will generally have less, or no pricing observability and a higher degree of judgment utilized in measuring fair value.

The Company primarily applies the market approach for recurring fair value measurements and endeavors to utilize the best available information. Accordingly, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Additionally, the Company considers its credit risks and its counterparties’ credit risks when determining the fair values of its financial assets and liabilities. The Company has presented the required disclosures in Note 18, Fair Value Measurement.

Non-Recurring Basis

When events or circumstances require an asset or liability to be fair valued that otherwise is generally recorded based on another valuation method, such as, net realizable value, the Company will utilize the valuation techniques described above.

Reclassification of Prior Years Amounts

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year’s data in order to conform to current year presentation. Specifically, during the first quarter of 2015, the Company realigned reporting responsibilities for multiple locations as a result of changes to the management reporting structure.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-08, “Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity.” This newly issued accounting standard changes the criteria for determining which disposals can be presented as discontinued operations and modifies related disclosure requirements. This standard will have the impact of reducing the frequency of disposals reported as discontinued operations, by requiring such a disposal to represent a strategic shift that has or will have a major effect on entity’s operations and financial results. Additionally, existing provisions that prohibit an entity from reporting a discontinued operation if it has certain continuing cash flows or involvement with the component after a disposal are eliminated by this standard. The ASU also expands the

70



disclosures for discontinued operations and requires new disclosures related to individually significant disposals that do not qualify as discontinued operations. The Company adopted this accounting standard for the quarter ended March 31, 2015. The adoption of this standard did not materially impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” that seeks to provide a single, comprehensive revenue recognition model for all contracts with customers that improve comparability within industries, across industries and across capital markets. Under this standard, an entity should recognize revenue for the transfer of goods or services equal to the amount it expects to be entitled to receive for those goods or services. Enhanced disclosure requirements regarding the nature, timing and uncertainty of revenue and related cash flows exist. To assist entities in applying the standard, a five step model for recognizing and measuring revenue from contracts with customers has been introduced. Entities have the option to apply the new guidance retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented (full retrospective approach) or retrospectively with a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings for initial application of the guidance at the date of initial adoption (modified retrospective method). On July 9, 2015 the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, deferring the effective date by one year to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The Company expects to adopt this accounting standard for the quarter ended March 31, 2018. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU No. 2014-09 may have on their financial positions, results of operations, cash flows and disclosures, as well as, the transition method they will use to adopt the guidance.

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-01, “Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items” This newly issued accounting standard eliminates from generally accepted accounting principles the concept of Extraordinary items, events or transactions that are unusual in nature and occur infrequently. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company will adopt this accounting standard for the quarter ended March 31, 2016. The adoption of this standard will not materially impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.” This newly issued accounting standard requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct reduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability. Retrospective application is required. The amendments in this standard are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this standard for the quarter ended June 30, 2015, applying retrospective application to the period presented below. The following is a summary of the adjustment to the financial statement line items impacted by this accounting update:
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
 
As Reported
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Line Item
 
Balance
 
Adjustment
 
Adjusted Balance
Other noncurrent assets, net
 
$
94.4

 
$
(3.8
)
 
$
90.6

Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt
 
112.8

 
(1.0
)
 
111.8

Long-term debt
 
1,152.9

 
(2.8
)
 
1,150.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, “Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory.” This newly issued accounting standard requires that an entity measure inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value, as opposed to the lower of cost or market value. Net realizable value is defined as the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Excluded from this update are the Last In First Out (“LIFO”) and retail inventory methods of accounting for inventory. The amendments in this standard are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Prospective application is required for presentation purposes. The adoption of this standard is not expected to materially impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU No.2015-16, “Simplifying Accounting for Measurement Period Adjustments.” This newly issued accounting standard seeks to simplify the accounting related to Business Combinations. Current US GAAP requires retrospective adjustment for provisional amounts recognized during the measurement periods when facts and circumstances that existed at the measurement date, if known, would have affected the measurement of the accounts initially recognized. This standard eliminates the requirement for retrospective adjustments and requires adjustments to the Financial Statements as needed in current period earnings for the full effect of changes. The adoption of this standard is required for interim and fiscal periods ending after December 15, 2015 and is not permitted to be adopted retrospectively. The Company will incorporate

71



this standard into the accounting and reporting for all future business combinations that take place once the standard becomes effective.
In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, “Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes.” This newly issued accounting standard seeks to simplify the accounting related to deferred income taxes. Current US GAAP requires an entity to separate deferred tax assets (“DTAs”) and deferred tax liabilities (“DTLs”) into current and noncurrent amounts for each tax jurisdiction based on the classification of the related asset or liability for financial reporting. DTAs and DTLs not related to assets and liabilities for financial reporting are classified based on the expected reversal date. The new standard requires DTAs or DTLs for each tax jurisdictions to be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. The adoption of this standard is required for interim and fiscal periods ending after December 15, 2016 and is permitted to be adopted prospectively or retrospectively. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this standard may have on their financial positions and disclosures.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, “Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.” This newly issued accounting standard seeks to enhance the reporting model for financial instruments to provide users of financial statements with more decision-useful information as well as to improve and achieve convergence of the FASB and IASB standards on the accounting for financial instruments. The amendments allow equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values to be remeasured at fair value either upon the occurrence of an observable price change or upon identification of an impairment. It also requires enhanced disclosures about those investments and reduces the number of items that are recognized in other comprehensive income. The adoption of this standard is required for interim and fiscal periods ending after December 15, 2017 and should be applied by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this standard may have on their financial positions, results of operations, cash flows and disclosures.
NOTE 2 - EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share:
(in millions, except for per share amounts) 
Net income
attributable to
DENTSPLY
International
 
Shares
 
Earnings per
common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
251.2

 
140.0

 
$
1.79

Incremental shares from assumed exercise of dilutive options and RSUs


 
2.5

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted
251.2

 
142.5

 
$
1.76

 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 

 
 

 
 

Basic
322.9

 
141.7

 
$
2.28

Incremental shares from assumed exercise of dilutive options and RSUs


 
2.5

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted
322.9

 
144.2

 
$
2.24

 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 

 
 

 
 

Basic
313.2

 
142.7

 
$
2.20

Incremental shares from assumed exercise of dilutive options and RSUs


 
2.3

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted
313.2

 
145.0

 
$
2.16


The calculation of weighted average diluted shares outstanding excludes stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) of 0.9 million, 1.0 million and 2.3 million shares of common stock that were outstanding during the years ended 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, from the computation of diluted earnings per common share since their effect would be antidilutive.






72


NOTE 3 - COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

AOCI includes foreign currency translation adjustments related to the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, net of the related changes in certain financial instruments hedging these foreign currency investments. In addition, changes in the Company’s fair value of certain derivative financial instruments, net unrealized holding gain on available-for-sale securities and pension liability adjustments and prior service costs, net are recorded in AOCI. These changes are recorded in AOCI net of any related tax adjustments. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, these tax adjustments were $169.3 million, $195.4 million and $205.1 million, respectively, primarily related to foreign currency translation adjustments.

The cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments included translation losses of $307.5 million and $117.1 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and which included losses of $93.7 million and $95.4 million, respectively, on loans designated as hedges of net investments.

Changes in AOCI by component for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:
(in millions)
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments
 
Gain and (Loss) on Derivative Financial Instruments Designated as Cash Flow Hedges
 
Gain and (Loss) on Derivative Financial Instruments
 
Net Unrealized Holding Gain (Loss) on Available-for-Sale Securities
 
Pension Liability Adjustments
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, net of tax, at December 31, 2014
$
(212.5
)
 
$
(10.8
)
 
$
(112.7
)
 
$
8.5

 
$
(113.6
)
 
$
(441.1
)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications and tax impact
(178.0
)
 
22.1

 
4.5

 
(6.8
)
 
39.9

 
(118.3
)
Tax (expense) benefit
(9.5
)
 
(3.3
)
 
(2.0
)
 
2.0

 
(13.3
)
 
(26.1
)
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax, before reclassifications
(187.5
)
 
18.8

 
2.5

 
(4.8
)
 
26.6

 
(144.4
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
(1.2
)
 
(9.2
)
 

 
(3.7
)
 
5.6

 
(8.5
)
Net (decrease) increase in other comprehensive income
(188.7
)
 
9.6

 
2.5

 
(8.5
)
 
32.2

 
(152.9
)
Balance, net of tax, at December 31, 2015
$
(401.2
)
 
$
(1.2
)
 
$
(110.2
)
 
$

 
$
(81.4
)
 
$
(594.0
)


73


(in millions)
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments
 
Gain and (Loss) on Derivative Financial Instruments Designated as Cash Flow Hedges
 
Gain and (Loss) on Derivative Financial Instruments
 
Net Unrealized Holding Gain (Loss) on Available-for-Sale Securities
 
Pension Liability Adjustments
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, net of tax, at December 31, 2013
$
141.0

 
$
(21.8
)
 
$
(151.1
)
 
$
12.7

 
$
(49.9
)
 
$
(69.1
)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications and tax impact
(336.2
)
 
3.9

 
62.4

 
(6.1
)
 
(89.6
)
 
(365.6
)
Tax (expense) benefit
(11.8
)
 
0.1

 
(24.0
)
 
1.9

 
24.1

 
(9.7
)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, before reclassifications
(348.0
)
 
4.0

 
38.4

 
(4.2
)
 
(65.5
)
 
(375.3
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 
7.0

 

 

 
1.8

 
8.8

Net (decrease) increase in other comprehensive income
(348.0
)
 
11.0

 
38.4

 
(4.2
)
 
(63.7
)
 
(366.5
)
Foreign currency translation related to acquisition of noncontrolling interest
(5.5
)
 

 

 

 

 
(5.5
)
Balance, net of tax, at December 31, 2014
$
(212.5
)
 
$
(10.8
)
 
$
(112.7
)
 
$
8.5

 
$
(113.6
)
 
$
(441.1
)































74


Reclassification out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Details about AOCI Components
 
Amounts Reclassified from AOCI
Affected Line Item in the
Statements of Operations
 
Year Ended December, 31
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Realized foreign currency gain on liquidation of foreign subsidiary:
Foreign currency translation adjustment
 
$
1.2

 
$

 
$

Other expense (income), net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gains and (loss) on derivative financial instruments:
Interest rate swaps
 
$
(10.1
)
 
$
(3.7
)
 
$
(3.7
)
Interest expense
Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
18.0

 
(6.4
)
 
1.2

Cost of products sold
Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
0.6

 
(0.1
)
 
(0.1
)
SG&A expenses
Commodity contracts
 
(0.5
)
 
(0.5
)
 
(0.3
)
Cost of products sold
 
 
8.0

 
(10.7
)
 
(2.9
)
Net gain (loss) before tax
 
 
1.2

 
3.7

 
0.9

Tax benefit
 
 
$
9.2

 
$
(7.0
)
 
$
(2.0
)
Net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Realized gain on available-for-sale securities:
Available -for-sale-securities
 
$
5.1

 
$

 
$

Other expense (income), net
 
 
(1.4
)
 

 

Tax expense
 
 
$
3.7

 
$

 
$

Net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of defined benefit pension and other postemployment benefit items:
Amortization of prior service benefits
 
$
0.2

 
$
0.1

 
$
0.1

(a)
Amortization of net actuarial losses
 
(8.0
)
 
(2.9
)
 
(5.5
)
(a)
 
 
(7.8
)
 
(2.8
)
 
(5.4
)
Net loss before tax
 
 
2.2

 
1.0

 
1.6

Tax benefit
 
 
$
(5.6
)
 
$
(1.8
)
 
$
(3.8
)
Net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total reclassifications for the period
 
$
8.5

 
$
(8.8
)

$
(5.8
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a) These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively (see Note 15, Benefit Plans, for additional details).

NOTE 4 - BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

Business Combinations

2015 Transactions

On September 15, 2015, the Company and Sirona Dental Systems, Inc. (“Sirona”) announced that the Board of Directors of both companies had unanimously approved a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) under which the companies will combine in an all-stock merger of equals. Sirona develops, manufactures and markets several lines of dental products including CAD/CAM restoration systems, digital intra-oral, panoramic and 3D imaging systems, dental treatment centers and instruments. The Merger Agreement provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company will merge with and into Sirona, with Sirona surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Upon completion of the merger, the Company's name will be changed to Dentsply Sirona Inc. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, if the merger is completed, each outstanding share of Sirona common stock will be converted into the right to receive 1.8142 shares of common stock of the Company, with cash paid in lieu of any fractional shares of common stock of the Company that a Sirona stockholder would otherwise have been entitled to receive.


75



The Merger Agreement contains certain termination rights for both the Company and Sirona, including if the merger is not consummated on or before March 15, 2016 (which is subject to extension under certain circumstances but generally not beyond December 15, 2016).  The Merger Agreement further provides that, upon termination of the Merger Agreement under specified circumstances, including termination of the Merger Agreement by the Company or Sirona as a result of an adverse change in the recommendation of the other party’s board of directors, (i) the Company may be required to pay a termination fee of $280.0 million to Sirona and Sirona may be required to pay a termination fee of $205.0 million to the Company and (ii) either company may be required to reimburse the other company for merger-related expenses of up to $15.0 million.

On January 11, 2016, the respective stockholders of the Company and Sirona approved the proposed transaction. The transaction, which is expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2016, remains subject to the receipt of certain regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions.

In October 2015, the Company purchased a South American-based manufacturer of dental laboratory products for $51.1 million. The Company recorded $31.3 million of goodwill related to the difference between the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the consideration given for the acquisitions. The results of operations for this business have been included in the accompanying financial statements as of the effective date of the respective transactions. This transaction was immaterial to the Company’s net sales and net income attributable to DENTSPLY.

2014 Transactions

On January 1, 2014, the Company recorded a liability for the contractual purchase of the remaining shares of one noncontrolling interest. The Company paid $80.4 million to settle this obligation during the first quarter of 2015.

In addition during 2014 the Company had one acquisition and divestitures of two non-core product lines. These transactions were immaterial to the Company’s net sales and net income attributable to DENTSPLY.

2013 Transactions

In November 2013, the Company purchased a Hong Kong-based direct dental selling organization and certain assets of a professional dental consumable New Zealand-based manufacturer. Total purchase price related to these two acquisitions was $61.5 million. The Company recorded $51.4 million in goodwill related to the difference between the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the consideration given for the acquisitions. The results of operations for these business have been included in the accompanying financial statements as of the effective date of the respective transactions. These transactions were immaterial to the Company’s net sales and net income attributable to DENTSPLY.

Additionally during the year, the Company paid $9.0 million to purchase the remaining outstanding shares of a consolidated subsidiary. As a result of the transaction, the Company recorded a decrease in noncontrolling interest of $5.0 million and a reduction to additional paid in capital of $3.9 million for the excess of the purchase price above the carrying value of the noncontrolling interest.

Investment in Affiliates

On December 9, 2010, the Company purchased an initial ownership interest of 17% of the outstanding shares of DIO Corporation (“DIO”). In addition, on December 9, 2010, the Company invested $49.7 million in the corporate convertible bonds of DIO, which were permitted to be converted into common shares at any time. The bonds were designated by the Company as available-for-sale securities which are reported in, “Prepaid expenses and other current assets,” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2014 and the changes in fair value were reported in AOCI. The contractual maturity of the bonds was December 2015. The Company had recorded the ownership in DIO under the equity method of accounting as it had significant influence over DIO.

In September 2015, the Company sold the bonds at face value. The Company recorded an unrealized holding loss, net of tax, of $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. As a result of sale of the bonds, the Company recorded $3.7 million, net of tax, of realized foreign currency gains in “Other expense (income), net,” in the the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. The fair value of the DIO bonds was $57.7 million at December 31, 2014. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, a cumulative unrealized holding gain of $8.5 million and $12.7 million, respectively, was recorded on available-for-sale securities, net of tax in AOCI.

As part of the disposition of the convertible bonds, the Company requested to relinquish its two board seats on the DIO Board of Directors. At December 31, 2015, the Company no longer has representation on the DIO Board of Directors and as a result the

76



Company no longer has significant influence on the operations of DIO. In addition, the buyers of the convertible bonds exercised the conversion rights which resulted in DIO issuing additional shares and diluting the Company’s ownership position to 13%. As a result of these changes the Company now uses the cost-basis method of accounting for the remaining direct investment. The book value of the Company’s direct investment in DIO is $8.5 million at December 31, 2015 and is included in “Other noncurrent assets, net,” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. At December 31, 2015, the fair value of the direct investment is $49.3 million.

NOTE 5 - SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The operating businesses are combined into operating groups, which generally have overlapping product offerings, geographical presence, customer bases, distribution channels, and regulatory oversight. These operating groups are considered the Company’s reportable segments as the Company’s chief operating decision-maker regularly reviews financial results at the operating group level and uses this information to manage the Company’s operations. The Company evaluates performance of the segments based on the groups’ net third party sales, excluding precious metal content, and segment income. The Company defines net third party sales excluding precious metal content as the Company’s net sales excluding the precious metal cost within the products sold, and this is considered a non-US GAAP measure. The Company’s exclusion of precious metal content in the measurement of net third party sales enhances comparability of performance between periods as it excludes the fluctuating market prices of the precious metal content. The Company defines segment income as net operating income after the assignment of certain direct corporate costs and before restructuring and other costs, interest expense, interest income, other expense (income), net and provision for income taxes. A description of the products and services provided within each of the Company’s three reportable segments is provided below.

Significant interdependencies exist among the Company’s operations in certain geographic areas. Inter-segment sales are at prices intended to provide a reasonable profit to the manufacturing unit after recovery of all manufacturing costs and to provide a reasonable profit for purchasing locations after coverage of marketing and general and administrative costs.

During the first quarter of 2015, the Company realigned reporting responsibilities for multiple locations as a result of changes to the management structure. The segment information below reflects the revised structure for all periods shown.

Dental Consumables, Endodontic and Dental Laboratory Businesses

This segment includes responsibility for the design and manufacture of the Company’s chairside consumable products. It also has responsibilities for sales and distribution of certain small equipment and chairside consumable products in the United States, Germany and certain other European regions as well as responsibility for the sales and distribution of certain endodontic products in Germany and certain other European regions. In addition, this segment is responsible for the design, manufacture, sales and distribution of most of the Company’s dental laboratory products. This segment is also responsible for the design, manufacture, worldwide distribution and sales of certain non-dental products, excluding urological and surgery-related products.

Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses

This segment is responsible for the worldwide design, manufacture, sales and distribution of the Company’s healthcare products, primarily urological and surgery-related products, throughout most of the world. This segment also includes responsibility for the design, manufacture, sales and distribution of orthodontic and implant products, in most regions of the world. Additionally, this segment is also responsible for the sales and distribution of most of the Company’s other dental products, including most dental consumables within Canada.

Select Developed and Emerging Markets Businesses

This segment has responsibilities for sales and distribution of chairside consumable, endodontic and dental laboratory products within certain European regions, Japan and Australia. This segment also includes the responsibility for the sales and distribution of most of the Company’s dental products, including most dental consumables, sold in Eastern Europe, Middle East, South America, Latin America including Mexico, Asia and Africa.








77



The following table sets forth information about the Company’s segments for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.
Third Party Net Sales
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dental Consumables, Endodontic and Dental Laboratory Businesses
$
1,223.3

 
$
1,308.8

 
$
1,346.1

Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses
969.1

 
1,067.5

 
1,059.9

Select Developed and Emerging Markets Businesses
481.9

 
546.3

 
544.8

Total net sales
$
2,674.3

 
$
2,922.6

 
$
2,950.8

.

Third Party Net Sales, Excluding Precious Metal Content
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dental Consumables, Endodontic and Dental Laboratory Businesses
$
1,155.6

 
$
1,208.1

 
$
1,197.1

Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses
968.5

 
1,066.7

 
1,059.0

Select Developed and Emerging Markets Businesses
457.4

 
517.9

 
515.6

Total net sales, excluding precious metal content
$
2,581.5

 
$
2,792.7

 
$
2,771.7

Precious metal content of sales
92.8

 
129.9

 
179.1

Total net sales, including precious metal content
$
2,674.3

 
$
2,922.6

 
$
2,950.8



Intersegment Net Sales
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dental Consumables, Endodontic and Dental Laboratory Businesses
$
337.3

 
$
346.9

 
$
344.1

Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses
7.4

 
6.8

 
8.4

Select Developed and Emerging Markets Businesses
13.3

 
12.8

 
14.6

All Other (a)
214.6

 
239.2

 
243.1

Eliminations
(572.6
)
 
(605.7
)
 
(610.2
)
Total
$

 
$

 
$

(a)
Includes amounts recorded at Corporate headquarters and one distribution warehouse not managed by named segments.

Depreciation and Amortization
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dental Consumables, Endodontic and Dental Laboratory Businesses
$
46.6

 
$
44.6

 
$
43.1

Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses
65.4

 
73.8

 
73.1

Select Developed and Emerging Markets Businesses
4.3

 
5.3

 
5.6

All Other (b)
6.6

 
5.4

 
6.1

Total
$
122.9

 
$
129.1

 
$
127.9

(b)
Includes amounts recorded at Corporate headquarters.


78



Segment Operating Income (Loss)
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dental Consumables, Endodontic and Dental Laboratory Businesses
$
411.3

 
$
405.0

 
$
401.0

Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses
121.7

 
126.6

 
105.9

Select Developed and Emerging Markets Businesses
(9.4
)
 
(1.4
)
 
(4.3
)
Segment Operating Income
523.6

 
530.2

 
502.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciling Items (income) expense:
 

 
 

 
 

All Other operating loss (c)
83.7

 
73.5

 
70.0

Restructuring and other costs
64.7

 
11.1

 
13.4

Interest expense
55.9

 
46.9

 
49.6

Interest income
(2.2
)
 
(5.6
)
 
(8.1
)
Other expense (income), net
(8.2
)
 
(0.1
)
 
8.4

Income before income taxes
$
329.7

 
$
404.4

 
$
369.3

(c)
Includes results of Corporate headquarters, inter-segment eliminations and one distribution warehouse not managed by named segments.

Capital Expenditures
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dental Consumables, Endodontic and Dental Laboratory Businesses
$
27.0

 
$
48.9

 
$
45.0

Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses
28.3

 
34.8

 
41.2

Select Developed and Emerging Markets Businesses
5.9

 
7.4

 
8.8

All Other (d)
10.8

 
8.5

 
5.3

Total
$
72.0

 
$
99.6

 
$
100.3

(d)
Includes capital expenditures of Corporate headquarters.

Assets
 
 
 
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
 
Dental Consumables, Endodontic and Dental Laboratory Businesses
$
1,355.7

 
$
1,358.0

Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses
2,370.6

 
2,655.6

Select Developed and Emerging Markets Businesses
355.5

 
369.9

All Other (e)
321.1

 
263.0

Total
$
4,402.9

 
$
4,646.5

(e)
Includes assets of Corporate headquarters, inter-segment eliminations and one distribution warehouse not managed by named segments.

Geographic Information

The following table sets forth information about the Company’s operations in different geographic areas for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. Net sales reported below represent revenues for shipments made by operating businesses located in the country or territory identified, including export sales. Property, plant and equipment, net, represents those long-lived assets held by the operating businesses located in the respective geographic areas.

79



(in millions)
United
States
 
Germany
 
Sweden
 
Other
Foreign
 
Consolidated
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
$
1,027.4

 
$
472.8

 
$
42.3

 
$
1,131.8

 
$
2,674.3

Property, plant and equipment, net
178.5

 
92.1

 
92.3

 
195.9

 
558.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

Net sales
$
1,015.9

 
$
541.8

 
$
48.9

 
$
1,316.0

 
$
2,922.6

Property, plant and equipment, net
170.8

 
109.3

 
103.9

 
204.8

 
588.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

Net sales
$
1,011.6

 
$
559.1

 
$
57.5

 
$
1,322.6

 
$
2,950.8

Property, plant and equipment, net
158.7

 
129.7

 
134.1

 
214.7

 
637.2


Product and Customer Information

The following table presents net sales information by product category:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dental consumables products
$
751.5

 
$
787.9

 
$
777.9

Dental laboratory products
333.7

 
409.0

 
472.1

Dental specialty products
1,273.6

 
1,364.4

 
1,347.4

Consumable medical device products
315.5

 
361.3

 
353.4

Total net sales
$
2,674.3

 
$
2,922.6

 
$
2,950.8


Dental Consumable Products

Dental consumable products consist of value added dental supplies and small equipment products used in dental offices for the treatment of patients. DENTSPLY’s products in this category include dental anesthetics, prophylaxis paste, dental sealants, impression materials, restorative materials, tooth whiteners and topical fluoride. The Company manufactures thousands of different consumable products marketed under more than a hundred brand names. Small equipment products consist of various durable goods used in dental offices for treatment of patients. DENTSPLY’s small equipment products include dental handpieces, intraoral curing light systems, dental diagnostic systems and ultrasonic scalers and polishers.

Dental Laboratory Products

Dental laboratory products are used in dental laboratories in the preparation of dental appliances. DENTSPLY’s products in this category include dental prosthetics, including artificial teeth, precious metal dental alloys, dental ceramics, crown and bridge materials. Equipment products in this category includes computer aided design and machining (CAD/CAM) ceramic systems and porcelain furnaces.

Dental Specialty Products

Dental specialty products are specialized treatment products used within the dental office and laboratory settings. DENTSPLY’s products in this category include endodontic (root canal) instruments and materials, implants and related products, 3D digital scanning and treatment planning software, dental and orthodontic appliances and accessories.

Consumable Medical Device Products

Consumable medical device products consist mainly of urology catheters, certain surgical products, medical drills and other non-medical products.


80



One customer, Henry Schein Incorporated, a dental distributor, accounted for more than ten percent of consolidated net sales in 2015. For the years ended 2014, and 2013, the Company had no single customer that represented ten percent or more of DENTSPLY’s consolidated net sales. Third party export sales from the U.S. are less than ten percent of consolidated net sales.

NOTE 6 - OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME), NET

Other expense (income), net, consists of the following:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange transaction (gains) losses
$
(5.2
)
 
$
1.3

 
$
9.0

Other (income) expense, net
(3.0
)
 
(1.4
)
 
(0.6
)
  Total other expense (income), net
$
(8.2
)
 
$
(0.1
)
 
$
8.4


Foreign exchange transaction gains for the year ended December 31, 2015, included approximately $5.1 million foreign currency gain on the sale of a convertible bond. Foreign exchange transaction losses for the year ended December 31, 2014, included approximately $1.1 million of interest income and fair value gains on non-designated hedges. Foreign exchange transaction losses for the year ended December 31, 2013, included approximately $6.9 million of interest expense and fair value losses on non-designated hedges.
NOTE 7 - INVENTORIES, NET

Inventories, net, consist of the following:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
 
Finished goods
$
218.2

 
$
253.3

Work-in-process
52.3

 
58.3

Raw materials and supplies
69.9

 
75.5

  Inventories, net
$
340.4

 
$
387.1


The Company’s inventory valuation reserve was $36.3 million and $34.1 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

NOTE 8 - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property, plant and equipment, net, consist of the following
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
 
Assets, at cost:
 
 
 
Land
$
38.5

 
$
41.7

Buildings and improvements
400.4

 
392.2

Machinery and equipment
846.7

 
854.1

Construction in progress
57.1

 
82.4

 
1,342.7

 
1,370.4

Less: Accumulated depreciation
783.9

 
781.6

Property, plant and equipment, net
$
558.8

 
$
588.8


NOTE 9 - GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The Company performed the required annual impairment tests of goodwill at April 30, 2015 on sixteen reporting units. To determine the fair value of the Company’s reporting units, the Company uses a discounted cash flow model with market-based support as its valuation technique to measure the fair value for its reporting units. The discounted cash flow model uses five-year

81



forecasted cash flows plus a terminal value based on a multiple of earnings. In addition, the Company applies gross margin and operating expense assumptions consistent with historical trends. The total cash flows were discounted based on a range between 7.6% to 12.5%, which included assumptions regarding the Company’s weighted-average cost of capital. The Company considered the current market conditions both in the U.S. and globally, when determining its assumptions. Lastly, the Company reconciled the aggregated fair values of its reporting units to its market capitalization, which included a reasonable control premium based on market conditions. As a result of the annual impairment tests of goodwill, no impairment was identified. The Company has no accumulated goodwill impairment.

Impairments of identifiable definite-lived and indefinite-lived intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $3.7 million. There were no impairments of identifiable definite-lived and indefinite-lived intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2014. Impairments of identifiable definite-lived and indefinite-lived intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $2.0 million. Impairments of intangible assets is included in “Restructuring and other costs” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

A reconciliation of changes in the Company’s goodwill by segment and in total are as follows (the segment information below reflects the current structure for all periods shown):
(in millions)
Dental Consumables, Endodontic and Dental Laboratory Businesses
 
Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses
 
Select Developed and Emerging Markets Businesses
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
574.0

 
$
1,564.5

 
$
143.1

 
$
2,281.6

Acquisition activity
3.7

 

 

 
3.7

Adjustment of provisional amounts on prior acquisitions

 
(0.9
)
 

 
(0.9
)
Effect of exchange rate changes
(12.0
)
 
(169.2
)
 
(13.9
)
 
(195.1
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
565.7

 
$
1,394.4

 
$
129.2

 
$
2,089.3

Acquisition activity
31.3

 

 

 
31.3

Effect of exchange rate changes
(8.7
)
 
(111.2
)
 
(13.1
)
 
(133.0
)
Balance, at December 31, 2015
$
588.3

 
$
1,283.2

 
$
116.1

 
$
1,987.6


Identifiable definite-lived and indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of the following:
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions) 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Patents
$
164.8

 
$
(95.0
)
 
$
69.8

 
$
175.2

 
$
(95.5
)
 
$
79.7

Trademarks
67.0

 
(36.0
)
 
31.0

 
75.6

 
(37.1
)
 
38.5

Licensing agreements
33.7

 
(24.9
)
 
8.8

 
34.6

 
(22.8
)
 
11.8

Customer relationships
437.7

 
(125.4
)
 
312.3

 
452.9

 
(104.7
)
 
348.2

Total definite-lived
$
703.2

 
$
(281.3
)
 
$
421.9

 
$
738.3

 
$
(260.1
)
 
$
478.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trademarks and In-process R&D
$
178.8

 
$

 
$
178.8

 
$
192.6

 
$

 
$
192.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total identifiable intangible assets
$
882.0

 
$
(281.3
)
 
$
600.7

 
$
930.9

 
$
(260.1
)
 
$
670.8


Amortization expense for identifiable definite-lived intangible assets for 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $43.8 million, $47.9 million and $46.2 million, respectively. The annual estimated amortization expense related to these intangible assets for each of the five succeeding fiscal years is $46.0 million, $44.7 million, $43.2 million, $42.8 million and $42.4 million for 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.


82




NOTE 10 - PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
 
Deferred taxes
$
70.4

 
$
78.7

Fair value of derivatives
28.1

 
36.2

Prepaid expenses
24.1

 
33.9

Deposits
14.8

 
16.0

Corporate bonds

 
57.7

Other current assets
34.4

 
19.2

  Prepaid expenses and other current assets
$
171.8

 
$
241.7


NOTE 11 - ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consist of the following:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
 
Payroll, commissions, bonuses, other cash compensation and employee benefits
$
110.0

 
$
113.8

Sales and marketing programs
43.3

 
43.7

Restructuring costs
35.4

 
9.3

Accrued vacation and holidays
26.1

 
27.8

Professional and legal costs
14.3

 
14.9

General insurance
13.5

 
13.1

Current portion of derivatives
11.0

 
8.3

Accrued interest
8.9

 
12.0

Third party royalties
8.5

 
10.9

Accrued travel expenses
5.6

 
2.8

Warranty liabilities
3.8

 
4.0

Accrued property taxes
2.7

 
5.2

Deferred income
2.2

 
3.5

Accrued medical device excise tax
2.2

 
2.0

Payment due on noncontrolling interest

 
88.9

Other
22.6

 
19.0

  Accrued liabilities
$
310.1

 
$
379.2



83



NOTE 12 - FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

Short-Term Debt

Short-term debt consisted of the following:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
Principal
 
Interest
 
Principal
 
Interest
(in millions except percentage amounts)
 
Balance
 
Rate
 
Balance
 
Rate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brazil short-term loans
 
$
2.5

 
15.1
%
 
$
1.3

 
2.4
%
Other short-term loans
 
0.4

 
2.8
%
 
1.7

 
3.9
%
Add: Current portion of long-term debt
 
9.2

 
 
 
109.8

 
 
Less: Current portion of deferred financing costs
 

 
 
 
1.0

 
 
  Total short-term debt
 
$
12.1

 
 
 
$
111.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
 
 
2014
 
 
Maximum month-end short-term debt outstanding during the year
 
$
453.2

 
 
 
$
445.2

 
 
Average amount of short-term debt outstanding during the year
 
265.3

 
 
 
270.0

 
 
Weighted-average interest rate on short-term debt at year-end
 
 
 
13.4
%
 
 
 
3.8
%
Short-Term Borrowings

The Company has a $500.0 million commercial paper facility. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no outstanding borrowings under this facility. The average balance outstanding for the commercial paper facility during the year ended December 31, 2015 was $46.4 million.
















84



Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
Principal
 
Interest
 
Principal
 
Interest
(in millions except percentage amounts)
 
Balance
 
Rate
 
Balance
 
Rate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private placement notes $250.0 million due February 2016
 
$
75.1

 
4.1
%
 
$
175.7

 
4.1
%
Fixed rate senior notes $300.0 million due August 2016
 
299.9

 
2.8
%
 
299.9

 
2.8
%
Term loan Swiss francs denominated due September 2016
 
64.9

 
0.3
%
 
65.4

 
1.1
%
Term loan Japanese yen denominated due September 2019
 
104.4

 
0.8
%
 
104.7

 
0.8
%
Term loan $175.0 million due August 2020
 
157.5

 
1.5
%
 
166.2

 
1.4
%
Fixed rate senior notes $450 million due August 2021
 
295.6

 
4.1
%
 
449.0

 
4.1
%
Private placement notes 25.0 million Swiss franc due December 2025
 
25.0

 
0.9
%
 

 
%
Private placement notes 97.0 million euros due December 2025
 
105.3

 
2.0
%
 

 
%
Private placement notes 8.0 million Swiss franc due December 2027
 
7.5

 
1.0
%
 

 
%
Private placement notes 15.0 million euros due December 2027
 
16.3

 
2.2
%
 

 
%
Other borrowings, various currencies and rates
 
2.0

 
 
 
1.8

 
 
 
 
$
1,153.5

 
 
 
$
1,262.7

 
 
Less: Current portion
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(included in “Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets)
 
9.2

 
 
 
109.8

 
 
Less: Long-term portion of deferred financing costs
 
3.3

 
 
 
2.8

 
 
Long-term portion
 
$
1,141.0

 
 
 
$
1,150.1

 
 

The Company has a $500.0 million five-year revolving credit agreement with participation from twelve banks, which was amended in July 2015 to extend the maturity date to July 2020. The Company is able to borrow up to $500.0 million through July 23, 2019 and up to $452.0 million through July 23, 2020. This revolving credit agreement serves as back-up credit to the $500.0 million commercial paper facility. Amounts outstanding under the commercial paper facility, if any, reduce amounts available under the revolving credit agreement. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility.

In February 2015, the Company paid the second required payment of $100.0 million under the $250.0 million Private Placement Notes by issuing commercial paper. The final payment of $75.0 million is due February 2016. The Company intends to use the proceeds from the February 19, 2016 Private Placement Notes issuance to pay the 2016 payment.

On August 26, 2015, the Company paid the second annual principal amortization of $8.8 million representing a 5% mandatory principal amortization due in each of the first six years under the terms of the $175.0 million Term Loan with a final maturity of August 26, 2020. An amount of $8.8 million will be due in August 2016 and has been classified as current on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company intends to use available cash, commercial paper and the revolving credit facilities to pay the 2016 payment.

On December 11, 2015, the Company successfully tendered for $153.9 million principal portion of the $450.0 million fixed rate senior notes due August 2021. The total amount paid in excess of par, excluding accrued interest, was $8.0 million.

On December 11, 2015, the Company executed a new Note Purchase Agreement in a private placement with institutional investors to sell 295.5 million Swiss francs and 289.0 million euros aggregate principal amount of senior notes (“Private Placement Notes”) at a weighted average interest rate of 1.69% to be issued on December 11, 2015, February 19, 2016 and August 15, 2016 in various aggregate principal amounts as follows:

On December 11, 2015 the Company issued the following: 25.0 million Swiss francs aggregate principal amount bearing interest of 0.86%, Series A Senior Notes due December 11, 2025; 30.0 million euros aggregate principal amount bearing interest of 2.05%, Series B Senior Notes due December 11, 2025; 67.0 million euros aggregate

85



principal amount bearing interest of 2.05%, Series C Senior Notes due December 11, 2025; 8.0 million Swiss francs aggregate principal amount bearing interest of 1.02%, Series D Senior Notes due December 11, 2027; and 15.0 million euros aggregate principal amount bearing interest of 2.24%, Series E Senior Notes due December 11, 2027.

On February 19, 2016, the Company expects to issue the following: 11.0 million euros aggregate principal amount bearing interest of 2.05%, Series F Senior Notes due February 19, 2026; 15.0 million euros aggregate principal amount bearing interest of 2.05%, Series G Senior Notes due February 19, 2026; and 45.0 million euros aggregate principal amount bearing interest of 2.45%, Series H Senior Notes due February 19, 2031.

On August 15, 2016, the Company expects to issue the following: 58.0 million Swiss francs aggregate principal amount of 1.01%, Series I Senior Notes due August 15, 2026; 40.0 million euros aggregate principal amount bearing interest of 2.25%, Series J Senior Notes due August 15, 2026; 66.0 million euros aggregate principal amount bearing interest of 2.25%, Series K Senior Notes due August 15, 2026; 140.0 million Swiss francs aggregate principal amount bearing interest of 1.17%, Series L Senior Notes due August 15, 2028; and 65.0 million Swiss francs aggregate principal amount bearing interest of 1.33%, Series M Senior Notes due August 15, 2031.

The 2015 issuance of the Private Placement Notes were used to finance the December 11, 2015 bond tender for $153.9 million. The 2016 issuances will be used to fund the future payments of $75.0 million on the $250.0 million Private Placement Notes due February 19, 2026, the $300.0 million fixed rate senior notes due August 2016 and the 65.0 million Swiss francs term loan maturing September 1, 2016. Accordingly, these maturities have been classified as long term reflecting the Company’s intent and ability to refinance the debt on a long term basis.

On November 30, 2015, the Company amended the $500.0 million multi-currency revolving credit facility, the $175.0 million U.S. dollar term loan, the Swiss franc term loan and on December 18, 2015 the Company amended the Japanese yen Samurai loan agreement to conform key terms within these facilities with those in the new Note Purchase Agreement dated December 11, 2015. These credit agreements contain a number of covenants which include two financial ratios which the Company is required to satisfy. The most restrictive of these covenants pertain to asset dispositions and prescribed ratios of debt outstanding to total capital not to exceed the ratio of 0.6 to 1.0, and operating income less depreciation and amortization to interest expense of not less than 3.0 times. Any breach of any such covenants or restrictions would result in a default under the existing debt agreements that would permit the lenders to declare all borrowings under such debt agreements to be immediately due and payable and through cross default provisions, would entitle the Company's other lenders to accelerate their loans. At December 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

At December 31, 2015, the Company had $548.9 million borrowings available under unused lines of credit, including lines available under its short-term arrangements and revolving credit agreement.

The table below reflects the contractual maturity dates of the various borrowings at December 31, 2015:
(in millions)
 
 
 
2016
$
449.1

2017
9.0

2018
9.0

2019
113.3

2020
122.6

2021 and beyond
450.5

 
$
1,153.5


NOTE 13 - EQUITY

At December 31, 2015, the Company had authorization to maintain up to 34.0 million shares of treasury stock under its stock repurchase program as approved by the Board of Directors. Under its stock repurchase program, the Company purchased 2.1 million shares, 3.3 million shares, and 2.6 million shares during 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, at an average price of $52.50, $49.88 and $43.94, respectively. The Company held 22.7 million, 21.9 million and 20.5 million of treasury stock shares at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 respectively. During 2015, the Company repurchased outstanding shares at a value of $112.7 million. The Company also received proceeds of $35.5 million primarily as a result of 1.1 million stock options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2015. During 2014, the Company repurchased outstanding shares at a value of $163.2 million. The Company also received proceeds of $49.0 million primarily as a result of 1.5 million stock options exercised during the year ended

86



December 31, 2014. During 2013, the Company repurchased outstanding shares at a value of $118.0 million. The Company also received proceeds of $66.9 million primarily as a result of 2.3 million stock options exercised during the year ended 2013. It is the Company’s practice to issue shares from treasury stock when options are exercised. The tax benefit realized for the options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 is $11.6 million, $2.1 million and $2.4 million, respectively.

The following table represents total outstanding shares for the years ended December 31:
(in millions)
Common
Shares
 
Treasury
Shares
 
Outstanding
Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2012
162.8

 
(20.5
)
 
142.3

Shares issued

 
2.6

 
2.6

Repurchase of common stock at cost

 
(2.6
)
 
(2.6
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2013
162.8

 
(20.5
)
 
142.3

Shares issued

 
1.9

 
1.9

Repurchase of common stock at cost

 
(3.3
)
 
(3.3
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2014
162.8

 
(21.9
)
 
140.9

Shares issued

 
1.3

 
1.3

Repurchase of common stock at cost

 
(2.1
)
 
(2.1
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2015
162.8

 
(22.7
)
 
140.1


The Company maintains the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) under which it may grant non-qualified stock options (“NQSO”), incentive stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSU”) and stock appreciation rights, collectively referred to as “Awards.” Awards are granted at exercise prices that are equal to the closing stock price on the date of grant. The Company authorized grants under the Plan of 13.0 million shares of common stock, plus any unexercised portion of canceled or terminated stock options granted under the DENTSPLY International Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, subject to adjustment as follows: each January, if 7% of the total outstanding common shares of the Company exceed 13.0 million, the excess becomes available for grant under the Plan. No more than 2.5 million shares may be awarded as restricted stock and RSU, and no key employee may be granted restricted stock and RSU in excess of approximately 0.2 million shares of common stock in any calendar year. The number of shares available for grant under the 2010 Plan at December 31, 2015 is 7.3 million.

Stock options granted become exercisable over a period of three years after the date of grant at the rate of one-third per year and generally expire ten years after the date of grant under these plans. RSU vest 100% on the third anniversary of the date of grant and are subject to a service condition, which requires grantees to remain employed by the Company during the three-year period following the date of grant. Under the terms of the RSU, the three-year period is referred to as the restricted period. RSU and the rights under the award may not be sold, assigned, transferred, donated, pledged or otherwise disposed of during the three-year restricted period prior to vesting. In addition to the service condition, certain key executives are granted RSU subject to performance requirements during the first year of the RSU award. If actual performance against the goals is not met the RSU granted is adjusted to reflect the achievement level. Upon the expiration of the applicable restricted period and the satisfaction of all conditions imposed, all restrictions imposed on RSU will lapse, and one share of common stock will be issued as payment for each vested RSU. All awards become immediately exercisable upon death, disability or qualified retirement. Awards are expensed as compensation over their respective vesting periods or to the eligible retirement date if shorter.

The following table represents total stock based compensation expense and the tax related benefit for the years ended:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock option expense
$
8.1

 
$
8.8

 
$
10.6

RSU expense
16.2

 
15.4

 
13.0

Total stock based compensation expense
$
24.3

 
$
24.2

 
$
23.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
Related deferred income tax benefit
$
7.1

 
$
6.7

 
$
6.1


For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, stock compensation expense of $24.3 million, $24.2 million and

87



$23.6 million, respectively, was recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, $23.6 million, $23.5 million and $22.9 million, respectively, was recorded in Selling, general and administrative expense and $0.7 million, $0.7 million and $0.7 million, respectively, was recorded in Cost of products sold.

There were 1.6 million non-qualified stock options unvested at December 31, 2015. The remaining unamortized compensation cost related to non-qualified stock options is $9.4 million, which will be expensed over the weighted average remaining vesting period of the options, or 1.3 years. The unamortized compensation cost related to RSU is $20.4 million, which will be expensed over the remaining weighted average restricted period of the RSU, or 1.1 years.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of each option awarded. The following table sets forth the average assumptions used to determine compensation cost for the Company’s NQSO issued during the years ended:
 
December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average fair value per share
$
10.87

 
$
9.41

 
$
9.30

Expected dividend yield
0.51
%
 
0.59
%
 
0.53
%
Risk-free interest rate
1.59
%
 
1.61
%
 
0.87
%
Expected volatility
20.3
%
 
21.6
%
 
24.7
%
Expected life (years)
5.68

 
5.13

 
4.98


The total intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $22.3 million, $28.8 million and $34.3 million, respectively.

The total fair value of shares vested for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $22.7 million, $20.2 million and $17.0 million, respectively.

The following table summarizes the NQSO transactions for the year ended December 31, 2015:
 
Outstanding
 
Exercisable
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
7.6

 
$
36.87

 
$
125.0

 
5.8

 
$
35.05

 
$
105.2

Granted
0.8

 
52.11

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Exercised
(1.1
)
 
33.75

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

December 31, 2015
7.3

 
$
38.85

 
$
159.9

 
5.7

 
$
36.38

 
$
139.4


The weighted average remaining contractual term of all outstanding options is 5.3 years and the weighted average remaining contractual term of exercisable options is 4.4 years.



The following table summarizes information about NQSO outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2015:

88



 
 
 
 
Outstanding
 
Exercisable
(in millions, except per share amounts and life)
 
Number
Outstanding
at
December 31,
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in years)
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Number
Exercisable
at
December 31,
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Range of
 
 
 
 
 
Exercise Prices
 
2015
 
 
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20.01

-
30.00
 
1.0

 
2.9
 
$
26.14

 
1.0

 
$
26.14

30.01

-
40.00
 
3.3

 
4.7
 
36.16

 
3.3

 
36.16

40.01

-
50.00
 
2.3

 
6.0
 
43.71

 
1.4

 
43.61

50.01

-
60.00
 
0.7

 
9.2
 
52.06

 

 
50.77

60.01

-
70.00
 

 
9.8
 
60.85

 

 

 
 
 
 
7.3

 
5.6
 
$
38.85

 
5.7

 
$
36.38


The following table summarizes the unvested RSU transactions for the year ended December 31, 2015:
 
Unvested Restricted Stock Units
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
(in millions, except per share amounts)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unvested at December 31, 2014
1.2

 
$
41.55

Granted
0.4

 
52.09

Vested
(0.4
)
 
38.79

Forfeited
(0.1
)
 
45.15

Unvested at December 31, 2015
1.1

 
$
45.82


NOTE 14 - INCOME TAXES

The components of income before income taxes from operations are as follows:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
26.8

 
$
59.6

 
$
58.4

Foreign
302.9

 
344.8

 
310.9

 
$
329.7

 
$
404.4

 
$
369.3


89



The components of the provision for income taxes from operations are as follows:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current:
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. federal
$
(3.0
)
 
$
(12.8
)
 
$
10.3

U.S. state
1.7

 
(0.3
)
 
4.7

Foreign
50.9

 
76.7

 
66.3

Total
$
49.6

 
$
63.6

 
$
81.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred:
 

 
 

 
 

U.S. federal
$
44.3

 
$
32.3

 
$
(28.9
)
U.S. state
0.3

 
(9.9
)
 
(1.4
)
Foreign
(17.2
)
 
(4.9
)
 
1.2

Total
$
27.4

 
$
17.5

 
$
(29.1
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
77.0

 
$
81.1

 
$
52.2


The reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to the effective rate for the years ended is as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statutory U. S. federal income tax rate
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
Effect of:
 

 
 

 
 

State income taxes, net of federal benefit
0.4

 
0.7

 
0.7

Federal benefit of R&D and foreign tax credits
(11.2
)
 
(10.5
)
 
(5.9
)
Tax effect of international operations
(6.4
)
 
(3.2
)
 
(10.2
)
Net effect of tax audit activity
(0.4
)
 
1.5

 
1.9

Tax effect of enacted statutory rate changes
0.2

 
(0.3
)
 
0.1

Federal tax on unremitted earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries
2.5

 
(0.1
)
 

Valuation allowance adjustments
0.2

 
(2.1
)
 
(0.6
)
Tax effect of enacted U.S. federal legislation

 

 
(2.6
)
Foreign outside basis differences

 

 
(1.5
)
Other
3.1

 
(0.9
)
 
(2.8
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effective income tax rate on operations
23.4
 %
 
20.1
 %
 
14.1
 %



















90



The tax effect of significant temporary differences giving rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Deferred
Tax
Asset
 
Deferred
Tax
Liability
 
Deferred
Tax
Asset
 
Deferred
Tax
Liability
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commission and bonus accrual
$
7.5

 
$

 
$
5.9

 
$

Employee benefit accruals
52.2

 

 
47.6

 

Inventory
22.7

 

 
21.0

 

Identifiable intangible assets

 
318.0

 

 
338.7

Insurance premium accruals
4.9

 

 
4.8

 

Miscellaneous accruals
11.3

 

 
11.1

 

Other
20.5

 

 
33.9

 

Unrealized losses included in AOCI
14.6

 

 
26.8

 

Property, plant and equipment

 
39.3

 

 
41.5

Product warranty accruals
1.3

 

 
1.2

 

Foreign tax credit and R&D carryforward
135.7

 

 
104.8

 

Restructuring and other cost accruals
5.5

 

 
1.7

 

Sales and marketing accrual
7.4

 

 
6.8

 

Taxes on unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries

 
10.2

 

 
2.1

Tax loss carryforwards and other tax attributes
282.1

 

 
320.2

 

Valuation allowance
(274.3
)
 

 
(253.2
)
 

 
$
291.4

 
$
367.5

 
$
332.6

 
$
382.3


Deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in the following Consolidated Balance Sheet line items:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
$
70.4

 
$
78.7

Other noncurrent assets, net
16.9

 
41.9

Liabilities
 
 
 
Income taxes payable
3.1

 
4.7

Deferred income taxes
160.3

 
165.6


The Company has $134.8 million of foreign tax credit carryforwards at December 31, 2015, of which $43.4 million will expire in 2023, $55.5 million will expire in 2024 and $35.9 million will expire in 2025.

The Company has tax loss carryforwards related to certain foreign and domestic subsidiaries of approximately $1.0 billion at December 31, 2015, of which $466.4 million expires at various times through 2035 and $563.2 million may be carried forward indefinitely. Included in deferred income tax assets at December 31, 2015 are tax benefits totaling $194.1 million, before valuation allowances, for the tax loss carryforwards.

The Company has recorded $181.9 million of valuation allowance to offset the tax benefit of net operating losses and $92.4 million of valuation allowance for other deferred tax assets. The Company has recorded these valuation allowances due to the uncertainty that these assets can be realized in the future.

Federal and state tax loss carryforwards that result from the exercise of employee stock options are not recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. These tax loss carryforwards are accounted for as a credit to additional paid-in capital when realized through a reduction in income taxes payable. The amount incurred for tax loss carryforwards, both federal and state, at December 31, 2015 totals $16.6 million.


91



The Company has provided federal income taxes on certain undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries that the Company anticipates will be repatriated. Deferred federal income taxes have not been provided on $1.2 billion of cumulative earnings of foreign subsidiaries that the Company has determined to be permanently reinvested. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of tax that might be payable on these permanently reinvested earnings.

Tax Contingencies

The Company applies a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company recognizes in the financial statements, the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position.

The total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2015 is approximately $18.5 million, of this total, approximately $16.1 million represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective income tax rate.  It is reasonably possible that certain amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within twelve months of the reporting date of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Final settlement and resolution of outstanding tax matters in various jurisdictions during the next twelve months could include unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $2.1 million. Of this total, approximately $0.7 million represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized would affect the effective income tax rate. In addition, expiration of statutes of limitation in various jurisdictions during the next 12 months could include unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $0.3 million.

The total amount of accrued interest and penalties were $6.5 million and $8.9 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  The Company has consistently classified interest and penalties recognized in its consolidated financial statements as income taxes based on the accounting policy election of the Company.  During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized income tax expense of $3.4 million, $1.9 million, and $1.7 million respectively, related to interest and penalties.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state and foreign jurisdictions.  The significant jurisdictions include the U.S., Germany, Sweden and Switzerland.  The Company has substantially concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through 2011. The Company is currently under audit for the tax years 2012 and 2013. The tax year 2014 is subject to future potential tax audit adjustments. The Company has concluded audits in Germany through the tax year 2008 and is currently under audit for the years 2009 through 2014.  The Company is under audit in Sweden for the tax year 2013. The taxable years that remain open for Sweden are 2010 through 2014.  The taxable years that remain open for Switzerland are 2005 through 2014.

The Company had the following activity recorded for unrecognized tax benefits:
 
December 31,
(in millions) 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of period
$
21.9

 
$
18.0

 
$
12.3

Gross change for prior period positions
(7.6
)
 
5.1

 
2.5

Gross change for current year positions
0.2

 
0.2

 
4.5

Decrease due to settlements and payments
(0.5
)
 
(0.2
)
 

Decrease due to statute expirations
(0.2
)
 
(0.6
)
 
(1.4
)
Increase due to effect of foreign currency translation

 

 
0.1

Decrease due to effect from foreign currency translation
(1.7
)
 
(0.6
)
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of period
$
12.1

 
$
21.9

 
$
18.0


NOTE 15 - BENEFIT PLANS

Defined Contribution Plans

The DENTSPLY Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) and 401(k) plans are designed to have contribution allocations of eligible compensation, with a targeted 3% going into the ESOP in Company stock and a targeted 3% going into the 401(k) as a non-elective contribution in cash. The Company sponsors an employee 401(k) savings plan for its U.S. workforce to which enrolled participants may contribute up to Internal Revenue Service defined limits. The ESOP is a non-contributory defined

92



contribution plan that covers substantially all of the U.S. based non-union employees of the Company. All future ESOP allocations will come from a combination of forfeited shares and shares acquired in the open market. The share allocation will be accounted for at fair value at the point of allocation, which is normally year-end. In addition to these plans, the Company also maintains various other U.S. and non-U.S. defined contribution and non-qualified deferred compensation plans. The annual expense, net of forfeitures, were $24.9 million, $25.4 million and $25.8 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Defined Benefit Plans

The Company maintains a number of separate contributory and non-contributory qualified defined benefit pension plans for certain union and salaried employee groups in the United States. Pension benefits for salaried plans are based on salary and years of service; hourly plans are based on negotiated benefits and years of service. Annual contributions to the pension plans are sufficient to satisfy minimum funding requirements. Pension plan assets are held in trust and consist mainly of common stock and fixed income investments. The Company’s funding policy for its U.S. plans is to make contributions that are necessary to maintain the plans on a sound actuarial basis and to meet the minimum funding standards prescribed by law. The Company may, at its discretion, contribute amounts in excess of the minimum required contribution.

In addition to the U.S. plans, the Company maintains defined benefit pension plans for certain employees in Austria, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland and Taiwan. These plans provide benefits based upon age, years of service and remuneration. Other foreign plans are not significant individually or in the aggregate. Substantially all of the German and Swedish plans are unfunded book reserve plans. Most employees and retirees outside the U.S. are covered by government health plans.

Defined Benefit Pension Plan Assets

The primary investment strategy is to ensure that the assets of the plans, along with anticipated future contributions, will be invested in order that the benefit entitlements of employees, pensioners and beneficiaries covered under the plan can be met when due with high probability. Pension plan assets consist mainly of common stock and fixed income investments. The target allocations for defined benefit plan assets are 30% to 65% equity securities, 30% to 65% fixed income securities, 0% to 15% real estate, and 0% to 25% in all other types of investments.  Equity securities include investments in companies located both in and outside the U.S.  Equity securities do not include common stock of the Company. Fixed income securities include corporate bonds of companies from diversified industries, government bonds, mortgage notes and pledge letters. Other types of investments include investments in mutual funds, common trusts, insurance contracts, hedge funds and real estate. These plan assets are not recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as they are held in trust or other off-balance sheet investment vehicles.

The defined benefit pension plan assets in the U.S. are held in trust and the investment policies of the plans are generally to invest the plans assets in equities and fixed income investments.  The objective is to achieve a long-term rate of return in excess of 4% while at the same time mitigating the impact of investment risk associated with investment categories that are expected to yield greater than average returns.   In accordance with the investment policies of the U.S. plans, the plans assets were invested in the following investment categories: interest-bearing cash, registered investment companies (e.g. mutual funds), common/collective trusts, master trust investment accounts and insurance company general accounts.  The investment objective is for assets to be invested in a manner consistent with the fiduciary standards of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).

The defined benefit pension plan assets maintained in Austria, France, Germany, Japan, Norway, the Netherlands, Switzerland and Taiwan all have separate investment policies but generally have an objective to achieve a long-term rate of return in excess of 4% while at the same time mitigating the impact of investment risk associated with investment categories that are expected to yield greater than average returns.  In accordance with the investment policies for the plans outside the U.S., the plans’ assets were invested in the following investment categories: interest-bearing cash, U.S. and foreign equities, foreign fixed income securities (primarily corporate and government bonds), insurance company contracts, real estate and hedge funds.

Postemployment Healthcare

The Company sponsors postemployment healthcare plans that cover certain union and salaried employee groups in the U.S. and is contributory, with retiree contributions adjusted annually to limit the Company’s contribution for participants who retired after June 1, 1985. The plans for postemployment healthcare have no plan assets. The Company also sponsors unfunded non-contributory postemployment medical plans for a limited number of union employees and their spouses and retirees of a discontinued operation.


93



Reconciliations of changes in the defined benefit and postemployment healthcare plans’ benefit obligations, fair value of assets and statement of funded status are as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
Other Postemployment
 
Pension Benefits
 
Benefits
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in Benefit Obligation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
$
436.9

 
$
359.4

 
$
13.9

 
$
11.9

Service cost
17.1

 
14.0

 
0.4

 
0.2

Interest cost
7.3

 
11.1

 
0.6

 
0.5

Participant contributions
3.7

 
4.0

 
0.4

 
0.5

Actuarial losses (gains)
(41.1
)
 
114.4

 
(0.4
)
 
1.5

Plan amendments
(0.3
)
 
0.1

 

 

Acquisitions/Divestitures
(0.7
)
 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes
(28.7
)
 
(54.4
)
 

 

Other

 
2.6

 

 

Plan curtailments and settlements
(1.6
)
 
(0.3
)
 

 

Benefits paid
(13.7
)
 
(14.0
)
 
(0.8
)
 
(0.7
)
Benefit obligation at end of year
$
378.9

 
$
436.9

 
$
14.1

 
$
13.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in Plan Assets
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
$
143.6

 
$
143.2

 
$

 
$

Actual return on assets
0.5

 
13.5

 

 

Plan settlements
(0.3
)
 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes
(2.2
)
 
(14.8
)
 

 

Employer contributions
10.4

 
11.7

 
0.4

 
0.2

Participant contributions
3.7

 
4.0

 
0.4

 
0.5

Benefits paid
(13.7
)
 
(14.0
)
 
(0.8
)
 
(0.7
)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
$
142.0

 
$
143.6

 
$

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funded status at end of year
$
(236.9
)
 
$
(293.3
)
 
$
(14.1
)
 
$
(13.9
)

The amounts recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets, net of tax effects, are as follows:
 
 
 
Pension Benefits
 
Other Postemployment
Benefits
 
Location On The
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
(in millions)
Consolidated Balance Sheet
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax asset
Other noncurrent assets, net
 
$
27.0

 
$
42.9

 
$
0.9

 
$
1.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities
Accrued liabilities
 
(4.2
)
 
(4.8
)
 
(0.7
)
 
(0.6
)
Other noncurrent liabilities
Other noncurrent liabilities
 
(232.7
)
 
(288.5
)
 
(13.4
)
 
(13.3
)
Deferred tax liability
Deferred income taxes
 
(0.8
)
 
(0.5
)
 

 

Total liabilities
 
 
$
(237.7
)
 
$
(293.8
)
 
$
(14.1
)
 
$
(13.9
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
71.5

 
111.8

 
1.5

 
1.8

Net amount recognized
 
 
$
(139.2
)
 
$
(139.1
)
 
$
(11.7
)
 
$
(10.9
)




94



Amounts recognized in AOCI consist of:
 
 
 
 
 
Other Postemployment
 
Pension Benefits
 
Benefits
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial loss
$
100.1

 
$
156.4

 
$
2.4

 
$
3.0

Net prior service cost
(2.4
)
 
(2.2
)
 

 

Before tax AOCI
$
97.7

 
$
154.2

 
$
2.4

 
$
3.0

Less: Deferred taxes
26.2

 
42.4

 
0.9

 
1.2

Net of tax AOCI
$
71.5

 
$
111.8

 
$
1.5

 
$
1.8


Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
 
Projected benefit obligation
$
377.7

 
$
435.1

Accumulated benefit obligation
361.0

 
397.2

Fair value of plan assets
140.7

 
141.8


Components of net periodic benefit cost:
 
Pension Benefits
 
Other Postemployment
Benefits
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service cost
$
17.1

 
$
14.0

 
$
14.9

 
$
0.4

 
$
0.2

 
$
0.2

Interest cost
7.3

 
11.1

 
9.9

 
0.6

 
0.5

 
0.5

Expected return on plan assets
(5.4
)
 
(5.5
)
 
(5.1
)
 

 

 

Amortization of prior service (credit) cost
(0.2
)
 
(0.1
)
 
(0.1
)
 

 

 


Amortization of net actuarial loss
7.8

 
2.8

 
5.2

 
0.2

 
0.1

 
0.3

Curtailment and settlement loss (gains)
(0.8
)
 
0.1

 
(1.6
)
 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost
$
25.8

 
$
22.4

 
$
23.2

 
$
1.2

 
$
0.8

 
$
1.0


Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in AOCI:
 
Pension Benefits
 
Other Postemployment
Benefits
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial loss (gain)
$
(48.6
)
 
$
88.5

 
$
(23.4
)
 
$
(0.4
)
 
$
1.4

 
$
(2.7
)
Net prior service cost (credit)
(0.3
)
 
0.4

 

 

 

 

Amortization
(7.6
)
 
(2.6
)
 
(5.0
)
 
(0.2
)
 

 
(0.3
)
Total recognized in AOCI
$
(56.5
)
 
$
86.3

 
$
(28.4
)
 
$
(0.6
)
 
$
1.4

 
$
(3.0
)
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and AOCI
$
(30.7
)
 
$
108.7

 
$
(5.2
)
 
$
0.6

 
$
2.2

 
$
(2.0
)

The estimated net loss, prior service cost and transition obligation for the defined benefit plans that will be amortized from AOCI into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $4.7 million. There will be an immaterial amount of estimated net loss and prior service credit for the other postemployment plans that will be amortized from AOCI into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year.



95



The amounts in AOCI that are expected to be amortized as net expense (income) during fiscal year 2016 are as follows:
(in millions)
Pension
Benefits
 
Other Postemployment
Benefits
 
 
 
 
Amount of net prior service (credit) cost
$
(0.2
)
 
$

Amount of net loss
4.9

 
0.3


The weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations for the Company’s plans, principally in foreign locations, at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:
   
Pension Benefits
 
Other Postemployment
Benefits
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
2.1
%
 
1.8
%
 
3.2
%
 
4.7
%
 
4.3
%
 
4.8
%
Rate of compensation increase
2.5
%
 
2.6
%
 
2.7
%
 
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

Health care cost trend pre 65
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
7.6
%
 
8.0
%
 
8.5
%
Health care cost trend post 65
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
8.2
%
 
7.0
%
 
7.5
%
Ultimate health care cost trend
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
5.0
%
 
5.0
%
 
5.0
%
Years until trend is reached pre 65
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
9.0

 
8.0

 
8.0

Years until ultimate trend is reached post 65
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
9.0

 
7.0

 
8.0


The weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the Company’s plans, principally in foreign locations, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:
   
Pension Benefits
 
Other Postemployment
Benefits
   
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
1.8
%
 
3.2
%
 
2.8
%
 
4.3
%
 
4.8
%
 
3.5
%
Expected return on plan assets
3.7
%
 
3.8
%
 
4.3
%
 
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

Rate of compensation increase
2.6
%
 
2.7
%
 
2.7
%
 
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

Health care cost trend
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
8.5
%
 
8.5
%
 
8.5
%
Ultimate health care cost trend
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
5.0
%
 
5.0
%
 
5.0
%
Years until ultimate trend is reached
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
8.0

 
8.0

 
8.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Measurement Date
12/31/2015

 
12/31/2014

 
12/31/2013

 
12/31/2015

 
12/31/2014

 
12/31/2013


To develop the assumptions for the expected long-term rate of return on assets, the Company considered the current level of expected returns on risk free investments (primarily U.S. government bonds), the historical level of the risk premium associated with the other asset classes in which the assets are invested and the expectations for future returns of each asset class.  The expected return for each asset class was then weighted based on the target asset allocations to develop the assumptions for the expected long-term rate of return on assets.

Assumed health care cost trend rates have an impact on the amounts reported for postemployment benefits. An ongoing one percentage point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have had the following effects for the year ended December 31, 2015:
 
Other Postemployment
Benefits
(in millions)
1% Increase
 
1% Decrease
 
 
 
 
Effect on total of service and interest cost components
$
0.1

 
$
(0.1
)
Effect on postemployment benefit obligation    
2.1

 
(2.7
)

96



Fair Value Measurements of Plan Assets

The fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2015 is presented in the table below by asset category. Approximately 81% of the total plan assets are categorized as Level 1, and therefore, the values assigned to these pension assets are based on quoted prices available in active markets.  For the other category levels, a description of the valuation is provided in Note 1, Significant Accounting Policies, under the “Fair Value Measurement” heading.
 
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets Category
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
9.2

 
$
9.2

 
$

 
$

Equity securities:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

International
39.2

 
39.2

 

 

Fixed income securities:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Fixed rate bonds (a)
52.4

 
52.4

 

 

Other types of investments:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Mutual funds (b)
14.5

 
14.5

 

 

Common trusts (c)
9.0

 

 
9.0

 

Insurance contracts
14.2

 

 
3.9

 
10.3

Hedge funds
3.2

 

 

 
3.2

Real estate
0.3

 

 

 
0.3

Total
$
142.0

 
$
115.3

 
$
12.9

 
$
13.8


 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets Category
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
9.6

 
$
9.6

 
$

 
$

Equity securities:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

U. S.
1.1

 
1.1

 

 

International
38.1

 
38.1

 

 

Fixed income securities:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Fixed rate bonds (a)
53.4

 
53.4

 

 

Other types of investments:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Mutual funds (b)
3.8

 
3.8

 

 

Real estate mutual funds
10.3

 
10.3

 

 

Common trusts (c)
9.6

 

 
9.6

 

Insurance contracts
15.5

 

 
3.6

 
11.9

Hedge funds
1.8

 

 

 
1.8

Real estate
0.4

 

 

 
0.4

Total
$
143.6

 
$
116.3

 
$
13.2

 
$
14.1

(a)
This category includes fixed income securities invested primarily in Swiss bonds, foreign bonds denominated in Swiss francs, foreign currency bonds, mortgage notes and pledged letters.
(b)
This category includes mutual funds balanced between moderate-income generation and moderate capital appreciation with investment allocations of approximately 50% equities and 50% fixed income investments.
(c)
This category includes common/collective funds with investments in approximately 65% equities and 35% in fixed income investments.







97



The following table provides a reconciliation from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015 for the plans assets categorized as Level 3. During the year ended December 31, 2015, no assets were transferred in or out of the Level 3 category.  
 
Changes within Level 3 Category for
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Common
Trust
 
Insurance
Contracts
 
Hedge
Funds
 
Real
Estate
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2014
$

 
$
11.9

 
$
1.8

 
$
0.4

 
$
14.1

Actual return on plan assets:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Relating to assets still held at the reporting date

 
(0.6
)
 
0.1

 

 
(0.5
)
Purchases, sales and settlements, net

 
0.3

 
1.4

 

 
1.7

Effect of exchange rate changes

 
(1.3
)
 
(0.1
)
 
(0.1
)
 
(1.5
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
$

 
$
10.3

 
$
3.2

 
$
0.3

 
$
13.8


The following tables provide a reconciliation from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014 for the plans assets categorized as Level 3.  During the year ended, December 31, 2014, $3.4 million of plan assets were transferred out of the Level 3 category.
 
Changes within Level 3 Category for
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Common
Trust
 
Insurance
Contracts
 
Hedge
Funds
 
Real
Estate
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
3.3

 
$
9.5

 
$
2.0

 
$
0.4

 
$
15.2

Actual return on plan assets:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Relating to assets still held at the reporting date

 
3.4

 

 

 
3.4

Relating to assets sold during the period
0.2

 

 

 

 
0.2

Purchases, sales and settlements, net
(0.1
)
 
0.7

 

 

 
0.6

Transfers in and/or out
(3.4
)
 

 

 

 
(3.4
)
Effect of exchange rate changes

 
(1.7
)
 
(0.2
)
 

 
(1.9
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$

 
$
11.9

 
$
1.8

 
$
0.4

 
$
14.1


Fair values for Level 3 assets are determined as follows:

Common Trusts and Hedge Funds:  The investments are valued using the net asset value provided by the administrator of the trust or fund, which is based on the fair value of the underlying securities.

Real Estate:  Investment is stated by its appraised value.

Insurance Contracts: The value of the asset represents the mathematical reserve of the insurance policies and is calculated by the insurance firms using their own assumptions.

Cash Flows

In 2016, the Company expects to make contributions and direct benefit payments of $10.3 million to its defined benefit pension plans and $0.7 million to its postemployment medical plans.










98



Estimated Future Benefit Payments
(in millions)
Pension
Benefits
 
Other
Postemployment
Benefits
 
 
 
 
2016
$
8.8

 
$
0.7

2017
9.3

 
0.7

2018
11.7

 
0.7

2019
11.2

 
0.7

2020
13.0

 
0.7

2021-2025
74.2

 
3.0


The above table reflects the total employer contributions and benefits expected to be paid from the plan and does not include the participants’ share of the cost.

NOTE 16 - RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER COSTS

Restructuring Costs

Restructuring costs of $61.4 million, $9.9 million and $12.0 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, are reflected in “Restructuring and other costs” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and the associated liabilities are recorded in “Accrued liabilities” and “Other noncurrent liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  These costs consist of employee severance benefits, payments due under operating contracts, and other restructuring costs. Other costs associated with 2015 plans of $7.4 million and $9.1 million were recorded in “Cost of products sold” and “Selling, general and administrative expenses,” respectfully, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

During 2015, the Company announced that it reorganized portions of its laboratory business and associated manufacturing capabilities within the Dental Consumables, Endodontics and Dental Laboratory Businesses segment. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded $37.3 million of costs that consist primarily of employee severance benefits related to these and other similar actions. Also during the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded restructuring costs of $16.3 million within the Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses segment that consists primarily of employee severance benefits related to the global efficiency initiative. These restructuring costs were offset by changes in estimates of $6.6 million, related to adjustments to the cost of initiatives in prior years. Additional future costs expected to be incurred during 2016 associated with these enacted plans are estimated to range between $4 million to $6 million.

During 2014 the Company initiated several restructuring plans primarily related to closing locations as a result of integration activities as the Company realigned certain implant and implant related businesses to better leverage the Company’s resources by reducing costs and obtaining operational efficiencies.  These restructuring costs were offset by changes in estimates of $3.0 million, related to adjustments to the cost of initiatives in prior years.

During 2013, the Company initiated several restructuring plans primarily related to the closure and/or consolidation of certain production and selling facilities in Europe to better leverage the Company’s resources by reducing costs and obtaining operational efficiencies.  These restructuring costs were offset by changes in estimates of $2.3 million related to adjustments to the cost of initiatives in prior years.

At December 31, 2015, the Company’s restructuring accruals were as follows:
 
Severances
(in millions)
2013 and Prior Plans
 
2014 Plans
 
2015 Plans
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
1.0

 
$
5.0

 
$

 
$
6.0

Provisions and adjustments
0.1

 
0.7

 
59.0

 
59.8

Amounts applied
(0.7
)
 
(4.1
)
 
(19.3
)
 
(24.1
)
Change in estimates
(0.1
)
 
(0.4
)
 
(5.1
)
 
(5.6
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
$
0.3

 
$
1.2

 
$
34.6

 
$
36.1


99




 
Lease/Contract Terminations
(in millions)
2013 and Prior Plans
 
2014 Plans
 
2015 Plans
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
0.5

 
$
1.7

 
$

 
$
2.2

Provisions and adjustments

 
(0.5
)
 
5.0

 
4.5

Amounts applied
(0.2
)
 
(0.7
)
 
(0.9
)
 
(1.8
)
Change in estimates

 

 
(0.7
)
 
(0.7
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
$
0.3

 
$
0.5

 
$
3.4

 
$
4.2


 
Other Restructuring Costs
(in millions)
2013 and Prior Plans
 
2014 Plans
 
2015 Plans
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2014
$

 
$
1.1

 
$

 
$
1.1

Provisions and adjustments

 
0.2

 
3.5

 
3.7

Amounts applied

 
(0.8
)
 
(2.8
)
 
(3.6
)
Change in estimates

 
(0.2
)
 
(0.1
)
 
(0.3
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
$

 
$
0.3

 
$
0.6

 
$
0.9


The following table provides the cumulative amounts for the provisions and adjustments and amounts applied for all the plans by segment:
(in millions)
December 31, 2014
 
Provisions and
 Adjustments
 
Amounts
Applied
 
Change in Estimates
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dental Consumables, Endodontic and Dental Laboratory Businesses
$
5.3

 
$
38.1

 
$
(17.0
)
 
$
(4.0
)
 
$
22.4

Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses
3.8

 
18.4

 
(9.8
)
 
(2.7
)
 
9.7

Select Developed and Emerging Markets Businesses
0.1

 
9.7

 
(2.1
)
 
0.2

 
7.9

All Other
0.1

 
1.8

 
(0.6
)
 
(0.1
)
 
1.2

Total
$
9.3

 
$
68.0

 
$
(29.5
)
 
$
(6.6
)
 
$
41.2


At December 31, 2014, the Company’s restructuring accruals were as follows:
 
Severances
(in millions)
2012 and
Prior Plans
 
2013 Plans
 
2014 Plans
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
1.3

 
$
5.7

 
$

 
$
7.0

Provisions and adjustments
0.2

 
0.4

 
7.6

 
8.2

Amounts applied
(0.9
)
 
(4.3
)
 
(2.1
)
 
(7.3
)
Change in estimates
(0.4
)
 
(1.0
)
 
(0.5
)
 
(1.9
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
0.2

 
$
0.8

 
$
5.0

 
$
6.0



100



 
Lease/Contract Terminations
(in millions)
2012 and
Prior Plans
 
2013 Plans
 
2014 Plans
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
0.7

 
$
0.1

 
$

 
$
0.8

Provisions and adjustments

 
0.2

 
1.8

 
2.0

Amounts applied
(0.1
)
 
(0.2
)
 
(0.1
)
 
(0.4
)
Change in estimates
(0.1
)
 
(0.1
)
 

 
(0.2
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
0.5

 
$

 
$
1.7

 
$
2.2


 
Other Restructuring Costs
(in millions)
2012 and Prior Plans
 
2013 Plans
 
2014 Plans
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
0.1

 
$
0.6

 
$

 
$
0.7

Provisions and adjustments

 
0.1

 
2.7

 
2.8

Amounts applied
(0.1
)
 
(0.4
)
 
(1.0
)
 
(1.5
)
Change in estimates

 
(0.3
)
 
(0.6
)
 
(0.9
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$

 
$

 
$
1.1

 
$
1.1


The following table provides the cumulative amounts for the provisions and adjustments and amounts applied for all the plans by segment:
(in millions)
December 31, 2013
 
Provisions and
 Adjustments
 
Amounts
Applied
 
Change in Estimates
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dental Consumables, Endodontic and Dental Laboratory Businesses
$
1.3

 
$
7.8

 
$
(2.7
)
 
$
(1.1
)
 
$
5.3

Healthcare, Orthodontic and Implant Businesses
6.5

 
4.4

 
(5.4
)
 
(1.7
)
 
3.8

Select Developed and Emerging Markets Businesses
0.4

 
0.3

 
(0.5
)
 
(0.1
)
 
0.1

All Other
0.3

 
0.5

 
(0.6
)
 
(0.1
)
 
0.1

Total
$
8.5

 
$
13.0

 
$
(9.2
)
 
$
(3.0
)
 
$
9.3


Other Costs

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded other costs of $3.3 million, which included $4.2 million of impairments of fixed assets and intangibles offset by income from legal settlements.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded other costs of $1.2 million, which were primarily the result of legal settlements.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded other costs of $1.4 million, which included $2.4 million of impairments of certain previously acquired technologies offset by income from legal settlements.

NOTE 17 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND DERIVATIVES
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of market risks, which primarily include the risks related to the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices. These financial exposures are monitored and managed by the Company as part of its overall risk management program. The objective of this risk management program is to reduce the volatility that these market risks may have on the Company’s operating results and equity. The Company employs derivative financial instruments to hedge certain anticipated transactions, firm commitments, or assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. Additionally, the Company utilizes interest rate swaps to convert variable rate debt to fixed rate debt and

101



to convert fixed rate debt to variable rate debt, cross currency basis swaps to convert debt denominated in one currency to another currency and commodity swaps to fix certain variable raw material costs.

Derivative Instruments Designated as Hedging
Cash Flow Hedges
The following table summarizes the notional amounts of cash flow hedges by derivative instrument type at December 31, 2015 and the notional amounts expected to mature during the next 12 months, with a discussion of the various cash flow hedges by derivative instrument type following the table:
 
 
Aggregate
 Notional
 Amount
 
Aggregate Notional Amount Maturing within 12 Months
 
 
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
$
325.3

 
$
246.8

Interest rate swaps
 
169.3

 
64.9

Commodity contracts
 
0.7

 
0.7

Total derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges
 
$
495.3

 
$
312.4

Foreign Exchange Risk Management
The Company uses a layered hedging program to hedge select anticipated foreign currency cash flows to reduce volatility in both cash flows and reported earnings of the consolidated Company. The Company accounts for the designated foreign exchange forward contracts as cash flow hedges. As a result, the Company records the fair value of the contracts primarily through AOCI based on the tested effectiveness of the foreign exchange forward contracts. The Company measures the effectiveness of cash flow hedges of anticipated transactions on a spot-to-spot basis rather than on a forward-to-forward basis. Accordingly, the spot-to-spot change in the derivative fair value will be deferred in AOCI and released and recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the same period that the hedged transaction is recorded. The time value component of the fair value of the derivative is deemed ineffective and is reported currently in “Other expense (income), net” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period which it is applicable. Any cash flows associated with these instruments are included in cash from operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. The Company hedges various currencies, with the most significant activity occurring in euros, Swedish kronor, Canadian dollars, and Swiss francs.

These foreign exchange forward contracts generally have maturities up to 18 months and the counterparties to the transactions are typically large international financial institutions.

Interest Rate Risk Management
The Company uses interest rate swaps to convert a portion of its variable interest rate debt to fixed interest rate debt. At December 31, 2015, the Company has two significant exposures hedged with interest rate contracts. One exposure is hedged with derivative contracts having notional amounts totaling 12.6 billion Japanese yen, which effectively converts the underlying variable interest rate debt facility to a fixed interest rate of 0.9% for a term of five-years ending September 2019. Another exposure hedged with derivative contracts has a notional amount of 65.0 million Swiss francs, and effectively converts the underlying variable interest rate of a Swiss franc denominated loan to a fixed interest rate of 1.8% for an initial term of five-years, ending in September 2016.

The Company enters into interest rate swap contracts infrequently as they are only used to manage interest rate risk on long-term debt instruments and not for speculative purposes. Any cash flows associated with these instruments are included in cash from operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Commodity Risk Management
The Company enters into precious metal commodity swap contracts to effectively fix certain variable raw material costs typically for up to 18 months. These swaps are used to stabilize the cost of components used in the production of certain products. The Company generally accounts for the commodity swaps as cash flow hedges. As a result, the Company records the fair value of the contracts primarily through AOCI based on the tested effectiveness of the commodity swaps. The Company measures the effectiveness of cash flow hedges of anticipated transactions on a spot-to-spot basis rather than on a forward-to-forward basis.

102



Accordingly, the spot-to-spot change in the derivative fair value will be deferred in AOCI and released and recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the same period that the hedged transaction is recorded. The time value component of the fair value of the derivative is deemed ineffective and is reported currently in “Interest expense” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period which it is applicable. Any cash flows associated with these instruments are included in cash from operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

The following tables summarize the amount of gains (losses) recorded in AOCI in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and income (expense) in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations related to all cash flow hedges for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
Gain (Loss) in AOCI
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Location
 
Effective Portion Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Expense)
 
Ineffective Portion Recognized in Income (Expense)
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effective Portion:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
 
$
(1.4
)
 
Interest expense (a)
 
$
(10.1
)
 

Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
23.3

 
Cost of products sold
 
18.0

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
0.5

 
SG&A expenses
 
0.6

 

Commodity contracts
 
(0.3
)
 
Cost of products sold
 
(0.5
)
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ineffective Portion:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
 

 
Other expense (income), net
 

 
$
(0.7
)
Total in cash flow hedging
 
$
22.1

 
 
 
$
8.0

 
$
(0.7
)
(a) The Company reclassified $6.0 million of losses into earnings due to the discontinuance of a cash flow hedge because a portion of the forecasted transaction will no longer occur.
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
Gain (Loss) in AOCI
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Location
 
Effective Portion Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Expense)
 
Ineffective Portion Recognized in Income (Expense)
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effective Portion:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
 
$
(0.7
)
 
Interest expense
 
$
(3.7
)
 

Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
4.3

 
Cost of products sold
 
(6.4
)
 

Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
0.5

 
SG&A expenses
 
(0.1
)
 

Commodity contracts
 
(0.2
)
 
Cost of products sold
 
(0.5
)
 

Total for cash flow hedging
 
$
3.9

 
 
 
$
(10.7
)
 
$


103



 
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
Gain (Loss) in AOCI
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Location
 
Effective Portion Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Expense)
 
Ineffective Portion Recognized in Income (Expense)
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effective Portion:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
 
$
(0.2
)
 
Interest expense
 
$
(3.7
)
 
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
(6.5
)
 
Cost of products sold
 
1.2

 
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
(0.3
)
 
SG&A expenses
 
(0.1
)
 
 
Commodity contracts
 
(1.0
)
 
Cost of products sold
 
(0.3
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ineffective Portion:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
 
 
Other expense (income), net
 
 
 
$
0.7

Commodity contracts
 
 
 
Interest expense
 
 
 
(0.1
)
Total for cash flow hedging
 
$
(8.0
)
 
 
 
$
(2.9
)
 
$
0.6

Overall, the derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are considered to be highly effective. At December 31, 2015, the Company expects to reclassify $4.0 million of deferred net gains on cash flow hedges recorded in AOCI to the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the next 12 months. The term over which the Company is hedging exposures to variability of cash flows (for all forecasted transactions, excluding interest payments on variable interest rate debt) is typically 18 months.

For the rollforward of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges in AOCI see Note 3, Comprehensive Income.

Hedges of Net Investments in Foreign Operations
The Company has significant investments in foreign subsidiaries the most significant of which are denominated in euros, Swiss francs, Japanese yen and Swedish kronor. The net assets of these subsidiaries are exposed to volatility in currency exchange rates. To hedge a portion of this exposure the Company employs both derivative and non-derivative financial instruments. The derivative instruments consist of foreign exchange forward contracts and cross currency basis swaps. The non-derivative instruments consist of foreign currency denominated debt held at the parent company level. Translation gains and losses related to the net assets of the foreign subsidiaries are offset by gains and losses in derivative and non-derivative financial instruments designated as hedges of net investments, which are included in AOCI. Any cash flows associated with these instruments are included in investing activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows except for derivative instruments that include an other-than-insignificant financing element, in which case all cash flows will be classified as financing activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

The following table summarizes the notional amounts of hedges of net investments by derivative instrument type at December 31, 2015 and the notional amounts expected to mature during the next 12 months:
 
 
Aggregate
 Notional
 Amount
 
Aggregate Notional Amount Maturing within 12 Months
 
 
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
$
733.9

 
$
610.0

On November 24, 2015, the Company entered into foreign exchange forward contracts, designated as hedges of net investments, totaling 289.0 million euros and 230.5 million Swiss francs, which have maturity dates that coincide with delayed drawdowns under the Company’s new Note Purchase Agreement. See Note 12, Financing Instruments, for further discussion about the Company’s new Note Purchase Agreement.
 
The fair value of the cross currency basis swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts is the estimated amount the Company would receive or pay at the reporting date, taking into account the effective interest rates, cross currency swap basis rates and foreign exchange rates. The effective portion of the change in the value of these derivatives is recorded in AOCI, net of tax effects.


104



The following tables summarize the amount of gains (losses) recorded in AOCI on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and income (expense) on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations related to the hedges of net investments for the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
Gain (Loss) in AOCI
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Location
 
Recognized in Income (Expense)
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effective Portion:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
$
4.5

 
Other expense (income), net
 
$
4.1

Total for net investment hedging
 
$
4.5

 
 
 
$
4.1

 
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
Gain (Loss) in AOCI
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Location
 
Recognized in Income (Expense)
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effective Portion:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cross currency basis swaps
 
$
19.3

 
Interest income
 
$
1.9

Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
43.1

 
Interest expense
 
(1.6
)
 
 
 
 
Other expense (income), net
 
1.3

Total for net investment hedging
 
$
62.4

 
 
 
$
1.6

 
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
Gain (Loss) in AOCI
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Location
 
Recognized in Income (Expense)
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effective Portion:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cross currency basis swaps
 
$
(36.1
)
 
Interest income
 
$
4.8

Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
(5.4
)
 
Interest expense
 
1.4

 
 
 
 
Other expense (income), net
 
0.3

Total for net investment hedging
 
$
(41.5
)
 
 
 
$
6.5

Fair Value Hedges
The Company uses interest rate swaps to convert a portion of its fixed interest rate debt to variable interest rate debt. The Company has a group of U.S. dollar denominated interest rate swaps with an initial total notional value of $150.0 million to effectively convert the underlying fixed interest rate of 4.1% on the Company’s $250.0 million Private Placement Notes (“PPN”) to variable rate for an initial term of five years, ending February 2016. The notional value of the swaps will decline proportionately as portions of the PPN mature. These interest rate swaps are designated as fair value hedges of the interest rate risk associated with the hedged portion of the fixed rate PPN. Accordingly, the Company will carry the portion of the hedged debt at fair value, with the change in debt and swaps offsetting each other on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Any cash flows associated with these instruments are included in operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.








105



The following table summarizes the notional amounts of fair value hedges by derivative instrument type at December 31, 2015 and the notional amounts expected to mature during the next 12 months:
 
 
Aggregate
 Notional
 Amount
 
Aggregate Notional Amount Maturing within 12 Months
 
 
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
 
$
45.0

 
$
45.0

The following tables summarize the amount of income (expense) recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations related to the hedges of fair value for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Location
 
 
Income (Expense) Recognized
 
 
 
 
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
 
Interest expense
 
 
$
0.3

 
$
0.2

 
$
0.3

Derivative Instruments Not Designated as Hedges
The Company enters into derivative instruments with the intent to partially mitigate the foreign exchange revaluation risk associated with recorded assets and liabilities that are denominated in a non-functional currency. The gains and losses on these derivative transactions offset the gains and losses generated by the revaluation of the underlying non-functional currency balances and are recorded in “Other expense (income), net” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company primarily uses foreign exchange forward contracts and cross currency basis swaps to hedge these risks. Any cash flows associated with the foreign exchange forward contracts and interest rate swaps not designated as hedges are included in cash from operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Any cash flows associated with the cross currency basis swaps not designated as hedges are included in investing activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows except for derivative instruments that include an other-than-insignificant financing element, in which case the cash flows will be classified as financing activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

The following tables summarize the aggregate notional amounts of the Company’s economic hedges not designated as hedges by derivative instrument types at December 31, 2015 and the notional amounts expected to mature during the next 12 months:
 
 
Aggregate
 Notional
 Amount
 
Aggregate Notional Amount Maturing within 12 Months
 
 
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
$
498.9

 
$
498.9

Interest rate swaps
 
1.8

 
0.8

Total for instruments not designated as hedges
 
$
500.7

 
$
499.7

The Company had a Swiss franc denominated cross currency basis swaps to offset an intercompany Swiss franc note receivable at a U.S. dollar functional entity. The hedge matured during the second quarter to coincide with the repayment of the note.












106



The following table summarizes the amounts of gains (losses) recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations related to the economic hedges not designated as hedging for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Location
 
Gain (Loss) Recognized
 
 
 
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts (a)
 
Other expense (income), net
 
$
6.3

 
$
33.2

 
$
6.7

DIO equity option contracts
 
Other expense (income), net
 
0.1

 

 

Cross currency basis swaps (a)
 
Other expense (income), net
 
(1.8
)
 
(50.2
)
 
15.5

Total for instruments not designated as hedges
 
 
 
$
4.6

 
$
(17.0
)
 
$
22.2

(a) The gains and losses on these derivative transactions offset the gains and losses generated by the revaluation of the underlying non-functional currency balances which are recorded in “Other expense (income), net” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Consolidated Balance Sheets Location of Derivative Fair Values
The following tables summarize the fair value and consolidated balance sheet location of the Company’s derivatives at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:
 
 
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
 
Prepaid
Expenses
and Other
Current Assets, Net
 
Other
Noncurrent
Assets, Net
 
Accrued
Liabilities
 
Other
Noncurrent
Liabilities
Designated as Hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
$
23.0

 
$
7.9

 
$
6.9

 
$
0.4

Commodity contracts
 

 

 
0.1

 

Interest rate swaps
 
0.1

 

 
1.0

 
0.2

Total
 
$
23.1

 
$
7.9

 
$
8.0

 
$
0.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Not Designated as Hedges
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
$
5.0

 
$

 
$
3.0

 
$

Total
 
$
5.0

 
$

 
$
3.0

 
$

 
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
 
Prepaid
Expenses
and Other
Current Assets, Net
 
Other
Noncurrent
Assets, Net
 
Accrued
Liabilities
 
Other
Noncurrent
Liabilities
Designated as Hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
$
28.1

 
$
12.6

 
$
2.7

 
$
1.7

Commodity contracts
 

 

 
0.2

 

Interest rate swaps
 
0.6

 
0.1

 
0.6

 
0.4

Total
 
$
28.7

 
$
12.7

 
$
3.5

 
$
2.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Not Designated as Hedges
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
$
4.8

 
$

 
$
4.8

 
$

DIO equity option contracts
 

 

 

 
0.1

Interest rate swaps
 

 

 

 
0.1

Cross currency basis swaps
 
2.7

 

 

 

Total
 
$
7.5

 
$

 
$
4.8

 
$
0.2


107



Balance Sheet Offsetting
Substantially all of the Company’s derivative contracts are subject to netting arrangements, whereby the right to offset occurs in the event of default or termination in accordance with the terms of the arrangements with the counterparty. While these contracts contain the enforceable right to offset through netting arrangements with the same counterparty, the Company elects to present them on a gross basis on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Offsetting of financial assets and liabilities under netting arrangements at December 31, 2015:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
 
(in millions)
 
Gross Amounts Recognized
 
Gross Amount Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
Net Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
Financial Instruments
 
Cash Collateral Received/Pledged
 
Net Amount
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
$
35.9

 
$

 
$
35.9

 
$
(7.4
)
 
$

 
$
28.5

Interest rate swaps
 
0.1

 

 
0.1

 

 

 
0.1

Total Assets
 
$
36.0

 
$

 
$
36.0

 
$
(7.4
)
 
$

 
$
28.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
 
(in millions)
 
Gross Amounts Recognized
 
Gross Amount Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
Net Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
Financial Instruments
 
Cash Collateral Received/Pledged
 
Net Amount
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
$
10.3

 
$

 
$
10.3

 
$
(6.3
)
 
$

 
$
4.0

Commodity contracts
 
0.1

 

 
0.1

 

 

 
0.1

Interest rate swaps
 
1.2

 

 
1.2

 
(1.1
)
 

 
0.1

Total Liabilities
 
$
11.6

 
$

 
$
11.6

 
$
(7.4
)
 
$

 
$
4.2
















108



Offsetting of financial assets and liabilities under netting arrangements at December 31, 2014:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
 
(in millions)
 
Gross Amounts Recognized
 
Gross Amount Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
Net Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
Financial Instruments
 
Cash Collateral Received/Pledged
 
Net Amount
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
$
45.3

 
$

 
$
45.3

 
$
(7.7
)
 
$

 
$
37.6

Interest rate swaps
 
0.8

 

 
0.8

 
(0.3
)
 

 
0.5

Cross currency basis swaps
 
2.7

 

 
2.7

 
(1.1
)
 

 
1.6

Total Assets
 
$
48.8

 
$

 
$
48.8

 
$
(9.1
)
 
$

 
$
39.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
 
(in millions)
 
Gross Amounts Recognized
 
Gross Amount Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
Net Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
Financial Instruments
 
Cash Collateral Received/Pledged
 
Net Amount
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
 
$
9.3

 
$

 
$
9.3

 
$
(8.1
)
 
$

 
$
1.2

Commodity contracts
 
0.2

 

 
0.2

 

 

 
0.2

DIO equity option contracts
 
0.1

 

 
0.1

 

 

 
0.1

Interest rate swaps
 
1.1

 

 
1.1

 
(1.0
)
 

 
0.1

Total Liabilities
 
$
10.7

 
$

 
$
10.7

 
$
(9.1
)
 
$

 
$
1.6


NOTE 18 - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

The Company records financial instruments at fair value with unrealized gains and losses related to certain financial instruments reflected in AOCI on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  In addition, the Company recognizes certain liabilities at fair value. The Company applies the market approach for recurring fair value measurements. Accordingly, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

The fair value of financial instruments is determined by reference to various market data and other valuation techniques as appropriate. The Company believes the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts), prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, income taxes payable and notes payable approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.  The Company estimated the fair value and carrying value of its total long-term debt, including current portion, was $1,160.7 million and $1,150.2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015.  At December 31, 2014, the Company estimated the fair value and carrying value was $1,290.0 million and $1,262.7 million, respectively.  The interest rate on the $450.0 million Senior Notes, the $300.0 million Senior Notes, and the $250.0 million Private Placement Notes are fixed rates of 4.1%, 2.8% and 4.1%, respectively, and their fair value is based on the interest rates at December 31, 2015. The interest rates on variable rate term loan debt and commercial paper are consistent with current market conditions, therefore the fair value of these instruments approximates their carrying values.

109




The following tables set forth by level within the fair value hierarchy the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2015 and 2014, which are classified as “Cash and cash equivalents,” “Prepaid expenses and other current assets,” “Other noncurrent assets, net,” “Accrued liabilities,” and “Other noncurrent liabilities” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Financial assets and liabilities that are recorded at fair value as of the balance sheet date are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

       
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
$
0.1

 
$

 
$
0.1

 
$

Foreign exchange forward contracts
35.9

 

 
35.9

 

Total assets
$
36.0

 
$

 
$
36.0

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest rate swaps
$
1.2

 
$

 
$
1.2

 
$

Commodity forward purchase contracts
0.1

 

 
0.1

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts
10.3

 

 
10.3

 

Long-term debt
45.1

 

 
45.1

 

Total liabilities
$
56.7

 
$

 
$
56.7

 
$


 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
$
0.8

 
$

 
$
0.8

 
$

Cross currency interest rate swaps
2.7

 

 
2.7

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts
45.3

 

 
45.3

 

Corporate convertible bonds
57.7

 

 

 
57.7

Total assets
$
106.5

 
$

 
$
48.8

 
$
57.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest rate swaps
$
1.1

 
$

 
$
1.1

 
$

Commodity forward purchase contracts
0.2

 

 
0.2

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts
9.2

 

 
9.2

 

Long-term debt
106.1

 

 
106.1

 

DIO equity option contracts
0.1

 

 

 
0.1

Total liabilities
$
116.7

 
$

 
$
116.6

 
$
0.1


Derivative valuations are based on observable inputs to the valuation model including interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, future commodities prices and credit risks. The Company utilizes commodity contracts, certain interest rates swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts that are considered cash flow hedges. In addition, the Company at times employs certain cross currency interest rate swaps and forward exchange contracts that are considered hedges of net investment in foreign operations. Both types of designated derivative instruments are further discussed in Note 17, Financial Instruments and Derivatives.

The Company used the income method valuation technique to estimate the fair value of the corporate bonds. The significant unobservable inputs for valuing the corporate bonds are DIO Corporation’s stock volatility factor of approximately 40% and corporate bond rating which implies an approximately 8.7% discount rate on the valuation model. Significant observable inputs used to value the corporate bonds include foreign exchange rates and DIO Corporation’s period-ending market stock price. During the quarter ended September 30, 2015, the Company sold the DIO convertible bonds.


110



The following table presents a reconciliation of the Company’s Level 3 holdings measured at fair value on a recurring basis using unobservable inputs:
 
Corporate
 
DIO Equity
(in millions)
Convertible
 
Options
 
Bonds
 
Contracts
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
70.0

 
$
(0.1
)
Unrealized loss:
 
 
 
Reported in AOCI, before tax
(6.1
)
 

Unrealized gain:
 
 
 
Reported in other expense (income), net

 

Effect of exchange rate changes
(6.2
)
 

Balance at December 31, 2014
$
57.7

 
$
(0.1
)
Sales, gross
(47.7
)
 

Unrealized loss:
 
 
 
Reported in AOCI, before tax
(6.8
)
 

Realized gain:
 
 
 
Reported in other expense (income), net

 
0.1

Effect of exchange rate changes
(3.2
)
 

Balance at December 31, 2015
$

 
$


For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company sold all Level 3 investments. There were no additional purchases, issuances or transfers of Level 3 financial instruments in 2015. There were no purchases, issuances or transfers of Level 3 financial instruments in 2014.

NOTE 19 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

The Company leases automobiles and machinery and equipment and certain office, warehouse and manufacturing facilities under non-cancelable leases. The leases generally require the Company to pay insurance, taxes and other expenses related to the leased property. Total rental expense for all operating leases was $30.4 million, $37.4 million and $39.7 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Rental commitments, principally for real estate (exclusive of taxes, insurance and maintenance), automobiles and office equipment are as follows:
(in millions)
 
 
 
2016
$
30.3

2017
23.2

2018
17.0

2019
11.7

2020
6.1

2021 and thereafter
8.4

 
$
96.7


Litigation

On June 18, 2004, Marvin Weinstat, DDS and Richard Nathan, DDS filed a class action suit in San Francisco County, California alleging that the Company misrepresented that its Cavitron® ultrasonic scalers are suitable for use in oral surgical procedures.  The Complaint seeks a recall of the product and refund of its purchase price to dentists who have purchased it for use in oral surgery. The Court certified the case as a class action in June 2006 with respect to the breach of warranty and unfair business

111



practices claims. The class that was certified is defined as California dental professionals who, at any time during the period beginning June 18, 2000 through September 14, 2012, purchased and used one or more Cavitron® ultrasonic scalers for the performance of oral surgical procedures on their patients, which Cavitrons® were accompanied by Directions for Use that “Indicated” Cavitron® use for “periodontal debridement for all types of periodontal disease.” The case went to trial in September 2013, and on January 22, 2014, the San Francisco Superior Court issued its decision in the Company’s favor, rejecting all of the plaintiffs’ claims. The plaintiffs have appealed the Superior Court’s decision, and the appeal is now pending. The Company is defending against this appeal.

On December 12, 2006, Carole Hildebrand, DDS and Robert Jaffin, DDS filed a Complaint in the Eastern District of Pennsylvania (the Plaintiffs subsequently added Dr. Mitchell Goldman as a named class representative).  The case was filed by the same law firm that filed the Weinstat case in California.  The Complaint asserts putative class action claims on behalf of dentists located in New Jersey and Pennsylvania.  The Complaint seeks damages and asserts that the Company’s Cavitron® ultrasonic scaler was negligently designed and sold in breach of contract and warranty arising from misrepresentations about the potential uses of the product because it cannot assure the delivery of potable or sterile water. Following grant of a Company Motion and dismissal of the case for lack of jurisdiction, the plaintiffs filed a second complaint under the name of Dr. Hildebrand’s corporate practice, Center City Periodontists, asserting the same allegations (this case is now proceeding under the name “Center City Periodontists”). The plaintiffs moved to have the case certified as a class action, to which the Company has objected and filed its brief. The Court subsequently granted a Motion filed by the Company and dismissed plaintiffs’ New Jersey Consumer Fraud and negligent design claims, leaving only a breach of express warranty claim, in response to which the Company has filed a Motion for Summary Judgment. The Court held three days of hearings in January 2016 on plaintiffs’ class certification motion. The Court has scheduled further hearings in the matter for June 2016.

On January 20, 2014, the Company was served with a qui tam complaint filed by two former and one current employee of the Company under the Federal False Claims Act and equivalent state and city laws. The lawsuit was previously under seal in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The Complaint alleges, among other things, that the Company engaged in various illegal marketing activities, and thereby caused dental and other healthcare professionals to file false claims for reimbursement with Federal and State governments. The relators seek injunctive relief, fines, treble damages, and attorneys’ fees and costs. On January 27, 2014, the United States filed with the Court a notice that it had elected not to intervene in the qui tam action at this time. The United States’ notice indicated that the named state and city co-plaintiffs had authorized the United States to communicate to the Court that they also had decided not to intervene at this time. These non-intervention decisions do not prevent the qui tam relators from litigating this action, and the United States and/or the named states and/or cities may seek to intervene in the action at a later time. On September 4, 2014, the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint was granted in part and denied in part. The Company filed a motion for summary judgment in December 2015, which is now pending before the Court. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself in the litigation.

On October 2, 2015 and October 5, 2015, the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary Dawkins Merger Sub Inc. (“Merger Sub”) were served with two separate putative class action complaints filed in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware by purported stockholders of Sirona Dental Systems, Inc. (“Sirona”) against the members of Sirona’s Board of Directors, the Company, and Merger Sub. The Complaints allege that the Company and Merger Sub aided and abetted and/or assisted Sirona’s Board members in breaching their fiduciary duties to Sirona’s stockholders in connection with the Agreement and Plan of Merger entered into between the Company and Sirona on September 15, 2015. One of the plaintiffs subsequently withdrew one of the two cases in December 2015. The other case is still pending. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself in this litigation.

The Company does not believe a loss is probable related to the above litigation. Further a reasonable estimate of a possible range of loss cannot be made. In the event that one or more of these matters is unfavorably resolved, it is possible the Company’s results from operations could be materially impacted.

In 2012, the Company received subpoenas from the United States Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of Indiana (the “USAO”) and from the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) requesting documents and information related to compliance with export controls and economic sanctions regulations by certain of its subsidiaries. The Company has voluntarily contacted OFAC and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the United States Department of Commerce (“BIS”), in connection with these matters as well as regarding compliance with export controls and economic sanctions regulations by certain other business units of the Company identified in connection with an internal review by the Company. On August 24, 2015, the Company entered into an extension of the tolling agreement originally entered into in August 2014, such that the statute of limitations is now tolled until September 1, 2016. The Company is cooperating with the USAO, OFAC and BIS with respect to these matters.

At this stage of the inquiries, the Company is unable to predict the ultimate outcome of these matters or what impact, if any, the outcome of these matters might have on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

112



Violations of export control or economic sanctions laws or regulations could result in a range of governmental enforcement actions, including fines or penalties, injunctions and/or criminal or other civil proceedings, which actions could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations. At this time, no claims have been made against the Company.

In addition to the matters disclosed above, the Company is, from time to time, subject to a variety of litigation and similar proceedings incidental to its business.  These legal matters primarily involve claims for damages arising out of the use of the Company’s products and services and claims relating to intellectual property matters including patent infringement, employment matters, tax matters, commercial disputes, competition and sales and trading practices, personal injury and insurance coverage. The Company may also become subject to lawsuits as a result of past or future acquisitions or as a result of liabilities retained from, representations, warranties or indemnities provided in connection with, divested businesses.  Some of these lawsuits may include claims for punitive and consequential, as well as compensatory damages. Based upon the Company’s experience, current information and applicable law, it does not believe that these proceedings and claims will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated results of operations, financial position or liquidity. However, in the event of unexpected further developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters, or other similar matters, if unfavorable, may be materially adverse to the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

While the Company maintains general, products, property, workers’ compensation, automobile, cargo, aviation, crime, fiduciary and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance up to certain limits that cover certain of these claims, this insurance may be insufficient or unavailable to cover such losses.  In addition, while the Company believes it is entitled to indemnification from third parties for some of these claims, these rights may also be insufficient or unavailable to cover such losses.

Purchase and Other Commitments

From time to time, the Company enters into long-term inventory purchase commitments with minimum purchase requirements for raw materials and finished goods to ensure the availability of products for production and distribution. These commitments may have a significant impact on levels of inventory maintained by the Company.

The Company has employment agreements with its executive officers. These agreements generally provide for salary continuation for a specified number of months under certain circumstances. If all of the employees under contract were to be terminated by the Company without cause, as defined in the agreements, the Company’s liability would be approximately $15.6 million at December 31, 2015.



113



NOTE 20 - QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
(in millions, except per share amounts)

 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
 
Rounding
 
Total
Year
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
$
656.3

 
$
698.0

 
$
648.9

 
$
671.1

 
$

 
$
2,674.3

Gross profit
373.4

 
399.7

 
369.4

 
374.7

 

 
1,517.2

Operating income
97.7

 
85.8

 
98.6

 
93.1

 

 
375.2

Net income attributable to
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

DENTSPLY International
64.0

 
44.1

 
84.5

 
58.6

 

 
251.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per common share - basic
$
0.46

 
$
0.32

 
$
0.60

 
$
0.42

 
$
(0.01
)
 
$
1.79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per common share - diluted
$
0.45

 
$
0.31

 
$
0.59

 
$
0.41

 
$

 
$
1.76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash dividends declared per common share
$
0.07250

 
$
0.07250

 
$
0.07250

 
$
0.07250

 
$

 
$
0.29000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
$
730.1

 
$
765.2

 
$
708.2

 
$
719.1

 
$

 
$
2,922.6

Gross profit
394.2

 
424.5

 
388.1

 
393.0

 

 
1,599.8

Operating income
105.6

 
127.1

 
109.6

 
103.3

 

 
445.6

Net income attributable to
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

DENTSPLY International
72.9

 
90.0

 
75.3

 
84.7

 

 
322.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per common share - basic
$
0.51

 
$
0.63

 
$
0.53

 
$
0.60

 
$
0.01

 
$
2.28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per common share - diluted
$
0.50

 
$
0.62

 
$
0.52

 
$
0.59

 
$
0.01

 
$
2.24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash dividends declared per common share
$
0.06625

 
$
0.06625

 
$
0.06625

 
$
0.06625

 
$

 
$
0.26500


Net sales, excluding precious metal content, were $631.5 million, $674.7 million, $629.4 million and $645.9 million, respectively, for the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2015.  Net sales, excluding precious metal content, were $689.2 million, $730.9 million, $681.6 million and $691.0 million, respectively, for the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2014. This measurement should be considered a non-US GAAP measure.


114



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.  
 
 
 
By:
/s/
Bret W. Wise
 
 
Bret W. Wise
 
 
Chairman of the Board and
 
 
Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/
Bret W. Wise
 
February 12, 2016
 
Bret W. Wise
 
Date
 
Chairman of the Board and
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/
Christopher T. Clark
 
February 12, 2016
 
Christopher T. Clark
 
Date
 
President and
 
 
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/
Dr. Michael C. Alfano
 
February 12, 2016
 
Dr. Michael C. Alfano
 
Date
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/
Eric K. Brandt
 
February 12, 2016
 
Eric K. Brandt
 
Date
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/
Paula H. Cholmondeley
 
February 12, 2016
 
Paula H. Cholmondeley
 
Date
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/
Michael J. Coleman
 
February 12, 2016
 
Michael J. Coleman
 
Date
 
Director
 
 

115



 
 
 
 
/s/
Willie A. Deese
 
February 12, 2016
 
Willie A. Deese
 
Date
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/
William F. Hecht
 
February 12, 2016
 
William F. Hecht
 
Date
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/
Francis J. Lunger
 
February 12, 2016
 
Francis J. Lunger
 
Date
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/
John L. Miclot
 
February 12, 2016
 
John L. Miclot
 
Date
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/
John C. Miles II
 
February 12, 2016
 
John C. Miles II
 
Date
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 

116
Exhibit


May 20, 2015
DENTSPLY International Inc.
AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS
BY-LAWS INDEX
 
 
 
Page
ARTICLE I STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
1

 
Section 1.
Annual Meetings
1

 
Section 2.
Special Meetings
1

 
Section 3.
Place of Meeting
1

 
Section 4.
Notice of Meeting
1

 
Section 5.
Fixing of Record Date
1

 
Section 6.
Quorum
2

 
Section 7.
Proxies
2

 
Section 8.
Voting of Shares
2

 
Section 9.
List of Stockholders
3

 
Section 10.
Waiver of Notice by Stockholders
3

 
Section 11.
Advance Notice of Stockholder-Proposed Business at Annual Meetings
3

 
Section 12.
Procedure for Nomination of Directors
4

 
Section 13.
Election of Directors
6

ARTICLE II BOARD OF DIRECTORS
6

 
Section 1.
General Powers
6

 
Section 2.
Number of Directors, Tenure and Qualifications
6

 
Section 3.
Regular Meetings
7

 
Section 4.
Special Meetings
7

 
Section 5.
Notice
7

 
Section 6.
Quorum
8

 
Section 7.
Manner of Acting
8

 
Section 8.
Vacancies
8

 
Section 9.
Compensation
8

 
Section 10.
Presumption of Assent
8

 
Section 11.
Committees
8

 
Section 12.
Removal of Directors
9

 
Section 13.
Action of the Board by Written Consent
9

 
Section 14.
Conferences
9

ARTICLE III OFFICERS
9

 
Section 1.
Number
9

 
Section 2.
Election and Term of Office
9

 
Section 3.
Removal
10

 
Section 4.
Chairman of the Board
10

 
Section 5.
Vice Chairman of the Board
10

 
Section 6.
Chief Executive Officer
10

 
Section 7.
President
10

 
Section 8.
Senior Vice President and Vice Presidents
10


1



 
Section 9.
Secretary and Assistant Secretaries
10

 
Section 10.
Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer
11

 
Section 11.
Salaries
11

 
Section 12.
Representation in Other Companies
11

ARTICLE IV STOCK AND TRANSFER OF STOCK
11

 
Section 1.
Shares of Stock
11

 
Section 2.
Transfer of Shares
12

ARTICLE V INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

12

 
Section 1.
Indemnification Generally
12

 
Section 2.
Indemnification in Actions By or In the Right of the Corporation
13

 
Section 3.
Success on the Merits; Indemnification Against Expenses
13

 
Section 4.
Determination that Indemnification if Proper
13

 
Section 5.
Insurance; Indemnification Agreements
14

 
Section 6.
Advancement of Expenses
14

 
Section 7.
Rights Not Exclusive
14

 
Section 8.
Severability
14

 
Section 9.
Modification
14

ARTICLE VI EXCLUSIVE FORUM
15

May 20, 2015
















2



AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS
OF
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
(formerly GENDEX Corporation)
ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
Section 1.     Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the stockholders, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 2.     Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of capital stock having a preference over the common stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, special meetings of stockholders of the corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.     Place of Meeting. The Board of Directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting, or for any special meeting called pursuant to Article I, Section 2, above. A waiver of notice signed by all stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting may designate any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place for the holding of such meeting. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting shall be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the corporation.

Section 4.     Notice of Meeting. Written notice stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting either personally or by mail, by or at the discretion of the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the officer or persons calling the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock record books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

Section 5.     Fixing of Record Date.

(a)For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors of the corporation may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of stockholders, such date in any case to be not more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days prior to the date of any proposed meeting of stockholders. In no event shall the stock transfer books be closed. When a determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of

1



stockholders has been made as provided in this Section, such determination shall be applied to any adjournment thereof.

(b)For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other lawful purpose, the Board of Directors of the corporation may fix a date as the record date for any such determination of stockholders, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. In no event shall the stock transfer books be closed.

Section 6.     Quorum. A majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. Provided that a meeting has been duly convened in accordance herewith, any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned from time to time without further notice. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. Any meeting (a) at which all of the outstanding shares are present in person or represented by proxy and at which none of such shares attend for the purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business thereat because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened, or (b) at which all of the outstanding stock has waived notice, or (c) for which notice shall have been duly given as provided herein, shall be deemed a properly constituted meeting of the stockholders.

Section 7.     Proxies. At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder entitled to vote may vote by proxy appointed in writing by the stockholder or by his duly authorized attorney in fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation before or at the time of the meeting. An instrument appointing a proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated thereon, be valid only at the meeting for which it has been given or any adjournment thereof.

Section 8.     Voting of Shares. At each meeting of stockholders, every stockholder entitled to vote thereat shall be entitled to vote in person or by a duly authorized proxy, which proxy may be appointed by an instrument in writing executed by such stockholder or his duly authorized attorney or through electronic means, if applicable, such as the internet. Subject to the provisions of applicable law and the corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, each holder of common stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of stock standing registered in his name at the close of business on the day fixed by the Board of Directors as the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of and vote at such meeting. Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by any officer of such corporation or any proxy appointed by any officer of such corporation in the absence of express notice of such corporation given in writing to the Secretary of this corporation in connection with the particular meeting, that such officer has no authority to vote such shares.




2



Section 9.    List of Stockholders. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the ensuing meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary, or other officer of the corporation having charge of said stock ledger. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where said meeting is to be held, and the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and shall be subject to the inspection of any stockholder who may be present.

Section 10.    Waiver of Notice by Stockholders. Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given to any stockholder of the corporation under the provisions of these By-Laws or under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or under the provisions of any statute, a waiver thereof in writing, signed at any time, whether before or after the time of meeting, by the stockholder entitled to such notice, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

Section 11.    Advance Notice of Stockholder-Proposed Business at Annual Meetings. No business may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders, other than business that is either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (b) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), or (c) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any stockholder of the corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 11 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such annual meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11.

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the corporation.

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within twenty-five (25) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs.
To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below),

3



individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the stockholder or the Stockholder Associated Person therefrom, (ii) the name and record address of such stockholder, (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person, (A) the class, series and number of all shares of stock of the corporation which are owned by such stockholder and by such Stockholder Associated Person, if any, (B) the nominee holder for, and number of, shares owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder and by any such Stockholder Associated Person, and (C) any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder and by any such Stockholder Associated Person and whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares) has been made, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to or manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any such Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any share of stock of the corporation; (iv) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person covered by clause (iii) of this paragraph, the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s stock ledger, and current name and address, if different, and of such Stockholder Associated Person; (v) a description of all proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder; and (vi) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

Notwithstanding anything in these By-Laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at the annual meeting except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11; provided, however, that, once business has been properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Section 11 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any such business. If the chairman of an annual meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

For purposes of this Section 11 and of Section 12 of this Article I, “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Stockholder Associated Person.

Section 12.    Procedure for Nomination of Directors. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation with respect to the right of holders of preferred stock of the corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain circumstances. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized

4



committee thereof) or (b) by any stockholder of the corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 12 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 12.

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the corporation.

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation (a) in the case of an annual meeting, not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within twenty-five (25) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs; and (b) in the case of a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever first occurs.

To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (iv) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person, (i) the name and record address of such stockholder, (ii) the class, series and number of all shares of stock of the corporation which are owned by such stockholder and by such Stockholder Associated Person, if any, (iii) the nominee holder for, and number of, shares owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder and by any such Stockholder Associated Person, (iv) any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder and by any such Stockholder Associated Person and whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares) has been made, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to or manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any such Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any share of stock of the corporation, (v) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder or any such Stockholder Associated Person and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder, (vi) as to the stockholder giving the notice, a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by

5



proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice and (vii) any other information relating to the stockholder giving the notice that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12. If the Chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

Section 13.    Election of Directors.  Except as provided in Section 8 of Article II of these bylaws, a nominee for director shall be elected to the Board of Directors if the votes cast for such nominee’s election exceed the votes cast against such nominee’s election; provided, however, that directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at any meeting of stockholders for which (i) the Secretary of the Corporation receives a notice that a stockholder has nominated a person for election to the Board of Directors in compliance with the advance notice requirements for stockholder nominees for director set forth in Article I, Section 12 of these bylaws and (ii) such nomination has not been withdrawn by such stockholder on or prior to the fourteenth day before the date the Corporation first mails to the stockholders its notice of such meeting.  If directors are to be elected by a plurality of the votes cast, stockholders shall not be permitted to vote against a nominee, but only to withhold their vote. 
ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1.    General Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may adopt, amend or repeal by-laws adopted by the Board or by the stockholders.

Section 2.     Number of Directors, Tenure and Qualifications. The number of members of the Board of Directors shall be not less than three (3) nor more than thirteen (13), as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The directors need not be stockholders of the corporation. Effective immediately upon the filing of the Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, the term of office for the class of directors elected in 2011 shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014, the term of office for the class of directors elected in 2012 shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015, and the term of office for the class of directors elected in 2013 shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016, with the members of each class to hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. Commencing at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014, directors succeeding those whose terms are then expired shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the year following the year of their election and until their successors are elected and qualified. Commencing with the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016, the

6



classification of the board of directors shall terminate and all directors shall be of one class. Any additional director elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. A director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, incapacitation or removal from office, and except as otherwise required by law. In the event such election is not held at the annual meeting of stockholders, it shall be held at any adjournment thereof or a special meeting. Except as otherwise required by law, any vacancy on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors shall be filled only by a majority of the board of directors then in office, provided that a quorum is present, and any other vacancy occurring in the board of directors shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his or her predecessor. A director may be removed only for cause by the stockholders.

Section 3.    Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held without any other notice than this By-Law immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of stockholders, and each adjourned session thereof. The Board of Directors may designate the time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such designation.
Section 4.    Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or by members of the Board of Directors constituting no less than three-fourths (3/4) of the total number of directors then in office. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them.

Section 5.    Notice. Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least five (5) days previously thereto by written notice delivered or mailed to each director at his last known address, or at least forty-eight (48) hours previously thereto by personal delivery or by facsimile to a telephone number provided to the corporation. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. If notice is given by facsimile, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when transmitted with receipt confirmed. Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given to any director of the corporation under the provisions of these By-Laws or under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or under the provisions of any statute, a waiver thereof in writing, signed at any time, whether before or after the time of meeting, by the director entitled to such notice, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a director attends a meeting and objects thereat to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or

7



special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

Section 6.    Quorum. Two-Thirds (2/3) of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors.

Section 7.    Manner of Acting. The act of the majority of the directors then in office shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless the act of a greater number is required by these By-Laws or By-Law.

Section 8.     Vacancies. Except as otherwise required by law, any vacancy on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors shall be filled only by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, provided that a quorum is present, and any other vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his or her predecessor. The resignation of a director shall be effective upon receipt by the corporation, unless some subsequent time is fixed in the resignation, and then from that time. Acceptance of such resignation by the corporation shall not be required.

Section 9.    Compensation. The Board of Directors, by affirmative vote of a majority of the directors, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, may establish reasonable compensation of all directors for services to the corporation as directors, officers or otherwise, or may delegate such authority to an appropriate committee.

Section 10.    Presumption of Assent. A director of the corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

Section 11.     Committees. The Board of Directors by resolution may designate one (1) or more committees, each committee to consist of one (1) or more directors elected by the Board of Directors, which to the extent provided in such resolution, as initially adopted, and as thereafter supplemented or amended by further resolution adopted by a like vote, shall have and may exercise, when the Board of Directors is not in session, the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, except action with respect to amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws, adoption of an agreement of merger or consolidation (other than the adoption of a Certificate of Ownership and Merger in accordance with Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as such law may be amended or supplemented), recommendation to the stockholders of the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property or assets, recommendation to the stockholders of the dissolution or the revocation of a dissolution of the corporation, election of officers or the filling of vacancies on the Board of Directors or on committees created pursuant to this Section or declaration of dividends. The Board of Directors may elect one (1) or more

8



of its members as alternate members of any such committee who may take the place of any absent or disqualified member or members at any meeting of such committee, upon request by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or upon request by the chairman of such meeting. Each such committee may fix its own rules governing the conduct of its activities and shall make such reports to the Board of Directors of its activities as the Board of Directors may request.
    
Section 12.    Removal of Directors. Exclusive of directors, if any, elected by the holders of one (1) or more classes of preferred stock, no director of the corporation may be removed from office, except for cause and by the affirmative vote of two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders duly called for such purpose. As used in this Article II, the meaning of “cause” shall be limited to malfeasance arising from the performance of a director’s duty which has a materially adverse effect on the business of the corporation.

Section 13.    Action of the Board by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof if prior to such action a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board or of the committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or the committee.
Section 14.    Conferences. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 14 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

Section 1.     Number. The officers of the corporation shall consist of a Chairman of the Board and a Chief Executive Officer. The Board of Directors may appoint as officers a Vice Chairman of the Board, President, such number of Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer, one (1) or more Assistant Treasurers, one (1) or more Assistant Secretaries, and such other officers as are created by the Board from time to time. The same person may hold two (2) or more of such offices.

Section 2.     Election and Term of Office. The Chairman of the Board and the Vice Chairman of the Board shall be elected by the directors from among their own number; other officers need not be directors. In addition to the powers conferred upon them by these By-Laws, all officers elected or appointed by the Board of Directors shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors by resolution.




9



Section 3.     Removal. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors, whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Election or appointment shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 4.     Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and meetings of the stockholders. He shall also perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.

Section 5.     Vice Chairman of the Board. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board because of death or physical disability which prevents the Chairman of the Board from performing his duties, or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Vice Chairman of the Board shall perform the duties of the Chairman of the Board and, when so acting, have the powers of and be subject to all of the restrictions upon the Chairman of the Board.

Section 6.    Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the principal executive officer of the corporation and shall have the general charge of and control over the business, affairs, and personnel of the corporation, subject to the authority of the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer may, together with the Secretary, sign all certificates for shares of the capital stock of the corporation and shall perform such other duties as shall be delegated to him by the Board of Directors. Except as may be specified by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall have the power to enter into contracts and make commitments on behalf of the corporation and shall have the right to execute deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts and other instruments necessary or proper to be executed in connection with the corporation’s regular business and may authorize the President, and any other officer of the corporation, to sign, execute and acknowledge such documents and instruments in his place and stead.

Section 7.    President. The President shall be the chief operating officer of the corporation, and shall report to the Chief Executive Officer. The President may, together with the Secretary, sign all certificates for shares of the capital stock of the corporation and may, together with the Secretary, execute on behalf of the corporation any contract, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer to some other officer or agent, and shall perform such duties as are assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 8.    Senior Vice President and Vice Presidents. Each Senior Vice President or Vice President shall perform such duties and have such authority as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.    

Section 9.     Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the corporation and of all books, records and papers of the corporation, except such as shall be in the charge of the Treasurer or some other person authorized to have custody and be in possession thereof by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall record the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders

10



and of the Board of Directors in books kept by him for that purpose and may, at the direction of the Board of Directors, give any notice required by statute or by these By-Laws of all such meetings. The Secretary shall, together with the Chief Executive Officer or the President, sign certificates for shares of the capital stock of the corporation. Any Assistant Secretaries elected by the Board of Directors, in order of their seniority, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary as aforesaid. The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may, together with the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any other authorized officer, execute on behalf of the corporation any contract which has been approved by the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall prescribe.

Section 10.    Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer. The Treasurer shall keep accounts of all moneys of the corporation received and disbursed, and shall deposit all monies and valuables of the corporation in its name and to its credit in such banks and depositories as the Board of Directors shall designate. Any Assistant Treasurers elected by the Board of Directors, in order of their seniority, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer, and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall prescribe.

Section 11.     Salaries. The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the corporation.

Section 12.     Representation in Other Companies. Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President designated by the President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the corporation to attend and to act and to vote at any meetings of security holders of corporations in which the corporation may hold securities, and at such meetings shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities, and which as the owner thereof the corporation might have possessed and exercised, if present. The Board of Directors by resolution from time to time may confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

ARTICLE IV

STOCK AND TRANSFER OF STOCK

Section 1.    Shares of Stock. The shares of capital stock of the corporation shall be represented by a certificate, unless and until the Board of Directors of the corporation adopts a resolution permitting shares to be uncertificated. Notwithstanding the adoption of any such resolution providing for uncertificated shares, every holder of capital stock of the corporation theretofore represented by certificates and, upon request, every holder of uncertificated shares, shall be entitled to have a certificate for shares of capital stock of the corporation signed by the Chief Executive Officer or the President and by the Secretary. To the extent that shares are represented by certificates, the certificates shall be in such form as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name and address of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of

11



issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation. With respect to certificated shares of stock, all certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate or uncertificated shares shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and canceled, except that in case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate, a new certificate or uncertificated shares may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

Section 2.    Transfer of Shares. Stock of the corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by applicable law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the corporation, and in the case of certificated shares of stock, only by the person named in the certificate or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and payment of all necessary transfer taxes; or, in the case of uncertificated shares of stock, upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of the shares or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing, and upon payment of all necessary transfer taxes and compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form; provided, however, that such surrender and endorsement, compliance or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which the officers of the corporation shall determine to waive such requirement. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of a certificate representing shares of capital stock of the corporation or of proper transfer instructions with respect to uncertificated shares, the corporation may treat the registered owner of such shares as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner. Where a certificate for shares is presented to the corporation with a request to register for transfer, the corporation shall not be liable to the owner or any other person suffering loss as a result of such registration of transfer if (a) there were on or with the certificate the necessary endorsements, and (b) the corporation had no duty to inquire into adverse claims or has discharged any such duty. The corporation may require reasonable assurance that said endorsements are genuine and effective and in compliance with such other regulations as may be prescribed under the authority of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS,
EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

Section 1.    Indemnification Generally. The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or is alleged to have violated the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the

12



corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 2.    Indemnification in Actions By or In the Right Of the Corporation. The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense and settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 3.     Success on the Merits; Indemnification Against Expenses. To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article V, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

Section 4.     Determination that Indemnification is Proper. Any indemnification under Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article V, unless ordered by a court, shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances under the standard of conduct set forth in such Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article V, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made:

(a)By the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding;

(b)If such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or

(c) By the stockholders.


13



Section 5.    Insurance; Indemnification Agreements. The corporation may, but shall not be required to, supplement the right of indemnification under this Article V by any lawful means, including, without limitation by reason of enumeration, (i) the purchase and maintenance of insurance on behalf of any one or more of such indemnitees, whether or not the corporation would be obligated to indemnify such person under this Article V or otherwise, and (ii) individual or group indemnification agreements with any one or more of such indemnities.

Section 6.    Advancement of Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an indemnitee in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as to such amounts.

Section 7.     Rights Not Exclusive. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article V shall be not deemed exclusive of any other right to which an indemnified person may be entitled under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (or any successor provision) or otherwise under applicable law, or under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 8.    Severability. To the extent that any court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that the indemnification provided under this Article V shall be invalid as applied to a particular claim, issue or matter, the provisions hereof shall be deemed amended to allow indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by law.

Section 9.     Modification. This Article V shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each previous, current or future director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Article V shall be applicable to all actions, claims, suits or proceedings, commenced after the adoption hereof, whether arising from any action taken or failure to act before or after such adoption. No amendment, modification or repeal of this Article V shall diminish the rights provided hereby or diminish the right to indemnification with respect to any claim, issue or matter in any then pending or subsequent proceeding which is based in any material respect from any alleged action or failure to act prior to such amendment, modification or repeal.







14



ARTICLE VI

EXCLUSIVE FORUM

Unless the corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer or other employee of the corporation to the corporation or the corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the corporation or any director or officer or other employee of the corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws (as either may be amended from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the corporation or any director or officer or other employee of the corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be a state court located within the State of Delaware (or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware).


15

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

Execution Version

 

 

 

Dentsply International Inc.

 

CHF25,000,000 0.86% Series A Senior Notes due December 11, 2025

€30,000,000 2.05% Series B Senior Notes due December 11, 2025

€67,000,000 2.05% Series C Senior Notes due December 11, 2025

CHF7,500,000 1.02% Series D Senior Notes due December 11, 2027

€15,000,000 2.24% Series E Senior Notes due December 11, 2027

€11,000,000 2.05% Series F Senior Notes due February 19, 2026

€15,000,000 2.05% Series G Senior Notes due February 19, 2026

€45,000,000 2.45% Series H Senior Notes due February 19, 2031

CHF58,000,000 1.01% Series I Senior Notes due August 15, 2026

€40,000,000 2.25% Series J Senior Notes due August 15, 2026

€66,000,000 2.25% Series K Senior Notes due August 15, 2026

CHF140,000,000 1.17% Series L Senior Notes due August 15, 2028

CHF65,000,000 1.33% Series M Senior Notes due August 15, 2031

 

 

 

Note Purchase Agreement

 

 

 

Dated as of December 11, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

      Page
     
1. Authorization of Notes 1
     
2. Sale and Purchase of Notes 2
     
3. Closing 3
       
  3.1. First Closing 3
  3.2. Second Closing 3
  3.3. Third Closing 4
       
4. Conditions to Closing 4
       
  4.1. Representations and Warranties 4
  4.2. Performance; No Default 5
  4.3. Compliance Certificates 5
  4.4. Opinions of Counsel 5
  4.5. Purchase Permitted By Applicable Law, Etc 5
  4.6. Sale of Other Notes 6
  4.7. Payment of Special Counsel Fees 6
  4.8. Private Placement Number 6
  4.9. Changes in Corporate Structure 6
  4.10. Credit Agreement Amendment 6
  4.11. Funding Instructions 6
  4.12. Proceedings and Documents 6
       
5. Representations and Warranties of the Company 7
       
  5.1. Organization; Power and Authority 7
  5.2. Authorization, Etc 7
  5.3. Disclosure 7
  5.4. Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates 8
  5.5. Financial Statements 8
  5.6. Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc 9
  5.7. Governmental Authorizations, Etc 9
  5.8. Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders 9
  5.9. Taxes 10
  5.10. Title to Property; Leases 10
  5.11. Licenses, Permits, Etc 10
  5.12. Compliance with ERISA 11
  5.13. Private Offering by the Company 12
  5.14. Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations 12
  5.15. Existing Debt; Future Liens 12
  5.16. Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc 13
  5.17. Status under Certain Statutes 15
  5.18. Environmental Matters 15
  5.19. Notes Rank Pari Passu 15
       
6. Representations of the Purchaser 16

 

 i 

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

      Page
       
  6.1. Purchase for Investment 16
  6.2. Accredited Investor 16
  6.3. Source of Funds 16
       
7. Information as to Company 18
       
  7.1. Financial and Business Information 18
  7.2. Officer’s Certificate 20
  7.3. Visitation 21
  7.4. Electronic Delivery 21
       
8. Payment of the Notes 22
       
  8.1. Required Prepayments 22
  8.2. Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount 22
  8.3. Prepayment of Notes Upon Change of Control 23
  8.4. Prepayment of Notes Upon Sale of Assets 24
  8.5. Allocation of Partial Prepayments 24
  8.6. Maturity; Surrender, Etc 24
  8.7. Purchase of Notes 25
  8.8. Prepayment in Connection with a Noteholder Sanctions Event 25
  8.9. Make-Whole Amount 27
  8.10. Swap Breakage 33
       
9. Affirmative Covenants 34
       
  9.1. Compliance with Law 34
  9.2. Insurance 34
  9.3. Maintenance of Properties 35
  9.4. Payment of Taxes and Claims 35
  9.5. Corporate Existence, Etc 35
  9.6. [Reserved.] 35
  9.7. Notes to Rank Pari Passu 35
  9.8. Subsidiary Guarantors 36
  9.9. Books and Records 37
     
10. Negative Covenants 37
       
  10.1. Financial Covenants 37
  10.2. [Reserved.] 37
  10.3. Limitation on Liens 37
  10.4. Sales of Assets 38
  10.5. Merger and Consolidation 39
  10.6. Transactions with Affiliates 41
  10.7. Terrorism Sanctions Regulations 41
  10.8. Line of Business 42
  10.9. Subsidiary Debt 42

 

 ii 

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

    Page
     
11. Events of Default 43
       
12. Remedies on Default, Etc 45
       
  12.1. Acceleration 45
  12.2. Other Remedies 46
  12.3. Rescission 46
  12.4. No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc 47
       
13. Registration; Exchange; Substitution of Notes 47
       
  13.1. Registration of Notes 47
  13.2. Transfer and Exchange of Notes 47
  13.3. Replacement of Notes 48
       
14. Payments on Notes 48
       
  14.1. Place of Payment 48
  14.2. Home Office Payment 49
       
15. Expenses, Etc 49
       
  15.1. Transaction Expenses 49
  15.2. Survival 50
       
16. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire Agreement 50
       
17. Amendment and Waiver 50
       
  17.1. Requirements 50
  17.2. Solicitation of Holders of Notes 51
  17.3. Binding Effect, Etc 52
  17.4. Notes Held by Company, Etc 52
     
18. Notices 52
     
19. Reproduction of Documents 53
     
20. Confidential Information 53
     
21. Substitution of Purchaser 54
     
22. Miscellaneous 54
       
  22.1. Successors and Assigns 54
  22.2. Payments Due on Non-Business Days 55
  22.3. Accounting Terms; GAAP; Pro Forma Calculations 55
  22.4. Severability 56
  22.5. Construction 56
  22.6. Counterparts 56
  22.7. Governing Law 57
  22.8. Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial 57
  22.9. Obligation to Make Payment in the Applicable Currency 58
  22.10. Principal Amount and Percentage Determination 58
  22.11. Change of Currency 58

 

 iii 

 

 

Schedules & Exhibits

 

Schedule A Information Relating to Purchasers
     
Schedule B Defined Terms
     
Schedule 5.3 Disclosure Materials
     
Schedule 5.4 Subsidiaries of the Company, Ownership of Subsidiary Stock, Affiliates
     
Schedule 5.5 Financial Statements
     
Schedule 5.15 Existing Debt; Consignment Agreements; Unfunded Pension Obligations
     
Schedule 5.16 Anti-Money Laundering/Anti-Terrorism Disclosure
     
Schedule 8.9 Swapped Notes
     
Schedule 10.3 Existing Liens
     
Schedule 10.9 Existing Subsidiary Debt
     
Exhibit 1A Form of 0.86% Series A Senior Note
     
Exhibit 1B Form of 2.05% Series B Senior Note
     
Exhibit 1C Form of 2.05% Series C Senior Note
     
Exhibit 1D Form of 1.02% Series D Senior Note
     
Exhibit 1E Form of 2.24% Series E Senior Note
     
Exhibit 1F Form of 2.05% Series F Senior Note
     
Exhibit 1G Form of 2.05% Series G Senior Note
     
Exhibit 1H Form of 2.45% Series H Senior Note
     
Exhibit 1I Form of 1.01% Series I Senior Note
     
Exhibit 1J Form of 2.25% Series J Senior Note
     
Exhibit 1K Form of 2.25% Series K Senior Note
     
Exhibit 1L Form of 1.17% Series L Senior Note
     
Exhibit 1M Form of 1.33% Series M Senior Note
     
Exhibit 4.4(a) Form of Opinion of General Counsel to the Company
     
Exhibit 4.4(b) Form of Opinion of Special Counsel to the Purchasers

 

 iv 

 

 

DENTSPLY International Inc.

World Headquarters

Susquehanna Commerce Center, Suite 60W

221 West Philadelphia Street

York, Pennsylvania 17405

 

CHF25,000,000 0.86% Series A Senior Notes due December 11, 2025

€30,000,000 2.05% Series B Senior Notes due December 11, 2025

€67,000,000 2.05% Series C Senior Notes due December 11, 2025

CHF7,500,000 1.02% Series D Senior Notes due December 11, 2027

€15,000,000 2.24% Series E Senior Notes due December 11, 2027

€11,000,000 2.05% Series F Senior Notes due February 19, 2026

€15,000,000 2.05% Series G Senior Notes due February 19, 2026

€45,000,000 2.45% Series H Senior Notes due February 19, 2031

CHF58,000,000 1.01% Series I Senior Notes due August 15, 2026

€40,000,000 2.25% Series J Senior Notes due August 15, 2026

€66,000,000 2.25% Series K Senior Notes due August 15, 2026

CHF140,000,000 1.17% Series L Senior Notes due August 15, 2028

CHF65,000,000 1.33% Series M Senior Notes due August 15, 2031

 

Dated as of
December 11, 2015

 

To the Purchasers listed in

the attached Schedule A:

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

DENTSPLY International Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor thereto that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 10.5, the “Company”), agrees with each of the Purchasers as follows:

 

1.           Authorization of Notes. The Company will authorize the issue and sale of the following Senior Notes:

 

Issue   Series  

Aggregate Principal

Amount

  Interest Rate   Maturity Date
Senior Notes   Series A   CHF25,000,000   0.86%   December 11, 2025
Senior Notes   Series B   €30,000,000   2.05%   December 11, 2025
Senior Notes   Series C   €67,000,000   2.05%   December 11, 2025
Senior Notes   Series D   CHF7,500,000   1.02%   December 11, 2027
Senior Notes   Series E   €15,000,000   2.24%   December 11, 2027
Senior Notes   Series F   €11,000,000   2.05%   February 19, 2026
Senior Notes   Series G   €15,000,000   2.05%   February 19, 2026
Senior Notes   Series H   €45,000,000   2.45%   February 19, 2031
Senior Notes   Series I   CHF58,000,000   1.01%   August 15, 2026
Senior Notes   Series J   €40,000,000   2.25%   August 15, 2026
Senior Notes   Series K   €66,000,000   2.25%   August 15, 2026
Senior Notes   Series L   CHF140,000,000   1.17%   August 15, 2028
Senior Notes   Series M   CHF65,000,000   1.33%   August 15, 2031

 

 

 

 

The Senior Notes described above are collectively referred to as the “Notes” (such term shall also include any such notes as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time and any such notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 13 of this Agreement). The Series A Notes, Series B Notes, Series C Notes, Series D Notes, Series E Notes, Series F Notes, Series G Notes, Series H Notes, Series I Notes, Series J Notes, Series K Notes, Series L Notes and Series M Notes shall be substantially in the forms set out in Exhibit 1A, Exhibit 1B, Exhibit 1C, Exhibit 1D, Exhibit 1E, Exhibit 1F, Exhibit 1G, Exhibit 1H, Exhibit 1I, Exhibit 1J, Exhibit 1K, Exhibit 1L and Exhibit 1M, respectively, with such changes therefrom, if any, as may be approved by the Purchasers and the Company. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Schedule B; references to a “Schedule” or an “Exhibit” are, unless otherwise specified, to a Schedule or an Exhibit attached to this Agreement.

 

2.           Sale and Purchase of Notes.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company will issue and sell to each Purchaser and each Purchaser will purchase from the Company, at the Closings provided for in Section 3, the Notes of the Series and in the principal amount specified opposite such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A at the purchase price of 100% of the principal amount thereof. The obligations of each Purchaser hereunder are several and not joint obligations and each Purchaser shall have no obligation and no liability to any Person for the performance or nonperformance by any other Purchaser hereunder.

 

 2 

 

 

3.           Closing.

 

3.1.          First Closing.

 

The sale and purchase of the Series A Notes, the Series B Notes, the Series C Notes, the Series D Notes and the Series E Notes to be purchased by the Purchasers shall occur at the offices of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, 101 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10178 at 10:00 a.m. Eastern time, at a closing (the “First Closing”) on December 11, 2015 or on such earlier date as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasers of such Notes (such date, the “First Closing Date”). On the First Closing Date, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser of a Series A Note, Series B Note, Series C Note, Series D Note or Series E Note such Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of a single Note of the applicable Series (or such greater number of Notes in denominations of at least CHF100,000 (in the case of the Series A Notes and Series D Notes) or €100,000 (in the case of the Series B Notes, Series C Notes and Series E Notes), as such Purchaser may request) dated the First Closing Date and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of such Purchaser’s nominee), against delivery by such Purchaser to the Company or its order of immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of immediately available funds for the account of the Company in accordance with the instructions provided by the Company to the Purchasers of the Series A Notes, Series B Notes, Series C Notes, Series D Notes and Series E Notes pursuant to Section 4.11. If, on the First Closing Date, the Company shall fail to tender such Notes to any Purchaser as provided above in this Section 3.1, or any of the conditions specified in Section 4 shall not have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of any Purchaser of Series A Notes, Series B Notes, Series C Notes, Series D Notes or Series E Notes, such Purchaser shall, at such Purchaser’s election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Series A Notes, Series B Notes, Series C Notes, Series D Notes and Series E Notes, without thereby waiving any rights such Purchaser may have by reason of such failure or such nonfulfillment.

 

3.2.          Second Closing.

 

The sale and purchase of the Series F Notes, Series G Notes and Series H Notes to be purchased by the Purchasers shall occur at the offices of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, 101 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10178 at 10:00 a.m. Eastern time, at a closing (the “Second Closing”) on February 19, 2016 or on such earlier date as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasers of such Notes (such date, the “Second Closing Date”). On the Second Closing Date, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser of a Series F Note, Series G Note or Series H Note such Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of a single Note of the applicable Series (or such greater number of Notes in denominations of at least €100,000 as such Purchaser may request) dated the Second Closing Date and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of such Purchaser’s nominee), against delivery by such Purchaser to the Company or its order of immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of immediately available funds for the account of the Company in accordance with the instructions provided by the Company to the Purchasers of the Series F Notes, Series G Notes and Series H Notes pursuant to Section 4.11. If, on the Second Closing Date, the Company shall fail to tender such Notes to any Purchaser as provided above in this Section 3.2, or any of the conditions specified in Section 4 shall not have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of any Purchaser of Series F Notes, Series G Notes or Series H Notes, such Purchaser shall, at such Purchaser’s election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Series F Notes, Series G Notes and the Series H Notes, without thereby waiving any rights such Purchaser may have by reason of such failure or such nonfulfillment.

 

 3 

 

 

3.3.          Third Closing.

 

The sale and purchase of the Series I Notes, Series J Notes, Series K Notes, Series L Notes and Series M Notes to be purchased by the Purchasers shall occur at the offices of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, 101 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10178 at 10:00 a.m. Eastern time, at a closing (the “Third Closing”) on August 15, 2016 or on such earlier date as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasers of such Notes (such date, the “Third Closing Date”). On the Third Closing Date, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser of a Series I Note, Series J Note, Series K Note, Series L Note or Series M Note such Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of a single Note of the applicable Series (or such greater number of Notes in denominations of at least CHF100,000 (in the case of the Series I Notes, Series L Notes and Series M Notes) or €100,000 (in the case of the Series J Notes and Series K Notes), as such Purchaser may request) dated the Third Closing Date and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of such Purchaser’s nominee), against delivery by such Purchaser to the Company or its order of immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of immediately available funds for the account of the Company in accordance with the instructions provided by the Company to the Purchasers of the Series I Notes, Series J Notes, Series K Notes, Series L Notes and Series M Notes pursuant to Section 4.11. If, on the Third Closing Date, the Company shall fail to tender such Notes to any Purchaser as provided above in this Section 3.3, or any of the conditions specified in Section 4 shall not have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of any Purchaser of Series I Notes, Series J Notes, Series K Notes, Series L Notes or Series M Notes, such Purchaser shall, at such Purchaser’s election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Series I Notes, Series J Notes, Series K Notes, Series L Notes and Series M Notes, without thereby waiving any rights such Purchaser may have by reason of such failure or such nonfulfillment.

 

4.           Conditions to Closing.

 

Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Notes to be sold to such Purchaser at the respective Closing for such Notes is subject to the fulfillment to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, prior to or at such Closing, of the following conditions:

 

4.1.          Representations and Warranties.

 

The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement shall be correct when made and at the time of the applicable Closing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time during the period commencing with the First Closing Date and ending on the Third Closing Date, the Company may deliver to the Purchasers updates to Schedules 5.3, 5.4 and 5.5 as a result of changes occurring after the First Closing Date, in which case the existing Schedules 5.3, 5.4 and 5.5 shall be deemed to include the information set forth in such updated Schedules as of the date of such updated Schedules for purposes of the representations and warranties in this Agreement that are required to be made at the time of the Second Closing Date or the Third Closing Date, as applicable; provided, however, that updates to Schedules 5.3 and 5.5 shall be limited to information contained in reports filed by the Company after the First Closing Date with the SEC under the Exchange Act.

 

 4 

 

 

4.2.          Performance; No Default.

 

The Company shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by the Company prior to or at such Closing, and before and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes to be issued at such Closing (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.14), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall have entered into any transaction since the date of the Memorandum that would have been prohibited by Section 10 hereof had such Sections applied since such date.

 

4.3.          Compliance Certificates.

 

(a)          Officer’s Certificate of the Company. The Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of such Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.9 have been fulfilled.

 

(b)          Secretary’s Certificate of the Company. The Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate, dated the date of such Closing, certifying as to the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Notes to be issued at such Closing and this Agreement.

 

4.4.          Opinions of Counsel.

 

Such Purchaser shall have received opinions in form and substance satisfactory to such Purchaser, dated the date of such Closing (a) from the General Counsel of the Company covering the matters set forth in Exhibit 4.4(a) and covering such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated hereby as such Purchaser or its counsel may reasonably request and (b) from Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, the Purchasers’ special counsel in connection with such transactions, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 4.4(b) and covering such other matters incident to such transactions as such Purchaser may reasonably request.

 

4.5.          Purchase Permitted By Applicable Law, Etc.

 

On the date of such Closing, such Purchaser’s purchase of Notes to be issued at such Closing shall (a) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which such Purchaser is subject, without recourse to provisions (such as section 1405(a)(8) of the New York Insurance Law) permitting limited investments by insurance companies without restriction as to the character of the particular investment, (b) not violate any applicable law or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and (c) not subject such Purchaser to any tax, penalty or liability under or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, which law or regulation was not in effect on the date hereof. If requested by such Purchaser, such Purchaser shall have received an Officer’s Certificate certifying as to such matters of fact as such Purchaser may reasonably specify to enable such Purchaser to determine whether such purchase is so permitted.

 

 5 

 

 

4.6.          Sale of Other Notes.

 

Contemporaneously with such Closing the Company shall sell to each other Purchaser and each other Purchaser shall purchase the Notes to be purchased by it at such Closing as specified in Schedule A.

 

4.7.          Payment of Special Counsel Fees.

 

Without limiting the provisions of Section 15.1, the Company shall have paid on or before the date of such Closing, the reasonable fees, reasonable charges and reasonable disbursements of the Purchasers’ special counsel referred to in Section 4.4 to the extent reflected in a statement of such counsel rendered to the Company at least one Business Day prior to the date of such Closing.

 

4.8.          Private Placement Number.

 

A Private Placement Number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in cooperation with the SVO) shall have been obtained for each Series of Notes to be issued at such Closing.

 

4.9.          Changes in Corporate Structure.

 

Prior to the First Closing Date, the Company shall not have changed its jurisdiction of organization, been a party to any merger or consolidation, or shall not have succeeded to all or any substantial part of the liabilities of any other entity, at any time following the date of the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 5.5.

 

4.10.         Credit Agreement Amendment.

 

Prior to the First Closing Date, the Purchasers shall have received a certified, fully executed copy of Amendment No. 2 to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2014, by and among the Company, certain Subsidiaries of the Company named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, the lenders party thereto and other financial institutions party thereto, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 dated as of July 1, 2015, which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchasers and in full force and effect.

 

4.11.         Funding Instructions.

 

At least three Business Days prior to the date of such Closing, each Purchaser purchasing Notes on such date shall have received written instructions signed by a Responsible Officer on letterhead of the Company including (i) the name and address of the transferee bank, (ii) such transferee bank’s ABA number and (iii) the account name and number into which the purchase price for such Purchaser’s Notes is to be deposited.

 

4.12.         Proceedings and Documents.

 

All corporate and other organizational proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Purchaser and its special counsel, and such Purchaser and its special counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as such Purchaser or such special counsel may reasonably request.

 

 6 

 

 

5.           Representations and Warranties of the Company.

 

The Company represents and warrants to each Purchaser that:

 

5.1.          Organization; Power and Authority.

 

The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has the corporate power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Notes and to perform the provisions hereof and thereof.

 

5.2.          Authorization, Etc.

 

This Agreement and the Notes to be issued on each Closing Date have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and this Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery thereof each such Note will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

5.3.          Disclosure.

 

The Company, through its agents, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, has delivered to each Purchaser a copy of a Private Placement Memorandum, dated November 2015 (the “Memorandum”), relating to the transactions contemplated hereby. The Memorandum, as of its date and as of the First Closing Date, fairly describes, in all material respects, the general nature of the business and principal properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries. This Agreement, the Memorandum, the financial statements listed in Schedule 5.5 (including any updates to Schedule 5.5 as permitted under Section 4.1) and the documents, certificates or other writings delivered to the Purchasers by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and identified in Schedule 5.3 (including any updates to Schedule 5.3 as permitted under Section 4.1) (this Agreement, the Memorandum and such documents, certificates or other writings and such financial statements delivered to each Purchaser being referred to, collectively, as the “Disclosure Documents”), taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. Except as disclosed in the Original Disclosure Documents delivered to the Purchasers prior to the First Closing, since December 31, 2014, there has been no change in the financial condition, operations, business or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries except changes that individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no fact known to the Company that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been set forth herein or in the Original Disclosure Documents delivered to the Purchasers prior to the First Closing.

 

 7 

 

 

5.4.          Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates.

 

(a)          Schedule 5.4 contains (except as noted therein) complete and correct lists (i) of the Company’s Subsidiaries, showing, as to each Subsidiary, the correct name thereof, the jurisdiction of its organization, and the percentage of shares of each class of its capital stock or similar equity interests outstanding owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries, (ii) of the Company’s Affiliates, other than Subsidiaries, and (iii) of the Company’s directors and senior officers.

 

(b)          All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of each Subsidiary shown in Schedule 5.4 as being owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by the Company or another Subsidiary free and clear of any Lien (other than Liens permitted by Section 10.3).

 

(c)          Each Subsidiary identified in Schedule 5.4 is a corporation or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other legal entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each such Subsidiary has the corporate or other power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease and to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact.

 

(d)          No Subsidiary is a party to, or otherwise subject to, any legal restriction or any agreement (other than this Agreement, the agreements listed on Schedule 5.4 and customary limitations imposed by corporate law statutes) restricting the ability of such Subsidiary to pay dividends out of profits or make any other similar distributions of profits to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that owns outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of such Subsidiary.

 

5.5.          Financial Statements.

 

The Company has delivered to each Purchaser copies of the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 5.5. All of said financial statements (including in each case the related schedules and notes) fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates specified in such Schedule and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods so specified and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as set forth in the notes thereto (subject, in the case of any interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments). The Company and its Subsidiaries do not have any Material liabilities that are not disclosed in the Disclosure Documents.

 

 8 

 

 

5.6.          Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc.

 

The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Notes will not (a) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property of the Company or any Subsidiary under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, corporate charter or by-laws, or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary is bound or by which the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected, (b) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree, or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary, or (c) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary, except for such contraventions, breaches, defaults, conflicts, violations or Liens as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.7.          Governmental Authorizations, Etc.

 

No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Agreement or the Notes.

 

5.8.          Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders.

 

(a)          There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any Subsidiary or any property of the Company or any Subsidiary in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)          Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default under any term of any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority or is in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation (including, without limitation, Environmental Laws, the USA PATRIOT Act or any of the other laws and regulations that are referred to in Section 5.16) of any Governmental Authority, which default or violation, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 9 

 

 

5.9.          Taxes.

 

The Company and its Subsidiaries have filed all tax returns that are required to have been filed in any jurisdiction, and have paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes and assessments levied upon them or their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent such taxes and assessments have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent, except in each case for any taxes and assessments (a) the amount of which is not individually or in the aggregate Material or (b) the amount, applicability or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which the Company or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, has established adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP. The Company knows of no basis for any other tax or assessment that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of federal, state or other taxes for all fiscal periods are adequate. As of the date of this Agreement, the federal income tax liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries have been finally determined (whether by reason of completed audits or the statute of limitations having run) for all fiscal years up to and including the fiscal year ended 2011.

 

5.10.         Title to Property; Leases.

 

The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and sufficient title to their respective properties which the Company and its Subsidiaries own or purport to own, in each case free and clear of Liens prohibited by this Agreement, except where the failure to have such title would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All Material leases of the Company and its Subsidiaries are valid and subsisting and are in full force and effect in all material respects.

 

5.11.         Licenses, Permits, Etc.

 

(a)          The Company and its Subsidiaries own or possess all licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, proprietary software, service marks, trademarks and trade names, or rights thereto, without known conflict with the rights of others, except to the extent that the failure to own or possess the same, or the existence of any such conflict, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)          No product of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries infringes in any Material respect any license, permit, franchise, authorization, patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned by any other Person, except where any such infringement would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)          There is no Material violation by any Person of any right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned or used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except where any such violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 10 

 

 

5.12.         Compliance with ERISA.

 

(a)          The Company and each ERISA Affiliate have operated and administered each Plan in compliance with all applicable laws except for such instances of noncompliance as have not resulted in and could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans (as defined in section 3 of ERISA), and no event, transaction or condition has occurred or exists that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any such liability by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or to section 430(k) of the Code or to any such penalty or excise tax provisions under the Code or federal law or section 4068 of ERISA or by the granting of a security interest in connection with the amendment of a Plan, other than such liabilities or Liens as would not be individually or in the aggregate Material.

 

(b)          The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under each of the Plans (other than Multiemployer Plans), determined as of the end of such Plan’s most recently ended plan year on the basis of the actuarial assumptions specified for funding purposes in such Plan’s most recent actuarial valuation report, did not exceed the aggregate current value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities, in the case of any single Plan or in the aggregate for all Plans, by an amount that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The term “benefit liabilities” has the meaning specified in section 4001 of ERISA and the terms “current value” and “present value” have the meaning specified in section 3 of ERISA.

 

(c)          The Company and its ERISA Affiliates have not incurred withdrawal liabilities (and are not subject to contingent withdrawal liabilities) under section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA in respect of Multiemployer Plans that individually or in the aggregate are Material.

 

(d)          The expected postretirement benefit obligation (determined as of the last day of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal year in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715-60, without regard to liabilities attributable to continuation coverage mandated by section 4980B of the Code) of the Company and its Subsidiaries is not Material.

 

(e)          The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Notes hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code. The representation by the Company to each Purchaser in the first sentence of this Section 5.12(e) is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of such Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.3 as to the sources of the funds to be used to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser.

 

 11 

 

 

(f)          All Non-U.S. Plans have been established, operated, administered and maintained in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders applicable thereto, except where failure so to comply could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All premiums, contributions and any other amounts required by applicable Non-U.S. Plan documents or applicable laws to be paid or accrued by the Company and its Subsidiaries have been paid or accrued as required, except where failure so to pay or accrue could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.13.         Private Offering by the Company.

 

Neither the Company nor anyone acting on the Company’s behalf has offered the Notes or any similar securities for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy any of the same from, or otherwise approached or negotiated in respect thereof with, any Person other than the Purchasers and not more than 20 other Institutional Investors, each of which has been offered the Notes in connection with a private sale for investment. Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken, or will take, any action that would subject the issuance or sale of the Notes to the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act or to the registration requirements of any securities or blue sky laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

 

5.14.         Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations.

 

The Company will apply the proceeds of the sale of the Notes hereunder as set forth in the “Transaction Overview” section of the Memorandum. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any securities under such circumstances as to involve the Company in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220). Margin stock does not constitute more than 5% of the value of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Company does not have any present intention that margin stock will constitute more than 5% of the value of such assets. As used in this Section, the terms “margin stock” and “purpose of buying or carrying” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U.

 

5.15.         Existing Debt; Future Liens.

 

(a)          Except as described therein, Schedule 5.15 sets forth a complete and correct list of (i) all outstanding Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (ii) all Debt incurred in connection with the Consignment Agreements relating to the consignment of precious metals between the Company and certain counterparties and (iii) all unfunded pension obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case as of September 30, 2015. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default and no waiver of default is currently in effect, in the payment of any principal or interest on any Debt of the Company or such Subsidiary, and no event or condition exists with respect to any Debt of the Company or any Subsidiary, that would permit (or that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would permit) one or more Persons to cause such Debt to become due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment.

 

 12 

 

 

(b)          Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has agreed or consented to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien not permitted by Section 10.3.

 

(c)          Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to, or otherwise subject to any provision contained in, any instrument evidencing Debt of the Company or such Subsidiary, any agreement relating thereto or any other agreement (including, but not limited to, its charter or other organizational document) which limits the amount of, or otherwise imposes restrictions on the incurring of, Debt of the Company, except as specifically indicated in Schedule 5.15.

 

5.16.         Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc.

 

(a)          Neither the Company nor any Controlled Entity is (i) a Person whose name appears on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, United States Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) (an “OFAC Listed Person”) (ii) an agent, department, or instrumentality of, or is otherwise beneficially owned by, controlled by or acting on behalf of, directly or indirectly, (x) any OFAC Listed Person or (y) any Person, entity, organization, foreign country or regime that is the target of any OFAC Sanctions Program, or (iii) otherwise blocked, the target of sanctions under or engaged in any activity in violation of other United States economic sanctions, including but not limited to, the Trading with the Enemy Act, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, CISADA or any similar law or regulation with respect to Iran or any other country, the Sudan Accountability and Divestment Act, any OFAC Sanctions Program, or any economic sanctions regulations administered and enforced by the United States or any enabling legislation or executive order relating to any of the foregoing (collectively, “U.S. Economic Sanctions”) or sanctions imposed by the United Nations or the European Union (each OFAC Listed Person and each other Person, entity, organization and government of a country described in clause (i), clause (ii) or clause (iii), a “Blocked Person”). Neither the Company nor any Controlled Entity has been notified that its name appears or may in the future appear on a state list of Persons that engage in investment or other commercial activities in Iran or any other country that is the target of U.S. Economic Sanctions.

 

(b)          No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder constitutes or will constitute funds obtained on behalf of any Blocked Person or will otherwise be used by the Company or any Controlled Entity, directly or, to the knowledge of the Company, indirectly, (i) in connection with any investment in, or any transactions or dealings with, any Blocked Person or (ii) otherwise in violation of U.S. Economic Sanctions.

 

 13 

 

 

(c)          Neither the Company nor any Controlled Entity (i) has been found in violation of, charged with, or convicted of, money laundering, drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or other money laundering predicate crimes under the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 (otherwise known as the Bank Secrecy Act), the USA PATRIOT Act, any U.S. Economic Sanctions, any other United States law or regulation governing such activities or under any other similar laws of any other jurisdiction governing such activities (collectively, “Anti-Money Laundering/Anti-Terrorism Laws”) as of the First Closing Date and, except as disclosed on Schedule 5.16, is not reasonably likely to be found in violation of, charged with, or convicted of, any Anti-Money Laundering/Anti-Terrorism Laws, (ii) except as set forth on Schedule 5.16, to the Company’s knowledge, is under investigation by any Governmental Authority for possible violation of Anti-Money Laundering/Anti-Terrorism Laws, (iii) has been assessed civil penalties under any Anti-Money Laundering/Anti-Terrorism Laws as of the First Closing Date and, except as disclosed on Schedule 5.16, is not reasonably likely to be assessed civil penalties under any Anti-Money Laundering/Anti-Terrorism Laws, or (iv) has had any of its funds seized or forfeited in an action under any Anti-Money Laundering/Anti-Terrorism Laws. The Company has established procedures and controls which it reasonably believes are adequate (and otherwise comply with applicable law) to ensure that the Company and each Controlled Entity is and will continue to be in compliance in all material respects with applicable Anti-Money Laundering/Anti-Terrorism Laws.

 

(d)          (1)         Neither the Company nor any Controlled Entity (i) has been charged with, or convicted of bribery or any other anti-corruption related activity under any applicable law or regulation in a U.S. or any non-U.S. country or jurisdiction, including but not limited to, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (collectively, “Anti-Corruption Laws”), (ii) to the Company’s knowledge, is under investigation by any U.S. or non-U.S. Governmental Authority for possible violation of Anti-Corruption Laws, (iii) has been assessed civil or criminal penalties under any Anti-Corruption Laws or (iv) has been or is the target of sanctions imposed by the United Nations or the European Union;

 

(2)         To the Company’s knowledge, neither the Company nor any Controlled Entity has, within the last five years, directly or indirectly offered, promised, given, paid or authorized the offer, promise, giving or payment of anything of value to a Governmental Official or a commercial counterparty for the purposes of: (i) influencing any act, decision or failure to act by such Government Official in his or her official capacity or such commercial counterparty, (ii) inducing a Governmental Official to do or omit to do any act in violation of the Governmental Official’s lawful duty, or (iii) inducing a Governmental Official or a commercial counterparty to use his or her influence with a government or governmental instrumentality to affect any act or decision of such government or entity; in each case in order to obtain, retain or direct business or to otherwise secure an improper advantage in violation of any applicable law or regulation or which would cause any holder to be in violation of any law or regulation applicable to such holder; and

 

(3)         No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used by the Company, any Controlled Entity or any of their respective officers, employees or authorized representatives, directly or, to the knowledge of the Company, indirectly, for any illegal payments, including bribes, to any Governmental Official or commercial counterparty in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage in violation of law. The Company has established procedures and controls which it reasonably believes are adequate (and otherwise comply with applicable law) to ensure that the Company and each Controlled Entity is and will continue to be in compliance in all material respects with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

 14 

 

 

5.17.         Status under Certain Statutes.

 

Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is an “investment company” registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or is subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005, as amended, the ICC Termination Act of 1995, as amended, or the Federal Power Act, as amended.

 

5.18.         Environmental Matters.

 

(a)          Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has knowledge of any liability or has received any notice of any liability, and no proceeding has been instituted raising any liability against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them, or other assets, alleging any damage to the environment or violation of any Environmental Laws, except, in each case, such as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)          Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has knowledge of any facts which would give rise to any liability, public or private, of violation of Environmental Laws or damage to the environment emanating from, occurring on or in any way related to real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them or to other assets or their use, except, in each case, such as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)          Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has stored any Hazardous Materials on real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them or has disposed of any Hazardous Materials in each case in a manner contrary to any Environmental Laws in each case in any manner that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)          All buildings on all real properties now owned, leased or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, except where failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.19.         Notes Rank Pari Passu.

 

The obligations of the Company under this Agreement and the Notes rank at least pari passu in right of payment with all other Senior Debt (actual or contingent) of the Company, including, without limitation, all Senior Debt of the Company described in Schedule 5.15 hereto.

 

 15 

 

 

6.           Representations of the Purchaser.

 

6.1.          Purchase for Investment.

 

Each Purchaser severally represents that it is purchasing the Notes for its own account or for one or more separate accounts maintained by it or for the account of one or more pension or trust funds and not with a view to the distribution thereof, provided that the disposition of such Purchaser’s or such pension or trust funds’ property shall at all times be within such Purchaser’s or such pension or trust funds’ control. Each Purchaser understands that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and may be resold only if registered pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act or if an exemption from registration is available, except under circumstances where neither such registration nor such an exemption is required by law, and that the Company is not required to and the Company has no intent to register the Notes. Each Purchaser further represents and warrants that such Purchaser will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Notes or any interest therein except in a transaction exempt from or not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act and in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Section 13.2 and the legend set forth on the certificates evidencing the applicable Series of the Notes.

 

6.2.          Accredited Investor.

 

Each Purchaser represents that it is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) acting for its own account (and not for the account of others) or as a fiduciary or agent for others (which others are also “accredited investors”). Each Purchaser further represents that such Purchaser has had the opportunity to ask questions of the Company and received answers to its satisfaction concerning the terms and conditions of the sale of the Notes.

 

6.3.          Source of Funds.

 

Each Purchaser severally represents that at least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a “Source”) to be used by such Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder:

 

(a)          the Source is an “insurance company general account” (as the term is defined in the United States Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Exemption (“PTE”) 95-60) in respect of which the reserves and liabilities (as defined by the annual statement for life insurance companies approved by the NAIC (the “NAIC Annual Statement”)) for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan together with the amount of the reserves and liabilities for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof as defined in PTE 95-60) or by the same employee organization in the general account do not exceed 10% of the total reserves and liabilities of the general account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser’s state of domicile; or

 

 16 

 

 

(b)          the Source is a separate account that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations under which the amounts payable, or credited, to any employee benefit plan (or its related trust) that has any interest in such separate account (or to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant)) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or

 

(c)          the Source is either (i) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of PTE 90-1 or (ii) a bank collective investment fund, within the meaning of the PTE 91-38 and, except as disclosed by such Purchaser to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (c), no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or

 

(d)          the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14 (the “QPAM Exemption”)) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “QPAM” (within the meaning of Part VI of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are managed by the QPAM in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, represent more than 20% of the total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the QPAM maintains an ownership interest in the Company that would cause the QPAM and the Company to be “related” within the meaning of Part VI(h) of the QPAM Exemption and (i) the identity of such QPAM and (ii) the names of any employee benefit plans whose assets in the investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization, represent 10% or more of the assets of such investment fund, have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (d);or

 

(e)          the Source constitutes assets of a “plan(s)” (within the meaning of Part IV(h) of PTE 96-23 (the “INHAM Exemption”)) managed by an “in-house asset manager” or “INHAM” (within the meaning of Part IV(a) of the INHAM Exemption), the conditions of Part I(a), (g) and (h) of the INHAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the INHAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the INHAM (applying the definition of “control” in Part IV(d)(3) of the INHAM Exemption) owns a 10% or more interest in the Company and (i) the identity of such INHAM and (ii) the name(s) of the employee benefit plan(s) whose assets constitute the Source have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (e); or

 

(f)          the Source is a governmental plan; or

 

(g)          the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (g); or

 

 17 

 

 

(h)          the Source does not include assets of any employee benefit plan, other than a plan exempt from the coverage of ERISA.

 

As used in this Section 6.3, the terms “employee benefit plan,” “governmental plan,” and “separate account” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.

 

7.           Information as to Company.

 

7.1.          Financial and Business Information.

 

The Company shall deliver to each Purchaser (until the Third Closing) and each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor:

 

(a)          Quarterly Statements — within the earlier of (x) 60 days after the end of each quarterly fiscal period in each fiscal year of the Company (other than the last quarterly fiscal period of each such fiscal year) and (y) the date by which such financial statements are required to be delivered under the RCF or the date on which such corresponding financial statements are delivered under the RCF if such delivery occurs earlier than such required delivery date,

 

(i)          a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and

 

(ii)         consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries, for such quarter and (in the case of the second and third quarters) for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such quarter,

 

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods in the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable to quarterly financial statements generally, and certified by a Senior Financial Officer as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported on and their results of operations and cash flows, subject to changes resulting from year-end adjustments, provided that filing (and providing each Purchaser (until the Third Closing) and each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor written notice of such filing) with the SEC within the time period specified above of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q prepared in compliance with the requirements therefor shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1(a);

 

(b)          Annual Statements — within the earlier of (x) 105 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company and (y) the date by which such financial statements are required to be delivered under the RCF or the date on which such corresponding financial statements are delivered under the RCF if such delivery occurs earlier than such required delivery date,

 

(i)          a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as at the end of such year, and

 

 18 

 

 

(ii)         consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries, for such year,

 

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and accompanied by an opinion thereon (without a “going concern” or similar qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of the audit on which such opinion is based) of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall state that such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported upon and their results of operations and cash flows and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, and that the examination of such accountants in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and that such audit provides a reasonable basis for such opinion in the circumstances, provided that filing (and providing each Purchaser (until the Third Closing) and each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor written notice of such filing) with the SEC within the time period specified above of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for such fiscal year (together with the Company’s annual report to shareholders, if any, prepared pursuant to Rule 14a-3 under the Exchange Act) prepared in accordance with the requirements therefor shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1(b);

 

(c)          [Reserved;]

 

(d)          SEC and Other Reports — except for filings referred to in Section 7.1(a) and (b) above, promptly after the sending or filing thereof, one copy of each report that the Company sends to any of its securityholders, and one copy of each report and registration statement that the Company or any Subsidiary publicly files with the SEC or any national securities exchange;

 

(e)          Notice of Default or Event of Default — promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after a Responsible Officer becomes aware of the existence of any Default or Event of Default or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default hereunder or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default of the type referred to in Section 11(g), a written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

 

(f)          ERISA Matters — promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after a Responsible Officer becomes aware of any of the following, a written notice setting forth the nature thereof and the action, if any, that the Company or an ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto:

 

(i)          with respect to any Plan, any reportable event, as defined in
Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, for which notice thereof has not been waived pursuant to such regulations as in effect on the date thereof; or

 

 19 

 

 

(ii)         the taking by the PBGC of steps to institute, or the threatening by the PBGC of the institution of, proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such action has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan; or

 

(iii)        any event, transaction or condition that would result in the incurrence of any liability by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the imposition of a penalty or excise tax under the provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, or the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or such penalty or excise tax provisions, if such liability or Lien, taken together with any other such liabilities or Liens then existing, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(g)          Notices from Governmental Authority — promptly, and in any event within 30 days of receipt thereof, copies of any notice to the Company or any Subsidiary from any federal or state Governmental Authority relating to any order, ruling, statute or other law or regulation that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(h)          Requested Information — with reasonable promptness, such other data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Notes as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any Purchaser (prior to the Third Closing) or any holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor and if provided by the Company, would not violate any applicable laws, regulations or rules.

 

7.2.          Officer’s Certificate.

 

At the time each set of financial statements is required to be delivered (or deemed to have been delivered) to a Purchaser (prior to the Third Closing) or a holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b) hereof, the Company shall deliver to such Purchaser or holder a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer setting forth:

 

(a)          Covenant Compliance — the information required in order to establish whether the Company was in compliance with the requirements of Section 10.1 through Section 10.6 and Section 10.9 hereof, inclusive, during (or, with respect to Section 10.1, as of the end of) the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished (including with respect to each such Section, where applicable, the calculations of the maximum or minimum amount, ratio or percentage, as the case may be, permissible under the terms of such Sections, and the calculation of the amount, ratio or percentage then in existence); and

 

 20 

 

 

(b)          Event of Default — a statement that such officer has reviewed the relevant terms hereof and such review shall not have disclosed the existence during the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or, if any such condition or event existed or exists, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company shall have taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

7.3.          Visitation.

 

The Company shall permit the representatives of each Purchaser (prior to the Third Closing) and each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor:

 

(a)          No Default — if no Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of such Purchaser or such holder and upon reasonable prior notice to the Company, to visit the principal executive office of the Company, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries with the Company’s officers, and (with the consent of the Company, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) its independent public accountants, and (with the consent of the Company, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) to visit the other offices and properties of the Company and each Subsidiary, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested in writing; and

 

(b)          Default — if a Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of the Company, to visit and inspect any of the offices or properties of the Company or any Subsidiary, to examine all their respective books of account, records, reports and other papers, to make copies and extracts therefrom, and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers and independent public accountants (and by this provision the Company authorizes said accountants to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries), all at such times and as often as may be requested.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that Section 20 applies to Confidential Information obtained in connection with the exercise by any holder of Notes of the rights set forth in this Section 7.3.

 

7.4.          Electronic Delivery.

 

Financial statements, opinions of independent certified public accountants, other information and Officer’s Certificates that are required to be delivered by the Company pursuant to Sections 7.1(a), (b) or (d) and Section 7.2 shall be deemed to have been delivered if the Company satisfies any of the following requirements with respect thereto:

 

(a)          such financial statements satisfying the requirements of Section 7.1(a) or (b) and related Officer’s Certificate satisfying the requirements of Section 7.2 are delivered to each holder of Notes by e-mail;

 

 21 

 

 

(b)          the Company shall have timely filed such Form 10–Q or Form 10–K, satisfying the requirements of Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b), as the case may be, with the SEC on EDGAR and shall have made such form and the related Officer’s Certificate satisfying the requirements of Section 7.2 available on its website on the internet, which is located at http://www.dentsply.com as of the date of this Agreement;

 

(c)          such financial statements satisfying the requirements of Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b) and related Officer’s Certificate(s) satisfying the requirements of Section 7.2 are timely posted by or on behalf of the Company on IntraLinks or on any other similar website to which each holder of Notes has free access; or

 

(d)          the Company shall have filed any of the items referred to in Section 7.1(d) with the SEC on EDGAR and shall have made such items available on its website on the internet or on IntraLinks or on any other similar website to which each holder of Notes has free access;

 

provided however, that in the case of clauses (b) or (c), the Company shall have given each holder of Notes prior or concurrent written notice, which may be by e-mail or in accordance with Section 18, of such posting or filing in connection with each delivery, provided further, that upon request of any holder to receive paper copies of such forms, financial statements and Officer’s Certificates or to receive them by e-mail, the Company will promptly e-mail them or deliver such paper copies, as the case may be, to such holder.

 

8.           Payment of the Notes.

 

8.1.          Required Prepayments.

 

As provided therein, the entire unpaid principal balance of each Note shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date thereof.

 

8.2.          Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount.

 

The Company may, at its option, upon notice as provided below, prepay at any time all, or from time to time any part of, the Euro Notes that are Swapped Notes, the Euro Notes that are Non-Swapped Notes, the Swiss Franc Notes that are Swapped Notes or the Swiss Franc Notes that are Non-Swapped Notes, in an amount not less than 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of such Notes in the case of a partial prepayment, at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, together with interest accrued thereon to, but not including, the date of such prepayment, plus the applicable Make-Whole Amount determined for the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount, plus any Net Loss with respect to any Swapped Note and, subject to Section 8.10, less any Net Gain with respect to any Swapped Note. The Company will give each holder of Notes written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2 not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify such date (which shall be a Business Day), the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid on such date, the principal amount of each Note and Series held by such holder to be prepaid (determined in accordance with Section 8.5), and the interest to be paid on the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount being prepaid, and shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer as to the estimated Make-Whole Amount for each Series due in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation. Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer specifying the calculation of such Make-Whole Amount as of the specified prepayment date.

 

 22 

 

 

8.3.          Prepayment of Notes Upon Change of Control.

 

(a)          Notice of Change of Control. The Company will, within 5 Business Days after any Senior Financial Officer has knowledge of the occurrence of any Change of Control, give written notice of such Change of Control to each holder of Notes. If a Change of Control has occurred, such notice shall contain and constitute an offer to prepay Notes as described in subparagraph (c) of this Section 8.3 and shall be accompanied by the certificate described in subparagraph (g) of this Section 8.3.

 

(b)          [Reserved.]

 

(c)          Offer to Prepay Notes. The offer to prepay Notes contemplated by subparagraph (a) of this Section 8.3 shall be an offer to prepay, in accordance with and subject to this Section 8.3, all, but not less than all, the Notes held by each holder of Notes (in this case only, “holder of Notes” in respect of any Note registered in the name of a nominee for a disclosed beneficial owner shall mean such beneficial owner) on a date specified in such offer (the “Proposed Prepayment Date”), which date shall be not less than thirty (30) days and not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of such offer (if the Proposed Prepayment Date shall not be specified in such offer, the Proposed Prepayment Date shall be the first Business Day after the 60th day after the date of such offer).

 

(d)          Acceptance/Rejection. A holder of Notes may accept the offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.3 by causing a notice of such acceptance to be delivered to the Company not later than fifteen (15) days after receipt by such holder of Notes of the most recent offer of prepayment. A failure by a holder of Notes to respond to an offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.3 shall be deemed to constitute a rejection of such offer by such holder of Notes.

 

(e)          Prepayment. Prepayment of the Notes to be prepaid pursuant to this Section 8.3 shall be at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes, together with interest on such Notes accrued to, but not including, the date of prepayment, plus any Net Loss with respect to any Swapped Note and, subject to Section 8.10, less any Net Gain with respect to any Swapped Note, but without any Make-Whole Amount or penalty or premium of any kind. The prepayment shall be made on the Proposed Prepayment Date except as provided in subparagraph (f) of this Section 8.3.

 

 23 

 

 

(f)          Deferral Pending Change of Control. The obligation of the Company to prepay Notes pursuant to the offers required by subparagraph (c) and accepted in accordance with subparagraph (d) of this Section 8.3 is subject to the occurrence of the Change of Control in respect of which such offers and acceptances shall have been made. In the event that such Change of Control has not occurred on the Proposed Prepayment Date in respect thereof, the prepayment shall be deferred until, and shall be made on, the date on which such Change of Control occurs; provided, however, that if the Change of Control has not occurred within 45 days after the original Proposed Prepayment Date, any holder of Notes may withdraw its acceptance and the Company shall again comply with this Section 8.3 as to such Change of Control with respect to such withdrawing holder. The Company shall keep each holder of Notes reasonably and timely informed of (i) any such deferral of the date of prepayment, (ii) the date on which such Change of Control and the prepayment are expected to occur, and (iii) any determination by the Company that efforts to effect such Change of Control have ceased or been abandoned (in which case the offers and acceptances made pursuant to this Section 8.3 in respect of such Change of Control shall be deemed rescinded).

 

(g)          Officer’s Certificate. Each offer to prepay the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.3 shall be accompanied by a certificate, executed by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company and dated the date of such offer, specifying: (i) the Proposed Prepayment Date; (ii) that such offer is made pursuant to this Section 8.3; (iii) the principal amount and Series of each Note offered to be prepaid; (iv) the interest that would be due on each Note offered to be prepaid, accrued to, but not including, the Proposed Prepayment Date (including the per diem accrual on interest for each day after the Proposed Prepayment Date, in the event of a deferral of the prepayment date pursuant to Section 8.3(f) above); (v) that the conditions to the giving of such notices in this Section 8.3 have been fulfilled; and (vi) in reasonable detail, the nature and date or proposed date of the Change of Control.

 

8.4.          Prepayment of Notes Upon Sale of Assets.

 

The Company may prepay the Notes in accordance with Section 10.4.

 

8.5.          Allocation of Partial Prepayments.

 

In the case of any partial prepayment of Notes pursuant to Section 8.2, the principal amount of Notes to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Euro Notes that are Swapped Notes, the Euro Notes that are Non-Swapped Notes, the Swiss Franc Notes that are Swapped Notes or the Swiss Franc Notes that are Non-Swapped Notes, as applicable, being prepaid at the time outstanding in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment.

 

8.6.          Maturity; Surrender, Etc.

 

In the case of each prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Section 8, the principal amount of each Note to be prepaid shall mature and become due and payable on the date fixed for such prepayment (which shall be a Business Day), together with interest on such principal amount accrued to, but not including, such date, plus any Net Loss with respect to any Swapped Note and, subject to Section 8.10, less any Net Gain with respect to any Swapped Note and, in the case of any prepayment pursuant to Section 8.2, the applicable Make-Whole Amount, if any. From and after such date, unless the Company shall fail to pay such principal amount when so due and payable, together with the interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, plus any Net Loss with respect to any Swapped Note and, subject to Section 8.10, less any Net Gain with respect to any Swapped Note, as aforesaid, interest on such principal amount shall cease to accrue. Any Note paid or prepaid in full shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.

 

 24 

 

 

8.7.          Purchase of Notes.

 

The Company will not and will not permit any controlled Affiliate to purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes except (a) upon the payment or prepayment of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Notes or (b) pursuant to a written offer to purchase any outstanding Notes made by the Company or an Affiliate pro rata to the holders of all Notes at the time outstanding upon the same terms and conditions (except to the extent necessary to reflect differences in the interest rates and maturities of the Notes of different Series). The Company will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by it or any controlled Affiliate pursuant to any payment, prepayment or purchase of Notes pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes.

 

8.8.          Prepayment in Connection with a Noteholder Sanctions Event.

 

(a)          Upon the Company’s receipt of notice from any Affected Noteholder that a Noteholder Sanctions Event has occurred (which notice shall refer specifically to this Section 8.8 and describe in reasonable detail such Noteholder Sanctions Event), the Company shall promptly, and in any event within 10 Business Days, make an offer (the “Sanctions Prepayment Offer”) to prepay the entire unpaid principal amount of Notes held by such Affected Noteholder (the “Affected Notes”), together with interest thereon to, but not including, the prepayment date selected by the Company with respect to each Affected Note but without payment of any Make-Whole Amount with respect thereto, which prepayment shall be on a Business Day not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days after the date of the Sanctions Prepayment Offer (the “Sanctions Prepayment Date”). Such Sanctions Prepayment Offer shall provide that such Affected Noteholder notify the Company in writing by a stated date (the “Sanctions Prepayment Response Date”), which date is not later than 10 Business Days prior to the stated Sanctions Prepayment Date, of its acceptance or rejection of such prepayment offer. If such Affected Noteholder does not notify the Company as provided above, then the holder shall be deemed to have accepted such offer.

 

(b)          Subject to the provisions of subparagraphs (c) and (d) of this Section 8.8, the Company shall prepay on the Sanctions Prepayment Date the entire unpaid principal amount of the Affected Notes held by such Affected Noteholder who has accepted (or has been deemed to have accepted) such prepayment offer (in accordance with subparagraph (a)), together with interest thereon to, but not including, the Sanctions Prepayment Date with respect to each such Affected Note, but without payment of any Make-Whole Amount with respect thereto.

 

 25 

 

 

(c)          If a Noteholder Sanctions Event has occurred but the Company and/or its Controlled Entities have taken such action(s) in relation to their activities so as to remedy such Noteholder Sanctions Event (with the effect that a Noteholder Sanctions Event no longer exists, as reasonably determined by such Affected Noteholder) prior to the Sanctions Prepayment Date, then the Company shall no longer be obliged or permitted to prepay such Affected Notes in relation to such Noteholder Sanctions Event. If the Company and/or its Controlled Entities shall undertake any actions to remedy any such Noteholder Sanctions Event, the Company shall keep the holders reasonably and timely informed of such actions and the results thereof.

 

(d)          If any Affected Noteholder that has given written notice to the Company of its acceptance of (or has been deemed to have accepted) the Company’s prepayment offer in accordance with subparagraph (a) also gives notice to the Company prior to the relevant Sanctions Prepayment Date that it has determined (in its sole discretion) that it requires clearance from any Governmental Authority in order to receive a prepayment pursuant to this Section 8.8, the principal amount of each Note held by such Affected Noteholder, together with interest accrued thereon to, but not including, the date of prepayment, shall become due and payable on the later to occur of (but in no event later than the Maturity Date of the relevant Note) (i) such Sanctions Prepayment Date and (ii) the date that is 10 Business Days after such Affected Noteholder gives notice to the Company that it is entitled to receive a prepayment pursuant to this Section 8.8 (which may include payment to an escrow account designated by such Affected Noteholder to be held in escrow for the benefit of such Affected Noteholder until such Affected Noteholder obtains such clearance from such Governmental Authority), and in any event, any such delay in accordance with the foregoing clause (ii) shall not be deemed to give rise to any Default or Event of Default.

 

(e)          Promptly, and in any event within 5 Business Days, after the Company’s receipt of notice from any Affected Noteholder that a Noteholder Sanctions Event shall have occurred with respect to such Affected Noteholder, the Company shall forward a copy of such notice to each Purchaser (until the Third Closing) and each other holder of Notes.

 

(f)          The Company shall promptly, and in any event within 10 Business Days, give written notice to the Purchasers (until the Third Closing) and holders after the Company or any Controlled Entity having been notified that (i) its name appears or is reasonably likely in the future to appear on a State Sanctions List or (ii) it is in violation of, or is the target of, any U.S. Economic Sanctions, in each case which notice shall describe the facts and circumstances thereof and set forth the action, if any, that the Company or a Controlled Entity proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

(g)          The foregoing provisions of this Section 8.8 shall be in addition to any rights or remedies available to any Purchaser (until the Third Closing) or holder of Notes that may arise under this Agreement as a result of the occurrence of a Noteholder Sanctions Event; provided, that, if the Notes shall have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1 as a result of the events, conditions or actions of the Company or its Controlled Entities that gave rise to a Noteholder Sanctions Event, the remedies set forth in Section 12 shall control.

 

 26 

 

 

8.9.          Make-Whole Amount.

 

(a)          Make-Whole Amount with respect to Non-Swapped Notes. The term “Make-Whole Amount” means, with respect to any Non-Swapped Note, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called Principal of such Non-Swapped Note, over the amount of such Called Principal, provided that the Make-Whole Amount may in no event be less than zero. For the purposes of determining the Make-Whole Amount with respect to any Non-Swapped Note, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Called Principal” means, with respect to any Non-Swapped Note, the principal of such Non-Swapped Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

 

Discounted Value” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Non-Swapped Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on such Non-Swapped Note is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.

 

Implied Rate Euro Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Non-Swapped Note denominated in Euros, the yield to maturity implied by (i) the ask-side yields reported, as of 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PXGE” on Bloomberg Financial Markets (or such other display as may replace “Page PXGE” on Bloomberg Financial Markets) for the benchmark German Bund having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date, or (ii) if such yields are not reported as of such time or the yields reported are not ascertainable, the average of the ask-side yields as determined by Recognized German Bund Market Makers. Such implied yield will be determined, if necessary, by (a) converting quotations to bond-equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between (1) the benchmark German Bund with the maturity closest to and greater than the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal and (2) the benchmark German Bund with the maturity closest to and less than the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal. The Implied Rate Euro Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Non-Swapped Note.

 

 27 

 

 

Implied Rate Swiss Franc Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Non-Swapped Note denominated in Swiss Francs, the yield to maturity implied by (i) the ask-side yields reported, as of 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page FIT SWISSACT” on the Bloomberg Financial Markets (or such other display as may replace “Page FIT SWISSACT” on Bloomberg Financial Markets) for actively traded benchmark Swiss government bonds having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date, or (ii) if such yields are not reported as of such time or the yields reported shall not be ascertainable, the average of the ask-side yields for such securities as determined by Recognized Swiss Government Bond Market Makers. Such implied yield will be determined, if necessary, by (A) converting quotations to bond-equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (B) interpolating linearly between (1) the actively traded benchmark Swiss government bonds with the maturity closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal and (2) the actively traded benchmark Swiss government bonds with the maturity closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal. The Implied Rate Swiss Franc Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Non-Swapped Note.

 

Non-Swapped Note” means any Note other than a Swapped Note.

 

Recognized German Bund Market Makers” means two internationally recognized dealers of German Bunds reasonably selected by the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Series B Notes, Series C Notes, Series E Notes, Series F Notes, Series G Notes, Series H Notes, Series J Notes and Series K Notes at the time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates and any Notes held by parties who are contractually required to abstain from voting with respect to matters affecting the holders of the Notes).

 

Recognized Swiss Government Bond Market Makers” means two internationally recognized dealers of Swiss government bonds reasonably selected by the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Series A Notes, Series D Notes, Series I Notes, Series L Notes and Series M Notes at the time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates and any Notes held by parties who are contractually required to abstain from voting with respect to matters affecting the holders of the Notes).

 

Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Non-Swapped Note denominated in (a) Euros, 0.50% (50 basis points) plus the Implied Rate Euro Yield, and (b) Swiss Francs, 0.50% (50 basis points) plus the Implied Rate Swiss Franc Yield. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Non-Swapped Note.

 

Remaining Average Life” means, with respect to any Called Principal, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) such Called Principal into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (b) the number of years, computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months and calculated to two decimal places, that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.

 

 28 

 

 

Remaining Scheduled Payments” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Non-Swapped Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under such Non-Swapped Note, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date pursuant to Section 8.2 or 12.1.

 

Settlement Date” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Non-Swapped Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

 

(b)          Make-Whole Amount with respect to Swapped Notes. The term “Make-Whole Amount” means, with respect to any Swapped Note, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Swapped Note Discounted Value with respect to the Swapped Note Called Notional Amount related to such Swapped Note over such Swapped Note Called Notional Amount, provided that the Make-Whole Amount may in no event be less than zero. All payments of Make-Whole Amount in respect of any Swapped Note shall be made in Dollars. For the purposes of determining the Make-Whole Amount, Net Loss, Net Gain or Swap Breakage Amount with respect to any Swapped Note, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

New Swap Agreement” means any cross-currency swap agreement pursuant to which the holder of a Swapped Note is to receive payment in Dollars and which is entered into in full or partial replacement of an Original Swap Agreement as a result of such Original Swap Agreement having terminated for any reason other than a non-scheduled prepayment or a repayment of such Swapped Note prior to its scheduled maturity. The terms of a New Swap Agreement with respect to any Swapped Note do not have to be identical to those of the Original Swap Agreement with respect to such Swapped Note.

 

 29 

 

 

Original Swap Agreement” means, with respect to any Swapped Note, (x) a cross-currency swap agreement and annexes and schedules thereto (an “Initial Swap Agreement”) that is entered into on an arm’s length basis by the original purchaser of such Swapped Note (or any affiliate thereof) in connection with the execution of this Agreement and the purchase of such Swapped Note and relates to the scheduled payments by the Company of interest and principal on such Swapped Note, under which the holder of such Swapped Note is to receive payments from the counterparty thereunder in Dollars and which is more particularly described on Schedule 8.9 hereto, (y) any Initial Swap Agreement that has been assumed by or novated to (without any waiver, amendment, deletion or replacement of any material economic term or provision thereof) a holder of a Swapped Note in connection with a transfer of such Swapped Note and (z) any Replacement Swap Agreement; and a “Replacement Swap Agreement” means, with respect to any Swapped Note, a cross-currency swap agreement and annexes and schedules thereto with payment terms and provisions (other than a reduction in notional amount, if applicable) identical to those of the Initial Swap Agreement with respect to such Swapped Note that is entered into on an arm’s length basis by the holder of such Swapped Note in full or partial replacement (by amendment, modification or otherwise) of such Initial Swap Agreement (or any subsequent Replacement Swap Agreement) in a notional amount not exceeding the outstanding principal amount of such Swapped Note following a non-scheduled prepayment or a repayment of such Swapped Note prior to its scheduled maturity. Any holder of a Swapped Note that enters into, assumes or terminates an Initial Swap Agreement or Replacement Swap Agreement shall within a reasonable period of time thereafter deliver to the Company a copy of the confirmation, assumption, novation or termination related thereto.

 

Swap Note Agreement” means, with respect to any Swapped Note, an Original Swap Agreement or a New Swap Agreement, as the case may be.

 

Swapped Note” means any Note that as of the date of the Closing for such Note is subject to a Swap Note Agreement. A “Swapped Note” shall no longer be deemed a “Swapped Note” at such time as the related Swap Note Agreement ceases to be in force in respect thereof.

 

Swapped Note Called Notional Amount” means, with respect to any Swapped Note Called Principal of any Swapped Note, the payment in Dollars due to the holder of such Swapped Note under the terms of the Swap Note Agreement to which such holder is a party, attributable to and in exchange for such Swapped Note Called Principal and assuming that such Swapped Note Called Principal is paid on its scheduled maturity date, provided that if such Swap Note Agreement is not an Initial Swap Agreement, then the “Swapped Note Called Notional Amount” in respect of such Swapped Note shall not exceed the amount in Dollars which would have been due to the holder of such Swapped Note under the terms of the Initial Swap Agreement to which such holder was a party (or if such holder was never party to an Initial Swap Agreement, then the last Initial Swap Agreement to which the most recent predecessor in interest to such holder as a holder of such Swapped Note was a party), attributable to and in exchange for such Swapped Note Called Principal and assuming that such Swapped Note Called Principal is paid on its scheduled maturity date.

 

Swapped Note Called Principal” means, with respect to any Swapped Note, the principal of such Swapped Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

 

 30 

 

 

Swapped Note Discounted Value” means, with respect to the Swapped Note Called Notional Amount of any Swapped Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires, the amount obtained by discounting all Swapped Note Remaining Scheduled Swap Payments corresponding to the Swapped Note Called Notional Amount of such Swapped Note from their respective scheduled due dates to the Swapped Note Settlement Date with respect to such Swapped Note Called Notional Amount, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on such Swapped Note is payable) equal to the Swapped Note Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Swapped Note Called Notional Amount.

 

Swapped Note Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Swapped Note Called Notional Amount of any Swapped Note, the sum of (x) 0.50% (50 basis points) plus (y) the yield to maturity implied by the “Ask Yield(s)” reported as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding the Swapped Note Settlement Date with respect to such Swapped Note Called Notional Amount, on the display designated as “Page PX1” (or such other display as may replace Page PX1) on Bloomberg Financial Markets for the most recently issued actively traded on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities (“Reported”) having a maturity equal to the Swapped Note Remaining Average Life of such Swapped Note Called Notional Amount as of such Swapped Note Settlement Date. If there are no such U.S. Treasury securities Reported having a maturity equal to such Swapped Note Remaining Average Life, then such implied yield to maturity will be determined by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between the “Ask Yield(s)” Reported for the applicable most recently issued actively traded on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities with the maturities (1) closest to and greater than such Swapped Note Remaining Average Life and (2) closest to and less than such Swapped Note Remaining Average Life.

 

If such yields are not Reported or the yields Reported as of such time are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), then “Swapped Note Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Swapped Note Called Notional Amount of any Swapped Note, the sum of (x) 0.50% (50 basis points) plus (y) the yield to maturity implied by the U.S. Treasury constant maturity yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second Business Day preceding the Swapped Note Settlement Date with respect to such Swapped Note Called Notional Amount, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or any comparable successor publication) for the U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to the Swapped Note Remaining Average Life of such Swapped Note Called Notional Amount as of such Swapped Note Settlement Date. If there is no such U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to such Swapped Note Remaining Average Life, such implied yield to maturity will be determined by interpolating linearly between (1) the U.S. Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and greater than such Swapped Note Remaining Average Life and (2) the U.S. Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and less than such Swapped Note Remaining Average Life.

 

 31 

 

 

The Swapped Note Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Swapped Note.

 

Swapped Note Remaining Average Life” means, with respect to any Swapped Note Called Notional Amount, the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) obtained by dividing (x) such Swapped Note Called Notional Amount into (y) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (1) the principal component of each Swapped Note Remaining Scheduled Swap Payment with respect to such Swapped Note Called Notional Amount by (2) the number of years, computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months and calculated to two decimal places, that will elapse between the Swapped Note Settlement Date with respect to such Swapped Note Called Notional Amount and the scheduled due date of such Swapped Note Remaining Scheduled Swap Payments.

 

Swapped Note Remaining Scheduled Swap Payments” means, with respect to the Swapped Note Called Notional Amount relating to any Swapped Note, the payments due to the holder of such Swapped Note in Dollars under the terms of the Swap Note Agreement to which such holder is a party which correspond to all payments of the Swapped Note Called Principal of such Swapped Note corresponding to such Swapped Note Called Notional Amount and interest on such Swapped Note Called Principal (other than that portion of the payment due under such Swap Note Agreement corresponding to the interest accrued on the Swapped Note Called Principal to the Swapped Note Settlement Date) that would be due after the Swapped Note Settlement Date in respect of such Swapped Note Called Notional Amount assuming that no payment of such Swapped Note Called Principal is made prior to its originally scheduled payment date, provided that if such Swapped Note Settlement Date is not a date on which an interest payment is due to be made under the terms of such Swapped Note, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Swapped Note Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Swapped Note Settlement Date pursuant to Section 8 or Section 12.1.

 

Swapped Note Settlement Date” means, with respect to the Swapped Note Called Notional Amount of any Swapped Note Called Principal of any Swapped Note, the date on which such Swapped Note Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

 

 32 

 

 

8.10.         Swap Breakage.

 

If any Swapped Note is prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2, Section 8.3, Section 8.4 or Section 8.8 or purchased pursuant to Section 8.7, or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, then (a) any resulting Net Loss in connection therewith shall be reimbursed to the holder of such Swapped Note by the Company in Dollars upon any such prepayment or repayment of such Swapped Note and (b) any resulting Net Gain in connection therewith shall be deducted (i) from the Make-Whole Amount, if any, or any principal or interest to be paid to the holder of such Swapped Note by the Company upon any such prepayment of such Swapped Note pursuant to Section 8.2, Section 8.3, Section 8.4 or Section 8.8 or purchase pursuant to Section 8.7 or (ii) from the Make-Whole Amount, if any, to be paid to the holder of such Swapped Note by the Company upon any such repayment of such Swapped Note pursuant to Section 12.1, provided that, in either case, the Make-Whole Amount in respect of such Swapped Note may in no event be less than zero. Each holder of a Swapped Note shall be responsible for calculating its own Net Loss or Net Gain, as the case may be, and Swap Breakage Amount in Dollars upon the prepayment or repayment of all or any portion of such Swapped Note, and such calculations as reported to the Company in reasonable detail shall be binding on the Company absent demonstrable error.

 

As used in this Agreement with respect to any Swapped Note that is prepaid or accelerated: “Net Loss” means the amount, if any, by which the Swapped Note Called Notional Amount exceeds the sum of (x) the Swapped Note Called Principal plus (or minus in the case of an amount paid) (y) the Swap Breakage Amount received (or paid) by the holder of such Swapped Note; and “Net Gain” means the amount, if any, by which the Swapped Note Called Notional Amount is exceeded by the sum of (x) the Swapped Note Called Principal plus (or minus in the case of an amount paid) (y) the Swap Breakage Amount received (or paid) by such holder. For purposes of any determination of any “Net Loss” or “Net Gain,” the Swapped Note Called Principal shall be determined by the holder of the affected Swapped Note (a) denominated in Euros by converting Euros into Dollars at the current Euro/Dollar exchange rate, or (b) denominated in Swiss Francs by converting Swiss Francs into Dollars at the current Swiss Franc/Dollar exchange rate, in each case, as determined as of 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the day such Swapped Note is prepaid or accelerated as indicated on the applicable screen of Bloomberg Financial Markets or the Reuters Screen, respectively, and any such calculation shall be reported to the Company in reasonable detail and shall be binding on the Company absent demonstrable error.

 

 33 

 

 

As used in this Agreement, “Swap Breakage Amount” means, with respect to the Swap Note Agreement associated with any Swapped Note, in determining the Net Loss or Net Gain, the Dollar amount that would be received (in which case the Swap Breakage Amount shall be positive) or paid (in which case the Swap Breakage Amount shall be negative) by the holder of such Swapped Note as if such Swap Note Agreement had terminated due to the occurrence of an event of default or an early termination under the ISDA 1992 Multi-Currency Cross Border Master Agreement or ISDA 2002 Master Agreement, as applicable (the “ISDA Master Agreement”); provided, however, that if such holder (or its predecessor in interest with respect to such Swapped Note) was, but is not at the time, a party to an Original Swap Agreement but is a party to a New Swap Agreement, then the Swap Breakage Amount shall mean the lesser of (x) the gain or loss (if any) which would have been received or incurred (by payment, through off-set or netting or otherwise) by the holder of such Swapped Note under the terms of the Original Swap Agreement (if any) in respect of such Swapped Note to which such holder (or any affiliate thereof) was a party (or if such holder was never a party to an Original Swap Agreement, then the last Original Swap Agreement to which the most recent predecessor in interest to such holder as a holder of a Swapped Note was a party) and which would have arisen as a result of the payment of the Swapped Note Called Principal on the Swapped Note Settlement Date and (y) the gain or loss (if any) actually received or incurred by the holder of such Swapped Note, in connection with the payment of such Swapped Note Called Principal on the Swapped Note Settlement Date, under the terms of the New Swap Agreement to which such holder (or any affiliate thereof) is a party. The holder of such Swapped Note will make all calculations related to the Swap Breakage Amount in good faith and in accordance with its customary practices for calculating such amounts under the ISDA Master Agreement pursuant to which such Swap Note Agreement shall have been entered into and assuming for the purpose of such calculation that there are no other transactions entered into pursuant to such ISDA Master Agreement (other than such Swap Note Agreement).

 

The Swap Breakage Amount shall be payable in Dollars.

 

9.           Affirmative Covenants.

 

From the date of this Agreement until the Third Closing and thereafter, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company covenants that:

 

9.1.          Compliance with Law.

 

Without limiting Section 10.7, the Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations to which each of them is subject, including, without limitation, ERISA, Environmental Laws, the USA PATRIOT Act and the other laws and regulations that are referred to in Section 5.16, and will obtain and maintain in effect all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of their respective properties or to the conduct of their respective businesses, in each case to the extent necessary to ensure that non-compliance with such laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations or failures to obtain or maintain in effect such licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.2.          Insurance.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to their respective properties and businesses against such casualties and contingencies, of such types, on such terms and in such amounts (including deductibles, co-insurance and self-insurance, if adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto) as is customary in the case of entities of established reputations engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated, except for any non-maintenance that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 34 

 

 

9.3.          Maintenance of Properties.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain and keep, or cause to be maintained and kept, their respective properties in good repair, working order and condition (other than ordinary wear and tear), so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be conducted in the ordinary course at all times, provided that this Section shall not prevent the Company or any Subsidiary from discontinuing the operation and the maintenance of or disposing of any of its properties if such discontinuance or disposal is desirable in the conduct of its business and the Company has concluded that such discontinuance or disposal would not, individually or in the aggregate, (i) reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) would not violate the limitations set forth in Sections 10.4 and 10.5 hereof.

 

9.4.          Payment of Taxes and Claims.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, file all tax returns required to be filed in any jurisdiction and to pay and discharge all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes, assessments, governmental charges, or levies imposed on them or any of their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent such taxes and assessments have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent and all claims for which sums have become due and payable that have or might become a Lien on properties or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary not permitted by Section 10.3, provided that neither the Company nor any Subsidiary need pay any such tax or assessment or claims if (i) the amount, applicability or validity thereof is contested by the Company or such Subsidiary on a timely basis in good faith and in appropriate proceedings, and the Company or a Subsidiary has established adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP on the books of the Company or such Subsidiary or (ii) the non-filing or nonpayment, as the case may be, of any such taxes and assessments in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.5.          Corporate Existence, Etc.

 

Subject to Sections 10.4 and 10.5, the Company will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, and will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate existence of each of its Subsidiaries unless, in the good faith judgment of the Company, the termination of or failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect such corporate existence would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.6.          [Reserved.]

 

9.7.          Notes to Rank Pari Passu.

 

The Notes and all other obligations under this Agreement of the Company are and at all times shall remain direct obligations of the Company ranking at least pari passu in right of payment with all other Notes from time to time issued and outstanding hereunder without any preference among themselves and at least pari passu in right of payment with all Debt outstanding under the Principal Credit Facilities and all other present and future Debt (actual or contingent) of the Company which is not expressed to be subordinate or junior in rank to any other Debt of the Company.

 

 35 

 

 

9.8.          Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

(a)          The Company will cause each of its Domestic Subsidiaries that guarantees, or otherwise becomes liable at any time as a borrower or an additional borrower or co-borrower for or in respect of, any Debt under any Principal Credit Facility, to deliver to each of the holders of Notes (concurrently therewith) the following items:

 

(i)          a duly executed Subsidiary Guaranty in scope, form and substance satisfactory to the Required Holders;

 

(ii)         a certificate signed by an authorized Responsible Officer of the Company making representations and warranties to the effect of those contained in Sections 5.4, 5.6 and 5.7, with respect to such Domestic Subsidiary and the Subsidiary Guaranty, as applicable; and

 

(iii)        an opinion of counsel (who may be in-house counsel for the Company) addressed to each of the holders of the Notes reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders, to the effect that the Subsidiary Guaranty by such Person has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and that the Subsidiary Guaranty constitutes the legal, valid and binding contract and agreement of such Person enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as an enforcement of such terms may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

 

(b)          At the election of the Company and by written notice to each holder of Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantor may be discharged from all of its obligations and liabilities under its Subsidiary Guaranty and shall be automatically released from its obligations thereunder without the need for the execution or delivery of any document by the holders, provided that (i) if such Subsidiary Guarantor is a guarantor in respect of any Principal Credit Facility, such Subsidiary Guarantor has been released and discharged (or will be released and discharged concurrently with the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guaranty) under all such Principal Credit Facilities, (ii) at the time of, and after giving effect to, such release and discharge, no Default or Event of Default shall be existing, (iii) no amount is then due and payable under such Subsidiary Guaranty, (iv) if in connection with such Subsidiary Guarantor being released and discharged under any Principal Credit Facility, any fee or other form of consideration is given to any holder of Debt under such Principal Credit Facility for such release or discharge, the holders of Notes shall receive equivalent consideration substantially concurrently therewith and (v) each holder shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying as to the matters set forth in clauses (i) through (iv). In the event of any such release, for purposes of Section 10.9, all Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to have been incurred concurrently with such release

 

 36 

 

 

9.9.          Books and Records.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain in all material respects proper books of record and account in conformity with GAAP (or with respect to any Subsidiary organized and operating in a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, in conformity to such jurisdiction’s generally accepted accounting principles) and all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having legal or regulatory jurisdiction over the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

10.         Negative Covenants.

 

From the date of this Agreement until the Third Closing and thereafter, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company covenants that:

 

10.1.          Financial Covenants.

 

(a)          Leverage Ratio. The Company will not, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2015), permit the ratio of (i) Consolidated Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of such date to (ii) the sum of (A) Consolidated Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of such date plus (B) Consolidated Net Worth as of such date to exceed 0.60 to 1.00.

 

(b)          Interest Coverage Ratio. The Company will not permit the ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the consecutive four fiscal quarter period ended as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Company (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2015) to (ii) the sum of interest payable on, and amortization of debt discount in respect of, Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries during such period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis to the extent a Material Acquisition or Material Disposition occurred during such period), to be less than 3.00 to 1.00.

 

10.2.          [Reserved.]

 

10.3.          Limitation on Liens.

 

The Company will not create or suffer to exist, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to create or suffer to exist, any Lien on or with respect to any of its properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than:

 

(a)          Permitted Liens;

 

(b)          Liens securing purchase money Debt or Debt with respect to Capital Leases incurred to finance the acquisition, repair, construction, improvement or lease of capital assets in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $300,000,000 outstanding at any one time; provided that (i) such Liens shall be created within 365 days of the acquisition, repair, construction, improvement or lease, as applicable, of the related property and (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property being financed or improved by such Debt;

 

 37 

 

 

(c)          Liens existing on the date hereof and disclosed on Schedule 10.3 hereof;

 

(d)          Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or Liens assumed by the Company or a Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets by the Company or such Subsidiary in an acquisition permitted hereunder; provided that such Liens were not created in contemplation of such merger, consolidation, acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person so merged into or consolidated with the Company or which becomes a Subsidiary or is acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary;

 

(e)          any replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clauses (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 10.3, provided that (i) no additional property shall be encumbered by such Liens and (ii) the principal amount of Debt secured by such Lien immediately prior to such replacement, extension or renewal shall not be increased; and

 

(f)          other Liens securing Debt of the Company or any Subsidiary, provided that the sum (without duplication) of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt secured by all such Liens pursuant to this clause (f) plus (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt pursuant to Section 10.9(k) shall not at any time exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Worth (determined as of the end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b)), provided further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, secure pursuant to this Section 10.3(f) any Debt outstanding under or pursuant to any Principal Credit Facility unless and until the Notes (and any guaranty delivered in connection therewith) shall concurrently be secured equally and ratably with such Debt pursuant to documentation reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders in substance and in form, including, without limitation, an intercreditor agreement and opinions of counsel to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary, as the case may be, from counsel that is reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders.

 

10.4.          Sales of Assets.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any substantial part (as defined below) of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company or any Subsidiary may sell, lease or otherwise dispose of assets constituting a substantial part of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries if, at such time and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and an amount equal to the net proceeds received from such sale, lease or other disposition (but only with respect to that portion of such assets that exceeds the definition of “substantial part” set forth below) shall be used within 365 days of such sale, lease or disposition, in any combination:

 

 38 

 

 

(1)         to acquire operating assets used or useful in carrying on the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries and having a value at least equal to the value of such assets sold, leased or otherwise disposed of (but only with respect to that portion of such assets that exceeds the definition of “substantial part” set forth below); and/or

 

(2)         to prepay or retire Senior Debt of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, provided that (i) the Company shall offer to prepay each outstanding Note in a principal amount which equals the Ratable Portion for such Note, and (ii) any such prepayment of the Notes shall be made at par, together with accrued interest thereon to, but not including, the date of such prepayment, plus any Net Loss with respect to any Swapped Note and, subject to Section 8.10, less any Net Gain with respect to any Swapped Note, but without the payment of the Make-Whole Amount, if any. Any offer of prepayment of the Notes pursuant to this Section 10.4 shall be given to each holder of the Notes by written notice that shall be delivered not less than fifteen (15) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to the proposed prepayment date. Each such notice shall state that it is given pursuant to this Section and Section 8.4 of this Agreement, that the offer set forth in such notice must be accepted by such holder in writing and shall also set forth (i) the prepayment date, (ii) a description of the circumstances which give rise to the proposed prepayment and (iii) a calculation of the Ratable Portion for such holder’s Notes. Each holder of the Notes which desires to have its Notes prepaid shall notify the Company in writing delivered not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the proposed prepayment date of its acceptance of such offer of prepayment. The Company shall prepay on the prepayment date the Ratable Portion of Notes held by each holder that has accepted such offer, together with accrued interest thereon.

 

As used in this Section 10.4, a sale, lease or other disposition of assets shall be deemed to be a “substantial part” of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries if the book value of such assets, when added to the book value of all other assets sold, leased or otherwise disposed of by the Company and its Subsidiaries during the period beginning on the first day of the 12th complete calendar month preceding the date of such sale, lease or other disposition and ending on such date, exceeds 15% of the book value of Consolidated Total Assets, determined as of the end of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding such sale, lease or other disposition; provided that there shall be excluded from any determination of a “substantial part” (i) any sale or disposition of assets in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (ii) any transfer of assets from the Company to any Subsidiary or from any Subsidiary to the Company or a Subsidiary, (iii) any sale or transfer of property acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary after the date of this Agreement to any Person within 365 days following the acquisition or construction of such property by the Company or any Subsidiary if the Company or a Subsidiary shall concurrently with such sale or transfer, lease such property, as lessee, (iv) any sale or disposition of obsolete, worn-out, uneconomical or surplus assets and (v) foreclosures on, or condemnations of, assets.

 

10.5.          Merger and Consolidation.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiary Guarantors to, consolidate with or merge with any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets as an entirety in a single transaction or series of transactions to any Person, unless:

 

 39 

 

 

(a)          in the case of any such transaction involving the Company, either the Company is the surviving Person or the successor formed by such consolidation or the survivor of such merger or the Person that acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as an entirety, as the case may be, (i) shall be a solvent corporation or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (including the District of Columbia), (ii) shall have executed and delivered to each holder of any Notes its assumption of the due and punctual performance and observance of each covenant and condition of this Agreement and the Notes and (iii) shall have caused to be delivered to each holder of any Notes an opinion of internationally recognized independent counsel, or other independent counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders, to the effect that all agreements or instruments effecting such assumption hereunder are enforceable in accordance with their terms and comply with the terms hereof;

 

(b)          in the case of any such transaction involving a Subsidiary Guarantor, the successor formed by such consolidation or the survivor of such merger or the Person that acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor as an entirety, as the case may be, shall be (i) the Company, such Subsidiary Guarantor or another Subsidiary Guarantor; (ii) a solvent corporation or limited liability company (other than the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor) that is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (including the District of Columbia) or the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary Guarantor, provided that such corporation or limited liability company, to the extent not the Subsidiary Guarantor, shall have executed and delivered to each holder of Notes its assumption of the due and punctual performance and observance of each covenant and condition of the Subsidiary Guaranty of such Subsidiary Guarantor, and (B) the Company shall have caused to be delivered to each holder of Notes an opinion of nationally recognized independent counsel in the appropriate jurisdiction(s), or other independent counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders, to the effect that all agreements or instruments effecting such assumption hereunder are enforceable in accordance with their terms and comply with the terms hereof; or (iii) any other Person so long as the transaction is treated as a disposition of all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor for purposes of Section 10.4 and, based on such characterization, would be permitted pursuant to Section 10.4;

 

(c)          each Subsidiary Guarantor under any Subsidiary Guaranty that is outstanding at the time such transaction or each transaction in such a series of transactions occurs reaffirms its obligations under such Subsidiary Guaranty in writing at such time pursuant to documentation that is reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders; and

 

(d)          immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction or each transaction in any such series of transactions, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

 40 

 

 

No such conveyance, transfer or lease of substantially all of the assets of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have the effect of releasing the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, or any successor corporation or limited liability company that shall theretofore have become such in the manner prescribed in this Section 10.5, from its liability under (x) this Agreement or the Notes (in the case of the Company) or (y) the Subsidiary Guaranty (in the case of any Subsidiary Guarantor), unless, in the case of the conveyance, transfer or lease of substantially all of the assets of a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Subsidiary Guarantor is released from its Subsidiary Guaranty in accordance with Section 9.8(b) in connection with or immediately following such conveyance, transfer or lease.

 

10.6.          Transactions with Affiliates.

 

The Company will not and will not permit any Subsidiary to enter into directly or indirectly any Material transaction or Material group of related transactions (including, without limitation, to the extent Material, the purchase, lease, sale or exchange of properties of any kind or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate (other than the Company or another Subsidiary), except upon fair and reasonable terms that are not materially less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Company or such Subsidiary than would be obtainable in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate; provided, that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to any of the following: (a) reasonable and customary fees paid to members of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the Company and its Subsidiaries; (b) compensation arrangements (including severance arrangements to the extent approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Company’s or the applicable Subsidiary’s board of directors (or similar governing body) or the applicable committee thereof) for present or former officers and other employees entered into in the ordinary course of business; (c) indemnities provided for the benefit of directors, officers or employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and (d) loans and advances to employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries permitted hereunder, in each case under this clause (d), solely to the extent consistent with past practices and in the ordinary course of business. As used herein, “Material” shall mean an amount equal to at least 5% of book value of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

10.7.          Terrorism Sanctions Regulations.

 

The Company will not and will not permit any Controlled Entity to (a) become (including by virtue of being owned or controlled by a Blocked Person), own or control a Blocked Person or (b) directly or indirectly have any investment in or engage in any dealing or transaction (including any investment, dealing or transaction involving the proceeds of the Notes) with any Person if such investment, dealing or transaction (i) would be in violation of any U.S. Economic Sanctions applicable to the Company or such Controlled Entity, or (ii) would result in the imposition of any U.S. Economic Sanctions against the Company or such Controlled Entity, except, in the case of this clause (b), to the extent that such violation or sanctions, if imposed, could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 41 

 

 

10.8.          Line of Business.

 

The Company will not and will not permit any Subsidiary to engage in any business if, as a result, the general nature of the business in which the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, would then be engaged would be substantially changed from the general nature of the business in which the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are engaged on the date of this Agreement as described in the Memorandum.

 

10.9.          Subsidiary Debt.

 

The Company will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to create or suffer to exist any Debt other than:

 

(a)          Debt owed to the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(b)          Debt existing on the date hereof and disclosed on Schedule 10.9 hereof;

 

(c)          purchase money Debt or Debt with respect to Capital Leases incurred to finance the acquisition, repair, construction, improvement or lease of capital assets in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $300,000,000 outstanding at any one time;

 

(d)          Debt of any Subsidiary Guarantor (so long as the requirements of Section 9.8 shall have been met);

 

(e)          endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)          Debt of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or Debt of any Person that is assumed by a Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets by such Subsidiary in an acquisition permitted hereunder, provided that such Debt shall not have been incurred in contemplation of such merger, consolidation or acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(g)          Debt with respect to Swap Agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(h)          Debt under bid bonds, performance bonds, surety bonds, bonds to secure statutory obligations (including obligations under workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation) and similar obligations, in each case, incurred by such Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting such bid bonds, performance bonds, surety bonds and similar obligations;

 

(i)          Debt deemed to exist in connection with agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, deferred purchase price, escrow arrangements, earn-outs or similar obligations, or from guaranties, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in connection with acquisitions or dispositions permitted hereunder;

 

 42 

 

 

(j)          Debt which serves to extend, replace, refund, renew, defease or refinance any Debt incurred under clause (b) or clause (f) of this Section 10.9 that does not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (other than with respect to unpaid accrued interest and premiums (including tender premiums) thereon, any committed or undrawn amounts, defeasance costs, underwriting discounts, fees, commissions and expenses associated with such Debt); and

 

(k)          additional Debt, provided that the sum (without duplication) of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt pursuant to this clause (k) plus (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt secured by Liens pursuant to Section 10.3(f) shall not at any time exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Worth (determined as of the end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements have been provided pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b)).

 

11.         Events of Default.

 

An “Event of Default” shall exist if any of the following conditions or events shall occur and be continuing:

 

(a)          the Company defaults in the payment of any principal or Make-Whole Amount or Net Loss, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise; or

 

(b)          the Company defaults in the payment of any interest on any Note for more than five Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or

 

(c)          (i) the Company defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Section 10 or (ii) any Subsidiary Guarantor defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term of the Subsidiary Guaranty beyond any period of grace or cure period provided with respect thereto; or

 

(d)          the Company defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein (other than those referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 11) and such default is not remedied within 30 days after the earlier of (i) a Responsible Officer obtaining actual knowledge of such default or (ii) the Company receiving written notice of such default from any holder of a Note (any such written notice to be identified as a “notice of default” and to refer specifically to this paragraph (d) of Section 11); or

 

(e)          any Subsidiary Guaranty ceases to be a legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation or contract of a Subsidiary Guarantor, or any Subsidiary Guarantor challenges the validity, binding nature or enforceability of any such Subsidiary Guaranty; or

 

 43 

 

 

(f)          any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of the Company or Subsidiary Guarantor in this Agreement or any Subsidiary Guaranty or by any officer of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in any writing furnished in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or by any Subsidiary Guaranty proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made; or

 

(g)          (i) the Company, any Material Subsidiary or any Subsidiary Guarantor is in default (as principal or as guarantor or other surety) in the payment of any principal of or premium or make-whole amount or interest (in the payment amount of at least $100,000) on any Debt other than the Notes that is outstanding in an aggregate principal amount of at least $100,000,000 beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto, or (ii) the Company, any Material Subsidiary or any Subsidiary Guarantor is in default in the performance of or compliance with any term of any instrument, mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating to any Debt other than the Notes in an aggregate principal amount of at least $100,000,000 or any other condition exists, and as a consequence of such default or condition such Debt has become, or has been declared, due and payable, or (iii) as a consequence of the occurrence or continuation of any event or condition (other than the passage of time or the right of the holder of Debt to convert such Debt into equity interests or a prepayment or redemption required solely as a result of the proceeds of such Debt not having been applied to consummate a transaction or toward any other purpose for which such Debt was incurred), the Company, any Material Subsidiary or any Subsidiary Guarantor has become obligated to purchase or repay Debt other than the Notes before its regular maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least $100,000,000; or

 

(h)          the Company, any Material Subsidiary or any Subsidiary Guarantor (i) is generally not paying, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, (ii) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction, (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, (v) is adjudicated as insolvent or to be liquidated, or (vi) takes corporate action for the purpose of any of the foregoing; or

 

(i)          a court or other Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction enters an order appointing, without consent by the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any Subsidiary Guarantor, a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, or constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, or ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any such petition shall be filed against the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any Subsidiary Guarantor and such petition shall not be dismissed within 60 days; or

 

 44 

 

 

(j)          a final judgment or judgments at any one time outstanding for the payment of money aggregating in excess of $100,000,000 are rendered against one or more of the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any Subsidiary Guarantor and which judgments are not, within 60 days after entry thereof, bonded, discharged or stayed pending appeal, or are not discharged within 60 days after the expiration of such stay; or

 

(k)          if (i) any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standards of ERISA or the Code for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standards or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under section 412 of the Code, (ii) a notice of intent to terminate any Plan shall have been or is reasonably expected to be filed with the PBGC or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the PBGC shall have notified the Company or any ERISA Affiliate that a Plan may become a subject of any such proceedings, (iii) the aggregate “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (within the meaning of section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) under all Plans, determined in accordance with Title IV of ERISA, shall exceed $100,000,000, (iv) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate shall have incurred or is reasonably expected to incur any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, (v) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate withdraws from any Multiemployer Plan, or (vi) the Company or any Subsidiary establishes or amends any employee welfare benefit plan that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that could increase the liability of the Company or any Subsidiary thereunder; and any such event or events described in clauses (i) through (vi) above, either individually or together with any other such event or events, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

As used in Section 11(k), the terms “employee benefit plan” and “employee welfare benefit plan” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in Section 3 of ERISA.

 

12.         Remedies on Default, Etc.

 

12.1.          Acceleration.

 

(a)          If an Event of Default with respect to the Company described in paragraph (h) or (i) of Section 11 (other than an Event of Default described in clause (i) of paragraph (h) or described in clause (vi) of paragraph (h) by virtue of the fact that such clause encompasses clause (i) of paragraph (h)) has occurred, all Notes of every Series then outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable.

 

(b)          If any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of more than 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may at any time at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable.

 

(c)          If any Event of Default described in paragraph (a) or (b) of Section 11 has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Notes, any holder or holders of Notes at the time outstanding affected by such Event of Default may at any time, at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes held by such holder or holders to be immediately due and payable.

 

 45 

 

 

Upon any Notes becoming due and payable under this Section 12.1, whether automatically or by declaration, such Note will forthwith mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of such Note, plus (i) all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including, but not limited to, interest accrued thereon at the Default Rate) plus (ii) the Make-Whole Amount, if any, determined in respect of such principal amount (to the full extent permitted by applicable law) plus (iii) any Net Loss with respect to any Swapped Note, shall all be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived. The Company acknowledges, and the parties hereto agree, that each holder of a Note has the right to maintain its investment in the Notes free from repayment by the Company (except as herein specifically provided for) and that the provision for payment of the Make-Whole Amount by the Company in the event that the Notes are prepaid or are accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, is intended to provide compensation for the deprivation of such right under such circumstances.

 

12.2.          Other Remedies.

 

If any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether any Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Section 12.1, the holder of any Note at the time outstanding may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such holder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or in any Note or Subsidiary Guaranty, or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or thereof, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise.

 

12.3.          Rescission.

 

At any time after the Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to clause (b) or (c) of Section 12.1, the holders of not less than 50.1% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company, may rescind and annul any such declaration and its consequences if (a) the Company has paid all overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of and Make-Whole Amount, if any, and Net Loss, if any, on any Notes that are due and payable and are unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and Make-Whole Amount, if any, and Net Loss, if any, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any overdue interest in respect of the Notes, at the Default Rate, (b) neither the Company nor any other Person shall have paid any amounts which have become due solely by reason of such declaration, (c) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 17, and (d) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto or to any Notes. No rescission and annulment under this Section 12.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

 46 

 

 

12.4.          No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc.

 

No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such holder’s rights, powers or remedies. No right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement, any Subsidiary Guaranty or by any Note upon any holder thereof shall be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. Without limiting the obligations of the Company under Section 15, the Company will pay to the holder of each Note on demand such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover all costs and expenses of such holder incurred in any enforcement or collection under this Section 12, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements.

 

13.         Registration; Exchange; Substitution of Notes.

 

13.1.          Registration of Notes.

 

The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register for the registration and registration of transfers of Notes. The name and address of each holder of one or more Notes, each transfer thereof and the name and address of each transferee of one or more Notes shall be registered in such register. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Person in whose name any Note shall be registered shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes hereof, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary. The Company shall give to any holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor promptly upon request therefor, a complete and correct copy of the names and addresses of all registered holders of Notes.

 

13.2.          Transfer and Exchange of Notes.

 

Upon surrender of any Note to the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)), for registration of transfer or exchange (and in the case of a surrender for registration of transfer accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder of such Note or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and accompanied by the relevant name, address and other information for notices of each transferee of such Note or part thereof), within ten Business Days thereafter, the Company shall execute and deliver, at the Company’s expense (except as provided below), one or more new Notes (as requested by the holder thereof) of the same Series in exchange therefor, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the surrendered Note. Each such new Note shall be payable to such Person as such holder may request in accordance with this Agreement, and shall be substantially in the form of the Note of such Series originally issued hereunder. Each such new Note shall be dated and bear interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on the surrendered Note or dated the date of the surrendered Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or governmental charge imposed in respect of any such transfer of Notes. Notes shall not be transferred in denominations of less than CHF100,000 (in the case of Series A Notes, Series D Notes, Series I Notes, Series L Notes and Series M Notes) or €100,000 (in the case of Series B Notes, Series C Notes, Series E Notes, Series F Notes, Series G Notes, Series H Notes, Series J Notes and Series K Notes), provided that if necessary to enable the registration of transfer by a holder of its entire holding of Notes, one Note may be in a denomination of less than CHF100,000 (in the case of Series A Notes, Series D Notes, Series I Notes, Series L Notes and Series M Notes) or €100,000 (in the case of Series B Notes, Series C Notes, Series E Notes, Series F Notes, Series G Notes, Series H Notes, Series J Notes and Series K Notes). Any transferee, by its acceptance of a Note registered in its name (or the name of its nominee), shall be deemed to have made the representation set forth in Section 6.3, provided, that in lieu thereof such holder may (in reliance upon information provided by the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) make a representation to the effect that the purchase by any holder of any Note will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under section 406(a) of ERISA.

 

 47 

 

 

The Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of any state and may not be transferred or resold unless registered under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from the requirement for such registration is available.

 

13.3.          Replacement of Notes.

 

Upon receipt by the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)) of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note (which evidence shall be, in the case of an Institutional Investor, notice from such Institutional Investor of such ownership and such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation), and

 

(a)          in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it (provided that if the holder of such Note is, or is a nominee for, an original Purchaser or another holder of a Note with a minimum net worth of at least $50,000,000 or a Qualified Institutional Buyer, such Person’s own unsecured agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory), or

 

(b)          in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation thereof,

 

the Company at its own expense shall execute and deliver not more than five Business Days following satisfaction of such conditions, in lieu thereof, a new Note of the same Series as such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Notes, dated and bearing interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note or dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.

 

14.         Payments on Notes.

 

14.1.          Place of Payment.

 

Subject to Section 14.2, payments of principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, Net Loss, if any, and interest becoming due and payable on the Notes shall be made in New York, New York at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in such jurisdiction. The Company may at any time, by notice to each holder of a Note, change the place of payment of the Notes so long as such place of payment shall be either the principal office of the Company in such jurisdiction or the principal office of a bank or trust company in such jurisdiction.

 

 48 

 

 

14.2.          Home Office Payment.

 

So long as any Purchaser or such Purchaser’s nominee shall be the holder of any Note, and notwithstanding anything contained in Section 14.1 or in such Note to the contrary, the Company will pay all sums becoming due on such Note for principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, Net Loss, if any, interest and all other amounts becoming due hereunder by the method and at the address specified for such purpose for such Purchaser on Schedule A hereto, or by such other method or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have from time to time specified to the Company in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of such Note or the making of any notation thereon, except that upon written request of the Company made concurrently with or reasonably promptly after payment or prepayment in full of any Note, such Purchaser shall surrender such Note for cancellation, reasonably promptly after any such request, to the Company at its principal executive office or at the place of payment most recently designated by the Company pursuant to Section 14.1. Prior to any sale or other disposition of any Note held by any Purchaser or its nominee, such Purchaser will, at its election, either endorse thereon the amount of principal paid thereon and the last date to which interest has been paid thereon or surrender such Note to the Company in exchange for a new Note or Notes of such series pursuant to Section 13.2. The Company will afford the benefits of this Section 14.2 to any Institutional Investor that is the direct or indirect transferee of any Note purchased by a Purchaser under this Agreement that has made the same agreement relating to such Note as the Purchasers have made in this Section 14.2.

 

15.         Expenses, Etc.

 

15.1.          Transaction Expenses.

 

Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company will pay all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees of a special counsel for the Purchasers and, if reasonably required by the Required Holders, local or other counsel) reasonably incurred by each Purchaser and each other holder of a Note in connection with such transactions and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement, the Notes and any Subsidiary Guaranty (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective) including, without limitation: (a) the costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under this Agreement, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guaranty or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guaranty, or by reason of being a holder of any Note, (b) the costs and expenses, including financial advisors’ fees, incurred in connection with the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or any Subsidiary or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Notes and any Subsidiary Guaranty and (c) the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the initial filing of this Agreement and all related documents and financial information with the SVO provided that such costs and expenses under this clause (c) shall not exceed $20,450. The Company will pay, and will save each Purchaser and each other holder of a Note harmless from, (i) all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses if any, of brokers and finders (other than those, if any, retained by a Purchaser or other holder in connection with its purchase of the Notes) and (ii) any and all wire transfer fees that any bank deducts from any payment under such Note to such holder or otherwise charges to a holder of a Note with respect to a payment under such Note.

 

 49 

 

 

15.2.          Survival.

 

The obligations of the Company under this Section 15 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guaranty, and the termination of this Agreement.

 

16.         Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire Agreement.

 

All representations and warranties contained herein or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any such Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder of any such Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of any Purchaser or any other holder of any such Note. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement, the Notes and any Subsidiary Guaranty embody the entire agreement and understanding between the Purchasers and the Company and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof (other than the Company’s undertakings with respect to the swap indemnity set forth in the Private Placement Transaction Memorandum to Investors and any separate swap indemnity letter, in each case issued on or about November 24, 2015, which shall survive).

 

17.         Amendment and Waiver.

 

17.1.          Requirements.

 

This Agreement and the Notes may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof or of the Notes may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with (and only with) the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders, except that (a) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 or 21 hereof, or any defined term (as it is used therein), will be effective as to any holder of Notes unless consented to by such holder of Notes in writing, and (b) no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of (i) at any time prior to the Second Closing Date, each holder of a Note issued at the First Closing at the time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates and any Notes held by parties who are contractually required to abstain from voting with respect to matters affecting the holders of the Notes) and each Purchaser of a Note, if any, to be issued at the Second Closing and the Third Closing, (ii) at any time prior to the Third Closing Date, each holder of a Note issued at the First Closing and the Second Closing at the time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates and any Notes held by parties who are contractually required to abstain from voting with respect to matters affecting the holders of the Notes) and each Purchaser of a Note, if any, to be issued at the Third Closing, and (iii) at any time on or after the Third Closing Date, each holder of a Note at the time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates and any Notes held by parties who are contractually required to abstain from voting with respect to matters affecting the holders of the Notes), (A) subject to the provisions of Section 12 relating to acceleration or rescission, change the amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of payment or method of computation of interest (if such change results in a decrease in the interest rate), the Make-Whole Amount, if any, or the Net Loss, Net Gain or Swap Breakage Amount, (B) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, (C) change the principal amount of the Notes that the Purchasers are to purchase pursuant to Section 2 at the Second Closing or the Third Closing upon the satisfaction of the conditions to Closing that appear in Section 4 or (D) amend any of Sections 8, 11(a), 11(b), 12, 17 or 20.

 

 50 

 

 

17.2.          Solicitation of Holders of Notes.

 

(a)          Solicitation. The Company will provide each holder of the Notes (irrespective of the amount of Notes then owned by it) with such information as requested, in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof or of the Notes or any Subsidiary Guaranty. The Company will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Section 17 to each holder of outstanding Notes promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite Purchasers or holders of Notes.

 

(b)          Payment. The Company will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any Purchaser or holder of Notes as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by any Purchaser or holder of Notes of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof or any Subsidiary Guaranty unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support is concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each Purchaser and each holder of Notes then outstanding even if such Purchaser or holder did not consent to such waiver or amendment.

 

(c)          Consent in Contemplation of Transfer. Any consent made pursuant to this Section 17 or any Subsidiary Guaranty by a holder of Notes that has transferred or has agreed to transfer its Notes to the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company and has provided or has agreed to provide such written consent as a condition to such transfer shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder, and any amendments effected or waivers granted or to be effected or granted that would not have been or would not be so effected or granted but for such consent (and the consents of all other holders of Notes that were acquired under the same or similar conditions) shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder.

 

 51 

 

 

17.3.          Binding Effect, Etc.

 

Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 17 or any Subsidiary Guaranty applies equally to all holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Company without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Company and any Purchaser or holder of any Note nor any delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note or Subsidiary Guaranty shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any Purchaser or holder of such Note. As used herein, the term “this Agreement” and references thereto shall mean this Agreement as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented.

 

17.4.          Notes Held by Company, Etc.

 

Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Agreement, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guaranty, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein or in the Notes or any Subsidiary Guaranty to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

 

18.         Notices.

 

Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 7.4, all notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), (b) by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested (postage prepaid), or (c) by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid). Any such notice must be sent:

 

(i)          if to a Purchaser or its nominee, to such Purchaser or its nominee at the address specified for such communications in Schedule A to this Agreement, or at such other address as such Purchaser or nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing pursuant to this Section 18;

 

(ii)         if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such address as such other holder shall have specified to the Company in writing pursuant to this Section 18, or

 

(iii)        if to the Company, to the Company at its address set forth at the beginning hereof to the attention of Chief Financial Officer, with a copy to the General Counsel, or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing.

 

Notices under this Section 18 will be deemed given only when actually received.

 

 52 

 

 

19.         Reproduction of Documents.

 

This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by any Purchaser at the Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to any Purchaser, may be reproduced by such Purchaser by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital, or other similar process and such Purchaser may destroy any original document so reproduced. The Company agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by such Purchaser in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 19 shall not prohibit the Company or any other holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from challenging the accuracy of any such reproduction.

 

20.         Confidential Information.

 

For the purposes of this Section 20, “Confidential Information” means information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement that is proprietary in nature and that was clearly marked or labeled or otherwise adequately identified when received by such Purchaser as being confidential information of the Company or such Subsidiary, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any Person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Company or any Subsidiary or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under Section 7.1 that are otherwise publicly available. Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) such Purchaser’s directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by such Purchaser’s Notes), (ii) such Purchaser’s financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 20, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which such Purchaser sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 20), (v) any Person from which such Purchaser offers to purchase any security of the Company (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 20), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party in connection with the transaction described herein or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes, any Subsidiary Guaranty and this Agreement. Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 20 as though it were a party to this Agreement. On reasonable request by the Company in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such holder will enter into an agreement with the Company embodying the provisions of this Section 20.

 

 53 

 

 

In the event that as a condition to receiving access to information relating to the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement, any Purchaser or holder of a Note is required to agree to a confidentiality undertaking (whether through IntraLinks, another secure website, a secure virtual workspace or otherwise) which is different from this Section 20, this Section 20 shall not be amended thereby and, as between such Purchaser or such holder and the Company, this Section 20 shall supersede any such other confidentiality undertaking.

 

21.         Substitution of Purchaser.

 

Each Purchaser shall have the right to substitute any one of its Affiliates or another Purchaser or any one of such other Purchaser’s Affiliates (a “Substitute Purchaser”) as the purchaser of the Notes that it has agreed to purchase hereunder, by written notice to the Company, which notice shall be signed by both such Purchaser and such Substitute Purchaser, shall contain such Substitute Purchaser’s agreement to be bound by this Agreement and shall contain a confirmation by such Substitute Purchaser of the accuracy with respect to it of the representations set forth in Section 6. Upon receipt of such notice, any reference to such Purchaser in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), shall be deemed to refer to such Substitute Purchaser in lieu of such original Purchaser. In the event that such Substitute Purchaser is so substituted as a Purchaser hereunder and such Substitute Purchaser thereafter transfers to such original Purchaser all of the Notes then held by such Substitute Purchaser, upon receipt by the Company of notice of such transfer, any reference to such Substitute Purchaser as a “Purchaser” in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), shall no longer be deemed to refer to such Substitute Purchaser, but shall refer to such original Purchaser and such original Purchaser shall again have all the rights of an original holder of the Notes under this Agreement.

 

22.         Miscellaneous.

 

22.1.          Successors and Assigns.

 

All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not.

 

 54 

 

 

22.2.          Payments Due on Non-Business Days.

 

Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding (but without limiting the requirement in Section 8.6 that the notice of any optional prepayment specify a Business Day as the date fixed for such prepayment), any payment of principal of or Make-Whole Amount, interest or Net Loss on any Note that is due on a date other than a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day without including the additional days elapsed in the computation of the interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day.

 

22.3.          Accounting Terms; GAAP; Pro Forma Calculations.

 

(a)          Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time (“GAAP”); provided that, if the Company notifies each holder of the Notes that the Company requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Required Holders notify the Company that the Required Holders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made (a) without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Debt or other liabilities of the Company or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein, (b) without giving effect to any treatment of Debt in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Debt in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Debt shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof, and (c) without giving effect to any change to GAAP occurring after the date hereof as a result of the adoption of any proposals set forth in the Proposed Accounting Standards Update, Leases (Topic 840), issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on August 17, 2010, or any other proposals issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board in connection therewith, in each case if such change would require treating any lease (or similar arrangement conveying the right to use) as a capital lease where such lease (or similar arrangement) would not have been required to be so treated under GAAP as in effect on the date hereof.

 

 55 

 

 

(b)          All pro forma computations required to be made hereunder giving effect to any acquisition, disposition or issuance, incurrence or assumption of Debt, or other transaction shall in each case be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (and, in the case of any pro forma computation made hereunder, to determine whether such acquisition, disposition or issuance, incurrence or assumption of Debt or other transaction is permitted to be consummated hereunder) immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, disposition or issuance, incurrence or assumption of Debt (and to any other such transaction consummated since the first day of the period for which such pro forma computation is being made and on or prior to the date of such computation) as if such transaction had occurred on the first day of the Reference Period most recently ended for which financial statements shall have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or 7.1(b), and, to the extent applicable, the historical earnings and cash flows associated with the assets acquired or disposed of, any related incurrence or reduction of Debt and any related cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies, all in accordance with (and, in the case of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies, to the extent permitted by) Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. If any Debt bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Debt shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period for which such pro forma computation is being made (taking into account any Swap Agreement applicable to such Debt).

 

22.4.          Severability.

 

Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

22.5.          Construction.

 

Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant. Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, all Schedules and Exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed to be a part hereof.

 

22.6.          Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

 

 56 

 

 

22.7.          Governing Law.

 

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

22.8.          Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

(a)          The Company irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

(b)          The Company consents to process being served by or on behalf of any holder of Notes in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 22.8(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to it at its address specified in Section 18 or at such other address of which such holder shall then have been notified pursuant to said Section. The Company agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.

 

(c)          Nothing in this Section 22.8 shall affect the right of any holder of a Note to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against the Company in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

 

(d)          The parties hereto hereby waive trial by jury in any action brought on or with respect to this Agreement, the Notes or any other document executed in connection herewith or therewith.

 

 57 

 

 

22.9.          Obligation to Make Payment in the Applicable Currency.

 

Subject to Section 8.10, any payment on account of an amount that is payable hereunder or under the Notes in the Applicable Currency which is made to or for the account of any holder of Notes in any other currency, whether as a result of any judgment or order or the enforcement thereof or the realization of any security or the liquidation of the Company or any Subsidiary, shall constitute a discharge of the obligation of the Company under this Agreement or the Notes only to the extent of the amount of the Applicable Currency which such holder could purchase in the foreign exchange markets in London, England, with the amount of such other currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the London Banking Day following receipt of the payment first referred to above. If the amount of the Applicable Currency that could be so purchased is less than the amount of the Applicable Currency originally due to such holder, the Company agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law, to indemnify and save harmless such holder from and against all loss or damage arising out of or as a result of such deficiency. This indemnity shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Agreement and the Notes, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by such holder from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under the Notes or under any judgment or order. As used herein the term “London Banking Day” shall mean any day other than Saturday or Sunday or a day on which commercial banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in London, England.

 

22.10.         Principal Amount and Percentage Determination.

 

For purposes of calculating the principal amount of any Note of any Series held by any holder in connection with the determination of any required percentage of all Notes under this Agreement, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or in connection with any allocation of an optional prepayment pursuant to Section 8.2 and Section 8.5 or an offer to prepay pursuant to Section 8.4 or Section 8.8, the outstanding principal amount of (a) any Series A Note, Series D Note, Series I Note, Series L Note or Series M Note at the time of such determination shall be converted to Dollars at the Swiss Franc Conversion Rate, and (b) any Series B Note, Series C Note, Series E Note, Series F Note, Series G Note, Series H Note, Series J Note or Series K Note at the time of such determination shall be converted to Dollars at the Euro Conversion Rate, in each case, notwithstanding any currency exchange rate fluctuations.

 

22.11.         Change of Currency.

 

(a)          Change of Swiss Franc Currency. If at any time there is a change in the currency of Switzerland such that the Swiss National Bank recognizes a new currency or more than one currency or currency unit as the lawful currency of Switzerland such that the Swiss Francs reference is no longer applicable (including, without limitation, any change to the Euro as the lawful currency of Switzerland), the references in, and obligations arising under, this Agreement expressed in Swiss Francs shall be translated into such currency or currency unit of Switzerland or, in the case of more than one new currency or currency unit, in the manner as agreed by the Required Holders and the Company. Any such translation shall be made at the official rate of exchange recognized for that purpose by the Swiss National Bank, rounded up or down as agreed by the Required Holders and the Company.

 

 58 

 

 

(b)          Change of Euro Currency. If at any time the Euro ceases to exist, the references in, and obligations arising under, this Agreement expressed in Euros shall be translated into a new currency or currency unit agreed upon by the Required Holders and the Company in the manner agreed by the Required Holders and the Company. Any such translation shall be made at the official rate of exchange recognized for that purpose by the Citibank, N.A., rounded up or down as agreed by the Required Holders and the Company.

 

(c)          Amendments to this Agreement. Where such a change in currency occurs, this Agreement shall be amended and shall take effect in the manner agreed by the Required Holders and the Company so as to reflect that change and make all necessary changes to the covenants contained in Section 9 and Section 10 and to such other provisions of this Agreement that refer to Swiss Francs or Euros, as applicable, as deemed reasonably necessary and, so far as practicable, to place the Company and the holders of the Notes in the substantially identical position each would have been in had no change in currency occurred. The Company and the holders of the Notes agree to use all reasonable efforts to execute and deliver all amendments to this Agreement which are necessary to effectuate this Section 22.11.

 

* * * * *

 

The execution hereof by the Purchasers shall constitute a contract among the Company and the Purchasers for the uses and purposes hereinabove set forth. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each executed counterpart constituting an original but all together only one agreement.

 

 59 

 

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  Dentsply International Inc.

 

 

  By: /s/ William E. Reardon

  Name: William E. Reardon
  Title:

 

 

  By: /s/ Andrew M. Smith

  Name: Andrew M. Smith
  Title: Assistant Treasurer

 

Accepted as of the date first written above.

 

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

METLIFE INSURANCE COMPANY USA

By:Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, its Investment Manager

 

GENERAL AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, its Investment Manager

 

 

By: /s/ John Wills  

Name: John Wills  
Title: Managing Director  

 

PENSIONSKASSE DES BUNDES PUBLICA

By:MetLife Investment Management Limited, as Investment Manager

 

 

By: /s/ John Tanyeri  

Name: John Tanyeri  
Title: Managing Director  

 

 

 

 

PRUDENTIAL RETIREMENT INSURANCE AND ANNUITY

COMPANY

By:Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as investment manager

 

 

By: /s/ Tannis Fussell  

Name: Tannis Fussell  
Title:  Vice President  

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

 

 

By: /s/ Tannis Fussell  

Name: Tannis Fussell  
Title:  Vice President  

 

PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

By: /s/ Tannis Fussell  

Name: Tannis Fussell  
Title:  Assistant Vice President  

 

PRUDENTIAL ANNUITIES LIFE ASSURANCE CORPORATION

By:Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as investment manager

 

 

By: /s/ Tannis Fussell  

Name: Tannis Fussell  
Title:  Vice President  

 

 

 

 

C.M. LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:Babson Capital Management LLC, its investment adviser

 

 

By: /s/ Thomas P. Shea  

Name: Thomas P. Shea  
Title: Managing Director  

 

THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:Northwestern Mutual Investment Management Company, LLC,
 its investment adviser

 

 

By: /s/ Mark E. Kishler  

Name: Mark E. Kishler  
Its:  Managing Director  

 

THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:Delaware Investment Advisers,
 a series of Delaware Management Business Trust,
 Attorney in Fact

 

 

By: /s/ Michael Wildstein  

Name: Michael Wildstein  
Title: Senior Vice President  

 

MANULIFE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

By: /s/ Akira Okada  

Name: Akira Okada  
Title: Head of Privately-Placed Securities Investment Manulife Investments Japan

 

MANUFACTURERS LIFE REINSURANCE LIMITED

 

 

By: /s/ Claudio Macchi  

Name: Claudio Macchi  
Title: President & Chief Executive Officer Manufacturers Life Reinsurance Limited

 

 

By: /s/ Craig Doughty  
Name: Craig Doughty  
Title: VP & CFO

 

 

 

 

NATIONWIDE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

By: /s/ Stephen M. Jordan  

Name: Stephen M. Jordan  
Title:  Authorized Signatory  

 

UNITED OF OMAHA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

By: /s/ Justin P. Kavan  

Name: Justin P. Kavan  
Title:  Senior Vice President  

 

 

 

  

EXHIBIT 1A

 

[Form of Series A Note]

 

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED WITHOUT A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION AND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE MAY BE MADE UNLESS REGISTERED OR EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

Dentsply International Inc.

 

0.86% Series A Senior Note due December 11, 2025

 

No. RA-[_______] [Date]
CHF[__________] PPN [________]

 

For Value Received, the undersigned, DENTSPLY International Inc. (herein called the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to [_____________________] or registered assigns, the principal sum of [______________] Swiss Francs (CHF[________]) (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on December 11, 2025 (the “Maturity Date”) with interest (computed on the basis of a 360 day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 0.86% per annum (subject to increase as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below) from the date hereof, payable annually on the 11th day of December in each year and at maturity, commencing with the December 11 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the Default Rate (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), on any overdue payment of interest, any overdue payment of Net Loss and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on the unpaid balance hereof and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payable annually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

 

Payments of principal of and interest on this Note are to be made in Swiss Francs. At any time this Note is a Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount and any Net Loss with respect to this Note are to be made in Dollars. At any time this Note is a Non-Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in Swiss Francs. In each case, payments on this Note are to be made at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in New York, New York or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

 Exhibit 1A-1 

 

 

This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2015 (as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or modified, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Section 6.3 of the Note Purchase Agreement, provided, that in lieu thereof such holder may (in reliance upon information provided by the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) make a representation to the effect that the purchase by any holder of any Note will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under section 406(a) of ERISA. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including the applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the issuer and holder hereof shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

  Dentsply International Inc.
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

 Exhibit 1A-2 

 

 

EXHIBIT 1B

 

[Form of Series B Note]

 

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED WITHOUT A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION AND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE MAY BE MADE UNLESS REGISTERED OR EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

Dentsply International Inc.

 

2.05% Series B Senior Note due December 11, 2025

 

No. RB-[_______] [Date]
€[__________] PPN [________]

 

For Value Received, the undersigned, DENTSPLY International Inc. (herein called the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to [_____________________] or registered assigns, the principal sum of [______________] EUROS (€[________]) (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on December 11, 2025 (the “Maturity Date”) with interest (computed on the basis of a 360 day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 2.05% per annum (subject to increase as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below) from the date hereof, payable semi-annually on the 11th day of June and December in each year and at maturity, commencing with the June 11 or December 11 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the Default Rate (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), on any overdue payment of interest, any overdue payment of Net Loss and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on the unpaid balance hereof and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payable semi-annually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

 

Payments of principal of and interest on this Note are to be made in EUROS. At any time this Note is a Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount and any Net Loss with respect to this Note are to be made in Dollars. At any time this Note is a Non-Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in EUROS. In each case, payments on this Note are to be made at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in New York, New York or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

 Exhibit 1B-1 

 

 

This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2015 (as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or modified, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Section 6.3 of the Note Purchase Agreement, provided, that in lieu thereof such holder may (in reliance upon information provided by the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) make a representation to the effect that the purchase by any holder of any Note will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under section 406(a) of ERISA. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including the applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the issuer and holder hereof shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

  Dentsply International Inc.
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

 Exhibit 1B-2 

 

 

EXHIBIT 1C

 

[Form of Series C Note]

 

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED WITHOUT A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION AND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE MAY BE MADE UNLESS REGISTERED OR EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

Dentsply International Inc.

 

2.05% Series C Senior Note due December 11, 2025

 

No. RC-[_______] [Date]
€[__________] PPN [________]

 

For Value Received, the undersigned, DENTSPLY International Inc. (herein called the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to [_____________________] or registered assigns, the principal sum of [______________] EUROS (€[________]) (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on December 11, 2025 (the “Maturity Date”) with interest (computed on the basis of a 360 day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 2.05% per annum (subject to increase as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below) from the date hereof, payable semi-annually on the 11th day of June and December in each year and at maturity, commencing with the June 11 or December 11 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the Default Rate (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), on any overdue payment of interest, any overdue payment of Net Loss and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on the unpaid balance hereof and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payable semi-annually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

 

Payments of principal of and interest on this Note are to be made in Euros. At any time this Note is a Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount and any Net Loss with respect to this Note are to be made in Dollars. At any time this Note is a Non-Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in Euros. In each case, payments on this Note are to be made at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in New York, New York or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

 Exhibit 1C-1 

 

 

This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2015 (as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or modified, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Section 6.3 of the Note Purchase Agreement, provided, that in lieu thereof such holder may (in reliance upon information provided by the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) make a representation to the effect that the purchase by any holder of any Note will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under section 406(a) of ERISA. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including the applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the issuer and holder hereof shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

  Dentsply International Inc.
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

 Exhibit 1C-2 

 

 

EXHIBIT 1D

 

[Form of Series D Note]

 

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED WITHOUT A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION AND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE MAY BE MADE UNLESS REGISTERED OR EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

Dentsply International Inc.

 

1.02% Series D Senior Note due December 11, 2027

 

No. RD-[_______] [Date]
CHF[__________] PPN [________]

 

For Value Received, the undersigned, DENTSPLY International Inc. (herein called the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to [_____________________] or registered assigns, the principal sum of [______________] Swiss Francs (CHF[________]) (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on December 11, 2027 (the “Maturity Date”) with interest (computed on the basis of a 360 day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 1.02% per annum (subject to increase as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below) from the date hereof, payable annually on the 11th day of December in each year and at maturity, commencing with the December 11 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the Default Rate (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), on any overdue payment of interest, any overdue payment of Net Loss and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on the unpaid balance hereof and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payable annually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

 

Payments of principal of and interest on this Note are to be made in Swiss Francs. At any time this Note is a Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount and any Net Loss with respect to this Note are to be made in Dollars. At any time this Note is a Non-Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in Swiss Francs. In each case, payments on this Note are to be made at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in New York, New York or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

 Exhibit 1D-1 

 

 

This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2015 (as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or modified, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Section 6.3 of the Note Purchase Agreement, provided, that in lieu thereof such holder may (in reliance upon information provided by the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) make a representation to the effect that the purchase by any holder of any Note will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under section 406(a) of ERISA. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including the applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the issuer and holder hereof shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

  Dentsply International Inc.
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

 

 Exhibit 1D-2 

 

 

EXHIBIT 1E

 

[Form of Series E Note]

 

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED WITHOUT A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION AND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE MAY BE MADE UNLESS REGISTERED OR EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

Dentsply International Inc.

 

2.24% Series E Senior Note due December 11, 2027

  

No. RE-[_______] [Date]
€[__________] PPN [________]

 

For Value Received, the undersigned, DENTSPLY International Inc. (herein called the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to [_____________________] or registered assigns, the principal sum of [______________] EUROS (€[________]) (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on December 11, 2027 (the “Maturity Date”) with interest (computed on the basis of a 360 day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 2.24% per annum (subject to increase as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below) from the date hereof, payable semi-annually on the 11th day of June and December in each year and at maturity, commencing with the June 11 or December 11 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the Default Rate (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), on any overdue payment of interest, any overdue payment of Net Loss and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on the unpaid balance hereof and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payable semi-annually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

 

Payments of principal of and interest on this Note are to be made in Euros. At any time this Note is a Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount and any Net Loss with respect to this Note are to be made in Dollars. At any time this Note is a Non-Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in Euros. In each case, payments on this Note are to be made at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in New York, New York or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

 Exhibit 1E-1 

 

 

This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2015 (as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or modified, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Section 6.3 of the Note Purchase Agreement, provided, that in lieu thereof such holder may (in reliance upon information provided by the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) make a representation to the effect that the purchase by any holder of any Note will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under section 406(a) of ERISA. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including the applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the issuer and holder hereof shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

  Dentsply International Inc.
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

 Exhibit 1E-2 

 

 

EXHIBIT 1F

 

[Form of Series F Note]

 

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED WITHOUT A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION AND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE MAY BE MADE UNLESS REGISTERED OR EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

Dentsply International Inc.

 

2.05% Series F Senior Note due February 19, 2026

 

No. RF-[_______] [Date]
€[__________] PPN [________]

 

For Value Received, the undersigned, DENTSPLY International Inc. (herein called the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to [_____________________] or registered assigns, the principal sum of [______________] EUROS (€[________]) (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on February 19, 2026 (the “Maturity Date”) with interest (computed on the basis of a 360 day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 2.05% per annum (subject to increase as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below) from the date hereof, payable semi-annually on the 19th day of February and August in each year and at maturity, commencing with the February 19 or August 19 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the Default Rate (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), on any overdue payment of interest, any overdue payment of Net Loss and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on the unpaid balance hereof and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payable semi-annually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

 

Payments of principal of and interest on this Note are to be made in EUROS. At any time this Note is a Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount and any Net Loss with respect to this Note are to be made in Dollars. At any time this Note is a Non-Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in Euros. In each case, payments on this Note are to be made at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in New York, New York or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

 Exhibit 1F-1 

 

 

This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2015 (as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or modified, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Section 6.3 of the Note Purchase Agreement, provided, that in lieu thereof such holder may (in reliance upon information provided by the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) make a representation to the effect that the purchase by any holder of any Note will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under section 406(a) of ERISA. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including the applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the issuer and holder hereof shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

  Dentsply International Inc.
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

 

 Exhibit 1F-2 

 

 

EXHIBIT 1G

 

[Form of Series G Note]

 

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED WITHOUT A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION AND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE MAY BE MADE UNLESS REGISTERED OR EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

Dentsply International Inc.

 

2.05% Series G Senior Note due February 19, 2026

 

No. RG-[_______] [Date]
€[__________] PPN [________]

 

For Value Received, the undersigned, DENTSPLY International Inc. (herein called the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to [_____________________] or registered assigns, the principal sum of [______________] EUROS (€[________]) (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on February 19, 2026 (the “Maturity Date”) with interest (computed on the basis of a 360 day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 2.05% per annum (subject to increase as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below) from the date hereof, payable semi-annually on the 19th day of February and August in each year and at maturity, commencing with the February 19 or August 19 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the Default Rate (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), on any overdue payment of interest, any overdue payment of Net Loss and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on the unpaid balance hereof and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payable semi-annually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

 

Payments of principal of and interest on this Note are to be made in Euros. At any time this Note is a Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount and any Net Loss with respect to this Note are to be made in Dollars. At any time this Note is a Non-Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in Euros. In each case, payments on this Note are to be made at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in New York, New York or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

 Exhibit 1G-1 

 

 

This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2015 (as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or modified, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Section 6.3 of the Note Purchase Agreement, provided, that in lieu thereof such holder may (in reliance upon information provided by the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) make a representation to the effect that the purchase by any holder of any Note will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under section 406(a) of ERISA. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including the applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the issuer and holder hereof shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

  Dentsply International Inc.
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

 Exhibit 1G-2 

 

 

EXHIBIT 1H

 

[Form of Series H Note]

 

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED WITHOUT A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION AND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE MAY BE MADE UNLESS REGISTERED OR EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

Dentsply International Inc.

 

2.45% Series H Senior Note due February 19, 2031

 

No. RH-[_______] [Date]
€[__________] PPN [________]

 

For Value Received, the undersigned, DENTSPLY International Inc. (herein called the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to [_____________________] or registered assigns, the principal sum of [______________] EUROS (€[________]) (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on February 19, 2031 (the “Maturity Date”) with interest (computed on the basis of a 360 day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 2.45% per annum (subject to increase as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below) from the date hereof, payable semi-annually on the 19th day of February and August in each year and at maturity, commencing with the February 19 or August 19 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the Default Rate (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), on any overdue payment of interest, any overdue payment of Net Loss and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on the unpaid balance hereof and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payable semi-annually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

 

Payments of principal of and interest on this Note are to be made in Euros. At any time this Note is a Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount and any Net Loss with respect to this Note are to be made in Dollars. At any time this Note is a Non-Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in Euros. In each case, payments on this Note are to be made at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in New York, New York or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

 Exhibit 1H-1 

 

 

This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2015 (as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or modified, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Section 6.3 of the Note Purchase Agreement, provided, that in lieu thereof such holder may (in reliance upon information provided by the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) make a representation to the effect that the purchase by any holder of any Note will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under section 406(a) of ERISA. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including the applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the issuer and holder hereof shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

  Dentsply International Inc.
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

 Exhibit 1H-2 

 

 

EXHIBIT 1I

 

[Form of Series I Note]

 

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED WITHOUT A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION AND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE MAY BE MADE UNLESS REGISTERED OR EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

Dentsply International Inc.

 

1.01% Series I Senior Note due August 15, 2026

 

No. RI-[_______] [Date]
CHF[__________] PPN [________]

 

For Value Received, the undersigned, DENTSPLY International Inc. (herein called the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to [_____________________] or registered assigns, the principal sum of [______________] Swiss Francs (CHF[________]) (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on August 15, 2026 (the “Maturity Date”) with interest (computed on the basis of a 360 day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 1.01% per annum (subject to increase as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below) from the date hereof, payable annually on the 15th day of August in each year and at maturity, commencing with the August 15 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the Default Rate (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), on any overdue payment of interest, any overdue payment of Net Loss and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on the unpaid balance hereof and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payable annually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

 

Payments of principal of and interest on this Note are to be made in Swiss Francs. At any time this Note is a Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount and any Net Loss with respect to this Note are to be made in Dollars. At any time this Note is a Non-Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in Swiss Francs. In each case, payments on this Note are to be made at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in New York, New York or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

 Exhibit 1I-1 

 

 

This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2015 (as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or modified, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Section 6.3 of the Note Purchase Agreement, provided, that in lieu thereof such holder may (in reliance upon information provided by the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) make a representation to the effect that the purchase by any holder of any Note will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under section 406(a) of ERISA. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including the applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the issuer and holder hereof shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

  Dentsply International Inc.
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

 Exhibit 1I-2 

 

 

EXHIBIT 1J

 

[Form of Series J Note]

 

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED WITHOUT A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION AND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE MAY BE MADE UNLESS REGISTERED OR EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

Dentsply International Inc.

 

2.25% Series J Senior Note due August 15, 2026

 

No. RJ-[_______] [Date]
€[__________] PPN [________]

 

For Value Received, the undersigned, DENTSPLY International Inc. (herein called the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to [_____________________] or registered assigns, the principal sum of [______________] EUROS (€[________]) (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on August 15, 2026 (the “Maturity Date”) with interest (computed on the basis of a 360 day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 2.25% per annum (subject to increase as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below) from the date hereof, payable semi-annually on the 15th day of February and August in each year and at maturity, commencing with the February 15 or August 15 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the Default Rate (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), on any overdue payment of interest, any overdue payment of Net Loss and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on the unpaid balance hereof and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payable semi-annually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

 

Payments of principal of and interest on this Note are to be made in Euros. At any time this Note is a Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount and any Net Loss with respect to this Note are to be made in Dollars. At any time this Note is a Non-Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in Euros. In each case, payments on this Note are to be made at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in New York, New York or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

 Exhibit 1J-1 

 

 

This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2015 (as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or modified, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Section 6.3 of the Note Purchase Agreement, provided, that in lieu thereof such holder may (in reliance upon information provided by the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) make a representation to the effect that the purchase by any holder of any Note will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under section 406(a) of ERISA. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including the applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the issuer and holder hereof shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

  Dentsply International Inc.
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

 Exhibit 1J-2 

 

 

EXHIBIT 1K

 

[Form of Series K Note]

 

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED WITHOUT A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION AND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE MAY BE MADE UNLESS REGISTERED OR EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

Dentsply International Inc.

 

2.25% Series K Senior Note due August 15, 2026

 

No. RK-[_______] [Date]
€[__________] PPN [________]

 

For Value Received, the undersigned, DENTSPLY International Inc. (herein called the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to [_____________________] or registered assigns, the principal sum of [______________] EUROS (€[________]) (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on August 15, 2026 (the “Maturity Date”) with interest (computed on the basis of a 360 day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 2.25% per annum (subject to increase as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below) from the date hereof, payable semi-annually on the 15th day of February and August in each year and at maturity, commencing with the February 15 or August 15 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the Default Rate (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), on any overdue payment of interest, any overdue payment of Net Loss and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on the unpaid balance hereof and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payable semi-annually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

 

Payments of principal of and interest on this Note are to be made in Euros. At any time this Note is a Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount and any Net Loss with respect to this Note are to be made in Dollars. At any time this Note is a Non-Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in Euros. In each case, payments on this Note are to be made at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in New York, New York or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

 Exhibit 1K-1 

 

 

This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2015 (as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or modified, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Section 6.3 of the Note Purchase Agreement, provided, that in lieu thereof such holder may (in reliance upon information provided by the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) make a representation to the effect that the purchase by any holder of any Note will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under section 406(a) of ERISA. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including the applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the issuer and holder hereof shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

  Dentsply International Inc.
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

 Exhibit 1K-2 

 

 

EXHIBIT 1L

 

[Form of Series L Note]

 

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED WITHOUT A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION AND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE MAY BE MADE UNLESS REGISTERED OR EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

Dentsply International Inc.

 

1.17% Series L Senior Note due August 15, 2028

 

No. RL-[_______] [Date]
CHF[__________] PPN [________]

 

For Value Received, the undersigned, DENTSPLY International Inc. (herein called the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to [_____________________] or registered assigns, the principal sum of [______________] Swiss Francs (CHF[________]) (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on August 15, 2028 (the “Maturity Date”) with interest (computed on the basis of a 360 day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 1.17% per annum (subject to increase as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below) from the date hereof, payable annually on the 15th day of August in each year and at maturity, commencing with the August 15 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the Default Rate (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), on any overdue payment of interest, any overdue payment of Net Loss and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on the unpaid balance hereof and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payable annually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

 

Payments of principal of and interest on this Note are to be made in Swiss Francs. At any time this Note is a Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount and any Net Loss with respect to this Note are to be made in Dollars. At any time this Note is a Non-Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in Swiss Francs. In each case, payments on this Note are to be made at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in New York, New York or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

 Exhibit 1L-1 

 

 

This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2015 (as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or modified, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Section 6.3 of the Note Purchase Agreement, provided, that in lieu thereof such holder may (in reliance upon information provided by the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) make a representation to the effect that the purchase by any holder of any Note will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under section 406(a) of ERISA. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including the applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the issuer and holder hereof shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

  Dentsply International Inc.
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

 Exhibit 1L-2 

 

 

EXHIBIT 1M

 

[Form of Series M Note]

 

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED WITHOUT A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION AND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE MAY BE MADE UNLESS REGISTERED OR EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

Dentsply International Inc.

 

1.33% Series M Senior Note due August 15, 2031

 

No. RM-[_______] [Date]
CHF[__________] PPN [________]

 

For Value Received, the undersigned, DENTSPLY International Inc. (herein called the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to [_____________________] or registered assigns, the principal sum of [______________] Swiss Francs (CHF[________]) (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on August 15, 2031 (the “Maturity Date”) with interest (computed on the basis of a 360 day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 1.33% per annum (subject to increase as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below) from the date hereof, payable annually on the 15th day of August in each year and at maturity, commencing with the August 15 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the Default Rate (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), on any overdue payment of interest, any overdue payment of Net Loss and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on the unpaid balance hereof and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payable annually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

 

Payments of principal of and interest on this Note are to be made in Swiss Francs. At any time this Note is a Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount and any Net Loss with respect to this Note are to be made in Dollars. At any time this Note is a Non-Swapped Note (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payments of any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in Swiss Francs. In each case, payments on this Note are to be made at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in New York, New York or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

 Exhibit 1M-1 

 

 

This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2015 (as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or modified, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Section 6.3 of the Note Purchase Agreement, provided, that in lieu thereof such holder may (in reliance upon information provided by the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) make a representation to the effect that the purchase by any holder of any Note will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under section 406(a) of ERISA. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including the applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the issuer and holder hereof shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

  Dentsply International Inc.
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

 Exhibit 1M-2 

 

Exhibit

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of November 30, 2015, among DENTSPLY International Inc. (the “Borrower”), the financial institutions listed on the signature pages hereof as Lenders and PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement referred to below (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as Lender (the “Lenders”) and the Administrative Agent are parties to a $175,000,000 Credit Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2013 (as heretofore amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Existing Credit Agreement”; as further amended by this amendment, the “Amended Credit Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders and the Administrative Agent agree to an amendment to the Existing Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have so agreed on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1.    Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Amended
Credit Agreement are used herein as therein defined.

2.    Amendments to Credit Agreement. Effective as of the date of satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 below (the “First Amendment Effective Date”), the Existing Credit Agreement and Schedules 6.01 and 6.04 to the Existing Credit Agreement are each hereby amended in their entirety to read as set forth in Annex A hereto. The Schedules and Exhibits attached to the Existing Credit Agreement that are not attached as Schedules and Exhibits to the Amended Credit Agreement on Annex A hereto shall remain as Schedules and Exhibits to the Amended Credit Agreement.

3.    Conditions of Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the conditions precedent that:

(a)    the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this
Amendment duly executed by the Borrower, each Lender and the Administrative Agent; and

(b) the Administrative Agent shall have received payment and/or reimbursement of the Administrative Agent’s and its affiliates’ fees and expenses (including, to the extent invoiced, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Administrative Agent) in connection with this Amendment and the Amended Credit Agreement.





4.    Representations and Warranties of the Borrower. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent on the First Amendment Effective Date as follows:

(a) This Amendment and the Amended Credit Agreement constitute the valid and legally binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

(b) As of the date hereof and after giving effect to the terms of this Amendment, (i) the representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in the Amended Credit Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date) and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

5.    Effect of this Amendment. Except as expressly set forth herein or in the
Amended Credit Agreement, neither this Amendment, nor the Amended Credit Agreement, shall by implication or otherwise, limit, impair, constitute a waiver of, or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under the Existing Credit Agreement and shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Existing Credit Agreement, all of which shall continue in full force and effect. None of (a) this Amendment or (b) the Amended Credit Agreement shall constitute a novation, payment and reborrowing or complete or partial termination of the obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement as in effect prior to the First Amendment Effective Date.

6.    Affirmations. The Borrower hereby: (i) ratifies and affirms all the provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement as supplemented and amended hereby, (ii) agrees that the terms and conditions of the Existing Credit Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as supplemented and amended hereby and (iii) acknowledges and agrees that it has no defense, set- off, counterclaim or challenge against the payment of any sums currently owing under the Existing Credit Agreement or the enforcement of any of the terms or conditions thereof and agrees to be bound thereby and perform thereunder.

7.    Limited Effect.    Except as expressly modified hereby, the Existing Credit Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, unaltered and in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

8.    Integration. This Amendment constitutes the sole agreement of the parties with respect to the terms hereof and shall supersede all oral negotiations and the terms of prior
writings with respect thereto.

9. Severability. Any provision of this Amendment which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any





such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

10.    Miscellaneous.

(a) Expenses. The Borrower agrees to pay all of the Administrative Agent’s reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Amendment, the Amended Credit Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Administrative Agent.

(b)    Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(c)    Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. The provisions of Sections
9.09 and 9.10 of the Amended Credit Agreement (in the form attached hereto as Annex A) are incorporated herein and made applicable to, and shall govern, this Amendment mutatis mutandis to the same extent as they are applicable to the Amended Credit Agreement.

(d) No Waiver. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment, and effectiveness of the Amended Credit Agreement, shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under the Amended Credit Agreement.

(e)    Successor and Assigns. This Amendment shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

(f) Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by telecopy, e-mail, pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of the actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

(g)    Headings.    The headings of any paragraph of this Amendment are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret any provision hereof.

(h) Modifications. No modification hereof or any agreement referred to herein shall be binding or enforceable unless in writing and signed on behalf of the party against whom enforcement is sought.







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

COMPANY:

DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.


By: /s/ William E. Reardon
Name: William E. Reardon
Title: VP & Treasurer

By: /s/ Andrew M. Smith
Name: Andrew M. Smith
Title: Ast. Treasurer


PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as a Lender and as Administrative Agent

By:
/s/ Domenic D’Ginto
Domenic D’Ginto, CFA Senior Vice President

T.D. BANK, N.A.,
as a Lender


By: /s/ Shreya Shah
Name:    Shreya Shah
Title:    Senior Vice President





Annex A



Amended Credit Agreement





Annex A to First Amendment dated as of November 30, 2015














$175,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of August 26, 2013 among
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
The Lenders Party Hereto

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Administrative Agent

TD SECURITIES (USA) LLC
as Managing Agent









PNC CAPITAL MARKETS LLC
as Sole Bookrunner and Sole Lead Arranger





TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE I Definitions .................................................................................................................. 1

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms........................................................................................ 1
SECTION 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings .............................................. 16
SECTION 1.03. Terms Generally................................................................................... 16
SECTION 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP................................................................... 17
SECTION 1.05. Status of Obligations ............................................................................ 18

ARTICLE II Amounts and Terms of the Loans ........................................................................... 18

SECTION 2.01. Commitments ....................................................................................... 18
SECTION 2.02. Loans and Borrowings; Repayment Terms.......................................... 18
SECTION 2.03. [Intentionally Omitted] ........................................................................ 19
SECTION 2.04. [Intentionally Omitted] ........................................................................ 19
SECTION 2.05. [Intentionally Omitted] ........................................................................ 19
SECTION 2.06. [Intentionally Omitted] ........................................................................ 19
SECTION 2.07. Funding of Borrowings ........................................................................ 19
SECTION 2.08. Interest Elections.................................................................................. 19
SECTION 2.09. Termination of Commitments .............................................................. 21
SECTION 2.10. Evidence of Debt.................................................................................. 21
SECTION 2.11. Prepayment of Loans ........................................................................... 22
SECTION 2.12. Fees ...................................................................................................... 22
SECTION 2.13. Interest.................................................................................................. 22
SECTION 2.14. Alternate Rate of Interest ..................................................................... 23
SECTION 2.15. Increased Costs .................................................................................... 24
SECTION 2.16. Break Funding Payments ..................................................................... 25
SECTION 2.17. Taxes .................................................................................................... 25
SECTION 2.18. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs ........... 29
SECTION 2.19. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders ................................ 30

ARTICLE III Representations and Warranties ............................................................................. 31

SECTION 3.01. Representations and Warranties of the Borrower ................................ 31

ARTICLE IV Conditions .............................................................................................................. 33

SECTION 4.01. Effective Date ...................................................................................... 33

ARTICLE V Affirmative Covenants ............................................................................................ 34

SECTION 5.01. Compliance with Laws, Etc. ................................................................ 34
SECTION 5.02. Payment of Taxes, Etc. ........................................................................ 35
SECTION 5.03. Maintenance of Insurance .................................................................... 35
SECTION 5.04. Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc. ........................................... 35
SECTION 5.05. Visitation Rights .................................................................................. 35
SECTION 5.06. Keeping of Books................................................................................. 35









SECTION 5.07. Maintenance of Properties, Etc. ........................................................... 35
SECTION 5.08. Transactions with Affiliates ................................................................. 36
SECTION 5.09. Reporting Requirements ...................................................................... 36
SECTION 5.10. Use of Proceeds.................................................................................... 37
SECTION 5.11. Subsequent Credit Terms ..................................................................... 37
SECTION 5.12. Anti-Terrorism Laws............................................................................ 38

ARTICLE VI Negative Covenants ............................................................................................... 38

SECTION 6.01. Liens, Etc. ............................................................................................ 38
SECTION 6.02. Mergers, Etc. ........................................................................................ 38
SECTION 6.03. Accounting Changes ............................................................................ 39
SECTION 6.04. Subsidiary Debt.................................................................................... 39
SECTION 6.05. Change in Nature of Business .............................................................. 40
SECTION 6.06. Financial Covenants ............................................................................. 40

ARTICLE VII Events of Default .................................................................................................. 41

SECTION 7.01. Events of Default ................................................................................. 41

ARTICLE VIII The Administrative Agent................................................................................... 43

SECTION 8.01. Appointment and Authority ................................................................. 43
SECTION 8.02. Rights as a Lender................................................................................ 43
SECTION 8.03. Exculpatory Provisions ........................................................................ 43
SECTION 8.04. Reliance by Administrative Agent ....................................................... 44
SECTION 8.05. Delegation of Duties ............................................................................ 45
SECTION 8.06. Resignation of Administrative Agent .................................................. 45
SECTION 8.07. Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders ................ 45
SECTION 8.08. No Other Duties, etc............................................................................. 45
SECTION    8.09.    No    Reliance    on    Administrative    Agent’s    Customer
Identification Program ........................................................................ 46

ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous ........................................................................................................ 46

SECTION 9.01. Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication. ........................... 46
SECTION 9.02. Waivers; Amendments ......................................................................... 47
SECTION 9.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver ................................................ 48
SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns........................................................................ 49
SECTION 9.05. Survival ................................................................................................ 53
SECTION 9.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness.............................................. 53
SECTION 9.07. Severability .......................................................................................... 54
SECTION 9.08. Right of Setoff...................................................................................... 54
SECTION 9.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .............. 54
SECTION 9.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL................................................................ 55
SECTION 9.11. Headings............................................................................................... 55
SECTION 9.12. Confidentiality ..................................................................................... 55
SECTION 9.13. USA PATRIOT Act ............................................................................. 56





SCHEDULES:

Schedule 2.01 – Commitments Schedule 6.01 – Existing Liens Schedule 6.04 – Existing Debt Schedule 9.01 – Notices


EXHIBITS:
 

Exhibit A Exhibit B Exhibit C Exhibit D


Form of Assignment and Assumption
Form of Opinion of General Counsel to Borrower
Form of Tax Certifications
List of Closing Documents





CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of August 26, 2013 among DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC., the LENDERS from time to time party hereto and PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent.

The parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

ABR”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to a Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period, the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent by dividing (the resulting quotient rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1% per annum) (a) the rate which appears on the Bloomberg Page BBAM1 (or such other substitute Bloomberg page that displays rates at which US dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market), or the rate which is quoted by another source selected by the Administrative Agent as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying rates at which US dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market (for purposes of this definition, an “Alternate Source”), at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period as the London interbank offered rate for U.S. Dollars for an amount comparable to such Eurocurrency Borrowing and having a borrowing date and a maturity comparable to such Interest Period (or if there shall at any time, for any reason, no longer exist a Bloomberg Page BBAM1 (or any substitute page) or any Alternate Source, a comparable replacement rate determined by the
Administrative Agent at such time (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest
error)), by (b) a number equal to 1.00 minus the Statutory Reserve Rate.

The Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be adjusted with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan that is outstanding on the effective date of any change in the Statutory Reserve Rate as of such effective date. The Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Borrower of the Adjusted LIBO Rate as determined or adjusted in accordance herewith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the Adjusted LIBO Rate as determined under any method above shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Administrative Agent” means PNC Bank, National Association (including its branches and affiliates), in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.





Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.





Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a fluctuating per annum rate of interest equal to the highest of (a) the Prime Rate, (b) the Federal Funds Open Rate, plus 0.5% and (c) the Daily LIBOR Rate, plus 100 basis points (1.0%). Any change in the Alternate Base Rate (or any component thereof) shall take effect at the opening of business on the day such change occurs.

Anti-Terrorism Laws” means any Laws relating to terrorism, trade sanctions programs and embargoes, import/export licensing, money laundering or bribery, and any regulation, order, or directive promulgated, issued or enforced pursuant to such Laws, all as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender, (a) until the funding of the Loans on the Effective Date, the percentage which such Lender’s Commitment constitutes of the aggregate Commitments of all of the Lenders and (b) thereafter, the percentage which the principal amount of such Lender’s Loan constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans of all of the Lenders then outstanding.

Applicable Rate” means, for any day, with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan or any ABR Loan, as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption “Eurocurrency Spread” or “ABR Spread”, as the case may be, based upon the Index Debt Rating applicable on such date:

 
Index Debt Ratings
(Moody’s/S&P):
Eurocurrenc y Spread
ABR Spread
Category 1:
A2/A or higher
0.875%
0%
Category 2:
A3/A-
1.00%
0%
Category 3:
Baa1/BBB+
1.125%
0.125%
Category 4:
Baa2/BBB
1.25%
0.25%
Category 5:
Baa3/BBB-
1.75%
0.75%
Category 6:
Less than Baa3/BBB-
2.50%
1.50%

For purposes of the foregoing, (i) if either Moody’s or S&P shall not have in effect a rating for the Index Debt (other than by reason of the circumstances referred to in the last sentence of this




definition), then such rating agency shall be deemed to have established a rating in Category 6; (ii) if the ratings established or deemed to have been established by Moody’s and S&P for the Index Debt shall fall within different Categories, the Applicable Rate shall be based





on the higher of the two ratings unless one of the two ratings is two or more Categories lower than the other, in which case the Applicable Rate shall be determined by reference to the Category next below that of the higher of the two ratings; and (iii) if the ratings established or deemed to have been established by Moody’s and S&P for the Index Debt shall be changed (other than as a result of a change in the rating system of Moody’s or S&P), such change shall be effective as of the date on which it is first announced by the applicable rating agency, irrespective of when notice of such change shall have been furnished by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. Each change in the Applicable Rate shall apply during the period commencing on the effective date of such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change. If the rating system of Moody’s or S&P shall change, or if either such rating agency shall cease to be in the business of rating corporate debt obligations, the Borrower and the Lenders shall negotiate in good faith to amend this definition to reflect such changed rating system or the unavailability of ratings from such rating agency and, pending the effectiveness of any such amendment, the Applicable Rate shall be determined by reference to the rating most recently in effect prior to such change or cessation.

Approved Fund” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04.

Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption agreement entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Astra Tech” means Astra Tech AB, a private company limited by shares incorporated in
Sweden.

Banking Services” means each and any of the following bank services provided to the Borrower or any Subsidiary by any Lender or any of its Affiliates: (a) credit cards for commercial customers (including, without limitation, commercial credit cards and purchasing cards), (b) stored value cards and (c) treasury management services (including, without limitation, controlled disbursement, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts and interstate depository network services).

Banking Services Agreement” means any agreement entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with Banking Services.

Borrower” means DENTSPLY International, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Borrowing” means Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07.

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a legal holiday on which commercial banks are authorized or required to be closed for business in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania




and if the applicable Business Day relates to any Eurocurrency Loan, such day must also be a day on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank market.





Capital Lease” means any lease that has been or is required to be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as a capitalized lease; provided that for all purposes hereunder, the amount of obligations under any Capital Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement (or with respect to any Lender, if later, the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender), of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, policy, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, policy, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for purposes of Section 2.15(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s holding company, if any) with any request, rule, guideline, requirement or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued on or after the date of this Agreement or (d) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline, requirement or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided however, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd- Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives thereunder, issued or promulgated in connection therewith or in implementation thereof, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives issued or promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law” regardless of the date enacted, adopted, promulgated, issued or implemented.

CIP Regulations” has the meaning specified in Section 8.09.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Commitment” means, with respect to any Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make a Loan on the Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.01 in an amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 hereto. The aggregate amount of the Commitments on the Effective Date is $175,000,000.

Consignment Agreements” means, collectively, (a) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of February 15, 2002 by and between Umicore AG & Co. KG and the Borrower, (b) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of December 6, 2010, as amended February 8, 2013 by and between HSBC Bank USA, National Association and the Borrower, (c) that certain Consignment and Forward Contracts Agreement dated as of November 30, 2001, as amended October 19, 2006 by and between The Bank of Nova Scotia and the Borrower, (d) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of January 30, 2002 by and between Commerzbank AG, Frankfurt and the Borrower, (e) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of December 20,
2001 by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank and the Borrower, (f) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of December 20, 2001 by and between Mitsui & Co., Precious Metals Inc. and the Borrower, and (g) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of April 29, 2013 by and between The Toronto-Dominion Bank and the Borrower, in each case as each may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.





Consolidated” refers to the consolidation of accounts in accordance with GAAP.

Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. The terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Covered Entity” means (a) the Borrower, each of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries, all guarantors and all pledgors of collateral and (b) each Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of a Person described in clause (a) above. For purposes of this definition, control of a Person shall mean the direct or indirect (x) ownership of, or power to vote, 25% or more of the issued and outstanding equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or other Persons performing similar functions for such Person, or (y) power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by ownership of equity interests, contract or otherwise; provided that, no JV Owner shall be deemed to have control of such Person unless such JV Owner is considered to have control of such Person pursuant to clause (y) above.

Credit Event” means the Borrowing on the Effective Date.

Daily LIBOR Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent by dividing (a) the Published Rate by (b) a number equal to 1.00 minus the Statutory Reserve Rate on such day.

Debt” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables not overdue by more than 60 days incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all obligations of such Person created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all obligations of such Person as lessee under leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as Capital Leases, (f) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of acceptances, letters of credit or similar extensions of credit, (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Swap Agreements, (h) all debt of others referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above or clause (i) below (collectively, “Guaranteed Debt”) guaranteed directly or indirectly in any manner by such Person, or in effect guaranteed directly or indirectly by such Person through an agreement (1) to pay or purchase such Guaranteed Debt or to advance or supply funds for the payment or purchase of such Guaranteed Debt, (2) to purchase or lease property or services, primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of such Guaranteed Debt or to assure the holder of such Guaranteed Debt against loss, (3) to supply funds to or in any other manner invest in the debtor (including any agreement to pay for property or services irrespective of whether such property is received or such services are rendered) or (4) otherwise to assure a creditor against loss, and (i) all Debt referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above (including Guaranteed Debt) secured by (or for which the holder of such Debt has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including, without limitation,





accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Debt (and if such Person has not assumed or become liable for such Debt of others, then the amount of Debt of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the amount of such Debt of others and (B) the fair market value of such property, as determined by such Person in good faith); provided that, Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not include (i) Debt incurred in connection with the Consignment Agreements relating to the consignment of precious metals between the Borrower and certain counterparties or (ii) unfunded pension obligations.

Default” means any Event of Default or any event that would constitute an Event of
Default but for the requirement that notice be given or time elapse or both.

Dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

EBITDA” means, for any period, net income (or net loss) plus the sum of (a) interest expense, (b) income tax expense, (c) depreciation expense, (d) amortization expense, (e) other non-cash charges (less unusual or non-recurring non-cash income or gains), (f) any extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual fees, expenses or other charges incurred in connection with any acquisition or merger consummated by the Borrower or a Subsidiary (including the issuance or repayment of Debt related to such acquisition or merger), and any corporate reorganization and integration activities which are related to such acquisition or merger, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP for such period and (g) charges and expenses incurred prior to December 31, 2018 in connection with the Borrower’s publicly announced efficiency initiatives, which includes, but is not limited to, costs and expenses in connection with discontinued operations, retention, severance and related employee benefits, systems establishment costs, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, costs to close and/or consolidate facilities and relocate employees, integration costs, other business optimization costs and costs associated with establishing new facilities or reserves deducted (and not added back) in such period not exceeding $200,000,000 in the aggregate for such period, provided that the aggregate amount available to be added back pursuant to this clause (g) shall not exceed
$200,000,000 during the period from July 23, 2014 to the Maturity Date. For the purposes of calculating EBITDA for any period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters (each such period, a “Reference Period”), (i) if at any time during such Reference Period the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have made any Material Disposition, the EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Material Disposition for such Reference Period or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Reference Period, and (ii) if during such Reference Period the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have made a Material Acquisition, EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis as if such Material Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period. As used in this definition, “Material Acquisition” means any acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) of property or series of related acquisitions of property that (a) constitutes (i) assets comprising all or substantially all or any significant portion of a business or operating unit of a business, or (ii) all or substantially all of the common stock or other equity interests of a Person, and (b) involves the payment of consideration by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in excess of $200,000,000; and “Material Disposition” means any sale, transfer or disposition of property or series of related sales, transfers, or dispositions of property





(other than transactions among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) that yields gross proceeds to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $200,000,000.

Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02).

Environmental Action” means any action, suit, demand, demand letter, claim, notice of non-compliance or violation, notice of liability or potential liability, investigation, proceeding, consent order or consent agreement relating in any way to any Environmental Law, Environmental Permit or Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health, safety or the environment, including, without limitation, (a) by any governmental or regulatory authority for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages and (b) by any governmental or regulatory authority or any third party for damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief.

Environmental Law” means any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, order, judgment, decree or judicial or agency interpretation, policy or guidance relating to pollution or protection of the environment, health, safety or natural resources, including, without limitation, those relating to the use, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, release or discharge of Hazardous Materials.

Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Environmental Permit” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate” means any Person that for purposes of Title IV of ERISA is a member of the Borrower’s controlled group, or under common control with the Borrower, within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event” means (a) (i) the occurrence of a reportable event, within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA, with respect to any Plan unless the 30-day notice requirement with respect to such event has been waived by the PBGC, or (ii) the requirements of subsection (1) of Section 4043(b) of ERISA (without regard to subsection (2) of such Section) are met with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, of a Plan, and an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected




to occur with respect to such Plan within the following 30 days; (b) the application for a minimum funding waiver with respect to a Plan; (c) the provision by the





administrator of any Plan of a notice of intent to terminate such Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA (including any such notice with respect to a plan amendment referred to in Section 4041(e) of ERISA); (d) the cessation of operations at a facility of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate in the circumstances described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (e) the withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiple Employer Plan during a plan year for which it was a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (f) the conditions for the imposition of a lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA shall have been met with respect to any Plan; (g) the adoption of an amendment to a Plan requiring the provision of security to such Plan pursuant to Section 307 of ERISA; or (h) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Plan pursuant to Section 4042 of ERISA, or the occurrence of any event or condition described in Section 4042 of ERISA that constitutes grounds for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, a Plan.

Eurocurrency”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, means that such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01.

Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.19(b)), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(f), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.17(a) and (d) any United States of America withholding tax that is imposed by FATCA.

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.

Federal Funds Effective Rate” for any day means the rate per annum (based on a year of
360 days and actual days elapsed and rounded upward to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) announced by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or any successor) on such day as being the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions arranged by federal funds brokers on the previous trading day, as computed and announced by such Federal Reserve Bank (or any successor) in substantially the same manner as such Federal Reserve Bank computes and





announces the weighted average it refers to as the “Federal Funds Effective Rate” as of the date of this Agreement; provided, if such Federal Reserve Bank (or its successor) does not announce such rate on any day, the “Federal Funds Effective Rate” for such day shall be the Federal Funds Effective Rate for the last day on which such rate was announced.

Federal Funds Open Rate” for any day means the rate per annum (based on a year of
360 days and actual days elapsed) which is the daily federal funds open rate as quoted by ICAP North America, Inc. (or any successor) as set forth on the Bloomberg Screen BTMM for that day opposite the caption “OPEN” (or on such other substitute Bloomberg Screen that displays such rate), or as set forth on such other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying such rate as selected by the Administrative Agent (for purposes of this definition, an “Alternate Source”) (or if such rate for such day does not appear on the Bloomberg Screen BTMM (or any substitute screen) or on any Alternate Source, or if there shall at any time, for any reason, no longer exist a Bloomberg Screen BTMM (or any substitute screen) or any Alternate Source, a comparable replacement rate determined by the Administrative Agent at such time (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error); provided however, that if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Open Rate for such day shall be the “open” rate on the immediately preceding Business Day. If and when the Federal Funds Open Rate changes, the rate of interest with respect to any advance to which the Federal Funds Open Rate applies will change automatically without notice to the Borrower, effective on the date of any such change.

Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower.

Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

GAAP” has the meaning specified in Section 1.04.

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state, local or foreign, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Guaranteed Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Debt”.

Hazardous Materials” means (a) petroleum and petroleum products, byproducts or breakdown products, radioactive materials, asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls and radon gas and (b) any other chemicals, materials or substances designated, classified or regulated as hazardous or toxic or as a pollutant or contaminant under any Environmental Law.

Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.





Index Debt” means senior, unsecured, long-term indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower that is not guaranteed by any other Person or subject to any other credit enhancement.

Information” has the meaning specified in Section 9.12.

Interest Election Request” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a
Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.08.

Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date, and (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period and the Maturity Date.

Interest Period” means with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided, that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the Effective Date, and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

JV Owner” means each Person (other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower) that, directly or indirectly, owns or has the power to vote equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors, or other Persons performing similar functions, of a JV Sub.

JV Sub” means a Subsidiary of the Borrower in which the Borrower owns less than
100% of the issued and outstanding equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or other Persons performing similar functions for such Person.

Law” shall mean any law(s) (including common law), constitution, statute, treaty, regulation, rule, ordinance, opinion, issued guidance, release, ruling, order, executive order, injunction, writ, decree, bond, judgment, authorization or approval, lien or award of or any settlement arrangement, by agreement, consent or otherwise, with any Governmental Authority, foreign or domestic.





Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a Lender hereunder pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.

Lien” means any lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance of any kind, or any other type of preferential arrangement, including, without limitation, the lien or retained security title of a conditional vendor and any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property.

Loan” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01 hereof; collectively, the
Loans”.

Loan Documents” means this Agreement, any Notes, and any and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates identified in Section 4.01 executed and delivered to, or in favor of, the Administrative Agent or any Lenders and including all other pledges, powers of attorney, consents, assignments, contracts, notices, letter of credit agreements and all other written matter whether heretofore, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of the Borrower, or any employee of the Borrower, and delivered to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Any reference in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to a Loan Document shall include all appendices, exhibits or schedules thereto, and all amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications thereto, and shall refer to this Agreement or such Loan Document as the same may be in effect at any and all times such reference becomes operative.

Material Acquisition” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of
“EBITDA.”

Material Adverse Change” means any material adverse change in the business, financial condition or operations of the Borrower or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, financial condition or operations of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any and all other Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.

Material Disposition” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of
“EBITDA.”

Material Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Subsidiary of the Borrower which, together with all other Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary, accounts for more than (a) 5% of the Consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined as of the end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower or (b) 5% of Consolidated revenue of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined for the then most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower.





Maturity Date” means August 25, 2020. “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.





Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the preceding five plan years made or accrued an obligation to make contributions.

Multiple Employer Plan” means a single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that (a) is maintained for employees of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and at least one Person other than the Borrower and the ERISA Affiliates or (b) was so maintained and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4064 or 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or were to be terminated.

Net Worth” means the consolidated stockholder’s equity of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, as defined according to GAAP.

Note” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to the order of any Lender, delivered pursuant to a request made under Section 2.10(e), evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from the Loans made by such Lender.

Obligations” means all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans, all accrued and unpaid fees and all expenses, reimbursements, indemnities and other obligations and indebtedness (including interest and fees accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), obligations and liabilities of any of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to any of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or any indemnified party, individually or collectively, existing on the Effective Date or arising thereafter, direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, arising or incurred under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or to the Lenders or any of their Affiliates under any Swap Agreement or any Banking Services Agreement or in respect of any of the Loans made or reimbursement or other obligations incurred or any of the instruments at any time evidencing any thereof.

Other Taxes” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Participant” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04.

Participant Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c).

Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001, as amended.

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (or any successor).





Permitted Lien” means each of the following: (a) Liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies to the extent not required to be paid under Section 5.02 hereof; (b) Liens imposed by law, such as landlords’, banks’ (and rights of set-off), warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s and repairmen’s Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business securing obligations that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days; (c) pledges or deposits to secure obligations under workers’ compensation laws, laws related to unemployment insurance and other types of social security or similar legislation or Liens to secure public or statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations; (d) easements, rights of way, restrictions, encroachments, encumbrances and other defects or irregularities in title to real property that do not render title to the property encumbered thereby unmarketable or materially adversely affect the use of such property for its present purposes; (e) interest or title of a lessor, lessee, sublessor or sublessee under any lease or sublease permitted hereunder and any interest or title of a licensor, licensee, sublicensor or sublicensee under any license or sublicense permitted hereunder; (f) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits, escrow arrangements or similar arrangements made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder and Liens on trusts, cash or cash equivalents, or other funds in connection with defeasance, discharge or redemption of Debt, pending consummation of a strategic transaction or similar obligations; (g) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (or any similar precautionary filings) relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into in the ordinary course of business; (h) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with importation of goods; (i) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property; (j) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 7.01; and (k) Liens arising by reason of deposits necessary to obtain standby letters of credit in the ordinary course of business.

Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
Plan” means a Single Employer Plan or a Multiple Employer Plan. “PNC” means PNC Bank, National Association.

Prime Rate” means the interest rate per annum announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent at its Principal Office as its then prime rate, which rate may not be the lowest or most favorable rate then being charged commercial borrowers or others by the Administrative Agent. Any change in the Prime Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day such change is announced.

Principal Office” shall mean the main banking office of the Administrative Agent located at 500 First Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219 (as further described in Schedule 9.01) or such other office notice of which is provided to the Borrower pursuant to Section 9.01.





Pro Forma Basis” means, on a basis in accordance with Section 1.04(b).

Published Rate” means the rate of interest published each Business Day in The Wall Street Journal “Money Rates” listing under the caption “London Interbank Offered Rates” for a one-month period (or, if no such rate is published therein for any reason, then the Published Rate shall be the rate at which U.S. dollar deposits as are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market for a one-month period as published in another publication determined by the Administrative Agent).

Reference Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of
“EBITDA.”

Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04.

Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Reportable Compliance Event” means that any Covered Entity (a) becomes a Sanctioned Person, or is charged by indictment, criminal complaint or similar charging instrument, arraigned, or custodially detained in connection with any Anti-Terrorism Law or any predicate crime to any Anti-Terrorism Law, or (b) has knowledge of facts or circumstances to the effect that any aspect of its operations is in actual violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law which violation could reasonably be expected to result in a breach of Section 5.12(a), (b), (c), (d) or (e).

Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders whose Loans outstanding at such time constitute at least 66-2/3% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans outstanding at such time; provided that, at any time that there are three or fewer Lenders, Required Lenders shall mean all of the Lenders.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial
Services LLC business.

Sanctioned Country” means a country subject to a sanctions program maintained under any Anti-Terrorism Law.

Sanctioned Person” means any individual person, group, regime, entity or thing (a) listed or otherwise recognized as a specially designated, prohibited, sanctioned or debarred person, group, regime, entity or thing under any Anti-Terrorism Law, or (b) subject to any limitations or prohibitions (including but not limited to the blocking of property or rejection of transactions), under any Anti-Terrorism Law, provided, however, no Covered Entity shall be deemed to be a Sanctioned Person under this clause (b) if the applicable limitation or prohibition could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or liability being imposed by a Governmental Authority on the Lenders or the Administrative Agent.

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.





Single Employer Plan” means a single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that (a) is maintained for employees of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and no Person other than the Borrower and the ERISA Affiliates or (b) was so maintained and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or were to be terminated.

Solvent” and “Solvency” mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Statutory Reserve Rate” means as of any day the maximum percentage in effect on such day, as prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the reserve requirements (including supplemental, marginal and emergency reserve requirements) with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to “Eurocurrency Liabilities”).

Subordinated Indebtedness” means any Debt of the Borrower or any Subsidiary the payment of which is subordinated to payment of the obligations under the Loan Documents.

subsidiary” of any Person means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or estate of which (or in which) more than 50% of (a) the issued and outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time capital stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency), (b) the interest in the capital or profits of such limited liability company, partnership or joint venture or (c) the beneficial interest in such trust or estate is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person, by such Person and one or more of its other Subsidiaries or by one or more of such Person’s other subsidiaries.

Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Borrower.

Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former





directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries shall be a Swap
Agreement.

Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, fees, assessments, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Transactions” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the borrowing of Loans and the use of the proceeds thereof.

Type”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

Voting Stock” means capital stock issued by a corporation, or equivalent interests in any other Person, the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even if the right so to vote has been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.

Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

SECTION 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Type (e.g., a “Eurocurrency Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Type (e.g., a “Eurocurrency Borrowing”).

SECTION 1.03. Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. The word “law” shall be construed as referring to all statutes, rules, regulations, codes and other laws (including official rulings and interpretations thereunder having the force of law or with which affected Persons customarily comply), and all judgments, orders and decrees, of all Governmental Authorities. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any definition of or reference to any statute, rule or regulation shall be construed as referring thereto as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (including by succession of comparable successor laws), (c) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignment set forth herein) and, in the case of any Governmental Authority, any other Governmental Authority that shall have succeeded to any or all functions thereof, (d) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of









similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (e) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (f) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

SECTION 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP; Pro Forma Calculations.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time (“GAAP”); provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made (i) without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Debt or other liabilities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein, (ii) without giving effect to any treatment of Debt in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Debt in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Debt shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof, and (iii) without giving effect to any change to GAAP occurring after July 23, 2014 as a result of the adoption of any proposals set forth in the Proposed Accounting Standards Update, Leases (Topic 840), issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on August 17, 2010, or any other proposals issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board in connection therewith, in each case if such change would require treating any lease (or similar arrangement conveying the right to use) as a capital lease where such lease (or similar arrangement) would not have been required to be so treated under GAAP as in effect on July 23, 2014.

(b) All pro forma computations required to be made hereunder giving effect to any acquisition, disposition or issuance, incurrence or assumption of Debt, or other transaction shall in each case be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (and, in the case of any pro forma computation made hereunder, to determine whether such acquisition, disposition or issuance, incurrence or assumption of Debt or other transaction is permitted to be consummated hereunder) immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, disposition or issuance, incurrence or assumption of Debt (and to any other such transaction consummated since the first day of the period for which such pro forma computation is being made and on or prior to the date





of such computation) as if such transaction had occurred on the first day of the Reference Period most recently ended for which financial statements shall have been delivered pursuant to Section
5.09(a) or 5.09(b), and, to the extent applicable, the historical earnings and cash flows associated with the assets acquired or disposed of, any related incurrence or reduction of Debt and any related cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies, all in accordance with (and, in the case of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies, to the extent permitted by) Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. If any Debt bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Debt shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period for which such pro forma computation is being made (taking into account any Swap Agreement applicable to such Debt).

SECTION 1.05. Status of Obligations. In the event that the Borrower shall at any time issue or have outstanding any Subordinated Indebtedness, the Borrower shall take all such actions as shall be necessary to cause the Obligations to constitute senior indebtedness (however denominated) in respect of such Subordinated Indebtedness and to enable the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to have and exercise any payment blockage or other remedies available or potentially available to holders of senior indebtedness under the terms of such Subordinated Indebtedness. Without limiting the foregoing, the Obligations are hereby designated as “senior indebtedness” and as “designated senior indebtedness” and words of similar import under and in respect of any indenture or other agreement or instrument under which such other Subordinated Indebtedness is outstanding and are further given all such other designations as shall be required under the terms of any such Subordinated Indebtedness in order that the Lenders may have and exercise any payment blockage or other remedies available or potentially available to holders of senior indebtedness under the terms of such Subordinated Indebtedness.

ARTICLE II

Amounts and Terms of the Loans

SECTION 2.01. Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, and relying upon the representations and warranties set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make a term loan (each a “Loan”) to the Borrower on the Effective Date in such principal amount as the Borrower shall request up to, but not exceeding, such Lender’s Commitment.

SECTION 2.02. Loans and Borrowings; Repayment Terms. (a) The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan to the Borrower on the Effective Date shall be in the proportion that such Lender’s Commitment bears to the Commitments of all Lenders to the Borrower, but each Lender’s Loan to the Borrower shall never exceed its Commitment. The failure of any Lender to make a Loan shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations to make a Loan nor shall it impose any additional liability on any other Lender hereunder. The Lenders shall have no obligation to make Loans hereunder after the Effective Date. The Commitments are not revolving credit commitments, and the Borrower shall not have the right to borrow, repay and reborrow under Section 2.01. The outstanding principal of the Loans shall be payable in equal annual installments, each in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans on the Effective Date (i.e., $8,750,000 per year assuming that the full
$175,000,000 is borrowed on the Effective Date), payable on each anniversary of the Effective





Date commencing with the first such date to occur after the Effective Date, with the balance of the principal of the Loans being due and payable in full on the Maturity Date.

SECTION 2.03. [Intentionally Omitted]

SECTION 2.04. [Intentionally Omitted]

SECTION 2.05. [Intentionally Omitted]

SECTION 2.06. [Intentionally Omitted]

SECTION 2.07. Funding of Borrowings. Each Lender shall make its Loan on the Effective Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds, by 12:00 noon, Pittsburgh time to the account of the Administrative Agent designated by it for such purpose. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower designated by the Borrower in its Borrowing Request delivered to the Administrative Agent on the Effective Date. The Administrative Agent may assume that each Lender has made its share of the Loans to be made on the Effective Date in accordance with Section 2.01 and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the Borrowing on the Effective Date available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (a) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (b) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. The Borrowing Request on the Effective Date shall be irrevocable and shall be on a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower.

SECTION 2.08. Interest Elections. (a) The Borrowing on the Effective Date shall initially be a Eurocurrency Borrowing, it being understood that the Borrower may borrow on the Effective Date at the Adjusted LIBO Rate notwithstanding that it is not providing three Business Days’ advance notice. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.

(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election (by telephone or irrevocable written notice) by (i) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m. Pittsburgh time three (3) Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (ii) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not





later than 11:00 a.m. Pittsburgh time on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, this Section shall not be construed to permit the Borrower to elect an Interest Period for Eurocurrency Loans that ends after the Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the above, as provided in Section 2.08(a), the Borrowing on the Effective Date (but not any other Eurocurrency Borrowing) may be at the Adjusted LIBO Rate despite the lack of three Business Days’ advance notice, in which case the Adjusted LIBO Rate to apply to the Borrowing on the Effective Date shall be determined as if such notice had been delivered to the Administrative Agent at 11:00 a.m. Pittsburgh time three (3) Business Days prior to the Effective Date.

(c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information:

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii)    the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest
Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii)    whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a
Eurocurrency Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which Interest Period shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurocurrency Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid,




each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.





(f) Subject to Section 2.14, each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurocurrency Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurocurrency Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan (and in the case of an Affiliate, the provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 shall apply to such Affiliate to the same extent as to such Lender); provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(g)    At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurocurrency
Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of
$5,000,000 and not less than $20,000,000 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. At the time that each ABR Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $5,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000, unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of five (5) Eurocurrency Borrowings outstanding.

(h) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.

SECTION 2.09. Termination of Commitments. The Commitments shall automatically terminate at the close of business on the Effective Date.

SECTION 2.10. Evidence of Debt.

(a)    [Intentionally Omitted].

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from the Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the Obligations.

(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it to the Borrower be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such









Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if any such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

SECTION 2.11. Prepayment of Loans. (b) Subject in the case of any Eurocurrency Loan to Section 2.16, the Borrower may, upon at least one Business Day’s notice to the Administrative Agent (such notice to be received on or before 1:00 p.m., Pittsburgh time), prepay any Borrowing, in each case in whole at any time, or from time to time in part in amounts aggregating $5,000,000 or any larger multiple of $1,000,000, by paying the principal amount to be prepaid together with, except as provided in Section 2.13(d) with respect to ABR Loans, accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment. All prepayment notices shall be irrevocable; provided that, a notice of payment in full of the Loans and other Obligations delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditional upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or other transactions specified therein, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Each such optional prepayment shall be applied to prepay ratably the Loans of the Lenders and shall be applied pro rata across the remaining installment of the Loans (including the payment due on the Maturity Date).

(c)    Upon receipt of a notice of prepayment pursuant to this Section, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the contents thereof and of such Lender’s ratable share of such prepayment. Such notice shall specify the application of the prepayment between ABR Loans and Eurocurrency Loans.

SECTION 2.12. Fees. (a) [Intentionally Omitted]

(b)    [Intentionally Omitted]

(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(d) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in Dollars and immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

SECTION 2.13. Interest. (a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b) The Loans comprising each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as





well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.

(d) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Loan at a time that other Loans remain outstanding), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The Alternate Base Rate and the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.14. Alternate Rate of Interest. If prior to the commencement of any Interest
Period for a Eurocurrency Borrowing:

(a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period;

(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period; or

(c) the Administrative Agent determines that the making, maintenance or funding of any Eurocurrency Loan has been made unlawful by compliance by a Lender in good faith with any Law or any interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or with any request or directive of any Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of Law);

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be ineffective and any such Borrowing shall be continued as or converted to an ABR Borrowing. With respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing outstanding at the time of any such notice or determination, such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing on the last day of the then current Interest





Period with respect to such Borrowing or within such earlier period as required by law as determined by the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 2.15. Increased Costs. (a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, liquidity or similar requirement (including any compulsory loan requirement, insurance charge or other assessment) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate);

(ii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any participation therein; or

(iii) subject any Lender or the Administrative Agent to any Taxes, or changes the basis of taxation of payments (other than with respect to Excluded Taxes) to any Lender or the Administrative Agent in respect of its Loans, loan principal, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or the Administrative Agent of making, continuing, converting into or maintaining any Loan or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder, whether of principal, interest or otherwise, then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by such Lender to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 270 days prior to the date









that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the
270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

SECTION 2.16. Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default or as a result of any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11), (b) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurocurrency Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.11(a) and is revoked in accordance therewith) or (d) the assignment of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section
2.19, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event but excluding loss of anticipated profits. Such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for deposits in Dollars of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurocurrency market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

SECTION 2.17. Taxes. (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if the Borrower shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent or Lender (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes related to the Borrower and imposed on or incurred by the Administrative Agent or a Lender to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.





(c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent for any Taxes (but, in the case of any Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes, only to the extent that the Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so) attributable to such Lender that are paid or payable by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. The indemnity under this Section 2.17(e) shall be paid within ten (10) days after the Administrative Agent or the Borrower (as applicable) delivers to the applicable Lender a certificate stating the amount of Taxes so paid or payable by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower (as applicable). Such certificate shall be conclusive of the amount so paid or payable absent manifest error.

(f) (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, any applicable withholding Tax with respect to any payments under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without, or at a reduced rate of, withholding. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to any withholding (including backup withholding) or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.17(f)(ii)(A) through (E) below) shall not be required if the Lender reasonably determines that such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender. Upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, any Lender shall update any form or certification previously delivered pursuant to this





Section 2.17(f). If any form or certification previously delivered pursuant to this Section expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect with respect to a Lender, such Lender shall promptly (and in any event within ten (10) days after such expiration, obsolescence or inaccuracy) notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of such expiration, obsolescence or inaccuracy and update the form or certification if it is legally eligible to do so.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, any Lender with respect to the Borrower shall, if it is legally eligible to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies reasonably requested by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a party hereto, duly completed and executed copies of whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) in the case of a Lender that is a U.S. Person, IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax;

(B) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (1) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (2) with respect to any other applicable payments under this Agreement, IRS Form W-
8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(C) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender for whom payments under this Agreement constitute income that is effectively connected with such Lender’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, IRS Form W-8ECI;

(D) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code both (1) IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E and (2) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C (a “U.S. Tax Certificate”) to the effect that such Lender is not (a) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (b) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code (c) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (d) conducting a trade or business in the United States with which the relevant interest payments are effectively connected;

(E) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender that is not the beneficial owner of payments made under this Agreement (including a partnership or a participating Lender) (1) an IRS Form W-8IMY on behalf of itself and (2) the relevant forms prescribed in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) and (F) of this paragraph (f)(ii) that would be required of each such beneficial owner or partner of such partnership if such beneficial owner or partner were a Lender; provided, however, that if the Lender is a partnership and one or more of its partners are









claiming the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, such Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Certificate on behalf of such partners; or

(F) any other form prescribed by law as a basis for claiming exemption from, or a reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax together with such supplementary documentation necessary to enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the amount of Tax (if any) required by law to be withheld.

(g) If the Administrative Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.17, it shall pay over such refund to the Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 2.17 with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided, that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (g), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This Section shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

(h) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to United States of America federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender fails to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, as applicable, such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, as applicable, as may be necessary for the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, as applicable, to comply with its obligations under FATCA, to determine that such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA and, as necessary, to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.17(h), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.





(i) Solely for purposes of reporting and determining withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA, from and after November 30, 2015, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall treat (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to treat) this Agreement and any Loans made hereunder as not qualifying as a “grandfathered obligation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1471-2(b)(2)(i).

SECTION 2.18. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs.

(a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest or fees, or of amounts payable under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17, or otherwise) prior to 12:00 noon, Pittsburgh time on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made (i) in Dollars and (ii) to the Administrative Agent at its Principal Office, except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.

(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.

(c) At the election of the Administrative Agent, all payments of principal, interest, fees, premiums, reimbursable expenses, and other sums payable under the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all reimbursements for fees and expenses pursuant to Section 9.03) may be deducted from any deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent. The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to charge any deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent for each payment of principal, interest and fees as it becomes due hereunder or any other amount due under the Loan Documents.

(d) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all





or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(e) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(f) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.18(e) or 9.03(c), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), (i) apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations to it under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated account over which the Administrative Agent shall have exclusive control as cash collateral for, and application to, any future funding obligations of such Lender under any such Sections; in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii) above, in any order as determined by the Administrative Agent in its discretion.

SECTION 2.19. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. (a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.





(b) If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or (ii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Sections 2.15 or 2.17) and obligations under the Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder (including amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.16(d)), from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

SECTION 3.01. Representations and Warranties of the Borrower.    The Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

(a) The Borrower is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the Notes to be delivered by it, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, are within the Borrower’s corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not contravene (i) the Borrower’s charter or by-laws, (ii) any law in any material respect or (iii) any contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Borrower, except in the case of this clause (iii), to the extent such contravention could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body or any other third party (except for such approvals, notices or filings which are obtained on or before the Effective Date, have been disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent, and remain in full force and effect) is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement or the Notes to be delivered by it.





(d) This Agreement has been, and each of the Notes to be delivered by it when delivered hereunder will have been, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower. This Agreement is, and each of the Notes when delivered hereunder will be, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

(e) The Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at December 31, 2012, and the related Consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended, accompanied by an opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC, independent public accountants, and the Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at June 30, 2013, and the related Consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the six months then ended, duly certified by the chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower, copies of which have been furnished to each Lender, fairly present, subject, in the case of said balance sheet as at June 30, 2013, and said statements of income and cash flows for the six months then ended, to year-end audit adjustments, the Consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such dates and the Consolidated results of the operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the periods ended on such dates, all in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. Since December 31, 2012, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

(f) There is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding, including, without limitation, any Environmental Action, affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator that (i) could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any Note or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(g) The Borrower is not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and no proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

(h) The Borrower is not an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(i) No written information, exhibit or report other than projections and information of a general economic or general industry nature furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation and syndication of this Agreement or pursuant to the terms of this Agreement contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading as of the date made, in light of the circumstances in which the same were made.





(j)    The Borrower is Solvent on a consolidated basis.

(k) (i) No Covered Entity is a Sanctioned Person and (ii) no Covered Entity, either in its own right or through any third party, engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by any Anti-Terrorism Law, except, in the case of this clause (ii), to the extent that it could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
ARTICLE IV Conditions

SECTION 4.01. Effective Date. The obligations of the Lenders to make the Loans hereunder on the Effective Date shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):

(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (A) a counterpart of this Agreement and the Notes signed on behalf of such party or (B) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy or electronic transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement and the Notes.

(b) The Lenders shall have received a favorable written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Effective Date) of Deborah M. Rasin, general counsel for the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit B covering such matters relating to the Borrower, the Loan Documents or the Transactions as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request. The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) GAAP audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower for the three most recent fiscal years ended at least 90 days prior to the Effective Date and (ii) GAAP unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower for each subsequent fiscal quarter ended at least 40 days before the Effective Date.

(d) The Lenders shall have received (i) such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Borrower, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to the Borrower, the Loan Documents or the Transactions, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel and as further described in the list of closing documents attached as Exhibit D and (ii) at least 10 Business Days prior to the Effective Date to the extent requested by any of the Lenders, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by the President, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (j) and (k) of this Section 4.01.









(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower, confirming that the Borrower is, on a consolidated basis, Solvent at the Effective Date and immediately after giving effect to the Transactions.

(g)    [Intentionally Omitted.]

(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that all governmental and third party approvals necessary in connection with the Transactions have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

(i) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced at least one Business Days prior to the Effective Date, reimbursement or payment of all out-of- pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder.

(j)    The representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this
Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Effective Date.

(k) On the Effective Date and immediately giving effect to the Borrowing on the Effective Date, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(l) No law or regulation shall prohibit, and no order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority shall enjoin, prohibit or restrain, any Lender from making the requested Loan on the Effective Date.

(m) An incumbency certificate, executed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Borrower, which shall identify by name and titles and bear the signature of the officers of the Borrower authorized to request Borrowings hereunder and sign this Agreement and the Notes, upon which certificate the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely until informed of any change in writing by the Borrower.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective
Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

ARTICLE V Affirmative Covenants
So long as any Loan shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment
hereunder, the Borrower will:

SECTION 5.01. Compliance with Laws, Etc. Comply, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, such compliance to include, without limitation, compliance with ERISA, Environmental Laws and the Patriot Act, except to the extent failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.









SECTION 5.02. Payment of Taxes, Etc. Pay and discharge, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay and discharge, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its property and (ii) all material lawful claims that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon its property; provided, however, that neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to pay or discharge any such tax, assessment, charge or claim that is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and as to which appropriate reserves are being maintained, unless and until any Lien resulting therefrom attaches to its property and becomes enforceable against its other creditors.

SECTION 5.03. Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies or associations in such amounts and covering such risks as is usually carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in the same general areas in which the Borrower or such Subsidiary operates; provided, however, that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may self- insure to the same extent as other companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in the same general areas in which the Borrower or such Subsidiary operates and to the extent consistent with prudent business practice.

SECTION 5.04. Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc. Preserve and maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to preserve and maintain, its corporate existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however, that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may consummate any merger or consolidation permitted under Section 6.02 and provided further that neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to maintain corporate existence of any Subsidiary or preserve any right or franchise if the Board of Directors of the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall determine that the maintenance or preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Borrower, such Subsidiary or the Lenders.

SECTION 5.05. Visitation Rights. At any reasonable time upon reasonable notice during normal business hours and from time to time, permit the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders or any authorized agents or representatives thereof, to examine and make copies of and abstracts from the financial records and books of account of, and visit the properties of, the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries with any of their officers or directors and with their independent certified public accountants; provided that, such visitation rights shall not be exercised more frequently than once during any calendar quarter, except during the existence of an Event of Default.

SECTION 5.06. Keeping of Books. Keep, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to keep, proper books of record and account, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of the Borrower and each such Subsidiary in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time.

SECTION 5.07. Maintenance of Properties, Etc. Maintain and preserve, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain and preserve, all of its material properties that are used or useful in





the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

SECTION 5.08. Transactions with Affiliates. Conduct, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to conduct, all transactions otherwise permitted under this Agreement with any of their Affiliates on terms that are fair and reasonable and not materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate; provided, that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to (a) any transaction between or among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (b) reasonable and customary fees paid to members of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (c) compensation arrangements (including severance arrangements to the extent approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Borrower’s or the applicable Subsidiary’s board of directors (or similar governing body) or the applicable committee thereof) for present or former officers and other employees entered into in the ordinary course of business; (d) indemnities provided for the benefit of, directors, officers or employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and (e) loans and advances to employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries permitted hereunder.

SECTION 5.09. Reporting Requirements. Furnish to the Lenders:

(a) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter and Consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such quarter, duly certified (subject to year-end audit adjustments) by the chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower as having been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and certificates of the chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower as to compliance with the terms of this Agreement and setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations necessary to demonstrate compliance with Section 6.06, provided that, subject to Section 1.04, in the event of any change in generally accepted accounting principles used in the preparation of such financial statements, the Borrower shall also provide, if necessary for the determination of compliance with Section 6.06, a statement of reconciliation conforming such financial statements to GAAP;

(b) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a copy of the annual audit report for such year for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, containing the Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and Consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, in each case accompanied by an opinion acceptable to the Required Lenders by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC or other independent public accountants acceptable to the Required Lenders and certificates of the chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower as to compliance with the terms of this Agreement and setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations necessary to demonstrate compliance with Section 6.06, provided that, subject to Section 1.04, in the event of any change in generally accepted accounting principles used in the preparation of such financial statements, the Borrower





shall also provide, if necessary for the determination of compliance with Section 6.06, a statement of reconciliation conforming such financial statements to GAAP;

(c) as soon as possible and in any event within five days after the chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower obtains knowledge of the occurrence of each Default continuing on the date of such statement, a statement of the chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower setting forth details of such Default and the action that the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;

(d) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all reports that the Borrower sends to any of its securityholders, and copies of all reports and registration statements that the Borrower or any Subsidiary files with the SEC or any national securities exchange;

(e) promptly after the commencement thereof, notice of all actions and proceedings before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of the type described in Section 3.01(f); and

(f) such other information respecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (d) of this Section 5.09 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which such documents are (i) filed for public availability on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System, (ii) posted or the Borrower provides a link thereto on www.dentsply.com or at another website identified in a notice from the Borrower and accessible by the Lenders without charge; or (iii) posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Administrative Agent has access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that, other than with respect to documents required to be delivered pursuant to clause (d), the Borrower shall notify (which may be by telecopy or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the filing of any such documents.

SECTION 5.10. Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Borrowing on the Effective Date to provide working capital for the Borrower or its Subsidiaries and for other general corporate purposes.

SECTION 5.11. Subsequent Credit Terms. Notify the Administrative Agent in writing prior to entering into any new credit arrangement or any amendment or modification of any existing credit arrangement, in each case providing debt financing of $10,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof if the financing is in a currency other than Dollars) or more, pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries agree to affirmative or negative covenants (including without limitation financial covenants and limitations on Debt and Liens) which in any such case are less favorable in any material respect to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries than those contained in this Agreement (any such less favorable provisions, the “New Provisions”). Effective upon the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries’ entry into any such agreement, amendment or modification, this Agreement, at the option of the Required Lenders in their sole discretion, shall be and shall be deemed to be immediately amended to add the New Provisions;





provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be applicable to or be deemed to affect any provision of this Agreement if and to the extent any such agreement, amendment or modification (or any provision thereof) is more favorable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. The Borrower hereby agrees promptly to execute and deliver any and all such amendments, documents and instruments and to take all such further actions as the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, deem necessary or appropriate to effectuate the provisions of this Section 5.11.

SECTION 5.12. Anti-Terrorism Laws. Ensure that, and the Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that, (a) no Covered Entity will become a Sanctioned Person, (b) no Covered Entity, either in its own right or through any third party, will use the Loans to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in, or, make any payments to, a Sanctioned Country or Sanctioned Person in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law, (c) the funds used to repay the Obligations will not be derived from any unlawful activity, (d) each Covered Entity shall comply with all Anti-Terrorism Laws, except to the extent that any failure to comply under this clause (d) could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (e) the Borrower will, and shall ensure that each of its Subsidiaries will, maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance with Anti-Terrorism Laws and (f) the Borrower shall promptly and in any event within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of a Reportable Compliance Event, notify the Administrative Agent in writing of the occurrence of such Reportable Compliance Event.

ARTICLE VI Negative Covenants
So long as any Loan shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment
hereunder, the Borrower will not (or, in the case of Section 6.06, the Borrower will):

SECTION 6.01. Liens, Etc. Create or suffer to exist, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to create or suffer to exist, any Lien on or with respect to any of its properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than:

(a)    Permitted Liens;

(b) Liens securing purchase money Debt or Debt with respect to Capital Leases incurred to finance the acquisition, repair, construction, improvement or lease of capital assets in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $300,000,000 outstanding at any one time; provided that (i) such Liens shall be created within 365 days of the acquisition, repair, construction, improvement or lease, as applicable, of the related property and (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property being financed or improved by such Debt;

(c)    the Liens existing on July 23, 2014 and described on Schedule 6.01 hereto;

(d) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or Liens assumed by the Borrower or a Subsidiary in connection with





an acquisition of assets by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in an acquisition permitted hereunder; provided that such Liens were not created in contemplation of such merger, consolidation, acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person so merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or which becomes a Subsidiary or is acquired by the Borrower or a Subsidiary;

(e) other Liens securing Debt of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and other obligations, provided that the sum (without duplication) of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt secured by all such Liens and other obligations subject to such Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (e) plus (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt incurred pursuant to Section 6.04(d) shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence of such other Liens, 15% of Consolidated Net Worth (determined as of the end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section
5.09(a) or 5.09(b)); and

(f)    any replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clauses
(b), (c) or (d) above provided that no additional property shall be encumbered by such Liens.

SECTION 6.02. Mergers, Etc. Merge or consolidate with or into, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to, any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except that (a) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge or consolidate with or into, or dispose of assets to, any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, (b) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge into or dispose of assets to the Borrower and (c) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such proposed transaction or would result therefrom, any Person (other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) may merge or consolidate with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that any such merger or consolidation involving the Borrower must result in the Borrower as the surviving entity.

SECTION 6.03. Accounting Changes. Make or permit, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make or permit, any change in accounting policies or reporting practices, except as required or permitted by generally accepted accounting principles.

SECTION 6.04. Subsidiary Debt. Permit any of its Subsidiaries to create or suffer to exist any Debt other than:

(a) Debt owed to the Borrower or to a Subsidiary of the Borrower or Debt under this Agreement or the Notes;

(b)    Debt existing on July 23, 2014 and described on Schedule 6.04;

(c) purchase money Debt or Debt with respect to Capital Leases incurred to finance the acquisition, repair, construction, improvement or lease of capital assets in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $300,000,000 outstanding at any one time;





(d) additional Debt, provided that the sum (without duplication) of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt incurred pursuant to this clause (d) plus (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt secured by Liens and other obligations subject to





such Liens incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(e) shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence of such additional Debt, 15% of Consolidated Net Worth (determined as of the end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.09(a) or 5.09(b));

(e) endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Debt of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or Debt of any Person that is assumed by a Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets by such Subsidiary in an acquisition permitted hereunder; provided that such Debt shall not have been incurred in contemplation of such merger, consolidation or acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Borrower;

(g) Debt with respect to Swap Agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(h) Debt under bid bonds, performance bonds, surety bonds, bonds to secure statutory obligations (including obligations under workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation) and similar obligations, in each case, incurred by such Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting such bid bonds, performance bonds, surety bonds and similar obligations;

(i) Debt deemed to exist in connection with agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, deferred purchase price, escrow arrangements, earn-outs or similar obligations, or from guaranties, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in connection with acquisitions or dispositions permitted hereunder; and

(j) Debt which serves to extend, replace, refund, renew, defease or refinance any Debt incurred under clause (b) or clause (f) of this Section 6.04 that does not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (other than with respect to unpaid accrued interest and premiums (including tender premiums) thereon, any committed or undrawn amounts, defeasance costs, underwriting discounts, fees, commissions and expenses associated with such Debt).

SECTION 6.05. Change in Nature of Business. Make, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make, any material change in the nature of the business as carried on by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at the date hereof; provided that the nature of the business carried on by Astra Tech as of the date hereof shall be deemed to be in the nature of the business carried on by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 6.06. Financial Covenants. The Borrower will:

(a)    Leverage Ratio. As of the last day of any fiscal quarter (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2015), maintain a ratio of Consolidated Debt of the





Borrower and its Subsidiaries to the sum of Consolidated Debt of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries plus Consolidated Net Worth of not greater than 0.60 to 1.00.

(b) Interest Coverage Ratio. As of the last day of any fiscal quarter (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2015), maintain a ratio of EBITDA for the immediately preceding consecutive four fiscal quarter period then ended of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to the sum of interest payable on, and amortization of debt discount in respect of, Debt during such period by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of not less than 3.00 to
1.00.

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

SECTION 7.01. Events of Default and Remedies. If any of the following events (each an “Event of Default”) shall occur and be continuing:

(a) The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when the same becomes due and payable; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or make any other payment of fees or other amounts payable under this Agreement or any Note within five Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or

(b) Any representation or warranty made by the Borrower herein or by the Borrower (or any of its officers) in connection with this Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made; or

(c) (i) The Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in Sections 5.04, 5.08, 5.10 or 5.12 or Article VI, or (ii) the Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement on its part to be performed or observed if such failure pursuant to this clause (ii) shall remain unremedied for 30 days after written notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or any Lender; or

(d) The Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on any Debt that is outstanding in a principal or notional amount of at least $100,000,000 in the aggregate (but excluding Debt outstanding hereunder) of the Borrower or such Material Subsidiary (as the case may be), when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Debt; or any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Debt and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Debt; or any such Debt shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid or redeemed (other than (i) by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or redemption or (ii) a prepayment or redemption required solely as a result of the proceeds of such Debt not having been applied to consummate a transaction or toward any other purpose for which such Debt was









incurred), purchased or defeased, or an offer to prepay, redeem, purchase or defease such Debt shall be required to be made, in each case prior to the stated maturity thereof; or

(e) The Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it), either such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of
60 days, or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or the Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this clause (e); or

(f) One or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $100,000,000 shall be rendered against the Borrower, any Material Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 60 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment; or

(g) (i) Any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock of the Borrower representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of all Voting Stock of the Borrower; or (ii) during any period of up to 24 consecutive months, commencing after the date of this Agreement, individuals who at the beginning of such 24-month period were directors of the Borrower shall cease for any reason (other than due to death or disability) to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower (except to the extent that individuals who at the beginning of such 24-month period were replaced by individuals (x) elected by a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors of the Borrower, (y) nominated for election by a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors of the Borrower and thereafter elected as directors by the shareholders of the Borrower or (z) whose election or nomination was approved by a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors of the Borrower); or

(h) The Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates shall incur, or shall be reasonably likely to incur liability in excess of $100,000,000 in the aggregate as a result of one or more of the following:

(i)    the occurrence of any ERISA Event;





(ii)    the partial or complete withdrawal of the Borrower or any of its
ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan; or

(iii)    the reorganization or termination of a Multiemployer Plan; or

(i)    Any representation or warranty contained in Section 3.01(k) is or becomes false or misleading at any time.

then, and in any such event, the Administrative Agent shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the Required Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Loans, all interest thereon and all other amounts payable under this Agreement to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Loans, all such interest and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; provided, however, that in the event of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, the Loans, all such interest and all such amounts shall automatically become and be due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

ARTICLE VIII

The Administrative Agent

SECTION 8.01. Appointment and Authority. Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints PNC to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article 8 are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and the Borrower shall not have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

SECTION 8.02. Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

SECTION 8.03. Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(a)    shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;





(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law; and

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 7.01 and 9.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until written notice describing such Default or Event of Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender.

The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 8.04. Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, including e-mail or posting on SyndTrak) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of the Loans on the Effective Date that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the Effective Date. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action





taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

SECTION 8.05. Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article VIII shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

SECTION 8.06. Resignation of Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with approval from the Borrower (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to appoint a successor, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article VIII and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

SECTION 8.07. Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

SECTION 8.08. No Other Duties, etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the sole Lead Arranger, the sole Bookrunner or the Managing Agent shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.





SECTION 8.09. No Reliance on Administrative Agent’s Customer Identification Program. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that neither such Lender, nor any of its Affiliates, participants or assignees, may rely on the Administrative Agent to carry out such Lender’s, Affiliate’s, participant’s or assignee’s customer identification program, or other obligations required or imposed under or pursuant to the Patriot Act or the regulations thereunder, including the regulations contained in 31 CFR 103.121 (as hereafter amended or replaced, the “CIP Regulations”), or any other Anti-Terrorism Law, including any programs involving any of the following items relating to or in connection with the Borrower, its Affiliates or its agents, the Loan Documents or the transactions hereunder or contemplated hereby: (a) any identity verification procedures, (b) any recordkeeping, (c) comparisons with government lists, (d) customer notices or (e) other procedures required under the CIP Regulations or such other Laws.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01. Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication.

(a) Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in Section
9.01(b)), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier (i) if to a Lender, to it at its address set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire, or (ii) if to any other Person, to it at its address set forth on Schedule 9.01.

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in Section 9.01(b), shall be effective as provided in such Section.

(b) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications (including e-mail or by posting on SyndTrak) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender if such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been received at the





opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted on SyndTrak shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) Change of Address, Etc. Any party hereto may change its address, e-mail address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

SECTION 9.02. Waivers; Amendments. (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of the Loans on the Effective Date shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.18(b) or (d) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender, or (vi) release the Borrower from its obligations under Article X without the written consent of each Lender; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

(c)    [Intentionally Omitted].





(d) If, in connection with any proposed amendment, waiver or consent requiring the consent of “each Lender” or “each Lender directly affected thereby,” the consent of the Required Lenders is obtained, but the consent of other necessary Lenders is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is necessary but not obtained being referred to herein as a “Non- Consenting Lender”), then the Borrower may elect to replace a Non-Consenting Lender as a Lender party to this Agreement, provided that, concurrently with such replacement, (i) another bank or other entity which is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall agree, as of such date, to purchase for cash the Loans and other Obligations due to the Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption and to become a Lender for all purposes under this Agreement and to assume all obligations of the Non-Consenting Lender to be terminated as of such date and to comply with the requirements of clause (b) of Section 9.04, and (ii) the Borrower shall pay to such Non-Consenting Lender in same day funds on the day of such replacement (1) all interest, fees and other amounts then accrued but unpaid to such Non-Consenting Lender by the Borrower hereunder to and including the date of termination, including without limitation payments due to such Non-Consenting Lender under Sections 2.15 and 2.17, and (2) an amount, if any, equal to the payment which would have been due to such Lender on the day of such replacement under Section 2.16 had the Loans of such Non-Consenting Lender been prepaid on such date rather than sold to the replacement Lender.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein the Administrative Agent may, with the consent of the Borrower only, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency.

SECTION 9.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. (a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of a single counsel for the Administrative Agent (together with (A) a single local counsel and single specialist counsel (for each relevant jurisdiction and relevant specialization), as reasonably required and (B) in the case of an actual conflict of interest, one additional counsel for each relevant jurisdiction and/or specialization for similarly situated parties); provided, that the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay for any other third party advisor hired without the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld)), in connection with the syndication and distribution (including, without limitation, via the internet or through a service such as Intralinks or SyndTrak) of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated) and (ii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and any other Loan Document, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans.

(b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims,





damages, liabilities and related reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or the use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought or, if no Loans are then outstanding, its Applicable Percentage most recently in effect) of such unpaid amount (it being understood that the Borrower’s failure to pay any such amount shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof); provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such.

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and the Borrower hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee (i) for any damages arising from the use by others of information or other materials obtained through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet), or (ii) on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(e)    All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than fifteen
(15) days after written demand therefor.

SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be





construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A) the Borrower, provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a) or 7.01(e) has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee; and

(B) the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.




conditions:

(ii)    Assignments    shall    be    subject    to    the    following    additional



(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a) or 7.01(e) has occurred and is continuing;

(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement;

(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, such fee to be paid by either the assigning Lender or the assignee Lender or shared between such Lenders;





(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its affiliates and their Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made





available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws; and




Borrower.

(E)    the assignee shall not be the Borrower or an Affiliate of the



Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the consent of the Borrower is required pursuant to this Section
9.04(b) in connection with any proposed assignment, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to such proposed assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten Business Days after having received written notice of such proposed assignment.

For the purposes of this Section 9.04(b), the term “Approved Fund” has the following meaning:

Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the




contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.





(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.18(e) or 9.03(c), the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and
2.17 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.17(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.17(f) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18(d) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the









contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative
Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15 or 2.17 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.17 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 2.17(e) as though it were a Lender.

(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

SECTION 9.05. Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid. The provisions of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof.

SECTION 9.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective





successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.07. Severability. Any provision of any Loan Document held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions thereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 9.08. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final and in whatever currency denominated) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all of the Obligations held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under the Loan Documents and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

SECTION 9.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

(b) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County, Borough of Manhattan, and of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such State of New York or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.





(d)    Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01.

SECTION 9.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

SECTION 9.11. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 9.12. Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower. For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower relating to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower; provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care





to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

SECTION 9.13. USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the Patriot Act hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies such Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.

SECTION 9.14. Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

SECTION 9.15. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Lenders and their Affiliates, on the other hand, (B) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each of the Lenders and their Affiliates is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) no Lender or any of its Affiliates has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except, in the case of a Lender, those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) each of the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and no Lender or any of its Affiliates has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against each of the Lenders and their Affiliates with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.





[Signature Pages Follow]






IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.



DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC., as the Borrower



By
Name:
Title:



By
Name:
Title:






PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, individually as a Lender and as Administrative Agent



By
Name:
Title:






T.D. BANK, N.A.



By
Name:
Title:


Exhibit

EXECUTION COPY


AMENDMENT NO. 1

Dated as of December 18, 2015 to
LOAN AGREEMENT Dated as of September 22, 2014
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 (this “Amendment”) is made as of December 18, 2015 by and among DENTSPLY International Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the financial institutions listed on the signature pages hereof and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”), under that certain Loan Agreement dated as of September 22, 2014 by and among the Borrower, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as Lenders (the “Lenders”) and the Administrative Agent (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”). Capitalized definitional terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the requisite Lenders and the
Administrative Agent agree to an amendment to the Loan Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent have so agreed on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrower, the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent hereby agree to enter into this Amendment.

1. Amendments to the Loan Agreement. Effective as of the date of satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2 below (the “Amendment No. 1 Effective Date”), the parties hereto agree that the Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) Section 1.01 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to (i) delete the definitions of “Debt for Borrowed Money” and “Existing Debt” appearing therein and (ii) add the following definitions thereto in the appropriate alphabetical order:

Capital Lease” means any lease that has been or is required to be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as a capitalized lease; provided that for all purposes hereunder, the amount of obligations under any Capital Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.



“Debt”.

Guaranteed Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of











ACTIVE 210945432v.4




Material Acquisition” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of
“EBITDA.”

Material Disposition” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of
“EBITDA.”

Material Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Subsidiary of the Borrower which, together with all other Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary, accounts for more than (a) 5% of the Consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined as of the end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower or (b) 5% of Consolidated revenue of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined for the then most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower.

Net Worth” means the consolidated stockholder’s equity of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, as defined according to GAAP.

Reference Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of
“EBITDA.”

(b) The definition of “Consignment Agreements” appearing in Section 1.01 of the
Loan Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows:

““Consignment Agreements” means, collectively, (a) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of February 15, 2002 by and between Umicore AG & Co. KG and the Borrower, (b) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of December 6, 2010 as amended February 8, 2013 by and between HSBC Bank USA, National Association and the Borrower, (c) that certain Consignment and Forward Contracts Agreement dated as of November 30, 2001, as amended October 19, 2006 by and between The Bank of Nova Scotia and the Borrower, (d) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of January 30,
2002 by and between Commerzbank AG, Frankfurt and the Borrower, (e) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of December 20, 2001 by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank and the Borrower and (f) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of December 20, 2001 by and between Mitsui & Co., Precious Metals Inc. and the Borrower, and (g) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of April 29, 2013 by and between The Toronto-Dominion Bank and the Borrower, in each case as each may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.”

(c)    The definition of “Debt” appearing in Section 1.01 of the Loan Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows:

““Debt” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables not overdue by more than 60 days incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all obligations of such Person created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all obligations of such Person as lessee under leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as Capital Leases, (f) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of









acceptances, letters of credit or similar extensions of credit, (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Swap Agreements, (h) all debt of others referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above or clause (i) below (collectively, “Guaranteed Debt”) guaranteed directly or indirectly in any manner by such Person, or in effect guaranteed directly or indirectly by such Person through an agreement (1) to pay or purchase such Guaranteed Debt or to advance or supply funds for the payment or purchase of such Guaranteed Debt, (2) to purchase or lease property or services, primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of such Guaranteed Debt or to assure the holder of such Guaranteed Debt against loss, (3) to supply funds to or in any other manner invest in the debtor (including any agreement to pay for property or services irrespective of whether such property is received or such services are rendered) or (4) otherwise to assure a creditor against loss, and (i) all Debt referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above (including Guaranteed Debt) secured by (or for which the holder of such Debt has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Debt (and if such Person has not assumed or become liable for such Debt of others, then the amount of Debt of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the amount of such Debt of others and (B) the fair market value of such property, as determined by such Person in good faith); provided that, Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not include (i) Debt incurred in connection with the Consignment Agreements relating to the consignment of precious metals between the Borrower and certain counterparties or (ii) unfunded pension obligations.”

(d)    The definition of “EBITDA” appearing in Section 1.01 of the Loan Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows:

““EBITDA” means, for any period, net income (or net loss) plus the sum of (a) interest expense, (b) income tax expense, (c) depreciation expense (d) amortization expense, (e) other non-cash charges (less unusual or non-recurring non-cash income or gains), (f) any extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual fees, expenses or other charges incurred in connection with any acquisition or merger consummated by the Borrower or a Subsidiary (including the issuance or repayment of Debt related to such acquisition or merger), and any corporate reorganization and integration activities which are related to such acquisition or merger, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP for such period and (g) charges and expenses incurred prior to December 31, 2018 in connection with the Borrower’s publicly announced efficiency initiatives, which includes, but is not limited to, costs and expenses in connection with discontinued operations, retention, severance and related employee benefits, systems establishment costs, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, costs to close and/or consolidate facilities and relocate employees, integration costs, other business optimization costs and costs associated with establishing new facilities or reserves deducted (and not added back) in such period not exceeding $200,000,000 in the aggregate for such period, provided that the aggregate amount available to be added back pursuant to this clause (g) shall not exceed $200,000,000 during the term of this Agreement. For the purposes of calculating EBITDA for any period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters (each such period, a “Reference Period”), (i) if at any time during such Reference Period the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have made any Material Disposition, the EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Material Disposition for such Reference Period or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such





Reference Period, and (ii) if during such Reference Period the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have made a Material Acquisition, EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis as if such Material Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period. As used in this definition, “Material Acquisition” means any acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) of property or series of related acquisitions of property that (a) constitutes (i) assets comprising all or substantially all or any significant portion of a business or operating unit of a business, or (ii) all or substantially all of the common stock or other equity interests of a Person, and (b) involves the payment of consideration by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in excess of $200,000,000; and “Material Disposition” means any sale, transfer or disposition of property or series of related sales, transfers, or dispositions of property (other than transactions among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) that yields gross proceeds to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $200,000,000.”

(e) The definition of “Permitted Liens” appearing in Section 1.01 of the Loan
Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows:

““Permitted Lien” means each of the following: (a) Liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies to the extent not required to be paid under Section
5.02 hereof; (b) Liens imposed by law, such as landlords’, banks’ (and rights of set-off), warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s and repairmen’s Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business securing obligations that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days; (c) pledges or deposits to secure obligations under workers’ compensation laws, laws related to unemployment insurance and other types of social security or similar legislation or Liens to secure public or statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations; (d) easements, rights of way, restrictions, encroachments, encumbrances and other defects or irregularities in title to real property that do not render title to the property encumbered thereby unmarketable or materially adversely affect the use of such property for its present purposes; (e) interest or title of a lessor, lessee, sublessor or sublessee under any lease or sublease permitted hereunder and any interest or title of a licensor, licensee, sublicensor or sublicensee under any license or sublicense permitted hereunder; (f) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits, escrow arrangements or similar arrangements made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder and Liens on trusts, cash or cash equivalents, or other funds in connection with defeasance, discharge or redemption of Debt, pending consummation of a strategic transaction or similar obligations; (g) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (or any similar precautionary filings) relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into in the ordinary course of business; (h) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with importation of goods; (i) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property; (j) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 7.01; and (k) Liens arising by reason of deposits necessary to obtain standby letters of credit in the ordinary course of business.”

(f) The definition of “Pro Forma Basis” appearing in Section 1.01 of the Loan





Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows:

““Pro Forma Basis” means, on a basis in accordance with Section 1.04(b).”
(g)
Section 1.04 of the Loan Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows: “SECTION 1.04    Accounting     Terms;     GAAP;     Pro     Forma
Calculations. (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time (“GAAP”); provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made (i) without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Debt or other liabilities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein, (ii) without giving effect to any treatment of Debt in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Debt in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Debt shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof, and (iii) without giving effect to any change to GAAP occurring after the date hereof as a result of the adoption of any proposals set forth in the Proposed Accounting Standards Update, Leases (Topic 840), issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on August 17, 2010, or any other proposals issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board in connection therewith, in each case if such change would require treating any lease (or similar arrangement conveying the right to use) as a capital lease where such lease (or similar arrangement) would not have been required to be so treated under GAAP as in effect on the Effective Date.

(b) All pro forma computations required to be made hereunder giving effect to any acquisition, disposition or issuance, incurrence or assumption of Debt, or other transaction shall in each case be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (and, in the case of any pro forma computation made hereunder, to determine whether such acquisition, disposition or issuance, incurrence or assumption of Debt or other transaction is permitted to be consummated hereunder) immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, disposition or issuance, incurrence or assumption of Debt (and to any other such transaction consummated since the first day of the period for which such pro forma computation is being made and on or prior to the date of such computation) as if such transaction had occurred on the first day of the Reference Period most recently ended for which financial statements shall have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.09(a) or





5.09(b), and, to the extent applicable, the historical earnings and cash flows associated with the assets acquired or disposed of, any related incurrence or reduction of Debt and any related cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies, all in accordance with (and, in the case of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies, to the extent permitted by) Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. If any Debt bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Debt shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period for which such pro forma computation is being made (taking into account any Swap Agreement applicable to such Debt).”

(h)    Section 5.09 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to add a new sentence at the end thereof as follows:

“Documents required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (d) of this Section 5.09 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which such documents are (i) filed for public availability on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System, (ii) posted or the Borrower provides a link thereto on www.dentsply.com or at another website identified in a notice from the Borrower and accessible by the Lenders without charge; or (iii) posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Administrative Agent has access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that, other than with respect to documents required to be delivered pursuant to clause (d), the Borrower shall notify (which may be by telecopy or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the filing of any such documents.”
(i)
Section 6.01 of the Loan Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows: “SECTION 6.01    Liens, Etc. Create or suffer to exist, or permit
any of its Subsidiaries to create or suffer to exist, any Lien on or with respect to any of its properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than:

(a)    Permitted Liens;

(b) Liens securing purchase money Debt or Debt with respect to Capital Leases incurred to finance the acquisition, repair, construction, improvement or lease of capital assets in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $300,000,000 outstanding at any one time; provided that (i) such Liens shall be created within 365 days of the acquisition, repair, construction, improvement or lease, as applicable, of the related property and (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property being financed or improved by such Debt;

(c)    the Liens existing on the Effective Date and described on
Schedule 6.01 hereto;

(d) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or Liens assumed by the Borrower or a Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in an acquisition permitted hereunder; provided that such Liens were not created in contemplation of such merger, consolidation, acquisition or such Person becoming a









Subsidiary and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person so merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or which becomes a Subsidiary or is acquired by the Borrower or a Subsidiary;

(e) other Liens securing Debt of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and other obligations, provided that the sum (without duplication) of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt secured by all such Liens and other obligations subject to such Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (e) plus (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt incurred pursuant to Section 6.04(d) shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence of such other Liens, 15% of Consolidated Net Worth (determined as of the end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.09(a) or
5.09(b)); and

(f) any replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clauses (b), (c) or (d) above provided that no additional property shall be encumbered by such Liens.”
(j)
Section 6.02 of the Loan Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows: “SECTION 6.02    Mergers, Etc. Merge or consolidate with or into,
or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to, any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except that (a) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge or consolidate with or into, or dispose of assets to, any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, (b) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge into or dispose of assets to the Borrower and (c) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such proposed transaction or would result therefrom, any Person (other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) may merge or consolidate with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that any such merger or consolidation involving the Borrower must result in the Borrower as the surviving entity.”
(k)
Section 6.04 of the Loan Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows: “SECTION 6.04    Subsidiary Debt. Permit any of its Subsidiaries
to create or suffer to exist any Debt other than:

(a)    Debt owed to the Borrower or to a Subsidiary of the Borrower or
Debt under this Agreement or the Receipt;



6.04;

(b)    Debt existing on the Effective Date and described on Schedule



(c) purchase money Debt or Debt with respect to Capital Leases incurred to finance the acquisition, repair, construction, improvement or lease of capital assets in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $300,000,000 outstanding at any one time;





(d)    additional Debt, provided that the sum (without duplication) of
(i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt incurred pursuant to this clause (d)





plus (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt secured by Liens and other obligations subject to such Liens incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(e) shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence of such additional Debt, 15% of Consolidated Net Worth (determined as of the end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.09(a) or
5.09(b));

(e) endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Debt of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or Debt of any Person that is assumed by a Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets by such Subsidiary in an acquisition permitted hereunder; provided that such Debt shall not have been incurred in contemplation of such merger, consolidation or acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Borrower;

(g) Debt with respect to Swap Agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(h) Debt under bid bonds, performance bonds, surety bonds, bonds to secure statutory obligations (including obligations under workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation) and similar obligations, in each case, incurred by such Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting such bid bonds, performance bonds, surety bonds and similar obligations;

(i) Debt deemed to exist in connection with agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, deferred purchase price, escrow arrangements, earn-outs or similar obligations, or from guaranties, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in connection with acquisitions or dispositions permitted hereunder; and

(j) Debt which serves to extend, replace, refund, renew, defease or refinance any Debt incurred under clause (b) or clause (f) of this Section 6.04 that does not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (other than with respect to unpaid accrued interest and premiums (including tender premiums) thereon, any committed or undrawn amounts, defeasance costs, underwriting discounts, fees, commissions and expenses associated with such Debt).”

(l)
Section 6.06 of the Loan Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows: “SECTION 6.06    Financial Covenants. The Borrower will:
(i) Leverage Ratio. As of the last day of any fiscal quarter (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2015), maintain a ratio of Consolidated Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to the sum of Consolidated Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries plus Consolidated Net Worth of not greater than 0.60 to 1.00.





(ii) Interest Coverage Ratio. As of the last day of any fiscal quarter (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2015), maintain a ratio of EBITDA for the immediately preceding consecutive four fiscal quarter period then ended of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to the sum of interest payable on, and amortization of debt discount in respect of, Debt during such period by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of not less than 3.00 to 1.00.”

(m) Section 7.01(c) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to delete the references to “5.05,” and “, 5.09” appearing therein.

(n) Section 7.01(d) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to (i) delete the reference to “Subsidiaries” appearing therein and to replace such reference with “Material Subsidiaries”, (ii) delete the reference to “$75,000,000” appearing therein and to replace such reference with “$100,000,000” and (iii) delete the reference to “Subsidiary” appearing therein and to replace such reference with “Material Subsidiary”.

(o) Section 7.01(e) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to delete each reference to “Subsidiaries” appearing therein and to replace each such reference with “Material Subsidiaries”.

(p) Section 7.01(f) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to (i) delete the reference to “$75,000,000” appearing therein and to replace such reference with “$100,000,000”, (ii) delete each reference to “Subsidiary” appearing therein and to replace each such reference with “Material Subsidiary” and (iii) delete the reference to “30” appearing therein and to replace such reference with “60”.

(q) Section 7.01(g) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to (i) delete the parenthetical “(or other securities convertible into such Voting Stock)” appearing in clause (i) thereof and (ii) restate clause (ii) thereof in its entirety as follows:

“(ii) during any period of up to 24 consecutive months, commencing after the date of this Agreement, individuals who at the beginning of such 24-month period were directors of the Borrower shall cease for any reason (other than due to death or disability) to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower (except to the extent that individuals who at the beginning of such 24-month period were replaced by individuals (x) elected by a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors of the Borrower, (y) nominated for election by a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors of the Borrower and thereafter elected as directors by the shareholders of the Borrower or (z) whose election or nomination was approved by a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors of the Borrower); or”

(r) Section 7.01(h) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to delete the reference to “75,000,000” appearing therein and to replace such reference with “$100,000,000”.

2. Conditions of Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the conditions precedent that:

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Amendment duly executed by the Borrower, the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent; and

(b)    the Administrative Agent shall have received payment and/or reimbursement of





the Administrative Agent’s and its affiliates’ fees and expenses (including, to the extent invoiced, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Administrative Agent) in connection with this Amendment.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Borrower. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date as follows:

(a) This Amendment and the Loan Agreement constitute the valid and legally binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

(b) As of the date hereof and after giving effect to the terms of this Amendment, (i) the representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in the Loan Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date) and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

4.    Reference to and Effect on the Loan Agreement.

(a) Upon the effectiveness hereof, each reference to the Loan Agreement in the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document shall mean and be a reference to the Loan Agreement as amended hereby.

(b) Each Loan Document and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

(c) Except with respect to the subject matter hereof, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Loan Agreement, the Loan Documents or any other documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith.



Agreement.

(d)    This Amendment is a “Loan Document” under (and as defined in) the Loan



5. Severability. Any provision of this Amendment held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions thereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

6. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.





7. Headings. Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Amendment and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Amendment.





8. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by telecopy, e-mailed.pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of the actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

9.    Use of English Language.

(a) All communications, notices, requests and demands under this Amendment shall be, and shall be effective when given or made, in the English language, and documents, information and materials to be furnished under or in connection with this Amendment shall be in the English language.

(b) This Amendment is made in the English language. One Japanese language translation of this Amendment prepared by an interpreter approved by Japanese counsel to the Administrative Agent shall be the agreed Japanese language translation hereof for all purposes. Such translation and no other translation may be used in any proceeding in Japan. For all purposes, the English language version hereof shall be the original instrument and in the case of any conflict between the English and the Japanese versions of this Amendment, the English version shall control.


[Signature Pages Follow]





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC., as the Borrower

By: /s/ William E. Reardon        
Name: William E. Reardon
Title: V.P. & Treasurer

By: /s/ Andrew M. Smith        
Name: Andrew M. Smith
Title: Ast. Treasurer

Date of Signing: November 23, 2015
Local Time (at place of signing): 4:15 pm (Greenwich Mean Time minus five hours)
Location of Signing: York, Pennsylvania, United States of America


THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD., individually as a Lender and as Administrative Agent

By: /s/ Brian McNany        
Name: Brian McNany
Title: Director

Date of Signing: December 18, 2015
Local Time (at place of signing): 11:00 (Greenwich Mean Time minus five hours)
Location of Signing: New York, NY


THE AKITA BANK, LTD., as a Lender

By: /s/ Reisei Shindo        
Name: Reisei Shindo
Title: General Manager

Date of Signing: December 15, 2015
Local Time (at place of signing): 16:00 (Greenwich Mean Time plus nine hours)
Location of Signing: Tokyo, Japan


THE CHIBA BANK, LTD, NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender

By: /s/ Nobukazu Odaka        
Name: Nobukazu Odaka
Title: General Manager

Date of Signing: December 11, 2015
Local Time (at place of signing): 14:45 (Greenwich Mean Time minus five hours)
Location of Signing: New York


DEVELOPMENT BANK OF JAPAN INC., as a Lender

By: /s/ Shigeru Tamagoshi        
Name: Shigeru Tamagoshi
Title: General Manager Corporate Finance Department Division 2

Date of Signing: December 10, 2015
Local Time (at place of signing): 18:30 pm (Greenwich Mean Time plus nine hours)
Location of Signing: Tokyo


THE HYAKUGO BANK, LTD., as a Lender

By: /s/ Toshiyuki Tsuji        
Name: Toshiyuki Tsuji




Title: General Manager

Date of Signing: December 11, 2015
Local Time (at place of signing): 9:00 (Greenwich Mean Time plus nine hours)
Location of Signing: Tokyo, Japan


THE HYAKUJUSHI BANK LTD., as a Lender

By: /s/ Takashi Mori        
Name: Takashi Mori
Title: Managing Executive Officer and Tokyo General Manager

Date of Signing: December 9, 2015
Local Time (at place of signing): 16:47 (Greenwich Mean Time plus nine hours)
Location of Signing: Tokyo, Japan


THE IYO BANK, LTD., as a Lender

By: /s/ Shiro Hirano        
Name: Shiro Hirano
Title: Managing Executive Officer

Date of Signing: December 16, 2015
Local Time (at place of signing): 10:00 (Greenwich Mean Time plus nine hours)
Location of Signing: Tokyo, Japan


THE KEIYO BANK, LTD., as a Lender

By: /s/ Nobuo Kojima        
Name: Nobuo Kojima
Title: President

Date of Signing: December 16, 2015
Local Time (at place of signing): 13:00 (Greenwich Mean Time plus nine hours)
Location of Signing: Chiba, Japan


THE SHIGA BANK, LTD., as a Lender

By: /s/ Takuya Kasubuchi        
Name: Takuya Kasubuchi
Title: General Manager

Date of Signing: December 11, 2015
Local Time (at place of signing): 13:00 (Greenwich Mean Time plus eight hours)
Location of Signing: Hong Kong


THE SHINKUMI FEDERATION BANK, LTD., as a Lender

By: /s/ Junichi Naito        
Name: Junichi Naito
Title: President and CEO

Date of Signing: December 10, 2015
Local Time (at place of signing): 10:30 (Greenwich Mean Time plus nine hours)
Location of Signing: Tokyo, Japan


THE TAIKO BANK, LTD., as a Lender

By: /s/ Kieichi Kondo        
Name: Kieichi Kondo
Title: Head of Tokyo Branch

Date of Signing: December 11, 2015




Local Time (at place of signing): 13:50 (Greenwich Mean Time plus nine hours)
Location of Signing: Tokyo, Japan


THE AOMORI BANK, LTD., as a Lender

By: /s/ Susumu Narita        
Name: Susumu Narita
Title: President

Date of Signing: December 17, 2015
Local Time (at place of signing): 10:00 (Greenwich Mean Time plus nine hours)
Location of Signing: Aomori, Japan


THE CHUGOKU BANK, LTD., as a Lender

By: /s/ Masato Miyanaga        
Name: Masato Miyanaga
Title: President

Date of Signing: December 18, 2015
Local Time (at place of signing): 12:00 (Greenwich Mean Time plus nine hours)
Location of Signing: Okayama, Japan


THE GUNMA BANK, LTD., as a Lender

By: /s/ Keita Muto        
Name: Keita Muto
Title: General Manager

Date of Signing: December 18, 2015
Local Time (at place of signing): 18:20 (Greenwich Mean Time plus nine hours)
Location of Signing: Tokyo


THE HACHIJUNI BANK, LTD., as a Lender

By: /s/ Shoichi Yumoto        
Name: Shoichi Yumoto
Title: President

Date of Signing: December 18, 2015
Local Time (at place of signing): 15:00 (Greenwich Mean Time plus nine hours)
Location of Signing: Nagano, Japan


THE HIGASHI-NIPPON BANK, LTD., as a Lender

By: /s/ Michitoo Ishii        
Name: Michitoo Ishii
Title: President

Date of Signing: December 18, 2015
Local Time (at place of signing): 11:00 (Greenwich Mean Time plus nine hours)
Location of Signing: Tokyo, Japan


THE HIROSHIMA BANK, LTD., as a Lender

By: /s/ Hiroshima Bank        
Name:
Title:

Date of Signing: December 16, 2015
Local Time (at place of signing): 15:00 (Greenwich Mean Time plus nine hours)
Location of Signing: Hiroshima, Japan






THE OGAKI KYORITSU BANK, LTD., as a Lender

By: /s/ Ogaki Kyoritsu Bank        
Name:
Title:

Date of Signing: December 18, 2015
Local Time (at place of signing): 16:00 (Greenwich Mean Time plus nine hours)
Location of Signing: Tokyo, Japan











































Exhibit





 
EXECUTION COPY
AMENDMENT NO. 1
Dated as of July 1, 2015
to
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of July 23, 2014
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 (this “Amendment”) is made as of July 1, 2015 by and among DENTSPLY International Inc., a Delaware corporation and the Subsidiary Borrowers party hereto (each individually a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”), the financial institutions listed on the signature pages hereof and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”), under that certain Credit Agreement dated as of July 23, 2014 by and among the Borrowers, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as Lenders (the “Lenders”) and the Administrative Agent (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Capitalized definitional terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the requisite Lenders and the Administrative Agent agree to an amendment to the Credit Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Borrowers, the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent have so agreed on the terms and conditions set forth herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrowers, the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent hereby agree to enter into this Amendment.
1.Amendment to the Credit Agreement. Effective as of the date of satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2 below (the “Amendment No. 1 Effective Date”), the parties hereto agree that the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
(a)Section 2.05(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete the phrase “the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans” appearing therein and replace such phrase with “the Swingline Lender may in its sole discretion make Swingline Loans”.
(b)Section 2.06(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete the reference to “$50,000,000” appearing therein and replace such reference with $25,000,000.
(c)Section 2.21(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to restate the second parenthetical therein in its entirety as follows: “(each such date or such other date as is agreed to by the Extending Lenders in respect of the effective date of the applicable extension, an “Extension Date”)”.
(d)Section 2.21(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to insert the following language immediately at the end thereof: “or such other date as is acceptable to the Company”
2.Conditions of Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the conditions precedent that:
(i)the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Amendment duly executed by each Borrower, the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent; and





(ii)the Administrative Agent shall have received payment and/or reimbursement of the Administrative Agent’s and its affiliates’ fees and expenses (including, to the extent invoiced, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Administrative Agent) in connection with this Amendment.
3.Representations and Warranties of the Borrowers. Each Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date as follows:
(a)This Amendment and the Credit Agreement as modified hereby constitute the valid and legally binding obligations of such Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.
(b)As of the date hereof and after giving effect to the terms of this Amendment, (i) the representations and warranties of such Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date) and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
4.Reference to and Effect on the Credit Agreement.
(a)Upon the effectiveness hereof, each reference to the Credit Agreement in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.
(b)Each Loan Document and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.
(c)Except with respect to the subject matter hereof, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement, the Loan Documents or any other documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith.
(d)This Amendment is a “Loan Document” under (and as defined in) the Credit Agreement.
5.Governing Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.
6.Headings. Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Amendment and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Amendment.
7.Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by telecopy, e-mailed.pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of the actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

[Signature Pages Follow]

























IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC., as a Borrower
 
 
By ___________________________________
 
Name:
 
Title:




































Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to
Credit Agreement dated as of July 23, 2014
DENTSPLY International Inc.






JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually as a Lender and as Administrative Agent
 
 
By ___________________________________
 
Name:
 
Title:

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to
Credit Agreement dated as of July 23, 2014
DENTSPLY International Inc.






















CITIBANK, N.A., as a Lender
 
 
By ___________________________________
 
Name:
 
Title:
 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to
Credit Agreement dated as of July 23, 2014
DENTSPLY International Inc.







THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD., as a Lender
 
 
By ___________________________________
 
Name:
 
Title:
 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to
Credit Agreement dated as of July 23, 2014
DENTSPLY International Inc.



WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
 
 
By ___________________________________
 
Name:
 
Title:
 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to
Credit Agreement dated as of July 23, 2014
DENTSPLY International Inc.







COMMERZBANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES, as a Lender
 
 
By ___________________________________
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to
Credit Agreement dated as of July 23, 2014
DENTSPLY International Inc.



HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
 
 
By ___________________________________
 
Name:
 
Title:
 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to
Credit Agreement dated as of July 23, 2014
DENTSPLY International Inc.







MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A., as a Lender
 
 
By ___________________________________
 
Name:
 
Title:
 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to
Credit Agreement dated as of July 23, 2014
DENTSPLY International Inc.


PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
 
 
By ___________________________________
 
Name:
 
Title:
 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to
Credit Agreement dated as of July 23, 2014
DENTSPLY International Inc.







TD BANK, N.A., as a Lender
 
 
By ___________________________________
 
Name:
 
Title:
 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to
Credit Agreement dated as of July 23, 2014
DENTSPLY International Inc.


U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
 
 
By ___________________________________
 
Name:
 
Title:
 


Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to
Credit Agreement dated as of July 23, 2014
DENTSPLY International Inc.






SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL), as a Lender
 
 
By ___________________________________
 
Name:
 
Title:
 


Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to
Credit Agreement dated as of July 23, 2014
DENTSPLY International Inc.

DZ BANK AG
DEUTSCHE ZENTRAL-GENOSSENSCHAFTSBANK, FRANKFURT AM MAIN, NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender
 
 
By ___________________________________
 
Name:
 
Title:
 


Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to
Credit Agreement dated as of July 23, 2014
DENTSPLY International Inc.



Exhibit

EXECUTION COPY


AMENDMENT NO. 2

Dated as of November 30, 2015 to
CREDIT AGREEMENT Dated as of July 23, 2014
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 (this “Amendment”) is made as of November 30, 2015 by and among DENTSPLY International Inc., a Delaware corporation and the Subsidiary Borrowers party hereto (each individually a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”), the financial institutions listed on the signature pages hereof and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”), under that certain Credit Agreement dated as of July 23, 2014 by and among the Borrowers, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as Lenders (the “Lenders”) and the Administrative Agent (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Capitalized definitional terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the requisite Lenders and the
Administrative Agent agree to an amendment to the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Borrowers, the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent have so agreed on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrowers, the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent hereby agree to enter into this Amendment.

1. Amendment to the Credit Agreement. Effective as of the date of satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2 below (the “Amendment No. 2 Effective Date”), the parties hereto agree that the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to (i) delete the definitions of “Debt for Borrowed Money” and “Existing Debt” appearing therein and (ii) add the following definitions thereto in the appropriate alphabetical order:

““Capital Lease” means any lease that has been or is required to be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as a capitalized lease; provided that for all purposes hereunder, the amount of obligations under any Capital Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.



“Debt”.

Guaranteed Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of






Material Acquisition” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of
“EBITDA.”

Material Disposition” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of
“EBITDA.”

Material Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Subsidiary of the Company which, together with all other Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary, accounts for more than (a) 5% of the Consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined as of the end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company or (b) 5% of Consolidated revenue of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined for the then most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company.

Net Worth” means the consolidated stockholder’s equity of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, as defined according to GAAP.

Reference Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of
“EBITDA.”

(b) The definition of “Consignment Agreements” appearing in Section 1.01 of the
Credit Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows

““Consignment Agreements” means, collectively, (a) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of February 15, 2002 by and between Umicore AG & Co. KG and the Company, (b) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of December 6, 2010 as amended February 8, 2013 by and between HSBC Bank USA, National Association and the Company, (c) that certain Consignment and Forward Contracts Agreement dated as of November 30, 2001, as amended October 19, 2006 by and between The Bank of Nova Scotia and the Company, (d) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of January 30,
2002 by and between Commerzbank AG, Frankfurt and the Company, (e) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of December 20, 2001 by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank and the Company and (f) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of December 20, 2001 by and between Mitsui & Co., Precious Metals Inc. and the Company, and (g) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of April 29, 2013 by and between The Toronto-Dominion Bank and the Company, in each case as each may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.”

(c)    The definition of “Debt” appearing in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows:

““Debt” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables not overdue by more than 60 days incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all obligations of such Person created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all obligations of such Person as lessee under leases that have been or




should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as Capital Leases, (f) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of





acceptances, letters of credit or similar extensions of credit, (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Swap Agreements, (h) all debt of others referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above or clause (i) below (collectively, “Guaranteed Debt”) guaranteed directly or indirectly in any manner by such Person, or in effect guaranteed directly or indirectly by such Person through an agreement (1) to pay or purchase such Guaranteed Debt or to advance or supply funds for the payment or purchase of such Guaranteed Debt, (2) to purchase or lease property or services, primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of such Guaranteed Debt or to assure the holder of such Guaranteed Debt against loss, (3) to supply funds to or in any other manner invest in the debtor (including any agreement to pay for property or services irrespective of whether such property is received or such services are rendered) or (4) otherwise to assure a creditor against loss, and (i) all Debt referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above (including Guaranteed Debt) secured by (or for which the holder of such Debt has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Debt (and if such Person has not assumed or become liable for such Debt of others, then the amount of Debt of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the amount of such Debt of others and (B) the fair market value of such property, as determined by such Person in good faith); provided that, Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not include (i) Debt incurred in connection with the Consignment Agreements relating to the consignment of precious metals between the Company and certain counterparties or (ii) unfunded pension obligations.”

(d)    The definition of “EBITDA” appearing in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows:

““EBITDA” means, for any period, net income (or net loss) plus the sum of (a) interest expense, (b) income tax expense, (c) depreciation expense (d) amortization expense, (e) other non-cash charges (less unusual or non-recurring non-cash income or gains), (f) any extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual fees, expenses or other charges incurred in connection with any acquisition or merger consummated by the Company or a Subsidiary (including the issuance or repayment of Debt related to such acquisition or merger), and any corporate reorganization and integration activities which are related to such acquisition or merger, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP for such period and (g) charges and expenses incurred prior to December 31, 2018 in connection with the Company’s publicly announced efficiency initiatives, which includes, but is not limited to, costs and expenses in connection with discontinued operations, retention, severance and related employee benefits, systems establishment costs, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, costs to close and/or consolidate facilities and relocate employees, integration costs, other business optimization costs and costs associated with establishing new facilities or reserves deducted (and not added back) in such period not exceeding $200,000,000 in the aggregate for such period, provided that the aggregate amount available to be added back pursuant to this clause (g) shall not exceed $200,000,000 during the term of this Agreement. For the purposes of calculating EBITDA for any period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters (each such period, a “Reference Period”), (i) if at any time during such Reference Period the Company or any Subsidiary shall have made any Material Disposition, the EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Material Disposition for such Reference Period or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such





Reference Period, and (ii) if during such Reference Period the Company or any Subsidiary shall have made a Material Acquisition, EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis as if such Material Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period. As used in this definition, “Material Acquisition” means any acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) of property or series of related acquisitions of property that (a) constitutes (i) assets comprising all or substantially all or any significant portion of a business or operating unit of a business, or (ii) all or substantially all of the common stock or other equity interests of a Person, and (b) involves the payment of consideration by the Company and its Subsidiaries in excess of $200,000,000; and “Material Disposition” means any sale, transfer or disposition of property or series of related sales, transfers, or dispositions of property (other than transactions among the Company and its Subsidiaries) that yields gross proceeds to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $200,000,000.”

(e) The definition of “Permitted Liens” appearing in Section 1.01 of the Credit
Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows:

““Permitted Lien” means each of the following: (a) Liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies to the extent not required to be paid under Section
5.02 hereof; (b) Liens imposed by law, such as landlords’, banks’ (and rights of set-off), warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s and repairmen’s Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business securing obligations that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days; (c) pledges or deposits to secure obligations under workers’ compensation laws, laws related to unemployment insurance and other types of social security or similar legislation or Liens to secure public or statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations; (d) easements, rights of way, restrictions, encroachments, encumbrances and other defects or irregularities in title to real property that do not render title to the property encumbered thereby unmarketable or materially adversely affect the use of such property for its present purposes; (e) interest or title of a lessor, lessee, sublessor or sublessee under any lease or sublease permitted hereunder and any interest or title of a licensor, licensee, sublicensor or sublicensee under any license or sublicense permitted hereunder; (f) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits, escrow arrangements or similar arrangements made by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder and Liens on trusts, cash or cash equivalents, or other funds in connection with defeasance, discharge or redemption of Debt, pending consummation of a strategic transaction or similar obligations; (g) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (or any similar precautionary filings) relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into in the ordinary course of business; (h) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with importation of goods; (i) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property; (j) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 7.01; and (k) Liens arising by reason of deposits necessary to obtain standby letters of credit in the ordinary course of business.”

(f) The definition of “Pro Forma Basis” appearing in Section 1.01 of the Credit





Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows:

““Pro Forma Basis” means, on a basis in accordance with Section 1.04(b).”

(g)    Section 1.04 of the Credit Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows:

“SECTION 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP; Pro Forma Calculations. (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time (“GAAP”); provided that, if the Company notifies the Administrative Agent that the Company requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Company that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made (i) without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Debt or other liabilities of the Company or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein, (ii) without giving effect to any treatment of Debt in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Debt in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Debt shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof, and (iii) without giving effect to any change to GAAP occurring after the date hereof as a result of the adoption of any proposals set forth in the Proposed Accounting Standards Update, Leases (Topic 840), issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on August 17, 2010, or any other proposals issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board in connection therewith, in each case if such change would require treating any lease (or similar arrangement conveying the right to use) as a capital lease where such lease (or similar arrangement) would not have been required to be so treated under GAAP as in effect on the Effective Date.

(b) All pro forma computations required to be made hereunder giving effect to any acquisition, disposition or issuance, incurrence or assumption of Debt, or other transaction shall in each case be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (and, in the case of any pro forma computation made hereunder, to determine whether such acquisition, disposition or issuance, incurrence or assumption of Debt or other transaction is permitted to be consummated hereunder) immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, disposition or issuance, incurrence or assumption of Debt (and to any other such transaction consummated since the first day of the period for which such pro forma computation is being made and on or prior to the date of such computation) as if such transaction had occurred on the first day of the Reference Period most recently ended for which financial statements shall have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.09(a) or






with the assets acquired or disposed of, any related incurrence or reduction of Debt and any related cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies, all in accordance with (and, in the case of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies, to the extent permitted by) Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. If any Debt bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Debt shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period for which such pro forma computation is being made (taking into account any Swap Agreement applicable to such Debt).”

(h) Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete the reference to “reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent” appearing after the reference to “Pro Forma Basis” appearing therein.

(i) Section 5.08 of the Credit Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows:

“SECTION 5.08 Transactions with Affiliates. Conduct, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to conduct, all transactions otherwise permitted under this Agreement with any of their Affiliates on terms that are fair and reasonable and not materially less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate; provided, that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to (a) any transaction between or among the Company and its Subsidiaries; (b) reasonable and customary fees paid to members of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the Company and its Subsidiaries; (c) compensation arrangements (including severance arrangements to the extent approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Company’s or the applicable Subsidiary’s board of directors (or similar governing body) or the applicable committee thereof) for present or former officers and other employees entered into in the ordinary course of business; (d) indemnities provided for the benefit of, directors, officers or employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and (e) loans and advances to employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries permitted hereunder.”

(j)    Section 5.09 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to add a new sentence at the end thereof as follows:

“Documents required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (d) of this Section 5.09 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which such documents are (i) filed for public availability on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System, (ii) posted or the Company provides a link thereto on www.dentsply.com or at another website identified in a notice from the Company and accessible by the Lenders without charge; or (iii) posted on the Company’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Administrative Agent has access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that, other than with respect to documents required to be delivered pursuant to clause (d), the Company shall notify (which may be by telecopy or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the filing of any such documents.”

(k) Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows:






“SECTION 6.01    Liens, Etc. Create or suffer to exist or permit any of its Subsidiaries to create or suffer to exist, any Lien on or with respect to any of its properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than:

(a)    Permitted Liens;

(b) Liens securing purchase money Debt or Debt with respect to Capital Leases incurred to finance the acquisition, repair, construction, improvement or lease of capital assets in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $300,000,000 outstanding at any one time; provided that (i) such Liens shall be created within 365 days of the acquisition, repair, construction, improvement or lease, as applicable, of the related property and (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property being financed or improved by such Debt;

(c)    the Liens existing on the Effective Date and described on
Schedule 6.01 hereto;

(d) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or Liens assumed by the Company or a Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets by the Company or such Subsidiary in an acquisition permitted hereunder; provided that such Liens were not created in contemplation of such merger, consolidation, acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person so merged into or consolidated with the Company or which becomes a Subsidiary or is acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary;

(e) other Liens securing Debt of the Company or any Subsidiary and other obligations, provided that the sum (without duplication) of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt secured by all such Liens and other obligations subject to such Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (e) plus (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt incurred pursuant to Section 6.04(d) shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence of such other Liens, 15% of Consolidated Net Worth (determined as of the end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.09(a) or
5.09(b)); and

(f) any replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clauses (b), (c) or (d) above provided that no additional property shall be encumbered by such Liens.”

(l)    Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows:

“SECTION 6.02 Mergers, Etc. Merge or consolidate with or into, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to, any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except that (a) any Subsidiary of the Company may merge or consolidate with or into, or dispose of assets to, any other Subsidiary of the Company, (b) any Subsidiary of the Company may merge into or dispose





of assets to the Company and (c) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such proposed transaction or would result






therefrom, any Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) may merge or consolidate with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that any such merger or consolidation involving (x) subject to the following subclause (y), a Borrower must result in such Borrower as the surviving entity and (y) the Company must result in the Company as the surviving entity.”
(m)
Section 6.04 of the Credit Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows: “SECTION 6.04    Subsidiary Debt. Permit any of its Subsidiaries
to create or suffer to exist any Debt other than:

(a)    Debt owed to the Company or to a Subsidiary of the Company or
Debt under this Agreement or the Notes;



6.04;

(b)    Debt existing on the Effective Date and described on Schedule



(c) purchase money Debt or Debt with respect to Capital Leases incurred to finance the acquisition, repair, construction, improvement or lease of capital assets in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $300,000,000 outstanding at any one time;

(d) additional Debt, provided that the sum (without duplication) of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt incurred pursuant to this clause (d) plus (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt secured by Liens and other obligations subject to such Liens incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(e) shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence of such additional Debt, 15% of Consolidated Net Worth (determined as of the end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.09(a) or
5.09(b));

(e) endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Debt of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or Debt of any Person that is assumed by a Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets by such Subsidiary in an acquisition permitted hereunder; provided that such Debt shall not have been incurred in contemplation of such merger, consolidation or acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Company;

(g) Debt with respect to Swap Agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(h) Debt under bid bonds, performance bonds, surety bonds, bonds to secure statutory obligations (including obligations under workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation) and similar obligations, in





each case, incurred by such Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting such bid bonds, performance bonds, surety bonds and similar obligations;






(i) Debt deemed to exist in connection with agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, deferred purchase price, escrow arrangements, earn-outs or similar obligations, or from guaranties, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in connection with acquisitions or dispositions permitted hereunder; and

(j) Debt which serves to extend, replace, refund, renew, defease or refinance any Debt incurred under clause (b) or clause (f) of this Section 6.04 that does not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (other than with respect to unpaid accrued interest and premiums (including tender premiums) thereon, any committed or undrawn amounts, defeasance costs, underwriting discounts, fees, commissions and expenses associated with such Debt).”
(n)
Section 6.06 of the Credit Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows: “SECTION 6.06    Financial Covenants. The Company will:

(i) Leverage Ratio. As of the last day of any fiscal quarter (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2015), maintain a ratio of Consolidated Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries to the sum of Consolidated Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries plus Consolidated Net Worth of not greater than
0.60 to 1.00.

(ii) Interest Coverage Ratio. As of the last day of any fiscal quarter (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2015), maintain a ratio of EBITDA for the immediately preceding consecutive four fiscal quarter period then ended of the Company and its Subsidiaries to the sum of interest payable on, and amortization of debt discount in respect of, Debt during such period by the Company and its Subsidiaries of not less than 3.00 to 1.00.”

(o) Section 7.01(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete the references to “5.05,” and “, 5.09” appearing therein.

(p) Section 7.01(d) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to (i) delete the reference to “Subsidiaries” appearing therein and to replace such reference with “Material Subsidiaries”, (ii) delete the reference to “$75,000,000” appearing therein and to replace such reference with “$100,000,000” and (iii) delete the reference to “Subsidiary” appearing therein and to replace such reference with “Material Subsidiary”.

(q) Section 7.01(e) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete each reference to “Subsidiaries” appearing therein and to replace each such reference with “Material Subsidiaries”.

(r) Section 7.01(f) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to (i) delete the reference to “$75,000,000” appearing therein and to replace such reference with “$100,000,000”, (ii) delete each reference to “Subsidiary” appearing therein and to replace each such reference with “Material Subsidiary” and (iii) delete the reference to “30” appearing therein and to replace such reference with “60”.

(s)    Clause (i) of Section 7.01(g) of the Credit Agreement is hereby restated in its






entirety as follows:

“(i) Any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock of the Company representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of all Voting Stock of the Company; or”

(t)    Clause (ii) of Section 7.01(g) of the Credit Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety as follows:

“(ii) during any period of up to 24 consecutive months, commencing after the date of this Agreement, individuals who at the beginning of such 24-month period were directors of the Company shall cease for any reason (other than due to death or disability) to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the Company (except to the extent that individuals who at the beginning of such 24-month period were replaced by individuals (x) elected by a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors of the Company, (y) nominated for election by a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors of the Company and thereafter elected as directors by the shareholders of the Company or (z) whose election or nomination was approved by a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors of the Company); or”

(u)    Section 7.01(h) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete the reference to “75,000,000” appearing therein and to replace such reference with “$100,000,000”.

2. Conditions of Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the conditions precedent that:

(a)    the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Amendment duly executed by each Borrower, the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent; and

(b)    the Administrative Agent shall have received payment and/or reimbursement of the Administrative Agent’s and its affiliates’ fees and expenses (including, to the extent invoiced, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Administrative Agent) in connection with this Amendment.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Borrowers. Each Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date as follows:

(a) This Amendment and the Credit Agreement constitute the valid and legally binding obligations of such Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

(b) As of the date hereof and after giving effect to the terms of this Amendment, (i) the representations and warranties of such Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date) and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.






4.    Reference to and Effect on the Credit Agreement.

(a) Upon the effectiveness hereof, each reference to the Credit Agreement in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

(b) Each Loan Document and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

(c) Except with respect to the subject matter hereof, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement, the Loan Documents or any other documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith.



Agreement.

(d)    This Amendment is a “Loan Document” under (and as defined in) the Credit



5. Severability. Any provision of this Amendment held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions thereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

6. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

7. Headings. Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Amendment and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Amendment.

8. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by telecopy, e-mailed.pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of the actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.


[Signature Pages Follow]








IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed as of the da y and year first above written.


DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC., as a
Borrower

By /s/ William E. Reardon
Name: William E. Reardon
Title: VP & Treasurer

By /s/ Andy M. Smith
Name: Andy M. Smith
Title: Ast. Treasurer

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually as a Lender and as Administrative Agent

By /s/ Deborah R. Winkler
Name: Deborah R. Winkler
Title:     Vice President

CITIBANK, N.A., as a Lender
By    /s/ Marni McManus
Name: Marni McManus
Title: Vice President (Managing Director)


THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ,
LTD., as a Lender

By /s/ Brian McNany
Name: Brian McNany
Title: Director


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender


By /s/ Joe Ellerbroek
Name/Joe Ellerbroek
Title:     Vice President







COMMERZBANK AG, NEW YORK AND
GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHE, as a Lender

                    
By /s/ Diane Pockaj
Name: Diane Pockaj
Title: Managing Director

By /s/ Anne Culver
Name: Anne Culver
Title: Assistant Vice President

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A., as a
Lender


By /s/ Alice Lee
Name: Alice Lee
Title: Authorized Signatory


PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a
Lender

By /s/ Domenic D’Ginto
Name: Domenic D’Ginto, CFA
Title: Senior Vice President


TD BANK, N.A., as a Lender

By /s/ Shreya Shah
Name: Shreya Shah     ·
Title: Senior Vice President

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a
Lender


By /s/ Joseph M. Schnorr
Name: Joseph M. Schnorr
Title: Senior Vice President






SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB
(PUBL), as a Lender
By /s/ Penny Nevellie-Park
By /s/ Duncan Nash


Exhibit

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of May 21, 2010, among Dentsply International Inc. (the “Company”), the several banks and other financial institutions parties to the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined) (collectively, the “Lenders”), and PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company, the Lenders and the Agent are parties to a Two Year Credit Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”);
WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Lenders consent to certain changes to the Credit Agreement so that the Credit Agreement will conform with certain changes being made to the Company’s primary credit facility; and
WHEREAS, the Lenders have consented to such request on and subject to the terms hereof.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
1.Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein as therein defined.
2.Amendments to Credit Agreement.
(a)Section 5.01(h) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary” contained therein and substituting in lieu thereof the phrase “not materially less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary”.
(b)Section 6.01(d) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the dollar amount “$25,000,000” contained therein and substituting in lieu thereof the dollar amount “$50,000,000”.
(c)Section 6.01(f) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in full as follows:
“(f)    One or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $50,000,000 shall be rendered against the Company, any Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of thirty (30) consecutive



days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Company or any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment; or”
(d)Section 6.01(h) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the dollar amount “$25,000,000” contained therein and substituting in lieu thereof the dollar amount “$50,000,000”.
3.Representations and Warranties. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Agent that:
(a)There exists no Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement as amended hereby;
(b)The representations and warranties made in the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as if made on and as of the date hereof, except that any such representation and warranty that is given as of a particular date or period and relates solely to such date or period is true and correct in all material respects as of such date or period;
(c)The execution and delivery of this Amendment by the Company has been duly authorized by all requisite action on behalf of the Company, and this Amendment constitutes the Company’s legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws or equitable principles from time to time in effect relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally; and
(d)No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any court or governmental authority or third party is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Amendment (except for those which have been obtained on or prior to the date hereof).
4.Conditions Precedent. The Amendment shall become effective on the date when the Agent receives this Amendment duly executed by the Company, the Agent and the Lenders.
5.Affirmations. The Company hereby: (i) ratifies and affirms all the provisions of the Credit Agreement as supplemented and amended hereby, (ii) agrees that the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the Notes shall continue in full force and effect as supplemented and amended hereby and (iii) acknowledges and agrees that it has no defense, set-off counterclaim or challenge against the payment of any sums currently owing under the Credit Agreement and the



Notes or the enforcement of any of the terms or conditions thereof and agrees to be bound thereby and perform thereunder.
6.Limited Effect. Except as expressly modified hereby, the Credit Agreement and the Notes shall continue to be, and shall remain, unaltered and in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.
7.Release. (a) Recognizing and in consideration of the Lenders’ agreements set forth herein, the Company hereby waives and releases each Lender, the Agent and each of their respective Affiliates and the officers, directors, employees, agents, and advisors of such Persons and such Affiliates from any liability, suit, damage, claim, loss or expense of any kind or nature whatsoever and howsoever arising that the Company ever had or now has against any of them through and including the date hereof arising out of or relating to any acts or omissions with respect to this Amendment, the Credit Agreement, the Notes or any other matters described or referred to herein or therein or related hereto or thereto.
8.Integration. This Amendment constitutes the sole agreement of the parties with respect to the terms hereof and shall supersede all oral negotiations and the terms of prior writings with respect thereto.
9.Severability. Any provision of this Amendment which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
10.Miscellaneous.
(a)Expenses. The Company agrees to pay all of the Agent’s reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, including without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Agent.
(b)Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
(c)Successors and Assigns. This Amendment shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
(d)Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.



(e)Headings. The headings of any paragraph of this Amendment are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret any provision hereof.
(f)Modifications. No modification hereof or any agreement referred to herein shall be binding or enforceable unless in writing and signed on behalf of the party against whom enforcement is sought.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

COMPANY:
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.

By: /s/ William E. Reardon            
Name: William E. Reardon
Title: V.P. & Treasurer

By: /s/ Andrew M. Smith            
Name: Andrew M. Smith
Title: Ast. Treasurer

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender and as Agent

By: /s/ Meredith Jermann            
Name: Meredith Jermann
Title: Vice President




Exhibit

THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of November 30, 2015, among DENTSPLY International Inc. (the “Company”), the financial institutions listed on the signature pages hereof as Lenders and PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Agent under the Credit Agreement referred to below (in such capacity, the “Agent”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as Lenders (the “Lenders”) and the Agent are parties to a 65,000,000 Swiss Francs Credit Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2010 (as heretofore amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Existing Credit Agreement”; as further amended by this amendment, the “Amended Credit Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Lenders and the Agent agree to an amendment to the Existing Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Company, the Lenders and the Agent have so agreed on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1.    Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Amended
Credit Agreement are used herein as therein defined.

2.    Amendments to Credit Agreement. Effective as of the date of satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 below (the “Third Amendment Effective Date”), the Existing Credit Agreement and Schedules 5.02(a) and 5.02(d) to the Existing Credit Agreement are each hereby amended in their entirety to read as set forth in Annex A hereto. The Schedules and Exhibits attached to the Existing Credit Agreement that are not attached as Schedules and Exhibits to the Amended Credit Agreement on Annex A hereto shall remain as Schedules and Exhibits to the Amended Credit Agreement.

3.    Conditions of Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the conditions precedent that:

(a) the Agent shall have received counterparts of this Amendment duly executed by the Company, each Lender and the Agent; and

(b) the Agent shall have received payment and/or reimbursement of the Agent’s and its affiliates’ fees and expenses (including, to the extent invoiced, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Agent) in connection with this Amendment and the Amended Credit Agreement.









4.    Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby
represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Agent on the Third Amendment Effective Date as follows:

(a) This Amendment and the Amended Credit Agreement constitute the valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

(b) As of the date hereof and after giving effect to the terms of this Amendment, (i) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in the Amended Credit Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date) and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

5.    Effect of this Amendment. Except as expressly set forth herein or in the
Amended Credit Agreement, neither this Amendment, nor the Amended Credit Agreement, shall by implication or otherwise, limit, impair, constitute a waiver of, or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders or the Agent under the Existing Credit Agreement and shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Existing Credit Agreement, all of which shall continue in full force and effect. None of (a) this Amendment or (b) the Amended Credit Agreement shall constitute a novation, payment and reborrowing or complete or partial termination of the obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement as in effect prior to the Third Amendment Effective Date.

6.    Affirmations. The Company hereby: (i) ratifies and affirms all the provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement as supplemented and amended hereby, (ii) agrees that the terms and conditions of the Existing Credit Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as supplemented and amended hereby and (iii) acknowledges and agrees that it has no defense, set- off, counterclaim or challenge against the payment of any sums currently owing under the Existing Credit Agreement or the enforcement of any of the terms or conditions thereof and agrees to be bound thereby and perform thereunder.

7.    Limited Effect.    Except as expressly modified hereby, the Existing Credit Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, unaltered and in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

8.    Integration. This Amendment constitutes the sole agreement of the parties with respect to the terms hereof and shall supersede all oral negotiations and the terms of prior
writings with respect thereto.

9. Severability. Any provision of this Amendment which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any
such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.





10.    Miscellaneous.

(a) Expenses. The Company agrees to pay all of the Agent’s reasonable out- of-pocket fees and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Amendment, the Amended Credit Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Agent.

(b)    Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

(c)    Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. The provisions of Sections
9.13 and 9.17 of the Amended Credit Agreement (in the form attached hereto as Annex A) are incorporated herein and made applicable to, and shall govern, this Amendment mutatis mutandis to the same extent as they are applicable to the Amended Credit Agreement.

(d) No Waiver. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment, and effectiveness of the Amended Credit Agreement, shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Agent or the Lenders under the Amended Credit Agreement.

(e)    Successor and Assigns. This Amendment shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

(f) Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by telecopy, e-mail, pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of the actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

(g)    Headings.    The headings of any paragraph of this Amendment are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret any provision hereof.

(h) Modifications. No modification hereof or any agreement referred to herein shall be binding or enforceable unless in writing and signed on behalf of the party against whom enforcement is sought.







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

COMPANY:

DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.

By: /s/ William E. Reardon
Name: William E. Reardon
Title: VP & Treasurer

By: /s/ Andrew M. Smith
Name: Andrew M. Smith
Title: Ast. Treasurer

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as a Lender and as Agent

By: /s/ Domenic D’Ginto
Domenic D'Ginto, CFA Senior Vice President






Annex A



Amended Credit Agreement





Annex A to Third Amendment dated as of November 30, 2015
















65,000,000 Swiss Francs




CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of February 24, 2010

Among

DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
as Borrower

and

THE INITIAL LENDERS NAMED HEREIN
as Initial Lenders

and

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Agent





TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

SECTION 1.01 Certain Defined Terms ........................................................................................ 1
SECTION 1.02 Computation of Time Periods ........................................................................... 14
SECTION 1.03 Terms Generally................................................................................................ 14
SECTION 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP; Pro Forma Calculations........................................ 14
SECTION 1.05 Status of Obligations ......................................................................................... 15

ARTICLE II
AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE TERM LOANS

SECTION 2.01 The Term Loans ................................................................................................ 16
SECTION 2.02 Procedures for Term Loans ............................................................................... 16
SECTION 2.03 [Intentionally Left Blank] ................................................................................. 17
SECTION 2.04 [Intentionally Left Blank] ................................................................................. 17
SECTION 2.05 [Intentionally Left Blank] ................................................................................. 17
SECTION 2.06 Repayment ........................................................................................................ 17
SECTION 2.07 Interest on Term Loans ..................................................................................... 17
SECTION 2.08 Interest Rate Determination .............................................................................. 17
SECTION 2.09 [Intentionally Left Blank] ................................................................................. 18
SECTION 2.10 Prepayments of Term Loans ............................................................................. 18
SECTION 2.11 Increased Costs ................................................................................................. 18
SECTION 2.12 Illegality ............................................................................................................ 20
SECTION 2.13 Payments and Computations ............................................................................. 20
SECTION 2.14 Taxes ................................................................................................................. 21
SECTION 2.15 Sharing of Payments, Etc .................................................................................. 23
SECTION 2.16 Evidence of Debt............................................................................................... 23
SECTION 2.17 Use of Proceeds................................................................................................. 24

ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS AND LENDING

SECTION 3.01 Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of Section 2.01 .................................... 24

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 4.01 Representations and Warranties of the Company ............................................. 26

ARTICLE V COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

SECTION 5.01 Affirmative Covenants ...................................................................................... 27
SECTION 5.02 Negative Covenants .......................................................................................... 30
SECTION 5.03 Financial Covenants .......................................................................................... 33






i





ARTICLE VI EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SECTION 6.01 Events of Default and Remedies ....................................................................... 33

ARTICLE VII [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

ARTICLE VIII THE AGENT

SECTION 8.01 Authorization and Action.................................................................................. 35
SECTION 8.02 Agent’s Reliance, Etc........................................................................................ 36
SECTION 8.03 PNC and Affiliates ............................................................................................ 36
SECTION 8.04 Lender Credit Decision ..................................................................................... 36
SECTION 8.05 Indemnification ................................................................................................. 37
SECTION 8.06 Successor Agent ................................................................................................ 37

ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.01 Amendments, Etc .............................................................................................. 38
SECTION 9.02 Notices .............................................................................................................. 38
SECTION 9.03 No Waiver; Remedies ....................................................................................... 39
SECTION 9.04 Costs and Expenses ........................................................................................... 39
SECTION 9.05 Right of Set-off ................................................................................................. 40
SECTION 9.06 Binding Effect ................................................................................................... 41
SECTION 9.07 Assignments and Participations ........................................................................ 41
SECTION 9.08 Confidentiality .................................................................................................. 44
SECTION 9.09 [Intentionally Left Blank] ................................................................................. 44
SECTION 9.10 Governing Law ................................................................................................. 44
SECTION 9.11 Execution in Counterparts................................................................................. 44
SECTION 9.12 Judgment ........................................................................................................... 44
SECTION 9.13 Jurisdiction, Etc................................................................................................. 45
SECTION 9.14 Substitution of Currency ................................................................................... 45
SECTION 9.15 [Intentionally Left Blank] ................................................................................. 45
SECTION 9.16 Patriot Act Notice.............................................................................................. 46
SECTION 9.17 Waiver of Jury Trial .......................................................................................... 46







Schedules
Schedule I - List of Lending Offices Schedule 5.02(a) - Existing Liens Schedule 5.02(d) - Existing Debt Exhibits

Exhibit A    -    Form of Note

Exhibit B    -    Form of Notice of Borrowing

Exhibit C    -    Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit D    -    Form of Opinion of Counsel for the Company













































iii





CREDIT AGREEMENT Dated as of February 24, 2010
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders (the “Initial Lenders”) and PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“PNC”), as agent (the “Agent”) for the Lenders (as hereinafter defined), agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

SECTION 1.01 Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Agent’s Account” means such account of the Agent as is designated in writing from time to time by the Agent to the Company and the Lenders for such purpose.

Applicable Rate” means, for any day, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption “Applicable Rate” opposite the Index Debt Rating applicable on such date:







 
Index Debt Ratings
(Moody’s/S&P):

Applicable Rate
Category 1:
A2/A or higher
0.875%
Category 2:
A3/A-
1.00%
Category 3:
Baa1/BBB+
1.125%
Category 4:
Baa2/BBB
1.25%
Category 5:
Baa3/BBB-
1.75%
Category 6:
Ba1/BB+ or lower
2.50%

For purposes of the foregoing, (i) if either Moody’s or S&P shall not have in effect a rating for the Index Debt (other than by reason of the circumstances referred to in the last sentence of this definition), then such rating agency shall be deemed to have established a rating in Category 6;





(ii) if the ratings established or deemed to have been established by Moody’s and S&P for the Index Debt shall fall within different Categories, the Applicable Rate shall be based on the higher of the two ratings unless one of the two ratings is two or more Categories lower than the other, in which case the Applicable Rate shall be determined by reference to the Category next below that of the higher of the two ratings; and (iii) if the ratings established or deemed to have been established by Moody’s and S&P for the Index Debt shall be changed (other than as a result of a change in the rating system of Moody’s or S&P), such change shall be effective as of the date on which it is first announced by the applicable rating agency, irrespective of when notice of such change shall have been furnished by the Company to the Agent and the Lenders. Each change in the Applicable Rate shall apply during the period commencing on the effective date of such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change. If the rating system of Moody’s or S&P shall change, or if either such rating agency shall cease to be in the business of rating corporate debt obligations, the Company and the Lenders shall negotiate in good faith to amend this definition to reflect such changed rating system or the unavailability of ratings from such rating agency and, pending the effectiveness of any such amendment, the Applicable Rate shall be determined by reference to the rating most recently in effect prior to such change or cessation.

Assignment and Acceptance” means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee, and accepted by the Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto.

Astra Tech” means Astra Tech AB, a private company limited by shares incorporated in Sweden.

Bankruptcy Law” means any proceeding of the type referred to in Section 6.01(e) or Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar foreign, federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Base Rate” means, for any day, a fluctuating per annum rate of interest equal to the highest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Open Rate in effect on such day, plus 0.5% and (c) the Daily LIBOR Rate in effect on such day plus one hundred basis points (1.00%). Any change in the Base Rate (or any component thereof) shall take effect at the opening of business on the day such change occurs.

Business Day” means a day of the year on which banks are not required or authorized by law to close in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank market and banks are open for business in London and in Switzerland.

Capital Lease” means any lease that has been or is required to be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as a capitalized lease; provided that for all purposes hereunder, the amount of obligations under any Capital Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement (or with respect to any Lender, if later, the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender), of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, policy, regulation or treaty, (b) any









change in any law, rule, policy, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for purposes of Section 2.11(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s holding company, if any) with any request, rule, guideline, requirement or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued on or after the date of this Agreement or (d) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline, requirement or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided however, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd- Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives thereunder, issued or promulgated in connection therewith or in implementation thereof, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives issued or promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law” regardless of the date enacted, adopted, promulgated, issued or implemented.

Company Information” has the meaning specified in Section 9.08.

Consignment Agreements” means, collectively, (a) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of February 15, 2002 by and between Umicore AG & Co. KG and the Company, (b) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of December 6, 2010, as amended February 8, 2013 by and between HSBC Bank USA, National Association and the Company, (c) that certain Consignment and Forward Contracts Agreement dated as of November 30, 2001, as amended October 19, 2006 by and between The Bank of Nova Scotia and the Company, (d) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of January 30, 2002 by and between Commerzbank AG, Frankfurt and the Company, (e) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of December
20, 2001 by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank and the Company, (f) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of December 20, 2001 by and between Mitsui & Co., Precious Metals Inc. and the Company, and (g) that certain Consignment Agreement dated as of April 29, 2013 by and between The Toronto-Dominion Bank and the Company, in each case as each may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Consolidated” refers to the consolidation of accounts in accordance with GAAP.

Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. The terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Daily LIBOR Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum determined by the Agent by dividing (x) the Published Rate by (y) a number equal to 1.00 minus the Eurocurrency Rate Reserve Percentage. The Published Rate shall be adjusted as of each Business Day based on changes in the Published Rate or the Eurocurrency Rate Reserve Percentage without notice to the Company, and shall be applicable from the effective date of any such change.

Debt” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such




Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of





property or services (other than trade payables not overdue by more than 60 days incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all obligations of such Person created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all obligations of such Person as lessee under leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as Capital Leases, (f) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of acceptances, letters of credit or similar extensions of credit, (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Hedge Agreements, (h) all debt of others referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above or clause (i) below (collectively, “Guaranteed Debt”) guaranteed directly or indirectly in any manner by such Person, or in effect guaranteed directly or indirectly by such Person through an agreement (1) to pay or purchase such Guaranteed Debt or to advance or supply funds for the payment or purchase of such Guaranteed Debt, (2) to purchase or lease property or services, primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of such Guaranteed Debt or to assure the holder of such Guaranteed Debt against loss, (3) to supply funds to or in any other manner invest in the debtor (including any agreement to pay for property or services irrespective of whether such property is received or such services are rendered) or (4) otherwise to assure a creditor against loss, and (i) all Debt referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above (including Guaranteed Debt) secured by (or for which the holder of such Debt has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Debt (and if such Person has not assumed or become liable for such Debt of others, then the amount of Debt of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the amount of such Debt of others and (B) the fair market value of such property, as determined by such Person in good faith); provided that, Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not include (i) Debt incurred in connection with the Consignment Agreements relating to the consignment of precious metals between the Company and certain counterparties or (ii) unfunded pension obligations.

Default” means any Event of Default or any event that would constitute an Event of Default but for the requirement that notice be given or time elapse or both.




America.

Dollars” and the “$” sign each means lawful currency of the United States of



EBITDA” means, for any period, net income (or net loss) plus the sum of (a) interest expense, (b) income tax expense, (c) depreciation expense, (d) amortization expense, (e) other non-cash charges (less unusual or non-recurring non-cash income or gains), (f) any extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual fees, expenses or other charges incurred in connection with any acquisition or merger consummated by the Company or a Subsidiary (including the issuance or repayment of Debt related to such acquisition or merger), and any corporate reorganization and integration activities which are related to such acquisition or merger, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP




for such period and (g) charges and expenses incurred prior to December 31, 2018 in connection with the Company’s publicly announced efficiency initiatives, which includes, but is not limited to, costs and expenses in connection with discontinued operations, retention, severance and related employee benefits, systems





establishment costs, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, costs to close and/or consolidate facilities and relocate employees, integration costs, other business optimization costs and costs associated with establishing new facilities or reserves deducted (and not added back) in such period not exceeding $200,000,000 in the aggregate for such period, provided that the aggregate amount available to be added back pursuant to this clause (g) shall not exceed
$200,000,000 during the period from July 23, 2014 to the Term Loan Maturity Date. For the purposes of calculating EBITDA for any period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters (each such period, a “Reference Period”), (i) if at any time during such Reference Period the Company or any Subsidiary shall have made any Material Disposition, the EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Material Disposition for such Reference Period or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Reference Period, and (ii) if during such Reference Period the Company or any Subsidiary shall have made a Material Acquisition, EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis as if such Material Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period. As used in this definition, “Material Acquisition” means any acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) of property or series of related acquisitions of property that (a) constitutes (i) assets comprising all or substantially all or any significant portion of a business or operating unit of a business, or (ii) all or substantially all of the common stock or other equity interests of a Person, and (b) involves the payment of consideration by the Company and its Subsidiaries in excess of $200,000,000; and “Material Disposition” means any sale, transfer or disposition of property or series of related sales, transfers, or dispositions of property (other than transactions among the Company and its Subsidiaries) that yields gross proceeds to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of
$200,000,000.

Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01.

Eligible Assignee” means (i) a Lender; (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender; and (iii) any other Person approved by the Agent and, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time any assignment is effected in accordance with Section 9.07, the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that neither the Company nor an Affiliate of the Company shall qualify as an Eligible Assignee.

Environmental Action” means any action, suit, demand, demand letter, claim, notice of non-compliance or violation, notice of liability or potential liability, investigation, proceeding, consent order or consent agreement relating in any way to any Environmental Law, Environmental Permit or Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health, safety or the environment, including, without limitation, (a) by any governmental or regulatory authority for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages and (b) by any governmental or regulatory authority or any third party for damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief.

Environmental Law” means any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, order, judgment, decree or judicial or agency interpretation, policy or guidance relating to pollution or protection of the environment, health, safety or natural





resources, including, without limitation, those relating to the use, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, release or discharge of Hazardous Materials.

Environmental Permit” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

Equivalent” means, at any time, as determined by the Agent (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), with respect to an amount of any currency (the “Reference Currency”) which is to be computed as an equivalent amount of another currency (the “Equivalent Currency”), the amount of such Equivalent Currency converted from such Reference Currency using the average spot rate quoted to the Agent (based on the market rates then prevailing and available to the Agent) or the commercial market rate of exchange, as determined by the Agent, for the sale of such Equivalent Currency for such Reference Currency at a time determined by the Agent on the second Business Day immediately preceding the event for which such calculation is made.

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate” means any Person that for purposes of Title IV of ERISA is a member of the Company’s controlled group, or under common control with the Company, within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code.

ERISA Event” means (a) (i) the occurrence of a reportable event, within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA, with respect to any Plan unless the 30-day notice requirement with respect to such event has been waived by the PBGC, or (ii) the requirements of subsection (1) of Section 4043(b) of ERISA (without regard to subsection (2) of such Section) are met with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, of a Plan, and an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such Plan within the following 30 days; (b) the application for a minimum funding waiver with respect to a Plan; (c) the provision by the administrator of any Plan of a notice of intent to terminate such Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA (including any such notice with respect to a plan amendment referred to in Section 4041(e) of ERISA); (d) the cessation of operations at a facility of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate in the circumstances described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (e) the withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiple Employer Plan during a plan year for which it was a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (f) the conditions for the imposition of a lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA shall have been met with respect to any Plan; (g) adoption of an amendment to a Plan requiring the provision of security to such Plan pursuant to Section 307 of ERISA; or (h) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Plan pursuant to Section 4042 of ERISA, or the occurrence of any event or condition described in Section 4042 of ERISA that constitutes grounds for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, a Plan.

Eurocurrency Liabilities” has the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation D
of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.





Eurocurrency Rate” means, for any Interest Period, the interest rate per annum determined by the Agent by dividing (A) the rate which appears on the Bloomberg Page BBAM1 (or such other substitute Bloomberg page that displays rates at which Swiss Francs are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market), rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1% (with .005% being rounded up) per annum, or the rate which is quoted by another source selected by the Agent as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying rates at which Swiss Francs are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period as the London interbank market offered rate for deposits in Swiss Francs for an amount comparable to the principal amount of the Term Loans outstanding and having a borrowing date and a maturity comparable to such Interest Period by (B) a percentage equal to 100% minus the Eurocurrency Rate Reserve Percentage for such Interest Period.

The Eurocurrency Rate shall be adjusted on the effective date of any change in the Eurocurrency
Rate Reserve Percentage as of such effective date.

Eurocurrency Rate Reserve Percentage” for any Interest Period, means the reserve percentage applicable two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System in New York City with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities (or with respect to any other category of liabilities that includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on advances in Swiss Francs is determined) having a term equal to such Interest Period.
Excluded Taxes” has the meaning given in Section 2.14. “Events of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

Federal Funds Open Rate” for any day means the rate per annum (based on a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed) which is the daily federal funds open rate as quoted by ICAP North America, Inc. (or any successor) as set forth on the Bloomberg Screen BTMM for that day opposite the caption “OPEN” (or on such other substitute Bloomberg Screen that displays such rate), or as set forth on such other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying such rate as selected by the Agent (for purposes of this definition, an “Alternate Source”) (or if such rate for such day does not appear on the Bloomberg Screen BTMM (or any substitute screen) or on any Alternate Source, or if there shall at any time, for any reason, no longer exist a Bloomberg Screen BTMM (or any substitute screen) or any Alternate Source, a comparable replacement rate determined by the Agent at such time (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error); provided however, that if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Open Rate for such day shall be the “open” rate on the immediately preceding Business Day. If and when the Federal Funds Open Rate changes, the rate of interest with respect to any advance to which the Federal Funds Open Rate applies will change automatically without notice to the Company, effective on the date of any such change.





GAAP” has the meaning specified in Section 1.04.

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.




“Debt”.

Guaranteed Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of



Hazardous Materials” means (a) petroleum and petroleum products, byproducts or breakdown products, radioactive materials, asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls and radon gas and (b) any other chemicals, materials or substances designated, classified or regulated as hazardous or toxic or as a pollutant or contaminant under any Environmental Law.

Hedge Agreements” means interest rate swap, cap or collar agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap agreements, currency future or option contracts and other similar agreements.

“Index Debt” means senior, unsecured, long-term indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company that is not guaranteed by any other Person or subject to any other credit enhancement.

Interest Period” means initially the period commencing on the Term Loan Funding Date and ending three months after such date and, thereafter, each subsequent period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period and ending three months after such date. Accordingly, the duration of each such Interest Period shall be three months; provided, however, that:

(a)    no Interest Period may end after the Term Loan Maturity Date;

(b) whenever the last day of any Interest Period would otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day, the last day of such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding Business Day, provided, however, that, if such extension would cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur in the next following calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the next preceding Business Day; and

(c) whenever the first day of any Interest Period occurs on a day of an initial calendar month for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that succeeds such initial calendar month by the number of months equal to the number of months in such Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such succeeding calendar month.





(d)    at all times, all of the Term Loans shall have the same Interest Period.





(e) notwithstanding the foregoing, as provided in Section 2.08(c) hereof, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, unless the Agent otherwise agrees in its sole discretion, the Interest Period for the Term Loans shall be one (1) month.

Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

Lenders” means each Initial Lender and each Person that shall become a party hereto pursuant to Section 9.07.

Lending Office” means, with respect to any Lender, the office of such Lender specified as its “Lending Office” opposite its name on Schedule I hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender, or such other office of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify in writing to the Company and the Agent.

Lien” means any lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance of any kind, or any other type of preferential arrangement, including, without limitation, the lien or retained security title of a conditional vendor and any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property.

Loan Documents” means this Agreement, any Notes, and any and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates executed and delivered to, or in favor of, the Agent or any Lenders and including all other pledges, powers of attorney, consents, assignments, contracts, notices, letter of credit agreements and all other written matter whether heretofore, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of the Company, or any employee of the Company, and delivered to the Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Any reference in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to a Loan Document shall include all appendices, exhibits or schedules thereto, and all amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications thereto, and shall refer to this Agreement or such Loan Document as the same may be in effect at any and all times such reference becomes operative.




“EBITDA.”

Material Acquisition” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of



Material Adverse Change” means any material adverse change in the business, financial condition or operations of the Company or the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any and all other Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Agent and the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.








“EBITDA.”

Material Disposition” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of






Material Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Subsidiary of the Company which, together with all other Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary, accounts for more than (a) 5% of the Consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined as of the end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company or (b) 5% of Consolidated revenue of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined for the then most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the preceding five plan years made or accrued an obligation to make contributions.

Multiple Employer Plan” means a single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that (a) is maintained for employees of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate and at least one Person other than the Company and the ERISA Affiliates or (b) was so maintained and in respect of which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4064 or 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or were to be terminated.

Net Worth” means the consolidated stockholder’s equity of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, as defined according to GAAP.

Note” means a promissory note of the Company payable to the order of any Lender, delivered pursuant to a request made under Section 2.16 in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of the Company to such Lender resulting from the Term Loans made by or owed to such Lender.

Notice of Borrowing” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(a).

Obligations” means all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Term Loan, all accrued and unpaid fees and all expenses, reimbursements, indemnities and other obligations and indebtedness (including interest and fees accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), obligations and liabilities of any of the Company and its Subsidiaries to any of the Lenders, the Agent or any indemnified party, individually or collectively, existing on the Effective Date or arising thereafter, direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, arising or incurred under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or to the Lenders or any of their Affiliates under any Hedge Agreement or in respect of the Term Loan made or reimbursement or other obligations incurred or any of the instruments at any time evidencing any thereof.




Control.






OFAC” means the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets



Participant Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.07(e).





Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001, as amended.

Payment Office” means such office of PNC as shall be from time to time selected by the Agent and notified by the Agent to the Company and the Lenders.
PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (or any successor). “Permitted Lien” means each of the following: (a) Liens for taxes, assessments
and governmental charges or levies to the extent not required to be paid under Section 5.01(b) hereof; (b) Liens imposed by law, such as landlords’, banks’ (and rights of set-off), warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s and repairmen’s Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business securing obligations that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days; (c) pledges or deposits to secure obligations under workers’ compensation laws, laws related to unemployment insurance and other types of social security or similar legislation or Liens to secure public or statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations; (d) easements, rights of way, restrictions, encroachments, encumbrances and other defects or irregularities in title to real property that do not render title to the property encumbered thereby unmarketable or materially adversely affect the use of such property for its present purposes; (e) interest or title of a lessor, lessee, sublessor or sublessee under any lease or sublease permitted hereunder and any interest or title of a licensor, licensee, sublicensor or sublicensee under any license or sublicense permitted hereunder; (f) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits, escrow arrangements or similar arrangements made by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder and Liens on trusts, cash or cash equivalents, or other funds in connection with defeasance, discharge or redemption of Debt, pending consummation of a strategic transaction or similar obligations; (g) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (or any similar precautionary filings) relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into in the ordinary course of business; (h) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with importation of goods; (i) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property; (j) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.01; and (k) Liens arising by reason of deposits necessary to obtain standby letters of credit in the ordinary course of business.

Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

Plan” means a Single Employer Plan or a Multiple Employer Plan.

Prime Rate” means the interest rate per annum announced from time to time by the Agent at its Principal Office as its then prime rate, which rate may not be the lowest or most





favorable rate then being charged commercial borrowers or others by the Agent. Any change in the Prime Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day such change is announced.

Principal Office” shall mean the main banking office of the Agent located at 500
First Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219 or such other office notice of which is provided to the Company pursuant to Section 9.02.

Pro Forma Basis” means, on a basis in accordance with Section 1.04(b).

Published Rate” means the rate of interest published each Business Day in The Wall Street Journal “Money Rates” listing under the caption “London Interbank Offered Rates” for a one-month period (or, if no such rate is published therein for any reason, then the Published Rate shall be the rate at which U.S. dollar deposits as are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market for a one-month period as published in another publication determined by the Agent).

Ratable Share” means, as to any Lender, (a) until the funding of the Term Loans, the percentage which such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment constitutes of the aggregate Term Loan Commitments of all of the Lenders and (b) thereafter, the percentage which the principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loan constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans of all of the Lenders then outstanding.




“EBITDA.”

Reference Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of



Register” has the meaning specified in Section 9.07(d).

Required Lenders” means at any time Lenders owed at least a majority of the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans then owing to the Lenders; provided that, at any time that there are only two Lenders party hereto, Required Lenders shall mean both such Lenders.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial
Services LLC business.

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Single Employer Plan” means a single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that (a) is maintained for employees of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate and no Person other than the Company and the ERISA Affiliates or (b) was so maintained and in respect of which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or were to be terminated.





Solvent” and “Solvency” mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured,





(c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Subordinated Indebtedness” means any Debt of the Company or any Subsidiary the payment of which is subordinated to payment of the obligations under the Loan Documents.

Subsidiary” of any Person means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or estate of which (or in which) more than 50% of (a) the issued and outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time capital stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency), (b) the interest in the capital or profits of such limited liability company, partnership or joint venture or (c) the beneficial interest in such trust or estate is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person, by such Person and one or more of its other Subsidiaries or by one or more of such Person’s other Subsidiaries.

Swiss Francs” means the lawful currency of the Swiss Federation.

Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, fees, assessments, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.




hereof.

Term Loan” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01



Term Loan Commitment” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make a Term Loan on the date hereof pursuant to Section 2.01 in an amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule I hereto. The aggregate amount of the Term Loan Commitments on the Effective Date is 65,000,000
Swiss Francs.

Term Loan Funding Date” means the date that is three (3) Business Days after the Effective Date.

Term Loan Maturity Date” means September 1, 2016.





Voting Stock” means capital stock issued by a corporation, or equivalent interests in any other Person, the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even if the right so to vote has been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.





SECTION 1.02 Computation of Time Periods. In this Agreement in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”.

SECTION 1.03 Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. The word “law” shall be construed as referring to all statutes, rules, regulations, codes and other laws (including official rulings and interpretations thereunder having the force of law or with which affected Persons customarily comply), and all judgments, orders and decrees, of all Governmental Authorities. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any definition of or reference to any statute, rule or regulation shall be construed as referring thereto as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (including by succession of comparable successor laws), (c) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignment set forth herein) and, in the case of any Governmental Authority, any other Governmental Authority that shall have succeeded to any or all functions thereof, (d) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (e) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (f) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

SECTION 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP; Pro Forma Calculations.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time (“GAAP”); provided that, if the Company notifies the Agent that the Company requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Agent notifies the Company that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made (i) without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial









Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Debt or other liabilities of the Company or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein, (ii) without giving effect to any treatment of Debt in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Debt in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Debt shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof, and (iii) without giving effect to any change to GAAP occurring after July 23, 2014 as a result of the adoption of any proposals set forth in the Proposed Accounting Standards Update, Leases (Topic 840), issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on August 17, 2010, or any other proposals issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board in connection therewith, in each case if such change would require treating any lease (or similar arrangement conveying the right to use) as a capital lease where such lease (or similar arrangement) would not have been required to be so treated under GAAP as in effect on July
23, 2014.

(b) All pro forma computations required to be made hereunder giving effect to any acquisition, disposition or issuance, incurrence or assumption of Debt, or other transaction shall in each case be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (and, in the case of any pro forma computation made hereunder, to determine whether such acquisition, disposition or issuance, incurrence or assumption of Debt or other transaction is permitted to be consummated hereunder) immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, disposition or issuance, incurrence or assumption of Debt (and to any other such transaction consummated since the first day of the period for which such pro forma computation is being made and on or prior to the date of such computation) as if such transaction had occurred on the first day of the Reference Period most recently ended for which financial statements shall have been delivered pursuant to Section
5.01(i)(i) or 5.01(i)(ii), and, to the extent applicable, the historical earnings and cash flows associated with the assets acquired or disposed of, any related incurrence or reduction of Debt and any related cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies, all in accordance with (and, in the case of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies, to the extent permitted by) Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. If any Debt bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Debt shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period for which such pro forma computation is being made (taking into account any Hedge Agreement applicable to such Debt).

SECTION 1.05 Status of Obligations. In the event that the Company shall at any time issue or have outstanding any Subordinated Indebtedness, the Company shall take all such actions as shall be necessary to cause the Obligations to constitute senior indebtedness (however denominated) in respect of such Subordinated Indebtedness and to enable the Agent and the Lenders to have and exercise any payment blockage or other remedies available or potentially available to holders of senior indebtedness under the terms of such Subordinated Indebtedness. Without limiting the foregoing, the Obligations are hereby designated as “senior indebtedness” and as “designated senior indebtedness” and words of similar import under and in respect of any indenture or other agreement or instrument under which such other Subordinated Indebtedness is outstanding and are further given all such other designations as shall be required under the terms of any such Subordinated Indebtedness in order that the Lenders may have and exercise any





payment blockage or other remedies available or potentially available to holders of senior indebtedness under the terms of such Subordinated Indebtedness.

ARTICLE II

AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE TERM LOANS

SECTION 2.01 The Term Loans. Each Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make a term loan ( each, a “Term Loan”) to the Company on the Term Loan Funding Date in Swiss Francs in an amount equal to such Lender’s Ratable Share of the aggregate Term Loans requested by the Company, but not to exceed such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment. The Company may only request the making of Term Loans on the Effective Date, such Term Loans to be funded on the Term Loan Funding Date. The Term Loans shall be in increments of 5,000,000 Swiss Francs. No portion of the Term Loans which are repaid may be reborrowed.

SECTION 2.02 Procedures for Term Loans. (a) The borrowing of the Term Loans shall be made on notice, given not later than 10:00 A.M. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania time on the Effective Date by the Company to the Agent, which shall give to each Lender prompt notice thereof by telecopier. The notice of borrowing (the “Notice of Borrowing”) shall be by telephone, confirmed immediately in writing, or telecopier in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto, specifying therein the requested (i) date of such borrowing, which shall be the Term Loan Funding Date and (ii) the aggregate amount of such borrowing. Each Lender shall, before
1:00 P.M. (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania time) on the Term Loan Funding Date, make available for the account of its Lending Office to the Agent at the Agent’s Account, in same day funds, such Lender’s ratable portion of such borrowing. After the Agent’s receipt of such funds and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, the Agent will make such funds available to the Company at the Agent’s address referred to in Section 9.02.

(b)    [Intentionally Left Blank]

(c) The Notice of Borrowing shall be irrevocable and binding on the Company. The Company shall indemnify each Lender against any loss, cost or expense incurred by such Lender as a result of any failure to fulfill on or before the Term Loan Funding Date the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, including, without limitation, any loss (including loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund the Term Loans to be made by such Lender when the Term Loans, as a result of such failure, are not made on the Term Loan Funding Date.

(d) Unless the Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the Term Loan Funding Date that such Lender will not make available to the Agent such Lender’s ratable portion of the Term Loans, the Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Agent on the Term Loan Funding Date in accordance with subsection (a) of this Section 2.02, and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Company on such date




a corresponding amount. If and to the extent that such Lender shall not have so made such ratable portion available to the Agent, such Lender and the Company





severally agree to repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Company until the date such amount is repaid to the Agent, at (i) in the case of the Company, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Term Loans (ii) in the case of such Lender, the cost of funds incurred by the Agent in respect of such amount. If such Lender shall repay to the Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall constitute such Lender’s Term Loans for purposes of this Agreement.

(e) The failure of any Lender to make the Term Loans to be made by it on the Term Loan Funding Date shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Term Loans on the Term Loan Funding Date, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Term Loans to be made by such other Lender on the Term Loan Funding Date.

SECTION 2.03 [Intentionally Left Blank] SECTION 2.04 [Intentionally Left Blank] SECTION 2.05 [Intentionally Left Blank]
SECTION 2.06 Repayment. The Company shall repay to the Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders on the Term Loan Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

SECTION 2.07 Interest on Term Loans. (a) Scheduled Interest. The Company shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans owing to each Lender from the date of the making of the Term Loans until such principal amount shall be paid in full, at a rate per annum equal at all times during each Interest Period to the sum of (x) the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period plus (y) the Applicable Rate, payable in arrears on the last day of such Interest Period and on the date the Term Loans are paid in full.

(b) Default Interest. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a), the Agent may, and upon the request of the Required Lenders shall, require the Company to pay interest (“Default Interest”) on (i) the unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans payable to each Lender, payable in arrears on the dates referred to in clause (a) above, at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2% per annum above the rate per annum required to be paid on the Term Loans payable to each Lender pursuant to clause (a) above and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, the amount of any interest or other amount payable hereunder that is not paid when due, from the date such amount shall be due until such amount shall be paid in full, payable in arrears on the date such amount shall be paid in full and on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate plus
2% per annum; provided, however, that following acceleration of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 6.01, Default Interest shall accrue and be payable hereunder whether or not previously required by the Agent.




Blank]






SECTION 2.08 Interest Rate Determination.    (a)    [Intentionally Left






(b) If the Lenders owed at least 51% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans notify the Agent that (i) they are unable to obtain matching deposits in the London inter-bank market at or about 11:00 A.M. (London time) on the second Business Day before the making of the Term Loans in sufficient amounts to fund their respective Term Loan or (ii) the Eurocurrency Rate for any Interest Period will not adequately reflect the cost to such Lenders of making, funding or maintaining their respective Term Loans for such Interest Period, the Agent shall forthwith so notify the Company and the Lenders, whereupon the Company will, on the last day of the then existing Interest Period therefor prepay the Term Loans.

(c) Without limiting the Agent and the Lender’s rights and remedies hereunder, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, unless the Agent otherwise agrees in its sole discretion, the Interest Period for the Term Loans shall be one (1) month.

(d)    [Intentionally Left Blank] (e)    [Intentionally Left Blank]
(f) If the Agent determines that reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurocurrency Rate,

(i) the Agent shall forthwith notify the Company and the Lenders that the Eurocurrency Rate cannot be determined, and

(ii) the Company shall, on the last day of the then existing Interest Period for the Term Loans, prepay, without penalty, the Term Loans in full with accrued interest; provided that if such payment is not made on the last day of an Interest Period, such payment shall be subject to Section 9.04(c).

SECTION 2.09 [Intentionally Left Blank]

SECTION 2.10 Prepayments of Term Loans. The Company may, upon notice at least two Business Days’ prior to the date of such prepayment to the Agent stating the proposed date and aggregate principal amount of the prepayment, and if such notice is given the Company shall, prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans in whole or ratably in part, together with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid; provided, however, that (x) each partial prepayment of Term Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of not less than 5,000,000 Swiss Francs or a whole multiple thereof and (y) the Company shall be obligated to reimburse the Lenders in respect thereof pursuant to Section 9.04(c). All prepayment notices shall be irrevocable; provided that, a notice of payment in full of the Term Loans and other Obligations delivered by the Company may state that such notice is conditional upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or other transactions specified therein, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Company (by notice to the Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.

SECTION 2.11 Increased Costs. (a) If any Change in Law shall:





(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, liquidity or similar requirement (including any compulsory loan requirement, insurance charge or other assessment) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Eurocurrency Rate);

(ii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or the Term Loans made by such Lender or any participation therein; or

(iii) subject any Lender or the Agent to any Taxes, or changes the basis of taxation of payments (other than with respect to Excluded Taxes) to any Lender or the Agent in respect of its Term Loans, loan principal, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or the Agent of making, continuing, converting into or maintaining any Term Loan or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Agent hereunder, whether of principal, interest or otherwise, then the Company will pay to such Lender or the Agent, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Agent, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Term Loans made by such Lender to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time the Company will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Company and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Company shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Company shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Company of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the
270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.





SECTION 2.12 Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Lender shall notify the Agent that the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation makes it unlawful, or any central bank or other governmental authority asserts that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its Lending Office to perform its obligations hereunder to make or maintain the Term Loans, the Company shall prepay, without penalty (other than, if not paid on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, as provided in Section 9.04(c)), the Term Loans in full with accrued interest on the last day of the Interest Period then in effect or within such earlier period as required by law.

SECTION 2.13 Payments and Computations. (a) The Company shall make each payment hereunder with respect to principal of, interest on, and other amounts relating to, the Term Loans, irrespective of any right of counterclaim or set-off, not later than
11:00 A.M. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania time (at the Payment Office) on the day when due in Swiss Francs to the Agent, by deposit of such funds to the Agent’s Account in same day funds. The Agent will promptly thereafter cause to be distributed like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest, fees or commissions ratably (other than amounts payable pursuant to Sections 2.11, 2.14 or 9.04(c)) to the Lenders for the account of their respective Lending Offices, and like funds relating to the payment of any other amount payable to any Lender to such Lender for the account of its Lending Office, in each case to be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon its acceptance of an Assignment and Acceptance and recording of the information contained therein in the Register pursuant to Section 9.07(c), from and after the effective date specified in such Assignment and Acceptance, the Agent shall make all payments hereunder and under the Notes in respect of the interest assigned thereby to the Lender assignee thereunder, and the parties to such Assignment and Acceptance shall make all appropriate adjustments in such payments for periods prior to such effective date directly between themselves.

(b) The Company hereby authorizes each Lender, if and to the extent payment owed to such Lender is not made when due hereunder or under the Note held by such Lender, to charge from time to time against any or all of the Company’s accounts with such Lender any amount so due.

(c) All computations of interest shall be made by the Agent on the basis of a year of 360 days, in each case for the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest is payable. Each determination by the Agent of an interest rate hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(d) Whenever any payment hereunder or under the Notes shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest; provided, however, that, if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of the Term Loans to be made in the next following calendar month, such payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day.

(e)    Unless the Agent shall have received notice from the Company prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Lenders hereunder that the Company will not make





such payment in full, the Agent may assume that the Company has made such payment in full to the Agent on such date and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be distributed to each Lender on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender. If and to the extent the Company shall not have so made such payment in full to the Agent, each Lender shall repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such amount distributed to such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date such Lender repays such amount to the Agent, at the cost of funds incurred by the Agent in respect of such amount.

(f) To the extent that the Agent receives funds for application to the amounts owing by the Company under or in respect of this Agreement or any Note in currencies other than the currency or currencies required to enable the Agent to distribute funds to the Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.13, the Agent shall be entitled to convert or exchange such funds into Dollars or into Swiss Francs or from Dollars to Swiss Francs or from Swiss Francs to Dollars, as the case may be, to the extent necessary to enable the Agent to distribute such funds in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.13; provided that the Company and each of the Lenders hereby agree that the Agent shall not be liable or responsible for any loss, cost or expense suffered by the Company or such Lender as a result of any conversion or exchange of currencies affected pursuant to this Section 2.13(f) or as a result of the failure of the Agent to effect any such conversion or exchange; and provided further that the Company agrees to indemnify the Agent and each Lender, and hold the Agent and each Lender harmless, for any and all losses, costs and expenses incurred by the Agent or any Lender for any conversion or exchange of currencies (or the failure to convert or exchange any currencies) in accordance with this Section 2.13(f).

SECTION 2.14 Taxes. (a) Any and all payments by the Company to or for the account of any Lender or the Agent hereunder or under the Notes or any other documents to be delivered hereunder shall be made, in accordance with Section 2.13 or the applicable provisions of such other documents, free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Lender and the Agent, taxes imposed on its overall net income, and franchise taxes imposed on it in lieu of net income taxes, by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) is organized or any political subdivision thereof and, in the case of each Lender, taxes imposed on its overall net income, and franchise taxes imposed on it in lieu of net income taxes, by the jurisdiction of such Lender’s Lending Office or any political subdivision thereof (such excluded taxes collectively the “Excluded Taxes”; and all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities in respect of payments hereunder or under the Notes being hereinafter referred to as “Taxes”). If the Company shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under any Note or any other documents to be delivered hereunder to any Lender or the Agent, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.14) such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Company shall make such deductions and (iii) the Company shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law.





(b) In addition, the Company shall pay any present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise from any payment made hereunder or under the Notes or any other documents to be delivered hereunder or from the execution, delivery or registration of, performing under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or the Notes or any other documents to be delivered hereunder (hereinafter referred to as “Other Taxes”).

(c) The Company shall indemnify each Lender and the Agent for and hold it harmless against the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including, without limitation, taxes of any kind imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 2.14) imposed on or paid by such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto. This indemnification shall be made within 30 days from the date such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) makes written demand therefor.

(d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes by or on behalf of the Company, the Company shall furnish to the Agent, at its address referred to in Section 9.02, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing such payment to the extent such a receipt is issued therefor, or other written proof of payment thereof that is reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. In the case of any payment hereunder or under the Notes or any other documents to be delivered hereunder by or on behalf of the Company through an account or branch outside the United States or by or on behalf of the Company by a payor that is not a United States person, if the Company determines that no Taxes are payable in respect thereof, the Company shall furnish, or shall cause such payor to furnish, to the Agent, at such address, an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Agent stating that such payment is exempt from Taxes. For purposes of this subsection (d) and subsection (e), the terms “United States” and “United States person” shall have the meanings specified in Section 7701 of the Internal Revenue Code.

(e) Each Lender organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States, on or prior to the date of its execution and delivery of this Agreement in the case of each Initial Lender and on the date of the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it becomes a Lender in the case of each other Lender, and from time to time thereafter as reasonably requested in writing by the Company (but only so long as such Lender remains lawfully able to do so), shall provide each of the Agent and the Company with two original Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN or W-8ECI, as appropriate, or any successor or other form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, certifying that such Lender is exempt from or entitled to a reduced rate of United States withholding tax on payments pursuant to this Agreement or the Notes. If the form provided by a Lender at the time such Lender first becomes a party to this Agreement indicates a United States interest withholding tax rate in excess of zero, withholding tax at such rate shall be considered excluded from Taxes unless and until such Lender provides the appropriate forms certifying that a lesser rate applies, whereupon withholding tax at such lesser rate only shall be considered excluded from Taxes for periods governed by such form; provided, however, that, if at the date of the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which a Lender assignee becomes a party to this Agreement, the Lender assignor was entitled to payments under subsection (a) in respect of United States withholding tax with respect to interest paid at such date, then, to such extent, the term Taxes shall




include (in addition to withholding taxes that may be imposed in the future or other amounts otherwise includable in Taxes) United States





withholding tax, if any, applicable with respect to the Lender assignee on such date. If any form or document referred to in this subsection (e) requires the disclosure of information, other than information necessary to compute the tax payable and information required on the date hereof by Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, that the Lender reasonably considers to be confidential, the Lender shall give notice thereof to the Company and shall not be obligated to include in such form or document such confidential information.

(f) For any period with respect to which a Lender has failed to provide the Company with the appropriate form, certificate or other document described in Section 2.14(e) (other than if such failure is due to a change in law, or in the interpretation or application thereof, occurring subsequent to the date on which a form, certificate or other document originally was required to be provided, or if such form, certificate or other document otherwise is not required under subsection (e) above), such Lender shall not be entitled to indemnification under Section 2.14(a) or (c) with respect to Taxes imposed by the United States by reason of such failure; provided, however, that should a Lender become subject to Taxes because of its failure to deliver a form, certificate or other document required hereunder, the Company shall take such steps as the Lender shall reasonably request to assist the Lender to recover such Taxes.

SECTION 2.15 Sharing of Payments, Etc. If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) on account of the Term Loans owing to it (other than pursuant to Sections 2.11, 2.14 or 9.04(c)) in excess of its Ratable Share of payments on account of the Term Loans obtained by all the Lenders, such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Term Loans owing to them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from each Lender shall be rescinded and such Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price to the extent of such recovery together with an amount equal to such Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered. The Company agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 2.15 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Company in the amount of such participation.

SECTION 2.16 Evidence of Debt. (a) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Company to such Lender resulting from the Term Loans owing to such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder in respect of the Term Loans. The Company agrees that upon notice by any Lender to the Company (with a copy of such notice to the Agent) to the effect that a Note is required or appropriate in order for such Lender to evidence (whether for purposes of pledge, enforcement or otherwise) the Term Loans owing to such Lender, the Company shall promptly execute and deliver to such Lender a Note in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, payable to the order of such Lender in a principal amount equal to the Term Loans of such Lender.









(b) The Register maintained by the Agent pursuant to Section 9.07(d) shall include a control account, and a subsidiary account for each Lender, in which accounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the date and amount of the Term Loans made hereunder, and the Interest Period applicable thereto which Interest Period shall, except as otherwise specifically provided in Section 2.08(c) in the case of an Event of Default, be three (3) months, (ii) the terms of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it, (iii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Company to each Lender hereunder and (iv) the amount of any sum received by the Agent from the Company hereunder and each Lender’s share thereof.

(c) Entries made in good faith by the Agent in the Register pursuant to subsection (b) above, and by each Lender in its account or accounts pursuant to subsection (a) above, shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Company to, in the case of the Register, each Lender and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender, under this Agreement, absent manifest error; provided, however, that the failure of the Agent or such Lender to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

SECTION 2.17 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Term Loans shall be used by the Company solely to repay an equal amount of loans in Swiss Francs made to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof by PNC and certain other lenders under that certain Five Year Credit Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2005, among the Company, the lenders party hereto and Citibank, N.A., as agent.

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS AND LENDING

SECTION 3.01 Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of Section 2.01. Section 2.01 of this Agreement shall become effective on and as of the first date (the “Effective Date”) on which the following conditions precedent have been satisfied:

(a)    There    shall    have    occurred    no    Material    Adverse    Change    since
December 31, 2009.

(b) There shall exist no action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pending or threatened before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator that (i) could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any Note or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(c) Nothing shall have come to the attention of the Lenders during the course of their due diligence investigation to lead them to believe that any information provided to the Lenders prior to such date was or has become misleading, incorrect or incomplete in any material respect; without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders shall have been given such









access to the management, records, books of account, contracts and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries as they shall have requested.

(d) All governmental and third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained (without the imposition of any conditions that are not acceptable to the Lenders) and shall remain in effect, and no law or regulation shall be applicable in the reasonable judgment of the Lenders that restrains, prevents or imposes materially adverse conditions upon the transactions contemplated hereby.

(e) The Company shall have notified each Lender and the Agent in writing as to the proposed Effective Date.

(f) The Company shall have paid all accrued fees and expenses of the Agent and the Lenders (including the accrued fees and expenses of counsel to the Agent).

(g) On the Effective Date, the following statements shall be true and the Agent shall have received for the account of each Lender a certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, dated the Effective Date, stating that:

(i) The representations and warranties contained in Section 4.01 are correct on and as of the Effective Date, and
(ii)    No event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Default. (h)    The Agent shall have received on or before the Effective Date the
following, each dated such day, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and (except for the Notes) in sufficient copies for each Lender:

(i) The Notes to the order of the Lenders to the extent requested by any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16.

(ii) Certified copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company approving this Agreement and the Notes, and of all documents evidencing other necessary corporate action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to this Agreement and the Notes.

(iii) A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of the Company authorized to sign this Agreement and the Notes and the other documents to be delivered hereunder.

(iv) A favorable opinion of Brian M. Addison, General Counsel for the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto and as to such other matters as any Lender through the Agent may reasonably request.





ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 4.01 Representations and Warranties of the Company.    The
Company represents and warrants as follows:

(a) The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Notes to be delivered by it, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, are within the Company’s corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not contravene (i) the Company’s charter or by-laws or (ii) any law or contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Company.

(c) No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body or any other third party is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement or the Notes to be delivered by it.

(d) This Agreement has been, and each of the Notes to be delivered by it when delivered hereunder will have been, duly executed and delivered by the Company. This Agreement is, and each of the Notes when delivered hereunder will be, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

(e) The Consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at December 31, 2009, and the related Consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended, which include an opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC, independent public accountants, copies of which have been furnished to each Lender, fairly present, the Consolidated financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at such date and the Consolidated results of the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the periods ended on such date, all in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. Since December 31, 2009, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

(f) There is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding, including, without limitation, any Environmental Action, affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator that (i) could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any Note or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.





(g) The Company is not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and no proceeds of the Term Loans will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

(h) The Company is not an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(i) No other information, exhibit or report furnished by or on behalf of the Company to the Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation and syndication of this Agreement or pursuant to the terms of this Agreement contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading.

(j)    The Company is, individually and together with its Subsidiaries, Solvent.
ARTICLE V COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

SECTION 5.01 Affirmative Covenants. So long as any Term Loan shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Term Loan Commitment hereunder, the Company will:

(a) Compliance with Laws, Etc. Comply, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, such compliance to include, without limitation, compliance with ERISA, Environmental Laws and the Patriot Act, except to the extent failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Payment of Taxes, Etc. Pay and discharge, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay and discharge, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its property and (ii) all material lawful claims that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon its property; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to pay or discharge any such tax, assessment, charge or claim that is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and as to which appropriate reserves are being maintained, unless and until any Lien resulting therefrom attaches to its property and becomes enforceable against its other creditors.

(c) Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies or associations in such amounts and covering such risks as is usually carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in the same general areas in which the Company or such Subsidiary operates; provided, however, that the Company and its Subsidiaries may self-





insure to the same extent as other companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in the same general areas in which the Company or such Subsidiary operates and to the extent consistent with prudent business practice.

(d) Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc. Preserve and maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to preserve and maintain, its corporate existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however, that the Company and its Subsidiaries may consummate any merger or consolidation permitted under Section 5.02(b) and provided further that neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to maintain corporate existence of any Subsidiary or preserve any right or franchise if the Board of Directors of the Company or such Subsidiary shall determine that the maintenance or preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company, such Subsidiary or the Lenders.

(e) Visitation Rights. At any reasonable time upon reasonable notice during normal business hours and from time to time, permit the Agent or any of the Lenders or any authorized agents or representatives thereof, to examine and make copies of and abstracts from the financial records and books of account of, and visit the properties of, the Company and any of its Subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries with any of their officers or directors and with their independent certified public accountants; provided that, such visitation rights shall not be exercised more frequently than once during any calendar quarter, except during the existence of an Event of Default.

(f) Keeping of Books. Keep, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to keep, proper books of record and account, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of the Company and each such Subsidiary in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time.

(g) Maintenance of Properties, Etc. Maintain and preserve, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain and preserve, all of its material properties that are used or useful in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

(h) Transactions with Affiliates. Conduct, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to conduct, all transactions otherwise permitted under this Agreement with any of their Affiliates on terms that are fair and reasonable and not materially less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate; provided, that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to (a) any transaction between or among the Company and its Subsidiaries; (b) reasonable and customary fees paid to members of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the Company and its Subsidiaries; (c) compensation arrangements (including severance arrangements to the extent approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Company’s or the applicable Subsidiary’s board of directors (or similar governing body) or the applicable committee thereof) for present or former officers and other employees entered into in the ordinary course of business; (d) indemnities provided for the benefit of, directors, officers or employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries





in the ordinary course of business; and (e) loans and advances to employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries permitted hereunder.

(i)    Reporting Requirements. Furnish to the Lenders:

(i) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, the Consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter and Consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such quarter, duly certified (subject to year-end audit adjustments) by the chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Company as having been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and certificates of the chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Company as to compliance with the terms of this Agreement and setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations necessary to demonstrate compliance with Section 5.03, provided that, subject to Section 1.04, in the event of any change in generally accepted accounting principles used in the preparation of such financial statements, the Company shall also provide, if necessary for the determination of compliance with Section 5.03, a statement of reconciliation conforming such financial statements to GAAP;

(ii) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a copy of the annual audit report for such year for the Company and its Subsidiaries, containing the Consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and Consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, in each case accompanied by an opinion acceptable to the Required Lenders by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC or other independent public accountants acceptable to the Required Lenders and certificates of the chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Company as to compliance with the terms of this Agreement and setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations necessary to demonstrate compliance with Section 5.03, provided that, subject to Section 1.04, in the event of any change in generally accepted accounting principles used in the preparation of such financial statements, the Company shall also provide, if necessary for the determination of compliance with Section
5.03, a statement of reconciliation conforming such financial statements to GAAP;

(iii) as soon as possible and in any event within five days after the chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Company obtains knowledge of the occurrence of each Default continuing on the date of such statement, a statement of the chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Company setting forth details of such Default and the action that the Company has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;

(iv) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all reports that the Company sends to any of its security holders, and copies of all reports and registration statements that the Company or any Subsidiary files with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any national securities exchange;





(v) promptly after the commencement thereof, notice of all actions and proceedings before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of the type described in Section 4.01(f); and

(vi)    such other information respecting the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries as any Lender through the Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) and (iv) of this Section 5.01(i) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which such documents are (i) filed for public availability on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System, (ii) posted or the Company provides a link thereto on www.dentsply.com or at another website identified in a notice from the Company and accessible by the Lenders without charge; or (iii) posted on the Company’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Agent has access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Agent); provided that, other than with respect to documents required to be delivered pursuant to clause (iv), the Company shall notify (which may be by telecopy or electronic mail) the Agent of the filing of any such documents.

(j) Subsequent Credit Terms. Notify the Agent in writing prior to entering into any new credit arrangement or any amendment or modification of any existing credit arrangement, in each case providing debt financing of $10,000,000 (or the Equivalent thereof if the financing is in a currency other than Dollars) or more, pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries agree to affirmative or negative covenants (including without limitation financial covenants and limitations on Debt and Liens) which in any such case are less favorable in any material respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries than those contained in this Agreement (any such less favorable provisions, the “New Provisions”). Effective upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries’ entry into any such agreement, amendment or modification, this Agreement, at the option of the Required Lenders in their sole discretion, shall be and shall be deemed to be immediately amended to add the New Provisions; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be applicable to or be deemed to affect any provision of this Agreement if any such agreement, amendment or modification is more favorable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The Company hereby agrees promptly to execute and deliver any and all such amendments, documents and instruments and to take all such further actions as the Agent may, in its sole discretion, deem necessary or appropriate to effectuate the provisions of this Section
5.01(j).

SECTION 5.02 Negative Covenants. So long as any Term Loan shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Term Loan Commitment hereunder, the Company will not (or, in the case of Section 5.03, the Company will):

(a) Liens, Etc. Create or suffer to exist, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to create or suffer to exist, any Lien on or with respect to any of its properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than:

(i)    Permitted Liens;





(ii) Liens securing purchase money Debt or Debt with respect to Capital Leases incurred to finance the acquisition, repair, construction, improvement or lease of capital assets in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $300,000,000 outstanding at any one time; provided that (i) such Liens shall be created within 365 days of the acquisition, repair, construction, improvement or lease, as applicable, of the related property and (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property being financed or improved by such Debt;

(iii)    the    Liens    existing    on    July    23,    2014    and    described    on
Schedule 5.02(a) hereto;

(iv) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or Liens assumed by the Company or a Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets by the Company or such Subsidiary in an acquisition permitted hereunder; provided that such Liens were not created in contemplation of such merger, consolidation, acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person so merged into or consolidated with the Company or which becomes a Subsidiary or is acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary;

(v) other Liens securing Debt of the Company or any Subsidiary and other obligations, provided that the sum (without duplication) of (A) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt secured by all such Liens and other obligations subject to such Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (v) plus (B) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt incurred pursuant to Section 5.02(d)(iv) shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence of such other Liens, 15% of Consolidated Net Worth (determined as of the end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(i)(i) or 5.01(i)(ii)); and

(vi) any replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) above provided that no additional property shall be encumbered by such Liens.

(b) Mergers, Etc. Merge or consolidate with or into, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to, any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except that (a) any Subsidiary of the Company may merge or consolidate with or into, or dispose of assets to, any other Subsidiary of the Company, (b) any Subsidiary of the Company may merge into or dispose of assets to the Company and (c) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such proposed transaction or would result therefrom, any Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) may merge or consolidate with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that any such merger or consolidation involving the Company must result in the Company as the surviving entity.

(c) Accounting Changes. Make or permit, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make or permit, any change in accounting policies or reporting practices, except as required or permitted by generally accepted accounting principles.





(d)    Subsidiary Debt. Permit any of its Subsidiaries to create or suffer to exist, any Debt other than:

(i)    Debt owed to the Company or to a Subsidiary of the Company or
Debt under this Agreement or the Notes;
(ii)    Debt existing on July 23, 2014 and described on Schedule 5.02(d); (iii)    purchase money Debt or Debt with respect to Capital Leases
incurred to finance the acquisition, repair, construction, improvement or lease of capital assets in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $300,000,000 outstanding at any one time;

(iv) additional Debt, provided that the sum (without duplication) of (A) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt incurred pursuant to this clause (iv) plus (B) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt secured by Liens and other obligations subject to such Liens incurred pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(v) shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence of such additional Debt, 15% of Consolidated Net Worth (determined as of the end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to 5.01(i)(i) or 5.01(i)(ii));

(v) endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

(vi) Debt of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or Debt of any Person that is assumed by a Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets by such Subsidiary in an acquisition permitted hereunder; provided that such Debt shall not have been incurred in contemplation of such merger, consolidation or acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Company;

(vii) Debt with respect to Hedge Agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(viii) Debt under bid bonds, performance bonds, surety bonds, bonds to secure statutory obligations (including obligations under workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation) and similar obligations, in each case, incurred by such Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting such bid bonds, performance bonds, surety bonds and similar obligations;

(ix) Debt deemed to exist in connection with agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, deferred purchase price, escrow arrangements, earn-outs or similar obligations, or from guaranties, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in connection with acquisitions or dispositions permitted hereunder; and





(x) Debt which serves to extend, replace, refund, renew, defease or refinance any Debt incurred under clause (ii) or clause (vi) of this Section 5.02(d) that does not





increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (other than with respect to unpaid accrued interest and premiums (including tender premiums) thereon, any committed or undrawn amounts, defeasance costs, underwriting discounts, fees, commissions and expenses associated with such Debt).

(e) Change in Nature of Business. Make, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make, any material change in the nature of the business as carried on by the Company and its Subsidiaries at the date hereof; provided, that the nature of the businesses carried on by Astra Tech as of July 27, 2011 shall be deemed to be in the nature of the business carried on by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 5.03 Financial Covenants. The Company will:

(a) Leverage Ratio. As of the last day of any fiscal quarter (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2015), maintain a ratio of Consolidated Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries to the sum of Consolidated Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries plus Consolidated Net Worth of not greater than 0.60 to 1.00.

(b) Interest Coverage Ratio. As of the last day of any fiscal quarter (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2015), maintain a ratio of EBITDA for the immediately preceding consecutive four fiscal quarter period then ended of the Company and its Subsidiaries to the sum of interest payable on, and amortization of debt discount in respect of, Debt during such period by the Company and its Subsidiaries of not less than 3.00 to
1.00.

ARTICLE VI

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SECTION 6.01 Events of Default and Remedies. If any of the following events (“Events of Default”) shall occur and be continuing:

(a) The Company shall fail to pay any principal of any Term Loan when the same becomes due and payable; or the Company shall fail to pay any interest on any Term Loan or make any other payment of fees or other amounts payable under this Agreement or any Note within five Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or

(b) Any representation or warranty made by the Company herein or by the Company (or any of its officers) in connection with this Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made; or

(c) (i) The Company shall fail to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 5.01(d) or (h), 5.02 or 5.03, or (ii) the Company shall fail to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement on its part to be performed or observed if such failure pursuant to this clause (ii) shall remain unremedied for 30




days after written notice thereof shall have been given to the Company by the Agent or any Lender; or





(d) The Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on any Debt that is outstanding in a principal or notional amount of at least $100,000,000 in the aggregate (but excluding Debt outstanding hereunder) of the Company or such Material Subsidiary (as the case may be), when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Debt; or any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Debt and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Debt; or any such Debt shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid or redeemed (other than (i) by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or redemption or (ii) a prepayment or redemption required solely as a result of the proceeds of such Debt not having been applied to consummate a transaction or toward any other purpose for which such Debt was incurred), purchased or defeased, or an offer to prepay, redeem, purchase or defease such Debt shall be required to be made, in each case prior to the stated maturity thereof; or

(e) The Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it), either such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of
60 days, or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this clause (e); or

(f) One or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $100,000,000 shall be rendered against the Company, any Material Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 60 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Company or any Material Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment; or

(g) (i) Any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock of the Company representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of all Voting Stock of the Company; or (ii) during any period of up to 24 consecutive months, commencing after the date of this Agreement,




individuals who at the beginning of such 24-month period were directors of the Company shall cease for any reason (other than due to death or disability) to constitute a





majority of the board of directors of the Company (except to the extent that individuals who at the beginning of such 24-month period were replaced by individuals (x) elected by a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors of the Company, (y) nominated for election by a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors of the Company and thereafter elected as directors by the shareholders of the Company or (z) whose election or nomination was approved by a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors of the Company); or

(h) The Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates shall incur, or shall be reasonably likely to incur liability in excess of $100,000,000 in the aggregate as a result of one or more of the following:

(i)    the occurrence of any ERISA Event;

(ii)    the partial or complete withdrawal of the Company or any of its
ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan; or

(iii)    the reorganization or termination of a Multiemployer Plan; or

then, and in any such event, the Agent (i) shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the Required Lenders, by notice to the Company, if prior to the Term Loan Funding Date, declare the obligation of each Lender to make Term Loans to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate, and (ii) shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the Required Lenders, by notice to the Company, declare the Term Loans, all interest thereon and all other amounts payable under this Agreement to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Term Loans, all such interest and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company; provided, however, that in the event of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Company under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, (A) if prior to the Term Loan Funding Date, the obligation of each Lender to make Term Loans shall automatically be terminated and (B) the Term Loans, all such interest and all such amounts shall automatically become and be due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company.

ARTICLE VII

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

ARTICLE VIII

THE AGENT

SECTION 8.01 Authorization and Action. Each Lender hereby appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under this Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. As to any matters not expressly




provided for by this Agreement (including, without limitation, enforcement or collection of the Notes), the Agent shall not be required to exercise any discretion or take any





action, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the instructions of the Required Lenders, and such instructions shall be binding upon all Lenders and all holders of Notes; provided, however, that the Agent shall not be required to take any action that exposes the Agent to personal liability or that is contrary to this Agreement or applicable law. The Agent agrees to give to each Lender prompt notice of each notice given to it by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 8.02 Agent’s Reliance, Etc. Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with this Agreement, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, the Agent: (i) may treat the Lender that made any Term Loan as the holder of the Debt resulting therefrom until the Agent receives and accepts an Assignment and Acceptance entered into by such Lender, as assignor, and an Eligible Assignee, as assignee, as provided in Section 9.07; (ii) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the Company), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (iii) makes no warranty or representation to any Lender and shall not be responsible to any Lender for any statements, warranties or representations (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with this Agreement; (iv) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance, observance or satisfaction of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement on the part of the Company or the existence at any time of any Default or to inspect the property (including the books and records) of the Company; (v) shall not be responsible to any Lender for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of, or the perfection or priority of any lien or security interest created or purported to be created under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; and (vi) shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement by acting upon any notice, consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by telecopier or telegram) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.

SECTION 8.03 PNC and Affiliates. With respect to its Term Loan Commitment, the Term Loans made by it and the Note issued to it, PNC shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent; and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, include PNC in its individual capacity. PNC and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as trustee under indentures of, accept investment banking engagements from and generally engage in any kind of business with, the Company, any of its Subsidiaries and any Person who may do business with or own securities of the Company or any such Subsidiary, all as if PNC were not the Agent and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders. The Agent shall have no duty to disclose any information obtained or received by it or any of its Affiliates relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent such information was obtained or received in any capacity other than as Agent.

SECTION 8.04 Lender Credit Decision. Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender and based on the financial statements referred to in Section 4.01 and such other documents and information as it





has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement.

SECTION 8.05 Indemnification. (a) Each Lender severally agrees to indemnify the Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Company) from and against such Lender’s Ratable Share of any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Agent in its capacity as such, in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by the Agent under this Agreement (collectively, the “Indemnified Costs”), provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of the Indemnified Costs resulting from the Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse the Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, to the extent that the Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by the Company. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified Costs, this Section 8.05 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by the Agent, any Lender or a third party.

(b)    [Intentionally Left Blank]

(c) The failure of any Lender to reimburse the Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any amount required to be paid by the Lenders to the Agent as provided herein shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation hereunder to reimburse the Agent for its ratable share of such amount, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to reimburse the Agent for such other Lender’s ratable share of such amount. Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of any Lender hereunder, the agreement and obligations of each Lender contained in this Section 8.05 shall survive the payment in full of principal, interest and all other amounts payable hereunder and under the Notes. The Agent agrees to return to the Lenders their respective ratable shares of any amounts paid under this Section 8.05 that are subsequently reimbursed by the Company.

SECTION 8.06 Successor Agent. The Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Company and may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Required Lenders. Upon any such resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent. If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders, and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring Agent’s giving of notice of resignation or the Required Lenders’ removal of the retiring Agent, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or of any State thereof and having a combined capital and surplus of at least
$500,000,000.    Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor





Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Article VIII shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement.
ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.01 Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Notes, nor consent to any departure by the Company therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that (a) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all the Lenders, do any of the following: (i) waive any of the conditions specified in Section 3.01, (ii) change the percentage of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans, or the number of Lenders, that shall be required for the Lenders or any of them to take any action hereunder, or (iii) amend this Section 9.01; and (b) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Required Lenders and each Lender that is directly affected by such amendment, waiver or consent (i) increase the Term Loans of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Term Loans or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder to such Lender or (iii) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Term Loans or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder to such Lender; and provided further that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Agent in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, affect the rights or duties of the Agent under this Agreement or any Note.

SECTION 9.02 Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by electronic transmission, telecopy transmission or posting on a secured web site), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered by hand, or three days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or the next Business Day if sent by reputable overnight courier, postage prepaid, for delivery on the next Business Day, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received during normal business hours, or in the case of electronic transmission, when received, and in the case of posting on a secured web site, upon receipt of (i) notice of such posting and (ii) rights to access such web site, addressed as follows in the case of the Company and the Agent, and as set forth in Schedule I or in its Assignment and Acceptance in the case of the other parties hereto, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto and any future holders of the Notes:





If to the Company:    Dentsply International Inc.
Susquehanna Commerce Center
221 West Philadelphia Street
York, PA 17405-0872
Attention: Secretary with a copy to Treasurer
Telecopy: (717) 849-4753

If to the Agent:    PNC Bank, National Association
1600 Market Street, 22nd Floor
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Attention: Meredith Jermann
Telecopy: (215) 585-6987



SECTION 9.03 No Waiver; Remedies. No failure on the part of any Lender or the Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

SECTION 9.04 Costs and Expenses. (a) The Company agrees to pay on demand all costs and expenses of the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification and amendment of this Agreement, the Notes and the other documents to be delivered hereunder, including, without limitation, (A) all due diligence, syndication (including printing, distribution and bank meetings), transportation, computer, duplication, appraisal, consultant, and audit expenses and (B) the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Agent with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Agent as to its rights and responsibilities under this Agreement. The Company further agrees to pay on demand all costs and expenses of the Agent and the Lenders, if any (including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and expenses), in connection with the enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of this Agreement, the Notes and the other documents to be delivered hereunder, including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Agent and each Lender in connection with the enforcement of rights under this Section 9.04(a).

(b) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent and each Lender and each of their Affiliates and their officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors (each, an “Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities and related reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party, in each case arising out of or in connection with or by reason of (including, without limitation, in connection with any investigation, litigation or proceeding or preparation of a defense in connection therewith) (i) the Notes, this Agreement, any of the transactions contemplated herein or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Term Loans, (ii) the actual or alleged presence of Hazardous Materials on any property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Environmental Action relating in any way to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except to the extent such claim, damage, loss, liability or expense is found in a









final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or (iii) any civil penalty or fine assessed by OFAC against, and all reasonable costs and expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with defense thereof, by the Agent or any Lender as a result of conduct of the Company that violates a sanction enforced by OFAC. In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 9.04(b) applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by the Company, its directors, equityholders or creditors or an Indemnified Party or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnified Party is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated. The Company also agrees not to assert any claim for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages against the Agent, any Lender, any of their Affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys and agents, on any theory of liability, arising out of or otherwise relating to the Notes, this Agreement, any of the transactions contemplated herein or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Term Loans.

(c) If any payment of principal of the Term Loans is made by the Company to or for the account of a Lender (i) other than on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, as a result of a payment pursuant to Section 2.08, 2.10 or 2.12, acceleration of the maturity of the Notes pursuant to Section 6.01 or for any other reason, or by an Eligible Assignee to a Lender other than on the last day of the Interest Period therefor upon an assignment of rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.07 as a result of a demand by the Company pursuant to Section 9.07(a) or (ii) as a result of a payment pursuant to Section 2.08,
2.10 or 2.12, the Company shall, upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Agent), pay to the Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses that it may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, including, without limitation, any loss (including loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Lender to fund or maintain the Term Loans.

(d) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Company hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Company contained in Sections 2.11, 2.14 and
9.04 shall survive the payment in full of principal, interest and all other amounts payable hereunder and under the Notes.

SECTION 9.05 Right of Set-off. Upon (i) the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and (ii) the making of the request or the granting of the consent specified by Section 6.01 to authorize the Agent to declare the Term Loans due and payable pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.01, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Company against any and all of the obligations of the Company now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and the Note held by such Lender, whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such Note and although such obligations may be unmatured. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Company after any such set-off and application, provided that the failure to give such notice









shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of each Lender and its Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) that such Lender and its Affiliates may have.

SECTION 9.06 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective (other than Section 2.01, which shall only become effective upon satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.01) when it shall have been executed by the Company and the Agent and when the Agent shall have been notified by each Initial Lender that such Initial Lender has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, the Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Company shall not have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

SECTION 9.07 Assignments and Participations. (a) Each Lender may and, if demanded by the Company (so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and following a demand by such Lender pursuant to Section 2.11 or 2.14) upon at least five Business Days’ notice to such Lender and the Agent, will assign to one or more Persons all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Term Loans and the Note or Notes held by it); provided, however, that (i) except in the case of an assignment to a Person that, immediately prior to such assignment, was a Lender or an assignment of all of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, the amount of the Term Loans of the assigning Lender being assigned pursuant to each such assignment (determined as of the date of the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment) shall in no event be less than 5,000,000 Swiss Francs or an integral multiple of
1,000,000 Swiss Francs in excess thereof and unless the Company and the Agent otherwise agree (ii) each such assignment shall be to an Eligible Assignee, (iii) each such assignment made as a result of a demand by the Company pursuant to this Section 9.07(a) shall be arranged by the Company after consultation with the Agent and shall be either an assignment of all of the rights and obligations of the assigning Lender under this Agreement or an assignment of a portion of such rights and obligations made concurrently with another such assignment or other such assignments that together cover all of the rights and obligations of the assigning Lender under this Agreement, (iv) no Lender shall be obligated to make any such assignment as a result of a demand by the Company pursuant to this Section 9.07(a) unless and until such Lender shall have received one or more payments from the Company or one or more Eligible Assignees in an aggregate amount at least equal to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans owing to such Lender, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of payment of such principal amount and all other amounts payable to such Lender under this Agreement, and (v) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the Register, an Assignment and Acceptance, together with any Note subject to such assignment and a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 payable by the parties to each such assignment, provided, however, that in the case of each assignment made as a result of a demand by the Company, such recordation fee shall be payable by the Company except that no such recordation fee shall be payable in the case of an assignment made at the request of the Company to an Eligible Assignee that is an existing Lender. Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, (x) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights









and obligations of a Lender hereunder and (y) the Lender assignor thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights (other than its rights under Sections 2.11, 2.14 and 9.04 to the extent any claim thereunder relates to an event arising prior to such assignment) and be released from its obligations (other than its obligations under Section 8.05 to the extent any claim thereunder relates to an event arising prior to such assignment) under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto).

(b) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the Lender assignor thereunder and the assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of, or the perfection or priority of any lien or security interest created or purported to be created under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (ii) such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Company or the performance or observance by the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 4.01 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (v) such assignee confirms that it is an Eligible Assignee; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under this Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

(c) Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee representing that it is an Eligible Assignee, together with any Note or Notes subject to such assignment, the Agent shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance has been completed and is in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register and (iii) give prompt notice thereof to the Company.

(d) The Agent shall maintain at its address referred to in Section 9.02 a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and principal amount of the Term Loans owing to each Lender from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Company, the Agent and





the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Company or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(e) Each Lender may sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (other than the Company or any of its Affiliates) in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a portion of the Term Loans owing to it and any Note or Notes held by it); provided, however, that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) such Lender shall remain the holder of any such Note for all purposes of this Agreement, (iv) the Company, the Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and (v) no participant under any such participation shall have any right to approve any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any Note, or any consent to any departure by the Company therefrom, except to the extent that such amendment, waiver or consent would reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Notes or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, in each case to the extent subject to such participation, or postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, in each case to the extent subject to such participation. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Company, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Term Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any participant or any information relating to a participant’s interest in any Term Loan Commitments, Term Loans or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Term Loan Commitment, Term Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Agent (in its capacity as Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(f) Any Lender may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 9.07, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant, any information relating to the Company furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of the Company; provided that, prior to any such disclosure, the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant shall agree to preserve the confidentiality of any Company Information relating to the Company received by it from such Lender.

(g) Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, any Lender may at any time create a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Term Loans owing to it and any Note or Notes





held by it) in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

SECTION 9.08 Confidentiality. Neither the Agent nor any Lender may disclose to any Person any confidential, proprietary or non-public information of the Company furnished to the Agent or the Lenders by the Company (such information being referred to collectively herein as the “Company Information”), except that each of the Agent and each of the Lenders may disclose Company Information (i) to its and its affiliates’ employees, officers, directors, agents and advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Company Information and instructed to keep such Company Information confidential on substantially the same terms as provided herein), (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, (iii) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iv) to any other party to this Agreement, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (vi) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section
9.08, to any assignee or participant or prospective assignee or participant, (vii) to the extent such Company Information (A) is or becomes generally available to the public on a non-confidential basis other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.08 by the Agent or such Lender, or (B) is or becomes available to the Agent or such Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Company and (viii) with the consent of the Company.

SECTION 9.09 [Intentionally Left Blank]

SECTION 9.10 Governing Law. This Agreement and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

SECTION 9.11 Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.12 Judgment. (a) If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in Dollars into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Agent could purchase Dollars with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given.

(b) If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in Swiss Francs into Dollars, the parties agree to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Agent could purchase Swiss Francs with Dollars on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given.





(c) The obligation of the Company in respect of any sum due from it in any currency (the “Primary Currency”) to any Lender or the Agent hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in any other currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be), of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the applicable Primary Currency with such other currency; if the amount of the applicable Primary Currency so purchased is less than such sum due to such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) in the applicable Primary Currency, the Company agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) against such loss, and if the amount of the applicable Primary Currency so purchased exceeds such sum due to any Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) in the applicable Primary Currency, such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) agrees to remit to the Company such excess.

SECTION 9.13 Jurisdiction, Etc. (a) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, the courts of the United States of America for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such Commonwealth of Pennsylvania court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. The Company hereby further irrevocably consents to the service of process in any action or proceeding in such courts by the mailing thereof by any parties hereto by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Company at its address specified pursuant to Section 9.02. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the Notes in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(b) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes in any Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

SECTION 9.14 Substitution of Currency. If a change in Swiss Francs occurs pursuant to any applicable law, rule or regulation of any governmental, monetary or multi-national authority, this Agreement (including, without limitation, the definition of Eurocurrency Rate) will be amended to the extent determined by the Agent (acting reasonably and in consultation with the Company) to be necessary to reflect the change in currency and to put the Lenders and the Company in the same position, so far as possible, that they would have been in if no change in Swiss Francs had occurred.

SECTION 9.15 [Intentionally Left Blank].





SECTION 9.16 Patriot Act Notice. Each Lender and the Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Company that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Company, which information includes the name and address of the Company and other information that will allow such Lender or the Agent, as applicable, to identify the Company in accordance with the Patriot Act. The Company shall provide such information and take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Agent or any Lenders in order to assist the Agent and the Lenders in maintaining compliance with the Patriot Act or any similar “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations.

SECTION 9.17 Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the Company, the Agent and the Lenders hereby irrevocably waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes or the actions of the Agent or any Lender in the negotiation, administration, performance or enforcement thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.



DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.



By
William R. Jellison
Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer



By
William E. Reardon
Treasurer



PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Agent



By
Title:















46







Initial Lenders

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,



By
Title:


Exhibit

DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT DEFERRAL PLAN

ARTICLE 1
Purposes

The purpose of this Restricted Stock Unit Deferral Plan is to provide certain officers and directors of DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.(the “Company”) the opportunity to defer the receipt of shares of Common Stock otherwise issued upon the vesting of Restricted Stock Units granted to such officers and directors under the 2002 Dentsply International Inc. Amended & Restated Equity Incentive Plan and the Amended and Restated DENTSPLY International Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (each an “Equity Plan” and together the “Equity Plans”). All capitalized terms used in the Plan shall have the meanings set forth in Article 2.

ARTICLE 2
Definitions

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01.

“Company” means DENTSPLY International Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Deferral Account” means a bookkeeping account in the name of a Participant maintained pursuant to Article 6.

“Deferral Election” means an election by a Participant, in accordance with Article 5, to defer the receipt of shares of Common Stock otherwise issued to such Participant upon the vesting of Restricted Stock Units held by such Participant.

“Deferred Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping unit credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account having a value equal to one share of Common Stock.

“Effective Date” means February 5, 2007.

“Participant” means an eligible executive who makes a Deferral Election under the Plan.

“Plan” means this Restricted Stock Unit Deferral Plan.  

“Restricted Stock Units” means restricted stock units granted by the Company under an Equity Plan, each of which represents a right to receive a share of Common Stock upon the satisfaction of applicable vesting conditions.


1



“Settlement Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

“Termination Date” means the date on which a Participant ceases service as an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or as a member of the Board.

ARTICLE 3
Administration

The Plan shall be administered by the Human Resources Committee of the Board (the “Committee”). The Committee shall interpret the Plan and the application thereof, and establish rules and regulations it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. All such interpretations, rules and regulations shall be final, binding and conclusive.

ARTICLE 4
Eligibility

Each member of the Board and each employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries who is assigned to Grant Tier 1 through Tier 7 in the Committee’s administration of the Equity Plans may elect to participate in the Plan by submitting a Deferral Election in accordance with Article 5.

ARTICLE 5
Deferral of Awards

Not later than the earlier to occur of (i) 30 days after the date on which a Restricted Stock Unit award is granted to a Participant and (ii) 12 months prior to the first date on which any of the Restricted Stock Units subject to such award are scheduled to vest, such Participant may elect, in the form and manner prescribed by the Company, to defer the receipt of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award to a date subsequent to the date on which such Restricted Stock Units become vested, as follows:

a)
Participants will have the option to defer all or part of each RSU award for a period of one year, three years, five years, or until retirement or Termination Date. Such deferral election will apply to the entire portion of the RSU that is deferred, i.e. a deferral cannot be split into multiple future distribution dates.

b)
The deferral period begins upon vesting.

c)
All deferrals are irrevocable.

d)
A separate election must be submitted with respect to each Restricted Stock Unit award granted to and deferred by a Participant.


2



ARTICLE 6
Deferral Accounts

Section 6.1. Deferral Account . A Deferral Account shall be established and maintained by the Company on behalf of each Participant who submits a Deferral Election in accordance with Article 5. Upon the vesting of each Restricted Stock Unit that is subject to a Participant’s Deferral Election, such Participant’s Deferral Account shall be credited with a fully vested and nonforfeitable Deferred Stock Unit. To the extent that Restricted Stock Units held by a Participant are forfeited, any Deferral Election with respect to such Restricted Stock Units shall terminate and have no effect. If the Company shall pay a dividend on shares of Common Stock that are issued and outstanding, an amount equal to the amount of the dividend payable on each share of Common Stock multiplied by the number of Deferred Stock Units credited to each Participant’s Deferral Account as of the record date for such dividend shall be credited to such Participant’s Deferral Account and be deemed invested in additional whole or partial Deferred Stock Units.

ARTICLE 7
Distribution of Deferred Share Units

Section 7.1. Time of Distribution. Distribution of deferred accounts will be made within thirty (30) days of the expiration of the applicable deferral period (the “Settlement Date”); provided that if Participant has deferred until his or her Termination Date, such payment shall be made as soon as practicable after the six-month anniversary of the Participant’s Termination Date.

Section 7.2. Form of Payment. The payment with respect to Deferred Stock Units shall be in whole shares of Common Stock, and any fractional shares shall be paid in cash.

ARTICLE 8
Payment Upon Death of a Participant

Section 8.1. Payment to Beneficiary. In the event a Participant dies before all Deferred Stock Units credited to his or her Deferral Account have been paid, payment of the remainder of the Participant’s Deferral Account shall be paid to the Participant’s beneficiary in a single lump sum payment as soon as administratively practicable after the date of the Participant’s death.

ARTICLE 9
General

Section 9.1. Relationship to Equity Plans. Restricted Stock Unit awards, including any such awards that are deferred hereunder, shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Equity Plan under which such awards are granted, and the applicable award agreement thereunder.

Section 9.2. Tax Withholding. As a condition precedent to the receipt of any shares of Common Stock or other payment pursuant to the Plan, the Participant shall pay to the Company, at such times as the Company shall determine, such amounts as the Company shall deem necessary to satisfy any withholding taxes due on income that the Participant recognizes as a result of the

3



payment of the Deferred Share Units. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the Company, its affiliates and subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the Participant.

Section 9.3. Effective Date; Termination. This Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date. The Committee may terminate this Plan at any time. Termination of this Plan shall not affect the payment of any amounts credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account.

Section 9.4. Amendments. The Committee may amend this Plan as it shall deem advisable, subject to any requirements of applicable law, rule or regulation.

Section 9.5. Non-Transferability of Benefits. No benefit payable at any time under the Plan may be assigned, alienated, pledged or transferred except, in the event of a Participant’s death, to his beneficiary.

Section 9.6. Adjustment. The number of Deferred Stock Units credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms of the applicable Equity Plan.

Section 9.7. Compliance with Section 409A of Code. This Plan is intended to comply with the provisions of section 409A of the Code, and shall be interpreted and construed accordingly. In the event that, notwithstanding such intention, the Plan or any provision thereof fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, then the Company or the Committee may permit the acceleration of the time for distribution of shares hereunder, notwithstanding any of the other provisions of the Plan, but any such accelerated payout may not exceed the amount required to be included in the Participant’s income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this provision, an amount will be deemed to have been included in a Participant’s income if the amount is timely reported on Form W-2 or Form 1099-MISC, as appropriate.

Section 9.8. Governing Law. This Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant thereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

4

Exhibit


Exhibit 10.14

SUMMARY OF OUTSIDE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Effective July 1, 2015, compensation paid to non-employee directors of the Company is as follows:

Cash Compensation

An annual cash retainer of $70,000, paid quarterly in advance.
Annual retainers of $20,000 for the Lead Director; $22,500 for the Audit Committee Chair, $20,000 for the HR Committee Chair; and $15,000 for the Governance Committee Chair, each paid quarterly in advance.
Annual Committee member retainers of $7,500 for Audit Committee members, $5,000 for HR Committee members; and $5,000 for Governance Committee members, each paid quarterly in advance.
A fee of $1,000 for each Executive Committee meeting attended in person or by telephone.

Outside directors may elect to defer their cash compensation under the DENTSPLY International Inc. Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended).

Equity Compensation

An annual grant of options to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal in value to $75,000, calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation method. The stock options vest in full one year from the date of grant and have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. Stock options are exercisable for ten years from the grant date, subject to earlier expiration in the event of termination or retirement.
An annual grant of restricted stock units (RSUs), the number of which is determined by dividing $75,000 by the closing price of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. The RSUs vest one year from the date of grant and are payable to outside directors in shares of common stock upon vesting unless the director elects to defer settlement of the RSUs to a future date. Outside directors are entitled to receive dividend equivalents on the RSUs in the event the Company pays a regular cash dividend on its common stock.


Exhibit

DENTSPLY International Inc.
2010 Equity Incentive Plan


SECTION 1PURPOSE
The purpose of the DENTSPLY International Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is to benefit DENTSPLY International Inc. ("DENTSPLY") and its "Subsidiaries," as defined below (hereinafter referred to, either individually or collectively, as the "Company") by recognizing the contributions made to the Company by officers and other key employees, consultants and advisers, to provide such persons with an additional incentive to devote themselves to the future success of the Company, and to improve the ability of the Company to attract, retain and motivate such persons. The Plan is also intended as an additional incentive to members of the Board of Directors of DENTSPLY (the "Board") who are not employees of the Company ("Outside Directors") to serve on the Board and to devote themselves to the future success of the Company. "Subsidiaries," as used in the Plan, has the definition set forth in Section 424 (f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

Stock options which constitute "incentive stock options" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code ("ISOs"), stock options which do not constitute ISOs ("NSOs"), stock which is subject to certain forfeiture risks and restrictions ("Restricted Stock"), stock delivered upon vesting of units ("Restricted Stock Units") and stock appreciation rights ("Stock Appreciation Rights") may be awarded under the Plan. ISOs and NSOs are collectively referred to as "Options." Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Stock Appreciation Rights are collectively referred to as "Awards." The persons to whom Options are granted under the Plan are hereinafter referred to as "Optionees." The persons to whom Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and/or Stock Appreciation Rights are granted under the Plan are hereinafter referred as to "Grantees."

SECTION 2    ELIGIBILITY
Outside Directors shall be eligible to participate in the Plan in the same manner as Key Employees (as defined below) and other participants in the Plan. The Committee (as defined in Section 3) shall initially, and from time to time thereafter, select those officers and other key employees of the Company, including members of the Board who are also employees ("Employee Directors"), and consultants and advisers to the Company, to participate in the Plan on the basis of the importance of their services in the management, development and operations of the Company. Officers, other key employees and Employee Directors are collectively referred to as "Key Employees."


1



SECTION 3    ADMINISTRATION
3.1    The Committee
The Plan shall be administered by the Human Resources Committee of the Board or a subcommittee thereof (“Committee”). The Committee shall be comprised of two (2) or more members of the Board. All members of the Committee shall qualify as "Non‑Employee Directors" as defined in Rule 16b‑3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act"), or any successor rule or regulation, "independent directors" as defined in Section 4200(15) of the Marketplace Rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market and "outside directors" as defined in Section 162(m) or any successor provision of the Code and applicable Treasury regulations thereunder, if such qualification is deemed necessary in order for the grant or the exercise of Options under the Plan to qualify for any tax or other material benefit to Optionees or the Company under applicable law.

3.2    Authority of the Committee
Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole discretion concerning all matters relating to the Plan and Awards granted hereunder. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the Key Employees, consultants and advisors to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards will be granted, the number of shares to be subject to each Award, the expiration date of each Award, the time or times within which the Option may be exercised or forfeiture restrictions lapse, the cancellation or termination of the Award and the other terms and conditions of the grant of the Award. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each Optionee and/or Grantee or with respect to each Award. The Governance Committee, which is responsible for Director compensation, makes such determinations with respect to Outside Directors.

The Committee may, subject to the provisions of the Plan, establish such rules and regulations as it deems necessary or advisable for the proper administration of the Plan, and may make determinations and may take such other actions in connection with or in relation to the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable. Each determination or other action made or taken pursuant to the Plan, including interpretation of the Plan and the specific terms and conditions of the Award granted hereunder by the Committee, shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons.

3.3    Award Agreement
Each Award shall be evidenced by a written agreement or grant certificate specifying the type of Award granted, the number of shares of Common Stock ("Common Stock") to be subject to such Award and, as applicable, the vesting schedule, the exercise or grant price, the terms for payment of the exercise price, the

2



expiration date of the Option, the restrictions imposed upon the Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units and such other terms and conditions established by the Committee, in its sole discretion, which are not inconsistent with the Plan.

SECTION 4    SHARES OF COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
4.1    Subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.1 and 4.2, Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Stock Appreciation Rights with respect to an aggregate of thirteen million (13,000,000) shares of common stock of DENTSPLY (the "Common Stock") (plus any shares of Common Stock covered by any remaining authorizations under the DENTSPLY International Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended), may be granted under the Plan (the "Maximum Number"). The Maximum Number shall be increased, if at all, on January 1 of each calendar year during the term of the Plan (as set forth in Section 15) by the excess of the amount by which seven percent (7%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on such date exceeds the thirteen million (13,000,000) shares authorized at the time of adoption of this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, (i) Options with respect to no more than one million (1,000,000) shares of Common Stock may be granted as ISOs under the Plan, (ii) no more than two million five hundred thousand (2,500,000) shares may be awarded as Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and (iii) in any calendar year no Key Employee shall be granted Options or Stock Appreciation Rights with respect to more than five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of Common Stock, or Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units in excess of 150,000 shares of Common Stock. Any shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights which expire, terminate or are cancelled, and any shares of Common Stock subject to any grant of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units which are forfeited, may again be subject to new Awards under the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any adjustment in the Maximum Number, as provided above, all Awards granted under the Plan on or following the Effective Date, subject to forfeitures or cancellation, shall be counted towards the Maximum Number.
4.2    The number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan and to Awards granted under the Plan shall be adjusted as follows: (a) in the event that the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is changed by any stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares, the number of shares subject to the Plan and to Awards previously granted thereunder shall be proportionately adjusted, (b) in the event of any merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company with any other corporation or corporations, there shall be substituted on an equitable basis as determined by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, for each share of Common Stock then subject to the Plan and for each share of Common Stock then subject to an Award granted under the Plan, the number and kind of shares of stock, other securities, cash or other property to which the holders of Common Stock of the Company are entitled pursuant to the transaction, and (c) in the event of any other

3



changes in the capitalization of the Company, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall provide for an equitable adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock then subject to the Plan and to each share of Common Stock then subject to Award granted under the Plan. In the event of any such adjustment, the exercise price per share of any Options or Stock Appreciation Rights shall be proportionately adjusted.

SECTION 5    GRANTS OF OPTIONS TO EMPLOYEES, OUTSIDE DIRECTORS, CONSULTANTS AND ADVISERS
5.1    Grants
Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee (the Governance Committee with respect to Outside Directors) may from time to time grant Options which are ISOs to Key Employees and Options which are NSOs to Outside Directors, Key Employees, consultants and advisers of the Company. Each such grant shall specify whether the Options so granted are ISOs or NSOs, provided, however, that if, notwithstanding its designation as an ISO, all or any portion of an Option does not qualify under the Code as an ISO, the portion which does not so qualify shall be treated for all purposes as a NSO.

5.2    Expiration
Except to the extent otherwise provided in or pursuant to Sections 10 and 11, each Option shall expire, and all rights to purchase shares of Common Stock shall expire, on the tenth anniversary of the date on which the Option was granted.

5.3    Vesting
Except to the extent otherwise provided in or pursuant to Sections 10 and 11, or in the proviso to this sentence, Options shall vest pursuant to the following schedule: with respect to one‑third of the total number of shares of Common Stock subject to Option on the first anniversary following the date of its grant, and with respect to an additional one‑third of the total number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Option, on each anniversary thereafter during the succeeding two years; provided, however, that the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the authority to shorten or lengthen the vesting schedule with respect to any or all Options, or any part thereof, granted under the Plan.


4



5.4    Required Terms and Conditions of ISOs
ISOs may be granted to Key Employees. Each ISO granted to a Key Employee shall be in such form and subject to such restrictions and other terms and conditions as the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, at the time of grant, subject to the general provisions of the Plan, the applicable Option agreement or grant certificate, and the following specific rules:

(a)    Except as provided in Section 5.4(c), the exercise price per share of each ISO shall be the “Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock on the date such ISO is granted. For purposes of the Plan, “Fair Market Value” shall mean the closing sales price of the Common Stock on The NASDAQ National Market, or other national securities exchange which is the principal securities market on which the Common Stock is traded (as reported in The Wall Street Journal, Eastern Edition).”
(b)    The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined with respect to each ISO at the time such Option is granted) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by an Optionee during any calendar year (under all incentive stock option plans of the Company) shall not exceed $100,000.
(c)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if an ISO is granted to an individual who owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, (i) the exercise price of each ISO shall be not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the ISO is granted, and (ii) the ISO shall expire and all rights to purchase shares thereunder shall cease no later than the fifth anniversary of the date the ISO was granted.
5.5    Required Terms and Conditions of NSOs
Each NSO granted to Outside Directors, Key Employees, consultants and advisers shall be in such form and subject to such restrictions and other terms and conditions as the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, at the time of grant, subject to the general provisions of the Plan, the applicable Option agreement or grant certificate, and the following specific rule: except as otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion with respect to a specific grant, the exercise price per share of each NSO shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the NSO is granted.






5



SECTION 6    EXERCISE OF OPTIONS
6.1    Notices
A person entitled to exercise an Option may do so by delivery of a written notice to that effect, in a form specified by the Committee, specifying the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised and any other information or documents the Committee may prescribe. The notice shall be accompanied by payment as described in Section 6.2. All notices, documents or requests provided for herein shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Company.

6.2    Exercise Price
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in any Option agreement or grant certificate, the Optionee shall pay the exercise price of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised upon the date of exercise of such Option (a) in cash, (b) pursuant to a cashless exercise arrangement with a broker on such terms as the Committee may determine, (c) by delivering shares of Common Stock held by the Optionee for at least six (6) months and having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the Option exercise price, (d) in the case of a Key Employee, by such other medium of payment as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall authorize, or (e) by any combination of (a), (b), (c), and (d). The Company shall issue, in the name of the Optionee, stock certificates representing the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of any Option as soon as reasonably practicable after such exercise, provided that any shares of Common Stock purchased by an Optionee through a broker pursuant to clause (b) above shall be delivered to such broker in accordance with applicable law.

SECTION 7    STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
The Committee (the Governance Committee with respect to Outside Directors) may award shares of Common Stock to Outside Directors, Key Employees and consultants and advisors under a Stock Appreciation Right Award, upon such terms as the Committee deems applicable, including the provisions set forth below:

7.1    General Requirements.
Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in tandem with another Award, in addition to another Award, or freestanding and unrelated to another Award. Stock Appreciation Rights granted in tandem with or in addition to an Award may be granted either at the same time as the Award or, except in the case of Incentive Stock Options, at a later time. The Committee shall determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right Award and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise thereof subject to the following specific rule: except as otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion with

6



respect to a specific grant, the exercise price per share of each Stock Appreciation Right shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted.

7.2    Expiration.
Except to the extent otherwise provided in or pursuant to Sections 10 and 11, each Stock Appreciation Right Award shall expire, and all rights to purchase shares of Common Stock shall expire, on the tenth anniversary of the date on which the Stock Appreciation Right Award was granted.
7.3    Payment.
A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Grantee to receive, upon exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right or any portion thereof, an amount equal to the product of (a) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise over the grant price thereof and (b) the number of shares of Common Stock as to which such Stock Appreciation Right Award is being exercised. Payment of the amount determined under this Section 7.2 shall be made solely in shares of Common Stock, provided that, the Stock Appreciation Rights which are settled shall be counted in full against the number of shares available for award under the Plan, regardless of the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon settlement of the Stock Appreciation Right.

7.4    Exercise.
(a)    Except to the extent otherwise provided in Sections 10 or 11, or in the proviso to this sentence, Stock Appreciation Rights shall vest pursuant to the following schedule: with respect to one‑third of the total number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Appreciation Right on the first anniversary following the date of its grant, and with respect to an additional one‑third of the total number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Appreciation Right, on each anniversary thereafter during the succeeding two years; provided, however, that the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the authority to shorten or lengthen the vesting schedule with respect to any or all Stock Appreciation Rights, or any part thereof, granted under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a tandem stock appreciation right shall be exercisable at such time or times and only to the extent that the related Award is exercisable.
(b)    A person entitled to exercise a Stock Appreciation Right Award may do so by delivery of a written notice to that effect, in a form specified by the Committee, specifying the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right Award is being exercised and any other information or documents the Committee may prescribe. Upon exercise of a tandem Stock Appreciation Right Award, the

7



number of shares of Common Stock covered by the related Award shall be reduced by the number of shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right has been exercised.

SECTION 8    TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, no Option or Stock Appreciation Right granted pursuant to the Plan shall be transferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code.

SECTION 9    RESTRICTED STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS
The Committee may award shares of Common Stock to Outside Directors, Key Employees and consultants and advisors under an Award of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units, upon such terms as the Committee deems applicable, including the provisions set forth below.

9.1    General Requirements.
Shares of Common Stock issued or transferred pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units may be issued or transferred for consideration or for no consideration, and subject to restrictions or no restrictions, as determined by the Committee. The Committee may establish conditions under which restrictions on shares of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units shall lapse over a period of time or according to such other criteria (including performance-based criteria which are intended to satisfy the qualified performance-based compensation exception from the tax deductibility limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code) as the Committee deems appropriate. The period of time during which shares of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units remain subject to restrictions will be designated in the written agreement or grant certificate as the "Restricted Period."

9.2    Number of Shares.
The Committee shall determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units and the restrictions applicable to the shares subject to such Award.

9.3    Restrictions on Transfer and Legend on Stock Certificate.
During the Restricted Period, subject to such exceptions as the Committee may deem appropriate, a Grantee may not sell, assign, transfer, donate, pledge or otherwise dispose of the shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units. Each

8



certificate for a share of Restricted Stock shall contain a legend giving appropriate notice of the applicable restrictions. The Grantee shall be entitled to have the legend removed from the stock certificate covering the shares of Restricted Stock subject to restrictions when all restrictions on such shares lapse. The Board may determine that the Company will not issue certificates for shares of Restricted Stock until all restrictions on such shares lapse, or that the Company will retain possession of certificates for shares of Restricted Stock until all restrictions on such shares lapse.

9.4    Right to Dividends.
During the Restricted Period, except as otherwise set forth in the applicable written agreement or grant certificate, in the event that dividends are paid on shares of Common Stock, an amount equal to the dividend paid on each such share shall be credited to the shares subject to Award of Restricted Stock Units ("Dividend Credits"). Any Dividend Credits shall be paid to the Grantee if and when the restrictions with respect to such Restricted Stock Units lapse as set forth in Section 9.5.

9.5    Lapse of Restrictions.
(a)    All restrictions imposed on Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units shall lapse upon the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period and the satisfaction of all conditions imposed by the Committee (the date on which restrictions lapse as to any shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, the "Vesting Date"). The Committee may determine, as to any grant of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units, that the restrictions shall lapse without regard to any Restricted Period.
(b)    Upon the lapse of restrictions with respect to any Restricted Stock Units, the value of such Restricted Stock Units shall be paid to the Grantee in shares of Common Stock. For purposes of the preceding sentence, each Restricted Stock Unit as to which restrictions have lapsed shall have a value equal to the Fair Market Value as of the Units Vesting Date. "Units Vesting Date" means, with respect to any Restricted Stock Units, the date on which restrictions with respect to such Restricted Stock Units lapse.
9.6    Performance-Based Criteria
At the Committee's discretion, awards of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals which are intended to satisfy the qualified performance-based compensation exception from the tax deductibility limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code. The performance criteria shall consist of one or more or any combination of the following measures: net sales (with or without precious metal content); sales growth; operating income; earnings before or after tax; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; cash flow; gross or net margin; earnings per share (whether on a pre-tax, after-tax, operational or other

9



basis); ratio of debt to debt plus equity; credit quality or debt ratings; capital expenditures; expenses or expense levels; ratio of operating earnings to revenues or any other operating ratios; the extent to which business goals are met; the accomplishment of mergers, acquisitions, dispositions, or similar extraordinary business transactions; price of the Company’s Common Stock; market share criteria; management of costs; return on assets, net assets, invested capital, equity, or stockholders’ equity; market share; inventory levels, inventory turn or shrinkage; regulatory compliance; total return to stockholders (“Performance Criteria”). The Performance Criteria may be applied to the performance of the Company as a whole or any business unit of the Company and may be measured relative to a peer group or index selected by the Committee, provided that, the Performance Criteria shall be calculated consistently with the Company’s financial statements, under generally accepted accounting principles, or under a methodology established by the Committee in connection with the granting of an Award which is consistently applied with respect to that Award. To the extent the Committee deems appropriate, Performance Criteria may exclude or otherwise be adjusted for (i) extraordinary, unusual and/or non-recurring items of gain or loss, (ii) gains or losses on the disposition of a business, (iii) the effect of changes in tax and/or accounting regulations, laws or principles and the interpretation thereof, or (iv) the effects of mergers, acquisitions and/or dispositions. This Section 9.6 shall not limit the discretion of the Committee to grant Awards that do not satisfy the requirements of the qualified performance-based compensation exception from the tax deductibility limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code.

SECTION 10    EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
10.1    Termination Generally
(c)    Except as provided in Section 10.2, 10.3 or 11, or as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, all rights to exercise the vested portion of any Option held by an Optionee or of any Stock Appreciation Right Award held by a Grantee whose employment and/or relationship with the Company or service on the Board is terminated for any reason other than "Cause," as defined below, shall terminate ninety (90) days following the date of termination of employment, relationship or service on the Board, as the case may be (“Exercise Period”). All rights to exercise the vested portion of any Option held by an Optionee or of any Stock Appreciation Right Award held by a Grantee whose employment and/or relationship with the Company is terminated for "Cause" shall terminate on the date of termination of employment and/or the relationship. For the purposes of this Plan, "Cause" shall mean a finding by the Committee that the Optionee has engaged in conduct that is fraudulent, disloyal, criminal or injurious to the Company, including, without limitation, acts of dishonesty, embezzlement, theft, felonious conduct or unauthorized disclosure of trade secrets or confidential information of the Company. Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or determined by the Committee, vesting of Options

10



and Stock Appreciation Right Awards for Key Employees and consultants ceases immediately upon the date of termination of employment and/or the relationship with the Company and any portion of an Option and/or Stock Appreciation Right Award that has not vested on or before such date is forfeited on such date.
(d)    If a Grantee who has received an Award of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units ceases to be employed by the Company during the Restricted Period, or if other specified conditions are not met, the Award of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units shall terminate as to all shares covered by the Award as to which the restrictions have not lapsed, and, in the case of Restricted Stock, those shares of Common Stock shall be canceled in exchange for the purchase price, if any, paid by the Grantee for such shares. The Committee may provide, however, for complete or partial exceptions to this requirement as it deems appropriate.
(e)    The transfer of employment from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from a Subsidiary to the Company, or from a Subsidiary to another Subsidiary, shall not constitute a termination of employment for purposes of the Plan. Awards granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of duties in connection with the employment of the Key Employee or by a leave of absence authorized by the Company.
10.2    Death and Disability
In the event of the death or Disability (as defined below) of an Optionee or Grantee during employment or such Optionee's or Grantee relationship with the Company or service on the Board, (a) all Options held by the Optionee and all Stock Appreciation Right Awards held by the Grantee shall become fully exercisable on such date of death or Disability and (b) all restrictions and conditions on all Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units held by the Grantee shall lapse on such date of death or Disability. Each of the Options held by such an Optionee and each of the Stock Appreciation Right Awards held by such a Grantee shall expire on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the date of death or Disability and (ii) the date that such Option or Stock Appreciation Right Award expires in accordance with its terms, provided that, in any event, NSOs granted under this Plan shall not expire earlier than one year from the date of death or disability. For purposes of this Section 11.2, "Disability" shall mean the inability of an individual to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which is expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the existence and date of any Disability.




11



10.3    Retirement
(a)    Key Employees. In the event the employment of a Key Employee with the Company shall be terminated by reason of "Normal Retirement" or "Early Retirement," as defined below (collectively a “Qualified Retirement”), Awards with only a time qualification for vesting will fully vest if a Qualified Retirement occurs no earlier than the one year anniversary of the grant date of the Award. With respect to Awards having any Performance Criteria, such Awards shall fully vest only upon and when both of the following have occurred: (i) if the Qualified Retirement occurs no earlier than the one year anniversary of the grant date of the Award, and (ii) all of the Performance Criteria associated with the Award are met. Each of the Options and Stock Appreciation Right Awards held by such a Key Employee that vests shall expire on the earlier of (i) the fifth anniversary of the date of the Employee retirement, or (ii) the date that such Option or Award expires in accordance with its terms. For the purposes hereof, "Normal Retirement" shall mean retirement of a Key Employee at or after age 65 and "Early Retirement" shall mean retirement of a Key Employee at or after age 60 with a minimum of 15 years of service with DENTSPLY International Inc. or any other company that was a direct or indirect controlled subsidiary of DENTSPLY International Inc. at the time the Key Employee rendered such service. In the event the employment of a Key Employee with the Company shall be terminated by reason of a retirement that is not a Normal Retirement or Early Retirement, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine the vesting, exercisability and exercise periods applicable to any Awards under this Plan held by such Key Employee.
(b)    Outside Directors. In the event the service on the Board of an Outside Director shall be terminated by reason of the retirement of such Outside Director ("Outside Director Retirement"), all Options and Stock Appreciation Right Awards held by such Outside Director shall become fully exercisable on the date of such Outside Director Retirement. Each of the Options and Stock Appreciation Right Awards held by such an Outside Director shall expire on the earlier of (i) the date that such Option or Stock Appreciation Right Award expires in accordance with its terms or (ii) the five year anniversary date of such Outside Director Retirement. In the event the service on the Board of an Outside Director shall be terminated by reason of an "Outside Director Retirement", all restrictions and conditions on all Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units held by such Outside Director shall lapse on the date of such Outside Director Retirement. For purposes of this provision, Outside Director Retirement shall mean retirement in accordance with the Company’s mandatory retirement policy for Directors.
(c) Key Employees Who Are Employee Directors. Section 10.3(a) shall be applicable to Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock

12



and/or Restricted Stock Units held by any Key Employee who is an Employee Director at the time that such Key Employee's employment with the Company terminates by reason of Employee Retirement. If such Key Employee continues to serve on the Board as of the date of such Key Employee’s Employee Retirement, then Section 10.3(b) shall be applicable to Options, Stock Appreciation Rights Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units granted after such date.

SECTION 11    CHANGE IN CONTROL
11.1    Effect of Change in Control
Notwithstanding any of the provisions of the Plan or any written agreement or grant certificate evidencing Awards granted hereunder, immediately upon a "Change in Control" (as defined in Section 11.2), all outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted to Key Employees or Outside Directors, whether or not otherwise exercisable as of the date of such Change in Control, shall accelerate and become fully exercisable and all restrictions thereon shall terminate in order that Optionees and Grantees may fully realize the benefits thereunder, and all restrictions and conditions on all Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units granted to Key Employees or Outside Directors shall lapse upon the effective date of the Change of Control. The Committee may determine in its discretion (but shall not be obligated to do so) that any or all holders of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Right Awards which are exercisable immediately prior to a Change of Control (including those that become exercisable under this Section 11.1) will be required to surrender them in exchange for a payment, in cash or Common Stock as determined by the Committee, equal to the value of such Options and Stock Appreciation Right Awards, with such payment to take place as of the date of the Change in Control or such other date as the Committee may prescribe.

11.2    Definition of Change in Control
The term "Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence, at any time during the term of an Award granted under the Plan, of any of the following events:

(c)    The acquisition, other than from the Company, by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a "Person") (other than the Company or any benefit plan sponsored by the Company) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d‑3 under the Exchange Act) of 30% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of the Common Stock (the "Outstanding Common Stock") or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Voting Securities"); or

13



(d)    Less than a majority of the Board (rounded down to the nearest whole number) is comprised of individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board"), provided that any individual whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the Directors of the Company; or
(e)    Consummation by the Company of a reorganization, merger or consolidation (a "Business Combination"), in each case, with respect to which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the respective beneficial owners of the Outstanding Common Stock and Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination do not, following such Business Combination, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination in substantially the same proportion as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Common Stock and Voting Securities, as the case may be; or
(f)    Consummation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company other than to a corporation with respect to which, following such sale or disposition, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Voting Securities immediately prior to such sale or disposition in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Outstanding Common Stock and Voting Securities, as the case may be, immediately prior to such sale or disposition.
(g)    In addition to the foregoing, with respect to any Key Employee covered under this provision, consummation by the Company of a Business Combination, in each case, with respect to which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the respective beneficial owners of the Outstanding Common Stock and Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination do not, following such Business Combination, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than

14



55% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination in substantially the same proportion as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Common Stock and Voting Securities, as the case may be, and any Key Employees who were employed by the Company and were Optionees or Grantees under the Plan at the time of such Business Combination is terminated other than for Cause or voluntarily leaves the employ of the Company within two (2) years from the date of any such Business Combination as the result of a voluntary termination of employment by such Key Employee within sixty (60) days after any one or more of the following events have occurred:
(i)
failure by the Company to maintain the duties, status, and responsibilities of the Key Employee substantially consistent with those prior to the Business Combination, or
a reduction by the Company in the Key Employee’s base salary as in effect as of the date prior to the Business Combination, or
the failure of the Company to maintain and to continue the Key Employee’s participation in the Company’s benefit plans as in effect from time to time on a basis substantially equivalent to the participation and benefits of Company employees similarly situated to the Employee.
SECTION 12    RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDER
An Optionee or Grantee (or a transferee of any such person pursuant to Section 8) shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Common Stock covered by an Award or receivable upon the exercise of Award until the Optionee, Grantee or transferee shall have become the holder of record of such Common Stock, and no adjustments shall be made for dividends or distributions in cash or other property or rights in respect to such Common Stock for which the applicable record date is prior to the date on which the Optionee or Grantee shall have become the holder of record of the shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to exercise of the Award.



SECTION 13     POSTPONEMENT OF EXERCISE

15



The Committee may postpone any exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right Awards for such time as the Committee in its sole discretion may deem necessary in order to permit the Company to comply with any applicable laws or rules, regulations or other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any securities exchange or quotation system upon which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted. Any such postponement shall not extend the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right Award, unless such postponement extends beyond the expiration date of the Award in which case the expiration date shall be extended thirty (30) days, and neither the Company nor its directors, officers, employees or agents shall have any obligation or liability to an Optionee or Grantee, or to his or her successor or to any other person.

SECTION 14     TAXES
14.1    Taxes Generally
The Company shall have the right to withhold from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to a participant the amount (in cash, shares or other property) of any applicable withholding or other taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes. Notwithstanding the above, the Company shall automatically withhold any such taxes, as applicable, in the form of shares of stock or any payment under an Award, for and upon the vesting of any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units Award.

14.2    Payment of Taxes
A participant, with the approval of the Committee, may satisfy the obligation set forth in Section 14.1, in whole or in part, by (a) directing the Company to withhold such number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon exercise or vesting of an Award (as the case may be) having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the amount of tax required to be withheld, or (b) delivering shares of Common Stock of the Company having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld on any date. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, require payment by the participant in cash of any such withholding obligation and may disapprove any election or delivery or may suspend or terminate the right to make elections or deliveries under this Section 14.2.

SECTION 15     TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND TERM OF PLAN
15.1    The Board or the Committee may terminate, suspend, or amend the Plan, in whole or in part, from time to time, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company provided, however, that no Plan amendment shall be effective until approved by the stockholders of the Company if the effect of the amendment is to

16



lower the exercise price of previously granted Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or if such stockholder approval is required in order for the Plan to continue to satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b‑3 under the 1934 Act or applicable tax or other laws. Except in connection with a corporate transaction involving the Company (including, without limitation, any stock dividend, stock split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, or exchange of shares), the terms of outstanding awards may not be amended to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Options of Stock Appreciation Rights or cancel, exchange, substitute, buyout or surrender outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original Options or Stock Appreciation Rights without stockholder approval.
15.2    The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award granted hereunder in the manner and to the extent it shall deem desirable, in its sole discretion, to effectuate the Plan. No amendment or termination of the Plan shall adversely affect any Award theretofore granted without the consent of the recipient, except that the Committee may amend the Plan in a manner that does affect Awards theretofore granted upon a finding by the Committee that such amendment is in the best interests of holders of outstanding Options affected thereby.
15.3    The Plan was adopted and authorized on March 24, 2010 by the Board of Directors for submission to the stockholders of the Company for their approval. If the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company, it shall be deemed to have become effective as of March 24, 2010. Unless earlier terminated in accordance herewith, the Plan shall terminate on March 24, 2020. Termination of the Plan shall not affect Awards previously granted under the Plan.
SECTION 16     GOVERNING LAW
The Plan shall be governed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to any conflict of law provisions which would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 17     NO RIGHT TO AWARD; NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT
No person shall have any claim of right to be granted an Award under the Plan. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any employee of the Company any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or as giving any member of the Board any right to continue to serve in such capacity.




SECTION 18     AWARDS NOT INCLUDABLE FOR BENEFIT PURPOSES

17



Income recognized by a participant pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall not be included in the determination of benefits under any employee pension benefit plan (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) or group insurance or other benefit plans applicable to the participant which are maintained by the Company, except as may be provided under the terms of such plans or determined by resolution of the Committee.

SECTION 19     NO STRICT CONSTRUCTION
No rule of strict construction shall be implied against the Company, the Committee, or any other person in the interpretation of any of the terms of the Plan, any Award granted under the Plan or any rule or procedure established by the Board.

SECTION 20     CAPTIONS
All Section headings used in the Plan are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of the Plan, and shall not be deemed to limit, characterize or affect in any way any provisions of the Plan, and all provisions of the Plan shall be construed as if no captions have been used in the Plan.

SECTION 21     SEVERABILITY
Whenever possible, each provision in the Plan and every Award at any time granted under the Plan shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of the Plan or any Award at any time granted under the Plan shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, then such provision shall be deemed amended to accomplish the objectives of the provision as originally written to the fullest extent permitted by law, and all other provisions of the Plan and every other Award at any time granted under the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 22     MODIFICATION FOR GRANTS OUTSIDE THE U.S.
The Board may, without amending the Plan, determine the terms and conditions applicable to grants of Awards to participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States in a manner otherwise inconsistent with the Plan if the Board deems such terms and conditions necessary in order to recognize differences in local law or regulations, tax policies or customs.

18

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

 

Execution Version

 

 

Employment Agreement

 

This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of December 11, 2015, is made by and between DENTSPLY International Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor thereto, the “Company”), and Bret W. Wise (“Executive”) (collectively referred to herein as the “Parties”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.It is the desire of the Company to assure itself of the services of Executive effective as of the Effective Date and thereafter by entering into this Agreement.

 

B.Executive and the Company mutually desire that Executive provide services to the Company on the terms herein provided.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements set forth below, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Employment.

 

(a) General. Effective on the consummation of the transactions (including without limitation the merger (“Merger”)) contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger Agreement”) by and among DENTSPLY International Inc., Sirona Dental Systems, Inc. and Dawkins Merger Sub, Inc., dated September 15, 2015 (the “Effective Date”), the Company shall employ Executive and Executive shall remain in the employ of the Company, for the period and in the position set forth in this Section 1, and subject to the other terms and conditions herein provided. In the event the above-mentioned closing does not occur for any reason, this Agreement shall not become effective and shall be null and void and of no force or effect.

 

(b) This Agreement shall supersede and replace the Employment Agreement made as of February 19, 2008 between the Company and Executive, as amended through the date hereof (the “Prior Agreement”), which shall terminate and no longer be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

(c) Employment Term. The term of employment under this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date, and ending on the third anniversary of the Effective Date, subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 3. The Term shall automatically renew for additional twelve (12) month periods unless no later than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the applicable Term either party gives written notice of non-renewal (“Notice of Non-Renewal”) to the other in which case Executive’s employment will terminate at the end of the then-applicable Term, subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any Notice of Non-Renewal given by the Company indicates that the Company is willing to continue Executive’s employment under the terms of a new agreement, then Executive and the Company shall negotiate in good faith regarding the terms of such new agreement. If Executive and the Company have not agreed on the terms of a new agreement within 150 days following the date of such Notice of Non-Renewal (the “Negotiation Term”), then Executive’s employment shall terminate upon expiration of the Negotiation Term, unless otherwise agreed by the Company and Executive.

 

1 

 

 

(d) Position and Duties. Executive shall serve as Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) with such responsibilities, duties and authority established in the Company’s bylaws, certificate of incorporation and Corporate Guidelines/Policies all as in effect on the Effective Date, as they may be modified from time to time in accordance with their terms. Executive shall devote substantially all of Executive’s working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company (which shall include service to its Affiliates) and shall not engage in outside business activities (including serving on outside boards or committees) without the consent of the Board, provided that Executive shall be permitted to (i) manage Executive’s personal, financial and legal affairs, (ii) participate in trade associations, (iii) serve on the board of directors of not-for-profit or tax-exempt charitable organizations, and (iv) with Board approval, serve on the board of directors or similar board of for-profit organizations, in each case, subject to compliance with this Agreement and provided that such activities do not materially interfere with Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder. Executive agrees to observe and comply with the rules and policies of the Company and its subsidiaries as adopted by the Company or its Affiliates from time to time, in each case as amended from time to time, as set forth in writing, and as delivered or made available to Executive (each, a “Policy”).

 

(e) Principal Place of Employment. The Parties agree that Executive's principal office will be the Company’s headquarters or such other principal office or offices, as appropriate for the performance of his duties, as determined in consultation with the Board. The Parties understand that given the nature of Executive’s duties, Executive will be required to travel and perform services at locations other than his principal office from time to time.

 

2. Compensation and Related Matters.

 

(a) Annual Base Salary. During the Term, Executive shall receive a base salary at a minimum rate of $900,000 per annum, which shall be paid in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company and shall be pro-rated for partial years of employment. Such annual base salary shall be subject to annual review and increase by the Board (such annual base salary, as it may be increased from time to time, the “Annual Base Salary”).

 

(b) Bonus. With respect to each fiscal year of the Company Executive will be eligible to participate in an annual incentive program established by the Board. Executive’s annual incentive compensation under such incentive program, (the “Annual Bonus”) shall be targeted at 120% of his Annual Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”), pro-rated for the fiscal year in which the Term commences, with the expectation that the bonus will scale upward and downward based on actual performance, as determined by the Board, such that the actual Annual Bonus payable to Executive may be greater than, equal to or less than the Target Bonus. The Annual Bonus shall be based upon the achievement of Company and/or individual performance metrics as established by the Board. The Annual Bonus for a fiscal year will be paid no later than the fifteenth day of the third month following the end of such fiscal year.

 

(c) Long-Term Incentive. Prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date, the Company will adopt a broad-based equity compensation plan and will grant Executive equity incentive awards (or other long-term incentive compensation) with a grant date fair value of at least $3,920,000. The type of award and specific terms and conditions of such awards will be determined by the compensation committee of the Board.

 

2 

 

 

(d) Benefits. During the Term, Executive shall be eligible to participate in employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements generally available from time to time to other similarly situated senior executives of the Company in the jurisdiction of Executive’s principal office location.

 

(e) Paid Time Off. During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to at least twenty five (25) days, on an annualized basis, of paid personal leave in accordance with the Company’s Policies. Any vacation shall be taken at the reasonable and mutual convenience of the Company and Executive. 

 

(f) Business Expenses. During the Term, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties to the Company in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement Policy.

 

3. Termination.

 

Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by the Company or Executive, as applicable, without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

 

(a) Circumstances.

 

(i) Death. Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon Executive’s death.

 

(ii) Disability. If Executive has incurred a Disability, as defined below, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment.

 

(iii) Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment for Cause, as defined below.

 

(iv) Termination without Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment without Cause.

 

(v) Resignation from the Company for Good Reason. Executive may resign Executive’s employment with the Company for Good Reason, as defined below.

 

(vi) Resignation from the Company without Good Reason. Executive may resign Executive’s employment with the Company without Good Reason.

 

(b) Notice of Termination. Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or by Executive under this Section 3 (other than termination pursuant to paragraph (a)(i)) shall be communicated by a written notice to the other party hereto (i) indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, if applicable, and (iii) specifying a Date of Termination which, if submitted by Executive pursuant to paragraph (a)(vi), shall be at least ninety (90) days following the date of such notice (a “Notice of Termination”); provided, however, that in the event that Executive delivers a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may, in its sole discretion, change the Date of Termination to any date that occurs following the date of Company’s receipt of such Notice of Termination and is prior to the date specified in such Notice of Termination. A Notice of Termination submitted by the Company may provide for a Date of Termination on the date Executive receives the Notice of Termination, or any date thereafter elected by the Company in its sole discretion. In the event of a dispute over Cause or Good Reason, either Party may introduce newly discovered or newly arising evidence in support of or in opposition to its Cause or his Good Reason.

 

4 

 

 

(c) Company Obligations upon Termination Not in Connection with Change in Control. Upon termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to any of the circumstances listed in Section 3(a), Executive (or Executive’s estate) shall be entitled to receive the sum of: (i) the portion of Executive’s Annual Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination, but not yet paid to Executive; (ii) any paid time off that has been accrued but unused in accordance with the Company’s Policies; (iii) any reimbursements owed to Executive pursuant to Section 2(f); (iv) any amount accrued and arising from Executive’s participation in, or benefits accrued under any employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements, which amounts shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements; and (v) except in the case of a termination of Executive’s employment for Cause pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii), any earned but unpaid Annual Bonus for the prior fiscal year. Except as otherwise expressly required by law (e.g., COBRA (as defined below)) or as specifically provided herein, all of Executive’s rights to salary, severance, benefits, bonuses and other compensatory amounts hereunder (if any) shall cease upon the termination of Executive’s employment hereunder. In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for any reason, Executive’s sole and exclusive remedy shall be to receive the payments and benefits described in this Section 3(c) or Section 4, as applicable.

 

(d) Deemed Resignation. Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and directorships, if any, then held with the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

4. Severance Payments.

 

(a) Termination for Cause, or Resignation without Good Reason. If Executive’s employment shall terminate pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii) for Cause, or pursuant to Section 3(a)(v) for Executive’s resignation from the Company without Good Reason, then Executive shall not be entitled to any severance payments or benefits, except as provided in Section 3(c).

 

(b) Termination without Cause, Resignation for Good Reason or Expiration of Term. If Executive’s employment terminates without Cause pursuant to Section 3(a)(iv), Executive resigns for Good Reason pursuant to Section 3(a)(v), or Executive’s employment terminates upon expiration of the Term or Negotiation Term by reason of the Company providing the Notice of Non-Renewal then, subject to Executive signing on or before the 50th day following Executive’s Separation from Service (as defined below), and not revoking, a release of claims in the Company’s customary form (the “Release”), and Executive’s continued compliance with Sections 5 and 6, Executive shall receive, in addition to payments and benefits set forth in Section 3(c), the following benefits:

 

5 

 

 

(i) Company shall pay to Executive, an amount equal to two (2) times the sum of (A) the Annual Base Salary plus (B) the Target Bonus, payable over twenty-four months immediately following the Release’s effective date in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practice following the Date of Termination, until the earlier of (A) twenty-four (24) months after the Release’s effective date or (B) the date the Executive first violates any of the restrictive covenants set forth in Sections 5 and 6 or the provisions of Section 7;

 

(ii) Company shall pay to Executive an amount equal to the Annual Bonus, determined based on the actual performance of the Company for the full fiscal year in which Executive’s employment terminates, prorated for the number of days of employment completed during the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs, payable in a lump sum cash amount at the time it would otherwise have been paid had the Executive remained employed for the entire fiscal year;

 

(iii) Executive’s equity awards which are outstanding on the Date of Termination shall (x) remain outstanding, (y) continue to vest notwithstanding Executive’s termination of employment for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the Date of Termination, and (z) remain exercisable until the earlier of ninety (90) days following the twenty-four (24) month anniversary after the Date of Termination or the date such equity award would have expired had Executive remained in continuous employment;

 

(iv) Company shall pay to Executive in a cash lump sum an amount equal to the amount of the premiums Executive would have been required to pay to continue Executive’s and Executive’s covered dependents’ medical, dental and vision coverage in effect on the Date of Termination under the Company’s group healthcare plans pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) for twenty-four (24) months following the Date of Termination, which amount shall be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage and shall be paid regardless of whether or not Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage;

 

(v) Subject to continued payment by Executive of any applicable cost owed by him under the applicable plan, for the twenty-four (24) months following the Date of Termination continuation of life and accidental death and dismemberment benefits substantially similar to those provided to Executive and (as applicable) his dependents immediately prior to the date of termination or, as applicable and if more favorable to Executive, those provided in respect of Executive immediately prior to the first occurrence of an event or circumstance constituting Good Reason (in each case, however, subject to any amendments to such arrangements from time to time that are generally applicable to senior executives of the Company), at no greater cost to Executive than the cost to Executive immediately prior to such date or occurrence; and

 

6 

 

 

(vi) For purposes of determining the amount of any benefit payable to Executive and Executive’s right to any benefit otherwise payable under any pension plan (within the meaning of Section 3(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) maintained by the Company or its Affiliates (“Pension Plan”), and except to the extent it would result in a duplication of benefits under the following sentence, Executive shall be treated as if he had accumulated (after the date of termination) twenty-four (24) additional months of service credit thereunder and had been credited during such period with his compensation as in effect immediately before termination (or, if greater and as applicable, immediately prior to the first occurrence of an event or circumstance constituting Good Reason). In addition to the benefits to which Executive is entitled under any defined contribution Pension Plan, the Company shall pay Executive a lump sum amount, in cash, equal to the sum of (A) the amount that would have been contributed thereto or credited thereunder by the Company on Executive’s behalf during the twenty-four (24) months following his termination (but not including as amounts that would have been contributed or credited an amount equal to the amount of any reduction in base salary, bonus or other compensation that would have occurred in connection with such contribution or credit), determined (x) as if Executive made or received the maximum permissible contributions thereto or credits thereunder during such period, and (y) as if Executive earned compensation during such period at the rate in effect immediately before termination (or, if greater and as applicable, immediately prior to the first occurrence of an event or circumstance constituting Good Reason), and (B) the excess, if any, of (x) Executive’s account balance under the Pension Plan as of the date of termination over (y) the portion of such account balance that is nonforfeitable under the terms of the Pension Plan.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing but subject to execution and nonrevocation of the Release, the cash lump sum amounts payable pursuant to Section 4(b)(v) and (vii), shall be paid sixty (60) days after Executive’s Date of Termination.

 

(c) Termination in Connection With a Change in Control. In the event that Executive’s employment terminates without Cause pursuant to Section 3(a)(iv) or Executive resigns for Good Reason pursuant to Section 3(a)(v) within twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control, subject to Executive signing on or before the 50th day following Executive’s Separation from Service, and not revoking, the Release and Executive’s continued compliance with Sections 5 and 6, in lieu of any amounts payable under Section 4(b), then Executive shall receive, in addition to payments and benefits set forth in Section 3(c), the following benefits:

 

(i) Company shall pay to Executive, an amount equal to two and one-half (2 ½) times the sum of (A) the Annual Base Salary plus (B) the Target Bonus, payable in a lump sum (provided that payments shall be made in installments on the Schedule described in Section 4(b)(i) if the Change in Control does not constitute a “change in control event” described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5));

 

(ii) Company shall pay to Executive an amount equal to the Annual Bonus, determined based on the actual performance of the Company for the full fiscal year in which Executive’s employment terminates, prorated for the number of days of employment completed during the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs, payable in a lump sum cash amount at the time it would otherwise have been paid had the Executive remained employed for the entire fiscal year;

 

7 

 

 

(iii) Company shall pay to Executive an amount equal to the amount of the premiums Executive would have been required to pay to continue Executive’s and Executive’s covered dependents’ medical, dental and vision coverage in effect on the Date of Termination under the Company’s group healthcare plans pursuant to COBRA for twenty-four (24) months following the Date of Termination, which amount shall be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage and shall be paid regardless of whether or not Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage;

 

(iv) Subject to continued payment by Executive of any applicable cost owed by him under the applicable plan, for the twenty-four (24) months following the Date of Termination continuation of life and accidental death and dismemberment benefits substantially similar to those provided to Executive and (as applicable) his dependents immediately prior to the date of termination or, as applicable and if more favorable to Executive, those provided in respect of Executive immediately prior to the first occurrence of an event or circumstance constituting Good Reason (in each case, however, subject to any amendments to such arrangements from time to time that are generally applicable to senior executives of the Company), at no greater cost to Executive than the cost to Executive immediately prior to such date or occurrence; and

 

(v) For purposes of determining the amount of any benefit payable to Executive and Executive’s right to any benefit otherwise payable under any Pension Plan, and except to the extent it would result in a duplication of benefits under the following sentence, Executive shall be treated as if he had accumulated (after the date of termination) thirty (30) months of service credit thereunder and had been credited during such period with his compensation as in effect immediately before termination (or, if greater and as applicable, immediately prior to the first occurrence of an event or circumstance constituting Good Reason). In addition to the benefits to which Executive is entitled under any defined contribution Pension Plan, the Company shall pay Executive a lump sum amount, in cash, equal to the sum of (A) the amount that would have been contributed thereto or credited thereunder by the Company on Executive’s behalf during the thirty (30) months following his termination (but not including as amounts that would have been contributed or credited an amount equal to the amount of any reduction in base salary, bonus or other compensation that would have occurred in connection with such contribution or credit), determined (x) as if Executive made or received the maximum permissible contributions thereto or credits thereunder during such period, and (y) as if Executive earned compensation during such period at the rate in effect immediately before termination (or, if greater and as applicable, immediately prior to the first occurrence of an event or circumstance constituting Good Reason), and (B) the excess, if any, of (x) Executive’s account balance under the Pension Plan as of the date of termination over (y) the portion of such account balance that is nonforfeitable under the terms of the Pension Plan.

 

8 

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing but subject to execution and nonrevocation of the Release, the cash lump sum amounts payable pursuant to Section 4(c)(iii), and (v), shall be paid sixty (60) days after Executive’s Date of Termination.

 

(d) Termination Upon Death. If Executive’s employment shall terminate as a result of Executive’s death pursuant to Section 3(a)(i), the Executive’s estate or beneficiary shall be entitled to receive in addition to payments and benefits set forth in Section 3(c) subject to signing on or before the 50th day following Executive’s death, and not revoking, the Release:

 

(i) a lump sum payment equal to Executive’s annual Base Salary as in effect on the date of death;

 

(ii) an amount equal to the Annual Bonus, determined based on the actual performance of the Company for the full fiscal year in which Executive’s employment terminates, prorated for the number of days of employment completed during the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs, payable in a lump sum cash amount at the time it would otherwise have been paid had the Executive remained employed for the entire fiscal year; and

 

(iii) Executive’s equity awards shall vest in full at the Date of Termination, with any performance based awards vesting at the greater of target or actual performance through the Date of Termination.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing but subject to execution and nonrevocation of the Release, the cash lump sum amounts payable pursuant to Section 4(d)(i), shall be paid sixty (60) days after Executive’s Date of Termination.

 

(e) Termination Upon Disability. If Executive’s employment shall terminate as a result of or Disability pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii), Executive shall be entitled to receive in addition to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 3(c), subject to signing on or before the 50th day following his Date of Termination, and not revoking, the Release:

 

(i) an amount equal to the Annual Bonus, determined based on the actual performance of the Company for the full fiscal year in which Executive’s employment terminates, prorated for the number of days of employment completed during the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs, payable in a lump sum cash amount at the time it would otherwise have been paid had the Executive remained employed for the entire fiscal year; and

 

(ii) Executive’s equity awards vest in full at the Date of Termination, with any performance based awards vesting at the greater of target or actual performance through the Date of Termination.

 

(f) Survival. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the provisions of Sections 5 through 11 and Section 13(i) will survive the termination of Executive’s employment and the expiration or termination of the Term.

 

9 

 

 

(d) No Mitigation; Payment to Surviving Spouse. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Executive shall not be required to seek other employment or otherwise mitigate any damages resulting from any termination of employment. In the event of Executive’s death prior to payment of all compensation and benefits due to Executive under Section 3(c) or Section 4 of this Agreement, any remaining compensation and benefits shall be paid to his spouse, if any, or if none as required by laws of succession or intestacy.

 

5. Covenants. Executive acknowledges that Executive has been provided with Confidential Information (as defined below) and, during the Term, the Company from time to time will provide Executive with access to Confidential Information. Ancillary to the rights provided to Executive as set forth in this Agreement and the Company’s provision of Confidential Information, and Executive’s agreements regarding the use of same, in order to protect the value of any Confidential Information, the Company and Executive agree to the following provisions, for which Executive agrees he received adequate consideration and which Executive acknowledges are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and represent a fair balance of the Company’s rights to protect its business and Executive’s right to pursue employment:

 

(a) Executive shall not, at any time during the Restriction Period (as defined below), directly or indirectly engage in, have any equity interest in, interview for a potential employment or consulting relationship with, or manage, provide services to or operate any person, firm, corporation, partnership or business (whether as director, officer, employee, agent, representative, partner, security holder, consultant or otherwise) that engages in any business which competes with any portion of the Business (as defined below) of the Company anywhere in the world. Nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 5% of the outstanding equity interest in any entity that is publicly traded, so long as Executive has no active participation in the business of such entity.

 

(b) Executive shall not, at any time during the Restriction Period, directly or indirectly, engage or prepare to engage in any of the following activities: (i) solicit, divert or take away any customers, clients, or business acquisition or other business opportunity of the Company, (ii) contact or solicit, with respect to hiring, or knowingly hire any employee of the Company or any person employed by the Company at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Date of Termination, (iii) induce or otherwise counsel, advise or encourage any employee of the Company to leave the employment of the Company, or (iv) induce any distributor, representative or agent of the Company to terminate or modify its relationship with the Company.

 

(c) In the event the terms of this Section 5 shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of its being too extensive in any other respect, it will be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which it may be enforceable, over the maximum geographical area as to which it may be enforceable, or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

 

10 

 

 

(d) As used in this Section 5, (i) the term “Company” shall include the Company and its direct and indirect parents and subsidiaries; (ii) the term “Business” shall mean the business of the Company and shall include (a) designing, developing, distributing, marketing or manufacturing dental products or (b) any other process, system, product or service marketed, sold or under development by the Company at any time during Executive’s employment with the Company; and (iii) the term “Restriction Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending twenty-four (24) months following the Date of Termination for any reason.

 

(e) Executive agrees, during the Term and following the Date of Termination, to refrain from Disparaging (as defined below) the Company and its Affiliates, including any of its services, technologies, products, processes or practices, or any of its directors, officers, agents, representatives or stockholders, either orally or in writing. Nothing in this paragraph shall preclude Executive from making truthful statements that are reasonably necessary to comply with applicable law, regulation or legal process, or to defend or enforce Executive's rights under this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disparaging” means making remarks, comments or statements, whether written or oral, that impugn or are reasonably likely to impugn the character, integrity, reputation or abilities of the entities, persons, services, products, technologies, processes or practices listed in this Section 5(e).

 

(f) Executive agrees that during the Restriction Period, Executive will cooperate fully with the Company in its defense of or other participation in any administrative, judicial or other proceeding arising from any charge, complaint or other action which has been or may be filed.

 

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if and to the extent requested by the Company during the period commencing on the Date of Termination and ending at the end of the Restriction Period, Executive agrees to provide to the Company up to five (5) hours of consulting services per month, on an “as needed” basis at times and in a manner that is mutually convenient. Executive shall not receive any additional compensation for the provision of these consulting services beyond the severance benefits otherwise payable pursuant to Section 4 in connection with Executive’s services rendered during the Term.

 

6. Nondisclosure of Proprietary Information.

 

(a) Except in connection with the faithful performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or pursuant to Section 6(c) and (e), Executive shall, in perpetuity, maintain in confidence and shall not directly, indirectly or otherwise, use, disseminate, disclose or publish, or use for Executive’s benefit or the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity (other than the Company) any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of or relating to the Company (including, without limitation, business plans, business strategies and methods, acquisition targets, intellectual property in the form of patents, trademarks and copyrights and applications therefor, ideas, inventions, works, discoveries, improvements, information, documents, formulae, practices, processes, methods, developments, source code, modifications, technology, techniques, data, programs, other know-how or materials, owned, developed or possessed by the Company, whether in tangible, intangible or electronic form, information with respect to the Company’s operations, processes, products, inventions, business practices, finances, principals, vendors, suppliers, customers, potential customers, marketing methods, costs, prices, contractual relationships, regulatory status, prospects and compensation paid to employees or other terms of employment) (collectively, the “Confidential Information”), or deliver to any person, firm, corporation or other entity any document, record, notebook, computer program or similar repository of or containing any such Confidential Information. The Parties hereby stipulate and agree that, as between them, any item of Confidential Information is important, material and confidential and affects the successful conduct of the businesses of the Company (and any successor or assignee of the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include any information that has been published in a form generally available to the public or is publicly available or has become public or general industry knowledge prior to the date Executive proposes to disclose or use such information, provided, that such publishing or public availability or knowledge of the Confidential Information shall not have resulted from Executive directly or indirectly breaching Executive’s obligations under this Section 6(a) or any other similar provision by which Executive is bound, or from any third-party breaching a provision similar to that found under this Section 6(a). For the purposes of the previous sentence, Confidential Information will not be deemed to have been published or otherwise disclosed merely because individual portions of the information have been separately published, but only if material features comprising such information have been published or become publicly available.

 

11 

 

 

(b) Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all correspondence, drawings, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, programs, plans, proposals, financial documents, or any other documents or property (in whatever form) concerning the Company’s customers, business plans, marketing strategies, products, property, processes or Confidential Information.

 

(c) Executive may respond to a lawful and valid subpoena or other legal process but shall give the Company the earliest possible notice thereof, shall, as much in advance of the return date as possible, make available to the Company and its counsel the documents and other information sought and shall assist such counsel at Company’s expense in resisting or otherwise responding to such process, in each case to the extent permitted by applicable laws or rules.

 

(d) As used in this Section 6 and Section 7, the term “Company” shall include the Company and its direct and indirect parents and subsidiaries.

 

(e) Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit Executive from (i) disclosing information and documents when required by law, subpoena or court order (subject to the requirements of Section 6(c) above), (ii) disclosing information and documents to Executive’s attorney, financial or tax adviser for the purpose of securing legal, financial or tax advice, (iii) disclosing Executive’s post-employment restrictions in this Agreement in confidence to any potential new employer of Executive, or (iv) retaining, at any time, Executive’s personal correspondence, Executive’s personal contacts and documents related to Executive’s own personal benefits, entitlements and obligations, except where such correspondence, contracts and documents contain Confidential Information.

 

7. Inventions.

 

All rights to discoveries, inventions, improvements and innovations (including all data and records pertaining thereto) related to the Business, whether or not patentable, copyrightable, registrable as a trademark, or reduced to writing, that Executive may discover, invent or originate during the Term, either alone or with others and whether or not during working hours or by the use of the facilities of the Company (“Inventions”), shall be the exclusive property of the Company. Executive shall promptly disclose all Inventions to the Company, shall execute at the request of the Company any assignments or other documents the Company may deem reasonably necessary to protect or perfect its rights therein, and shall assist the Company, upon reasonable request and at the Company’s expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing the Company’s rights therein. Executive hereby appoints the Company as Executive’s attorney-in-fact to execute on Executive’s behalf any assignments or other documents reasonably deemed necessary by the Company to protect or perfect its rights to any Inventions. During the Restriction Period, Executive shall assist Company and its nominee, at any time, in the protection of Company’s (or its Affiliates’) worldwide right, title and interest in and to Inventions and the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by Company or its nominee and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries.

 

12 

 

 

8. Injunctive Relief.

 

It is recognized and acknowledged by Executive that a breach of the covenants contained in Sections 5- 6 or 7 will cause irreparable damage to Company and its goodwill, the exact amount of which will be difficult or impossible to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, Executive agrees that in the event of a breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections 5- 6 or 7, in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company will be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief without the requirement to post bond.

 

9. Maximum Payment Limit. If any payment or benefit due under this Agreement, together with all other payments and benefits that Executive receives or is entitled to receive from the Company or any of its subsidiaries, Affiliates or related entities, would (if paid or provided) constitute an excess parachute payment for purposes of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the amounts otherwise payable and benefits otherwise due under this Agreement will either (i) be delivered in full, or (ii) be limited to the minimum extent necessary to ensure that no portion thereof will fail to be tax-deductible to the Company by reason of Section 280G of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state or local income and employment taxes and the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, results in the receipt by the Executive, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code. In the event that the payments and/or benefits are to be reduced pursuant to this Section 9, such payments and benefits shall be reduced such that the reduction of cash compensation to be provided to the Executive as a result of this Section 9 is minimized. In applying this principle, the reduction shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and where two economically equivalent amounts are subject to reduction but payable at different times, such amounts shall be reduced on a pro rata basis but not below zero. All determinations required to be made under this Section 9 shall be made by the Company’s independent public accounting firm, or by another advisor mutually agreed to by the parties, which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from Executive that there has been a payment or benefit subject to this Section 9, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company.

 

13 

 

 

10. Clawback Provisions.

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement to the contrary, any incentive-based compensation, or any other compensation, paid to Executive pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement with the Company which is subject to recovery under any Policy, law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement, will be subject to such deductions and clawback as may be required to be made pursuant to such Policy, law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement.

 

11. Assignment and Successors.

 

The Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a United States subsidiary of the Company that is the main operating company of the Company (or the principal employer of employees of the Company and its subsidiaries) in the United States or to any successor to all or substantially all of the business or the assets of the Company (by merger or otherwise), and may assign or encumber this Agreement and its rights hereunder as security for indebtedness of the Company and its Affiliates. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, Executive and their respective successors, assigns, personnel and legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees, as applicable. None of Executive’s rights or obligations may be assigned or transferred by Executive, other than Executive’s rights to payments hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or operation of law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under applicable law and any applicable Company benefit plans or arrangements, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive compensation hereunder following Executive’s death by giving written notice thereof to the Company.

 

12. Certain Definitions.

 

(a) Affiliate. “Affiliate” shall mean a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.

 

(b) Beneficial Owner. “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

(c) Cause. The Company shall have “Cause” to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder upon:

 

(i) a majority, plus at least one, of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors, excluding Executive, determining that (a) Executive has committed an act of fraud against the Company, or (b) Executive has committed an act of malfeasance, recklessness or gross negligence against the Company that is materially injurious to the Company or its customers; or

 

14 

 

 

(ii) Executive materially breaching the terms of this Agreement; or

 

(iii) Executive’s indictment for, or conviction of, or pleading no contest to, a felony or a crime involving Executive’s moral turpitude.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (i) – (iii) shall not constitute “Cause” unless and until the Company has: (x) provided Executive, within 60 days of any Company director’s knowledge of the occurrence of the facts and circumstances underlying such Cause event, written notice stating with specificity the applicable facts and circumstances underlying such finding of Cause; and (y) provided Executive with an opportunity to cure the same (if curable) within 30 days after the receipt of such notice.

 

(d) Change in Control. “Change in Control” shall mean an event set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have occurred following the Effective Date:

 

(i) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (2) of paragraph (iii) below; or

 

(ii) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, on the Effective Date, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the Effective Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or

 

(iii) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company (or any direct or indirect parent or subsidiary of the Company) with any other company, other than (1) a merger or consolidation which would result in the Beneficial Owners of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to own, in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company, the entity surviving such merger or consolidation or, if the Company or the entity surviving such merger or consolidation is then a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, (2) a merger or consolidation immediately following which the individuals who comprise the Board immediately prior thereto constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the Company, the entity surviving such merger or consolidation or, if the Company or the entity surviving such merger or consolidation is then a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (3) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities Beneficially Owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s, a surviving entity’s or, if the Company or the entity surviving such merger or consolidation is then a subsidiary, the ultimate parent’s then outstanding securities; or

 

15 

 

 

(iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets immediately following which the individuals who comprise the Board immediately prior thereto constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the entity to which such assets are sold or disposed or any parent thereof.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the holders of Common Shares immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

 

(e) Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by Executive’s death, the date of Executive’s death; (ii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) – (vi) either the date indicated in the Notice of Termination or the date specified by the Company pursuant to Section 3(b), whichever is earlier.

 

(f) Disability. “Disability” shall mean, at any time the Company or any of its affiliates sponsors a long-term disability plan for the Company’s employees, “disability” as defined in such long-term disability plan for the purpose of determining a participant’s eligibility for benefits, provided, however, if the long-term disability plan contains multiple definitions of disability, “Disability” shall refer to that definition of disability which, if Executive qualified for such disability benefits, would provide coverage for the longest period of time. The determination of whether Executive has a Disability shall be made by the person or persons required to make disability determinations under the long-term disability plan. At any time the Company does not sponsor a long-term disability plan for its employees, Disability shall mean Executive’s inability to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the essential functions of Executive’s position hereunder for a total of three months during any twelve-month period as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness as determined by a physician selected by the Company (or its insurers). Any unreasonable refusal by Executive to submit to a medical examination for the purpose of determining Disability within a reasonable period following a written request by the Company (or its insurers) shall be deemed to constitute conclusive evidence of Executive’s Disability.

 

16 

 

 

(g) Exchange Act. “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

(h) Good Reason. “Good Reason” shall mean:

 

(i) a reduction in Base Salary, other than any reduction which is insignificant or is implemented as part of a formal austerity program approved by the Board and applicable to all other senior executive officers of the Company, provided such reduction does not reduce Executive’s Base Salary by a percentage greater than the average reduction in compensation of all other senior executive officers of the Company;

 

(ii) the Company reduces Executive’s total target annual compensation opportunity (Annual Base Salary plus Target Bonus plus grant date value of annual equity awards) below (A) the amount specified in Sections 2(a), (b) and (c) during the first year of the Term, (B) during the second year of the Term, the lesser of $5,900,000 and seventy-five percent (75%) of the total target annual compensation of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company in respect of such year and (C) during the third year of the Term, the lesser of $5,900,000 and seventy percent (70%) of the total target annual compensation of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company in respect of such year;

 

(iii) a material, adverse change in Executive’s responsibilities, authority or duties (including as a result of the assignment of duties materially inconsistent with Executive’s position);

 

(iv) the Company breaches a material obligation to Executive under the terms of this Agreement; and

 

(v) the Company delivering to Executive a Notice of Non-Renewal which does not include a request to negotiate a new agreement during the Negotiation Term;

 

However, none of the foregoing events or conditions will constitute Good Reason unless: (x) Executive provides the Company with written objection to the event or condition within ninety (90) days following the occurrence thereof, (y) the Company does not reverse or otherwise cure the event or condition within thirty (30) days of receiving that written objection, and (z) the Executive resigns his employment within thirty (30) days following the expiration of that cure period.

 

(i) Person. “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) the Company or its Subsidiaries, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Common Shares of the Company.

 

17 

 

 

13. Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed, construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with its express terms, and otherwise in accordance with the substantive laws of State of New York without reference to the principles of conflicts of law of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction, and where applicable, the laws of the United States.

 

(b) Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(c) Notices. Any notice, request, claim, demand, document and other communication hereunder to any Party shall be effective upon receipt (or refusal of receipt) and shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by facsimile or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, as follows:

 

(i) If to the Company, to the attention of the General Counsel at its headquarters,

 

(ii) If to Executive, at the last address that the Company has in its personnel records for Executive, or

 

(iii) At any other address as any Party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other Party.

 

(d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement. Signatures delivered by facsimile shall be deemed effective for all purposes.

 

(e) Entire Agreement. The terms of this Agreement are intended by the Parties to be the final expression of their agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral (including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement). The Parties further intend that this Agreement shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of their terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative, or other legal proceeding to vary the terms of this Agreement.

 

(f) Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer of Company (other than Executive). By an instrument in writing similarly executed, Executive or a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive) may waive compliance by the other Party with any specifically identified provision of this Agreement that such other Party was or is obligated to comply with or perform; provided, however, that such waiver shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any other or subsequent failure. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power hereunder preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

 

18 

 

 

(g) Construction. This Agreement shall be deemed drafted equally by both the Parties. Its language shall be construed as a whole and according to its fair meaning. Any presumption or principle that the language is to be construed against any Party shall not apply. The headings in this Agreement are only for convenience and are not intended to affect construction or interpretation. Any references to paragraphs, subparagraphs, sections or subsections are to those parts of this Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. Also, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, (i) the plural includes the singular and the singular includes the plural; (ii) “and” and “or” are each used both conjunctively and disjunctively; (iii) “any,” “all,” “each,” or “every” means “any and all,” and “each and every”; (iv) “includes” and “including” are each “without limitation”; (v) “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other similar compounds of the word “here” refer to the entire Agreement and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section or subsection; and (vi) all pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural as the identity of the entities or persons referred to may require.

 

(h) Arbitration. If any dispute or controversy arises under or in connection with this Agreement, is not resolved within a commercially reasonable time not to exceed sixty (60) days, then such dispute or controversy shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a single neutral arbitrator at a location mutually agreed between the Company and Executive within the state of the Company’s headquarters at such time in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures of JAMS (“JAMS”) then in effect, in accordance with this Section 13(h), except as otherwise prohibited by any nonwaivable provision of applicable law or regulation. The parties hereby agree that the arbitrator shall construe, interpret and enforce this Agreement in accordance with its express terms, and otherwise in accordance with the governing law as set forth in Section 13(a). Judgment may be entered on the arbitration award in any court having jurisdiction, provided, however, that the either Party shall be entitled to seek a restraining order or injunction in any court of competent jurisdiction to prevent any continuation of any violation of the provisions of this Agreement and Executive hereby consents that such restraining order or injunction may be granted without requiring the other Party to post a bond. Unless the parties otherwise agree, only individuals who are on the JAMS register of arbitrators shall be selected as an arbitrator. Additionally, except upon showing of cause each party shall have the right to propound no more than 10 special interrogatories and requests for admission, and to take the deposition of one individual and any expert witness designated by the other party. Within 20 days of the conclusion of the arbitration hearing, the arbitrator shall prepare written findings of fact and conclusions of law. It is mutually agreed that the written decision of the arbitrator shall be valid, binding, final and enforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event action is brought pursuant to this Section 13(h), the arbitrator shall have authority to award fees and costs to the prevailing party, in accordance with applicable law. If in the opinion of the arbitrator there is no prevailing party, then each party shall pay its own attorney’s fees and expenses. Both Executive and the Company expressly waive their right to a jury trial. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as precluding the bringing of an action for injunctive relief or specific performance as provided in this Agreement. This dispute resolution process and any arbitration hereunder shall be confidential and neither any Party nor the arbitrator shall disclose the existence, contents or results of such process without the prior written consent of all Parties, except where necessary or compelled in a Court to enforce this arbitration provision or an award from such arbitration or otherwise in a legal proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive and the Company each have the right to resolve any issue or dispute over intellectual property rights by Court action instead of arbitration. The Company may also enjoin by Court action any breach of Sections 5-6 or 7 as permitted by Section 8.

 

19 

 

 

(i) Enforcement. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a portion of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

 

(j) Withholding. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement any federal, state, local or foreign withholding or other taxes or charges which the Company is required to withhold or by its Policies it customarily withholds. The Company shall be entitled to rely on an opinion of counsel if any questions as to the amount or requirement of withholding shall arise.

 

(k) Section 409A.

 

(i) General. The intent of the Parties is that the payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively, “Section 409A”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith.

 

(ii) Separation from Service. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement that is considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A and is designated under this Agreement as payable upon Executive’s termination of employment shall be payable only upon Executive’s “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A (a “Separation from Service”) and, except as provided below, any such compensation or benefits described in Sections 4(b)-(e) shall not be paid, or, in the case of installments, shall not commence payment, until the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s Separation from Service (the “First Payment Date”). Any lump sum payment or installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s Separation from Service but for the preceding sentence shall be paid to Executive on the First Payment Date and any remaining installment payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement.

 

(iii) Specified Employee. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to or any other agreement providing compensatory payments to Executive to the contrary, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, any payment of compensation or benefits to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement or any other compensatory plan or agreement that is considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A payable as a result of Executive’s Separation from Service shall be delayed to the extent required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service with the Company or (ii) the date of Executive’s death. Upon the first business day following the expiration of the applicable Section 409A period, all payments deferred pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries), and any remaining payments due to Executive under this Agreement or any other compensatory plan or agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein or therein.

 

20 

 

 

(iv) Expense Reimbursements. To the extent that any reimbursements under this Agreement are subject to Section 409A, any such reimbursements payable to Executive shall be paid to Executive no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred; provided, that Executive submits Executive’s reimbursement request promptly following the date the expense is incurred, the amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year, other than medical expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code, and Executive’s right to reimbursement under this Agreement will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

(v) Tax Gross Up Payments. Any tax gross-up payments to which Executive is entitled hereunder shall be paid to Executive no later than December 31 of the year next following the year which Executive remits the related tax payments to the applicable tax authorities, including the amount of additional taxes imposed upon Executive due to the Company’s reimbursement of the taxes on the compensation subject to the tax gross up.

 

(vi) Installments. Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement, including without limitation any continuation salary payments that are payable on Company payroll dates, shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each such installment payment shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment as permitted under Section 409A. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A, no payment hereunder shall be accelerated or deferred unless such acceleration or deferral would not result in additional tax or interest pursuant to Section 409A.

 

14. Executive Acknowledgement.

 

Executive acknowledges that Executive has read and understands this Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, has not acted in reliance upon any representations or promises made by the Company other than those contained in writing herein, and has entered into this Agreement freely based on Executive’s own judgment.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

21 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

  DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
   
  By:  /s/ Michael J. Coleman  
   

Name: Michael J. Coleman

Title:   Director and Chairperson of Human

            Resources Committee

 

 

  EXECUTIVE
   
  By:  /s/ Bret W. Wise  
    Bret W. Wise

 

 

22 

Exhibit


DENTSPLY International Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 12.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions except ratios)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Consolidated Earnings:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Pre-tax income from continuing operations
 
$
329.7

 
$
404.4

 
$
369.3

 
$
330.7

 
$
256.1

  before adjustment for income or loss from
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  equity interests
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Add fixed charges computed below
 
83.8

 
69.7

 
72.7

 
82.2

 
66.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net adjustments for capitalized interest
 
0.1

 
0.1

 
0.1

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Earnings Available for Fixed Charges
 
$
413.6

 
$
474.2

 
$
442.1

 
$
412.9

 
$
322.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Fixed Charges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Interest expense per financial statements (a)
 
$
55.9

 
$
46.9

 
$
49.6

 
$
56.9

 
$
43.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Interest expense - capitalized
 
0.6

 
0.2

 
0.2

 
0.1

 
0.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Amortization of deferred financing
 
11.3

 
4.6

 
5.0

 
7.0

 
8.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-third of rental expense representing reasonable approximation of the interest factor
 
16.0

 
18.0

 
17.9

 
18.2

 
14.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Fixed Charges
 
$
83.8

 
$
69.7

 
$
72.7

 
$
82.2

 
$
66.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
4.94

 
6.80

 
6.08

 
5.02

 
4.83

 
 
 
 

 

 

 

(a) Does not include interest related to uncertain tax positions.



Exhibit

Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of DENTSPLY International Inc. (the “Company”)- December 31, 2015

1.
Advanced Technology Research SRL (Italy)
2.
AMD Lasers, LLC (Indiana)
3.
Ceramco Manufacturing B.V. (Netherlands)
4.
D Luxembourg Sarl (Luxembourg)
5.
Dawkins Merger Sub Inc. (Delaware)
6.
DeguDent GmbH (Germany)
7.
Dencril Comércio de Plásticos, Importação e Exportação Ltda.
8.
Dentbras Indústria, Comércio, Importação e Exportação de Produtos Odontológicos Ltda.
9.
Dentsply (Australia) Pty. Ltd. (Australia)
10.
Dentsply (N.Z.) Limited (New Zealand)
11.
Dentsply (Philippines) Inc. (Philippines)
12.
Dentsply (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. (Singapore)
13.
Dentsply (Thailand) Ltd. (Thailand)
14.
Dentsply (Tianjin) International Trading Co. Ltd. (China)
15.
Dentsply Acquisition S.a.r.l. (Luxembourg)
16.
Dentsply Acquisition US LLC (Delaware)
17.
Dentsply Argentina S.A.C.e.I. (Argentina)
18.
Dentsply Asset Management GmbH & Co. KG (Germany)
19.
Dentsply Benelux Sarl (Luxembourg)
20.
Dentsply BI Ltd. (Ireland)
21.
Dentsply Canada Ltd. (Canada)
22.
Dentsply CE S.a.r.l. (Luxembourg)
23.
Dentsply CH Sarl (Luxembourg)
24.
Dentsply Dental (Tianjin) Co. Ltd. (China)
25.
Dentsply Dental S.a.r.l. (Luxembourg)
26.
Dentsply DeTrey GmbH (Germany)
27.
Dentsply DeTrey Sarl (Switzerland)
28.
Dentsply Deutschland GmbH (Germany)
29.
Dentsply Espana SL (Spain)
30.
Dentsply EU Holding S.a.r.L (Luxembourg)
31.
Dentsply Europe S.a.r.l. (Luxembourg)
32.
DENTSPLY Finance Co. (Delaware)
33.
Dentsply France S.A.S. (France)
34.
Dentsply GAC Europe SAS (France)
35.
Dentsply Germany GmbH (Germany)
36.
Dentsply Germany Holdings GmbH (Germany)
37.
Dentsply Germany Investments GmbH (Germany)
38.
Dentsply Holdings S.a.r.l. (Luxembourg)
39.
Dentsply Holdings Unlimited (U.K.)
40.
Dentsply IE Ltd. (Ireland)
41.
Dentsply IH A/S (Denmark)
42.
Dentsply IH AB (Sweden)
43.
Dentsply IH AS (Norway)
44.
Dentsply Benelux B.V. (Netherlands)
45.
Dentsply IH GmbH (Austria)
46.
Dentsply IH GmbH (Germany)
47.
Dentsply IH Holdings GmbH (Germany)
48.
Dentsply IH Inc. (Delaware)



49.
Dentsply IH Ltd (UK)
50.
Dentsply IH Oy (Finland)
51.
Dentsply IH Pty. Ltd. (Australia)
52.
Dentsply IH S.A. (Spain)
53.
Dentsply IH S.A. (Switzerland)
54.
Dentsply IH SAS (France)
55.
Dentsply IH SP.z.o.o (Poland)
56.
Dentsply IH Sverige AB (Sweden)
57.
DENTSPLY Implants (China) Co. Limited (Hong Kong)
58.
DENTSPLY Implants (HK) Co. Limited (Hong Kong)
59.
Dentsply Implants Manufacturing GmbH (Germany)
60.
Dentsply Implants NV (Belgium)
61.
Dentsply Implants Taiwan Co, Ltd. (Taiwan)
62.
Dentsply Implants Turkey (Turkey)
63.
Dentsply India Pvt. Ltd. (India)
64.
Dentsply Industria e Comercio Ltda. (Brazil)
65.
Dentsply Israel Ltd. (Israel)
66.
Dentsply Italia SrL (Italy)
67.
Dentsply Korea Limited (Korea)
68.
Dentsply Limited (Cayman Islands)
69.
Dentsply LLC (Delaware)
70.
Dentsply Mexico S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)
71.
DENTSPLY North America LLC (Delaware)
72.
Dentsply Peru SAC (Peru)
73.
Dentsply Prosthetics Austria GmbH (Austria)
74.
DENTSPLY Prosthetics U.S. LLC (Delaware)
75.
Dentsply RU Limited Liability Company (Russia)
76.
Dentsply Russia Limited (U.K.)
77.
Dentsply Sarl (Luxembourg)
78.
Dentsply SE Sarl (Luxembourg)
79.
Dentsply Services (Switzerland) S.a.r.L. (Switzerland)
80.
Dentsply South Africa (Proprietary) Limited (South Africa)
81.
Dentsply Sweden AB (Sweden)
82.
Dentsply Switzerland Sarl (Switzerland)
83.
DENTSPLY-Sankin K.K. (Japan)
84.
Dentsply US Inc. (Delaware)
85.
DLA Pharmaceutical Ltda. (Brazil)
86.
Ducera Dental Verwaltungs GmbH (Germany)
87.
E.S. Healthcare NV (Belgium)
88.
E.S. Tooling NV (Belgium)
89.
JCM International Inc. (Delaware)
90.
GAC (International) Pty Ltd (Australia)
91.
GAC Deutschland GmbH (Germany)
92.
GAC International Asia Pte. Ltd. (Singapore)
93.
GAC International LLC (Delaware)
94.
GAC Ortho AS (Norway)
95.
GAC SA (Switzerland)
96.
LLC Dentsply IH (Russia)
97.
LLC Dentsply Ukraine (Ukraine)
98.
Maillefer Instruments Consulting S.a.r.l. (Switzerland)
99.
Maillefer Instruments Holding S.a.r.l. (Switzerland)



100.
Maillefer Instruments Manufacturing S.a.r.l. (Switzerland)
101.
Maillefer Instruments Plus Sarl (Switzerland)
102.
Maillefer Instruments Trading S.a.r.l. (Switzerland)
103.
Megalopolis Dental S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)
104.
Ortho Concept Sarl (France)
105.
Orthodental International, Inc. (California)
106.
Orthodental S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)
107.
OrthoSpain S.L. (Spain)
108.
Osteointegration Materials LLC (Delaware)
109.
Planer Dentaprise GmbH (Austria)
110.
Prident (Shanghai) Dental Medical Devices Co., Ltd. (China)
111.
Prident International, Inc. (California)
112.
PT Dedent Supply (Indonesia)
113.
PT Dentsply Indonesia (Indonesia)
114.
Qi An Hua Rui (Beijing) Technology Ltd. (China)
115.
Raintree Essix Inc. (Delaware)
116.
Ransom & Randolph Company (Delaware)
117.
Tulsa Dental Products LLC (Delaware)
118.
Tulsa Luxembourg LLC (Delaware)
119.
Tulsa Luxembourg Sarl (Luxembourg)
120.
Tuzodent S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)
121.
VDW GmbH (Germany)
122.
VIPI Indústria, Comércio, Exportação e Importação de Produtos Odontológicos Ltda.
123.
VPN Administração e Participações S.A.
124.
Zhermack GmbH (Germany)
125.
Zhermack SpA (Italy)
126.
Zhermack, Inc. (Nevada)
127.
Zhermapol SP Zoo (Poland)


Exhibit



CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM



We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S‑8 (Nos. 333-167410, 333-101548 and 333-56093) and Form S-3 (333-176307) of DENTSPLY International Inc. of our report dated February 12, 2016 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10‑K.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Harrisburg, Pennsylvania
February 12, 2016


Exhibit


Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Bret W. Wise, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Form 10-K of DENTSPLY International Inc;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles:

(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter( the registrant fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
/s/
Bret W. Wise
 
Bret W. Wise
 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
 
Date:February 12, 2016


Exhibit


Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Christopher T. Clark, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Form 10-K of DENTSPLY International Inc;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles:

(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter( the registrant fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
/s/
Christopher T. Clark
 
Christopher T. Clark
 
President and Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 12, 2016


Exhibit


Exhibit 32


CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002


In connection with the Annual Report of DENTSPLY International Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission on the date hereof (the  "Report"),  We, Bret W. Wise, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Christopher T. Clark, President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of our knowledge and belief:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company as of the date of the Report.

/s/
Bret W. Wise
 
Bret W. Wise
 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

/s/
Christopher T. Clark
 
Christopher T. Clark
 
President and Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 12, 2016